UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
SCHEDULE 14A
(RULE 14a-101)
INFORMATION
REQUIRED IN PROXY STATEMENT
SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934
Filed by the
Registrant
þ
Filed by a Party other than the
Registrant
o
Check
the appropriate box:
|
|
|
o
Preliminary
Proxy Statement
|
o
Confidential,
for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
|
þ
Definitive
Proxy Statement
|
o
Definitive
Additional Materials
|
o
Soliciting
Material Pursuant to §240.14a-12
|
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
(Name of Registrant as Specified In
Its Charter)
(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy
Statement, if Other Than the Registrant)
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the
appropriate box):
|
|
o
|
No fee required.
|
|
þ
|
Fee computed on table below per
Exchange Act
Rules 14a-6(i)(1)
and 0-11.
|
|
|
(1)
|
Title of each class of securities
to which transaction applies:
|
Common stock, par value
$0.0001 per share
Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share
|
|
(2)
|
Aggregate number of securities to
which transaction applies:
11,730,100
|
|
|
(3)
|
Per unit price or other underlying
value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act
Rule 0-11
(Set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and
state how it was determined):
|
The filing fee of $6,278 is equal
to $107.00 per million of the maximum aggregate transaction
value of $58,664,500.
|
|
(4)
|
Proposed maximum aggregate value of
transaction: $58,664,500(1)
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Pursuant to paragraphs (c),
(f)(1) and (f)(3) of Rule 457 and estimated solely for the
purpose of calculating the filing fee, the proposed maximum
aggregate transaction value equals the sum of
(i) $51,000,000 in cash, (ii) $4,000,000 in promissory
notes, (iii) $2,925,000, the estimated value, solely for
the purpose of calculating the filing fee pursuant to
Rule 0-11
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act), of 1,300,000 shares of common
stock of the Registrant, based on the average of the high and
low sale prices of the Registrants common stock on
August 17, 2006, as reported by the Over-the Counter
Bulletin Board, (iv) $362,500, the estimated value,
solely for the purpose of calculating the filing fee pursuant to
Rule 0-11
under Exchange Act, of 1,450,000 Class W Warrants of the
Registrant, based on the average of the high and low sale prices
of the Registrants Class W Warrants on
August 17, 2006, as reported by the Over-the Counter
Bulletin Board, and (v) $377,000, the estimated value,
solely for the purpose of calculating the filing fee pursuant to
Rule 0-11 under Exchange Act, of 1,450,000 Class Z
Warrants of the Registrant, based on the average of the high and
low sale prices of the Registrants Class Z Warrants
on August 17, 2006, as reported by the Over-the Counter
Bulletin Board.
|
|
|
(5)
|
Total fee paid: $5,096
|
|
|
þ
|
Fee paid previously with
preliminary materials:
|
|
o
|
Check box if any part of the fee is
offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify
the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously.
Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
or the form or schedule and the date of its filing.
|
|
|
(1)
|
Amount previously paid:
|
|
|
(2)
|
Form, Schedule or Registration
Statement No.:
|
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION
CORP.
One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive,
Suite 590
Reston, Virginia 20190
(703) 995-5534
To the Stockholders of Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.:
You are cordially invited to attend a special meeting of the
stockholders of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., relating to
our proposed acquisitions of Global Internetworking, Inc., which
we call GII, and European Telecommunications &
Technology Limited, which we call ETT, and related matters. The
meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on
October 13, 2006, at the offices of Greenberg Traurig, LLP,
1750 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 1200, McLean, Virginia
22102.
At this important meeting, you will be asked to consider and
vote upon the following proposals:
|
|
|
|
|
to approve the acquisition of GII pursuant to a stock purchase
agreement, as amended, and the acquisition of ETT pursuant to an
offer under the laws of England and Wales and related
transactions;
|
|
|
|
to amend and restate our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation to (i) change our name from Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp. to Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc., (ii) increase
the number of shares of common stock we are authorized to issue
from 40,000,000 to 80,000,000 and (iii) remove certain
provisions only applicable to us prior to our completion of a
business combination;
|
|
|
|
to adopt the Mercator 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant
Stock Plan;
|
|
|
|
to elect eight persons to Mercators board of directors to
hold office until Mercators next annual meeting of
stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and
qualified; and
|
|
|
|
to approve any adjournments or postponements of the special
meeting for the purpose of soliciting additional proxies.
|
The approval of the acquisition proposal is not conditioned on
the approval of the other proposals listed above. However, the
approval of the proposals to amend and restate our articles of
incorporation and to elect the director-nominees are conditioned
upon the approval of the acquisition proposal, and the proposal
to adopt the Stock Plan is conditioned upon the approval of the
acquisition proposal and the charter amendment proposal.
The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of the
Class B common stock issued in our initial public offering
that are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at
the meeting is required to approve the acquisitions of GII and
ETT. The affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding
shares of our common stock and Class B common stock is
required to approve the amendment and restatement of our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation. The affirmative vote
of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock and
Class B common stock that are present in person or by proxy
and entitled to vote at the meeting is required to approve
adoption of the Stock Plan and the adjournment proposal. To be
elected as a director a nominee must receive the affirmative
vote of a plurality of the shares of our common stock and
Class B common stock present in person or represented by
proxy and entitled to vote at the special meeting.
Each stockholder that holds shares of the Class B common
stock issued in our initial public offering or purchased
following that offering in the open market has the right to vote
against the acquisition proposal and, at the same time, demand
that we convert that stockholders shares into cash equal
to a pro rata portion, or approximately $5.32 per share as
of September 1, 2006, of the trust account in which a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of our initial public
offering is deposited. If the acquisition is not completed, then
your shares will not be converted to cash at this time, even if
you so elected. However, if holders of 2,116,000 or more shares
of Class B common stock issued in our initial public
offering, an amount equal to 20% of the total number of shares
of Class B common stock issued in the initial public
offering, vote against the acquisition and demand conversion of
their shares into a pro rata portion of the trust account, then
we will not be able to consummate the acquisition. In addition,
if holders of approximately 9% or more of our outstanding shares
of Class B common stock exercise their conversion rights,
we will have insufficient funds to pay the cash purchase price
for the acquisition, and we would be unable to consummate the
acquisition unless we are able to borrow funds or raise
additional capital to finance the shortfall.
Our shares of Series A units, Series B units, common
stock, Class B common stock, Class W warrants and
Class Z warrants are listed on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board under the symbols MPAQU, MPABU, MPAQ, MPAQB,
MPAQW and MPAQZ, respectively. The securities of GII and ETT are
not listed or quoted on any national securities exchange, the
Nasdaq Global Market, or the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board. If the acquisition proposal is approved and
the acquisitions of GII and ETT are consummated, the operations
and assets of GII and ETT will become ours. In addition, if the
charter amendment proposal is approved, our name will be changed
to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. upon
the consummation of the acquisition.
After careful consideration of the terms and conditions of the
proposed acquisitions of GII and ETT, our board of directors has
determined that the acquisitions and the transactions
contemplated thereby are fair to and in the best interests of
Mercator and its stockholders. Our board of directors
unanimously recommends that you vote or give instruction to vote
FOR the acquisition proposal, FOR the
charter amendment proposal, FOR the Stock Plan
proposal, FOR the election of each of the nominees
to our board of directors and FOR the adjournment
proposal.
We are soliciting the enclosed proxy card on behalf of the board
of directors, and we will pay all costs of preparing, assembling
and mailing the proxy materials. In addition to mailing out
proxy materials, our officers may solicit proxies by telephone
or fax, without receiving any additional compensation for their
services. We have requested brokers, banks and other fiduciaries
to forward proxy materials to the beneficial owners of our stock.
Enclosed is a notice of special meeting and proxy statement
containing detailed information concerning the acquisitions and
the other proposals listed above. Whether or not you plan to
attend the special meeting, we urge you to read this material
carefully.
In particular, you should carefully consider the
discussion in the section entitled Risk Factors
beginning on page 16 of the proxy statement.
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. WHETHER YOU PLAN TO ATTEND
THE SPECIAL MEETING OR NOT, PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE
ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AS SOON AS POSSIBLE IN THE ENVELOPE
PROVIDED.
I look forward to seeing you at the meeting.
Sincerely,
H. Brian Thompson
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
This proxy statement is dated September 29, 2006, and is
first being mailed to Mercator stockholders on or about
October 3, 2006.
MERCATOR
PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
One Fountain Square
11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 590
Reston, Virginia 20190
(703) 995-5534
NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF
STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON OCTOBER 13, 2006
TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP:
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special meeting of stockholders of
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation,
will be held at 10:00 a.m., eastern time, on
October 13, 2006, at the offices of Greenberg Traurig, LLP,
1750 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 1200, McLean, Virginia 22102,
for the following purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
to approve the acquisition of Global Internetworking, Inc.
pursuant to a stock purchase agreement, as amended, and the
acquisition of European Telecommunications & Technology
Limited pursuant to an offer under the laws of England and
Wales, and related transactions;
|
|
|
|
to amend and restate our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation to (i) change our name from Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp. to Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc., (ii) increase
the number of shares of common stock we are authorized to issue
from 40,000,000 to 80,000,000 and (iii) remove certain
provisions only applicable to us prior to our completion of a
business combination;
|
|
|
|
to adopt the Mercator 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant
Stock Plan;
|
|
|
|
to elect eight persons to Mercators board of directors to
hold office until Mercators next annual meeting of
stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and
qualified; and
|
|
|
|
to approve any adjournments or postponements of the special
meeting for the purpose of soliciting additional proxies.
|
Our board of directors has fixed the close of business on
September 20, 2006 as the date for which our stockholders
are entitled to receive notice of, and to vote at, our special
meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof. Only the
holders of record of our common stock and Class B common
stock on that date are entitled to have their votes counted at
our special meeting and any adjournments or postponements
thereof.
We will not transact any other business at the special meeting,
except for business properly brought before the special meeting
or any adjournment or postponement by our board of directors.
Your vote is important. Please sign, date and return your proxy
card as soon as possible to make sure that your shares are
represented at the special meeting. If you are a stockholder of
record of our common stock or Class B common stock, you may
also cast your vote in person at the special meeting. If your
shares are held in an account at a brokerage firm or bank, you
must instruct your broker or bank on how to vote your shares.
Our board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote
FOR the acquisition proposal, FOR the
charter amendment proposal, FOR the Stock Plan
proposal, FOR the election of each of the nominees
to our board of directors and FOR the adjournment
proposal.
By Order of the Board of Directors,
H. Brian Thompson
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
September 29, 2006
MERCATOR
PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
PROXY STATEMENT FOR SPECIAL
MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS OF
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
The board of directors of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
has unanimously approved the acquisition of Global
Internetworking, Inc., which we call GII, and the acquisition of
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited, which
we call ETT. If approved by our stockholders, we will purchase
all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of GII pursuant
to a stock purchase agreement, as amended, and we will purchase
all of the outstanding securities of ETT from its shareholders
pursuant to an offer under the laws of England and Wales. We
refer to the proposed acquisitions of GII and ETT together as
the Acquisition.
Furthermore, our board of directors has unanimously approved an
amendment and restatement of our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation to (i) change our name from
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. to Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc., (ii) increase
the number of shares of common stock we are authorized to issue
from 40,000,000 to 80,000,000 and (iii) remove certain
provisions only applicable to us prior to our completion of a
business combination. In addition, the board of directors of
Mercator also unanimously approved the adoption of the Mercator
2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, which we
refer to as the Stock Plan, the nomination of eight individuals
to serve on our board of directors, and a proposal to authorize
the adjournment or postponement of the special meeting to a
later date, if necessary to permit further solicitation of
proxies.
If the Acquisition is completed, you will continue to hold the
Mercator securities that you currently own, except that any
shares of Class B common stock you own will automatically
be converted into shares of common stock, unless you vote
against the Acquisition and elect a cash conversion of your
Class B common stock, as described below. You will not
receive any of the cash paid in connection with the Acquisition.
Mercator is simply acquiring the outstanding securities of GII
and ETT.
Mercator was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger,
capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar
business combination with an unidentified operating business,
initially focusing on the communications industry. Both GII and
ETT are virtual network operators, which are telecommunications
providers that do not own the infrastructure upon which their
services are provided. Instead, they procure network capacity
from existing telecommunications carriers, and integrate and
resell this capacity to their customers, including enterprise
customers, government agencies and other telecommunications
carriers. To date, GII has primarily addressed these issues as a
service provider to carriers, while ETT primarily has
concentrated on providing services to enterprise customers. We
believe that these businesses are complementary, and that the
acquisition of ETT and GII will provide you with an opportunity
to participate in a company with significant growth potential.
Mercators Series A units, Series B units, shares
of common stock, shares of Class B common stock,
Class W warrants and Class Z warrants are listed on
the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board under the symbols MPAQU, MPABU, MPAQ, MPAQB,
MPAQW and MPAQZ, respectively. The securities of GII and ETT are
not listed or quoted on any national securities exchange, the
Nasdaq Global Market or the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board. If the acquisition proposal is approved and
the Acquisition is consummated, GII and ETT will become our
subsidiaries and the operations and assets of GII and ETT will
become Mercators. In addition, if the proposal to amend
and restate our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation is approved, upon the consummation of the
Acquisition our name will be changed to Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc., the number of shares
of common stock we are authorized to issue will be increased to
80,000,000 and certain provisions in our current amended and
restated certificate of incorporation applicable to us prior to
the consummation of a business combination will be removed.
As the stockholders of Mercator are not receiving any
consideration or exchanging any of their outstanding securities
in connection with the Acquisition, and are simply being asked
to vote on the matter, it is not expected that the stockholders
will have any tax-related issues as a result of voting on these
matters. However, if you vote against the Acquisition Proposal
and elect a cash conversion of your Class B common stock
into your pro-rata portion of the trust account and as a result
receive cash in exchange for your Class B common stock,
there may be certain adverse tax consequences, such as realizing
a loss on your investment in Mercator shares.
WE URGE YOU TO
CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING YOUR PARTICULAR TAX
CONSEQUENCES.
This proxy statement provides you with detailed information
about the proposed Acquisition, the proposed amendment and
restatement of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, the proposed Stock Plan, the proposed nominees
for election to our board of directors, the proposed adjournment
proposal and the special meeting of stockholders. We encourage
you to carefully read this entire document and the documents
incorporated by reference.
YOU SHOULD ALSO CAREFULLY CONSIDER
THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 16.
The acquisitions of ETT and GII cannot be completed unless at
least a majority of the shares of the Class B common stock
issued in our initial public offering, present in person or by
proxy and entitled to vote at the special meeting as of
September 20, 2006, approve the Acquisition. The
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our
common stock and Class B common stock is required to
approve the amendment and restatement of our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation. The affirmative vote of a
majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock and
Class B common stock that are present in person or by proxy
and entitled to vote at the meeting is required to approve
adoption of the Stock Plan and the adjournment proposal. To be
elected as a director a nominee must receive the affirmative
vote of a plurality of the shares of our common stock and
Class B common stock present in person or represented by
proxy and entitled to vote at the special meeting.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
vii
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
56
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
109
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
F-1
|
iv
ANNEXES
|
|
|
A
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement and
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement
|
B
|
|
Form of Irrevocable Undertaking
|
C
|
|
Form of D. Michael Keenan
Employment Agreement
|
D
|
|
Form of Second Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation
|
E
|
|
2006 Employee, Director and
Consultant Stock Plan
|
v
IMPORTANT
NOTES
In this proxy statement, we refer to Mercator Partners
Acquisition Corp. as Mercator, we,
us or our.
All references to $ or dollars in this
proxy statement refer to United States dollars, unless otherwise
indicated. The following table sets forth the average exchange
rate for one U.S. dollar expressed in British pounds
sterling for each period indicated and the exchange rate at the
end of such period based upon the interbank market rates for the
applicable dates as reported by the website www.oanda.com.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
(British pounds sterling)
|
|
|
Rate at end of period
|
|
|
.55
|
|
|
|
.55
|
|
|
|
.58
|
|
|
|
.52
|
|
|
|
.56
|
|
|
|
.62
|
|
|
|
.69
|
|
Average rate for period
|
|
|
.56
|
|
|
|
.53
|
|
|
|
.55
|
|
|
|
.55
|
|
|
|
.61
|
|
|
|
.66
|
|
|
|
.69
|
|
On May 23, 2006, the last trading day prior to the
announcement of Mercators proposed acquisitions of GII and
ETT, the exchange rate for one U.S. dollar expressed in British
pounds sterling based upon the interbank market rates for the
applicable dates as reported by the website www.oanda.com was
.53 British pounds.
vi
QUESTIONS
AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE PROPOSALS
What is
being voted on?
There are five proposals on which you are being asked to vote.
|
|
|
|
|
The first proposal is to approve the acquisition of GII pursuant
to a stock purchase agreement, as amended, and the acquisition
of ETT pursuant to an offer under the laws of England and Wales.
We refer to this proposal as the Acquisition Proposal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second proposal is to approve an amendment and restatement
of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to
change our name, increase the number of shares of our common
stock we are authorized to issue and remove certain provisions
only applicable to us prior to our completion of a business
combination. We refer to this proposal as the Charter Amendment
Proposal.
|
|
|
|
The third proposal is to approve the adoption of the Mercator
2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan. We refer to
this proposal as the Stock Plan Proposal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fourth proposal is to elect eight persons to Mercators
board of directors to hold office until Mercators next
annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are
duly elected and qualified. We refer to this proposal as the
Nomination Proposal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fifth proposal is to allow the adjournment or postponement
of the special meeting to a later date if necessary to permit
further solicitation of proxies. We refer to this proposal as
the Adjournment Proposal.
|
Why are
we proposing the Acquisition?
We were formed to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset
acquisition or other similar business combination with an
operating business, initially focusing on the communications
industry. Both GII and ETT are virtual network operators, which
are telecommunications providers that do not own the
infrastructure upon which their services are provided. Instead,
they procure network capacity from existing telecommunications
carriers, and integrate and resell this capacity to their
customers, including enterprise customers, government agencies
and other telecommunications carriers. To date, GII has
primarily addressed these issues as a service provider to
carriers, while ETT primarily has concentrated on providing
services to enterprise customers. We believe that these
businesses are complementary, and that the acquisition of ETT
and GII will provide you with an opportunity to participate in a
company with significant growth potential. See page 36.
Why are
we proposing to amend and restate our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation?
We are proposing to change our name because management desires
the name of the business to reflect its operations following the
Acquisition. We are proposing to increase the number of
authorized shares of our common stock so that we will have a
greater number of shares available for a variety of corporate
purposes, including financing potential future acquisitions,
raising additional capital and compensating our officers,
directors and employees. Article Sixth of our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation is only applicable to us
prior to our completion of a business combination. In the event
that the Acquisition is approved at the special meeting,
Article Sixth will no longer be applicable to us.
Therefore, we are proposing to eliminate Article Sixth upon
the completion of the Acquisition. The amendment and restatement
of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would
be effective only upon the consummation of the Acquisition.
Why are
we proposing to adopt the Stock Plan?
We are proposing the Stock Plan, which would be adopted only
upon the consummation of the Acquisition, to:
|
|
|
|
|
create incentives designed to motivate our employees and
employees of our subsidiaries to significantly contribute toward
our growth and profitability;
|
vii
|
|
|
|
|
provide our executives, directors and other employees and
persons who, by their position, ability and diligence are able
to make important contributions to our growth and profitability,
with an incentive to assist us in achieving our long-term
corporate objectives; and
|
|
|
|
attract and retain qualified executives and other employees, and
to provide such persons with an opportunity to acquire an equity
interest in us.
|
What vote
is required in order to approve the Acquisition
Proposal?
The approval of the Acquisition Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our Class B
common stock issued in our initial public offering that are
present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the
meeting. In addition, each stockholder who holds shares of our
Class B common stock issued in our initial public offering
or purchased following such offering in the open market has the
right to vote against the Acquisition Proposal and, at the same
time, demand that we convert that stockholders shares into
cash equal to a pro rata portion of the trust account in which a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of our initial public
offering is deposited. These shares will be converted into cash
only if the Acquisition is completed. Based on the amount of
cash held in the trust account as of September 1, 2006,
including interest accrued as of that date, you will be entitled
to convert each share of Class B common stock that you hold
into approximately $5.32. However, if the holders of 2,116,000
or more shares of Class B common stock issued in our
initial public offering, an amount equal to 20% of the total
number of shares of Class B common stock issued in the
initial public offering, vote against the Acquisition Proposal
and demand conversion of their shares into a pro rata portion of
the trust account, then we will not be able to consummate the
Acquisition. In addition, if holders of approximately 9% or more
of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock, or
approximately 952,000 or more shares, exercise their conversion
rights, we will have insufficient funds to pay the cash purchase
price for the Acquisition. In that event, we would be unable to
consummate the acquisition unless we are able to borrow funds or
raise additional capital to finance the shortfall. We are
currently in discussions with potential lenders regarding a
potential debt financing for that purpose. However, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to complete such a financing on
satisfactory terms, or at all. We would have no ability to
extend our deadline of October 15, 2006 to consummate a business
combination in order to obtain additional financing.
Accordingly, if additional financing is required to complete the
Acquisition and we are unable to obtain it by that date, we
would not be able to consummate the Acquisition. See What
happens if the Acquisition is not consummated? below. If
we enter into a definitive agreement to obtain financing after
the date of this proxy statement but prior to the special
meeting, we will file a current report on Form 8-K with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, describing the material
terms of the financing.
What vote
is required in order to approve the Charter Amendment
Proposal?
The approval of the Charter Amendment Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our
common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single
class.
What vote
is required in order to approve the Stock Plan
Proposal?
The approval of the Stock Plan Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our
common stock and Class B common stock that are present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, voting
as a single class.
What vote
is required to elect the nominees to the board of
directors?
To be elected, a nominee must receive the affirmative vote of a
plurality of the shares of our common stock and Class B
common stock present or represented by proxy and entitled to
vote at the special meeting, voting as a single class.
What vote
is required in order to approve the Adjournment
Proposal?
The approval of the Adjournment Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our
common stock and Class B common stock that are present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, voting
as a single class.
viii
What will
I receive in the Acquisition?
Holders of our securities will continue to hold the securities
of Mercator that they currently own, and will not receive any of
the cash paid or securities issued in connection with the
Acquisition. We are simply acquiring the outstanding securities
of GII and ETT.
How are
we paying for the Acquisition?
We will pay an aggregate of $14.0 million and
$37.0 million in cash to the shareholders of GII and ETT,
respectively. We will also issue to the GII shareholders
1.3 million shares of our common stock, $4.0 million
in promissory notes with an interest rate of 6%, due on
December 29, 2008, 1.45 million Class W Warrants
and 1.45 million Class Z Warrants. Each of the
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants entitles the
holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of
$5.00 per share. We will use the proceeds from the initial
public offering which we completed last year to pay the cash
portion of the purchase price for the Acquisition. If holders of
approximately 9% or more of our outstanding shares of
Class B common stock exercise their conversion rights (as
described below), we will have insufficient funds available to
pay the cash purchase price for the Acquisition. In that event,
we would be unable to consummate the Acquisition unless we were
able to borrow funds or raise additional capital to finance the
shortfall. We are currently in discussions with potential
lenders regarding a potential debt financing for that purpose.
However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete
such a financing on satisfactory terms, or at all. We would have
no ability to extend our deadline of October 15, 2006 to
consummate a business combination in order to obtain additional
financing. Accordingly, if additional financing is required to
complete the Acquisition and we are unable to obtain it by that
date, we would not be able to consummate the Acquisition. See
What happens if the Acquisition is not consummated?
below. If we enter into a definitive agreement to obtain
financing after the date of this proxy statement but prior to
the special meeting, we will file a current report on Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, describing the
material terms of the financing.
Do I have
conversion rights in connection with the Acquisition?
If you hold shares of Class B common stock issued in our
initial public offering, then you have the right to vote against
the Acquisition Proposal and demand that we convert your shares
of Class B common stock into a pro rata portion of the
trust account in which a substantial portion of the net proceeds
of our initial public offering are held. These rights to vote
against the Acquisition and demand conversion of the shares into
a pro rata portion of the trust account are sometimes referred
to in this proxy statement as conversion rights.
If I have
conversion rights, how do I exercise them?
If you wish to exercise your conversion rights, you must vote
against the Acquisition and, at the same time, demand that we
convert your shares into cash. If, notwithstanding your vote,
the Acquisition is completed, then you will be entitled to
receive a pro rata share of the trust account in which a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of our initial public
offering are held, including any interest earned thereon through
the date of the special meeting. Based on the amount of cash
held in the trust account as of September 1, 2006,
including interest accrued as of that date, you will be entitled
to convert each share of Class B common stock that you hold
into approximately $5.32. If you exercise your conversion
rights, then you will be exchanging your shares of our
Class B common stock for cash and will no longer own these
shares of Class B common stock. You will only be entitled
to receive cash for these shares of Class B common stock if
you continue to hold these shares through the closing date of
the Acquisition and then tender your stock certificate to us. If
you convert your shares of Class B common stock, you will
still have the right to exercise any Class W warrants and
Class Z warrants you may hold. If the Acquisition is not
completed, then your shares will not be converted to cash at
this time, even if you so elected. See page 31.
Do I have
dissenter or appraisal rights in connection with the
proposals?
No appraisal rights are available under the Delaware General
Corporation Law for our stockholders in connection with the
Acquisition Proposal.
ix
What
happens to the funds deposited in the trust account after
completion of the Acquisition?
Upon the consummation of the Acquisition, any funds remaining in
the trust account after payment of amounts, if any, to
Class B stockholders exercising their conversion rights,
will no longer be subject to the trust account and will be used
to fund the Acquisition, provide working capital and fund future
acquisitions, if any.
Who will
manage the company upon completion of the Acquisition?
Upon the completion of the Acquisition, we anticipate that H.
Brian Thompson will continue to serve as chairman of our board
of directors, and will become our executive chairman, Rhodric C.
Hackman will continue to serve on our board of directors and
David Ballarini will serve as our interim chief financial
officer. We anticipate that D. Michael Keenan, the co-founder
and chief executive officer of GII, will serve as our chief
executive officer, and Christopher Britton, the founder and
chief executive officer of ETT, will serve as our executive vice
president and head of our Europe, Middle East and Asia
operations. If all of our director-nominees are elected, our
board of directors will consist of H. Brian Thompson, Rhodric C.
Hackman, D. Michael Keenan, Morgan OBrien, Alex Mendl,
Didier Delepine, Howard Janzen and Sudhakar Shenoy.
What
happens if the Acquisition is not consummated?
If the Acquisition is not consummated, we will be liquidated if
we do not consummate a business combination by October 15,
2006. In any liquidation, the net proceeds of our initial public
offering held in the trust account, plus any interest earned
thereon, will be distributed pro rata to the holders of our
Class B common stock, subject to potential claims of
creditors and any taxes paid or payable by us. There will be no
distributions from the trust fund with respect to our common
stock or outstanding warrants. In any liquidation, any remaining
net assets, after distribution of the trust fund to the
Class B stockholders, will be distributed to holders of
common stock. We do not anticipate that any assets would remain
for distribution to common stockholders in any liquidation.
When do
you expect the Acquisition to be completed?
It is currently anticipated that the Acquisition will be
completed promptly following our special meeting of stockholders
on October 13, 2006.
If I am
not going to attend the special meeting of stockholders in
person, should I return my proxy card instead?
Yes. After carefully reading and considering the information
contained in this proxy statement, please complete and sign your
proxy card. Then return the enclosed proxy card in the return
envelope provided herewith as soon as possible, so that your
shares may be represented at our special meeting.
What will
happen if I abstain from voting or fail to vote?
An abstention will have the same effect as a vote against the
Acquisition Proposal, and a failure to vote will have no effect
on the outcome of the Acquisition Proposal, but neither will
have the effect of converting your shares into a pro rata
portion of the trust account in which a substantial portion of
the net proceeds of our initial public offering are held. An
abstention or failure to vote will have the same effect as a
vote against the Charter Amendment Proposal. An abstention will
have the same effect as a vote against the Stock Plan Proposal,
the Nomination Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal, and a
failure to vote will have no effect on the outcome of those
proposals.
What do I
do if I want to change my vote?
If you wish to change your vote, please send a later-dated,
signed proxy card prior to the date of the special meeting or
attend the special meeting and vote in person. You also may
revoke your proxy by sending a notice of revocation to our
corporate secretary, Rhodric C. Hackman, at the address of our
corporate headquarters prior to the special meeting.
x
If my
shares are held in street name by my broker, will my
broker vote my shares for me?
No. Your broker cannot vote your shares unless you provide
instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information
and procedures provided to you by your broker.
Do I need
to turn in my old certificates?
No. If you hold your securities in Mercator in certificate form,
as opposed to holding them through your broker, you do not need
to exchange them for certificates issued in the name of Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc., which will be our new name
if the Charter Amendment Proposal is approved and the
Acquisition is completed. Your current certificates will
represent your rights in the renamed company. You may exchange
them by contacting our transfer agent, American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, and following their
requirements for reissuance. If you elect to exercise your
conversion rights, you will need to deliver your old
certificates to us.
Will
Mercators securities still be traded on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board after the Acquisition is completed?
Yes. We intend to apply to have our common stock and warrants
approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market as soon as
practicable. However, we cannot assure you that we will satisfy
the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market.
Who can
help answer my questions?
If you have questions about the Acquisition, you may write or
call Rhodric C. Hackman, Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.,
One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 590,
Reston, Virginia 20190,
(703) 995-5534.
xi
SUMMARY
This summary discusses the material items of the Acquisition
Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposal, the Stock Plan
Proposal, the Nomination Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal,
which are described in greater detail elsewhere in this proxy
statement. You should carefully read this entire proxy statement
and the other documents to which this proxy statement refers
you. See Where You Can Find More Information.
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corporation
Mercator is a blank check company organized as a corporation
under the laws of Delaware on January 3, 2005. Mercator was
formed to effect a business combination with an unidentified
operating business. On April 15, 2005, Mercator
successfully consummated an initial public offering of its
equity securities from which it derived net proceeds of
$55,050,876. The prices of Mercators shares of
Series A units (each unit consisting of two shares of
common stock, five Class W warrants and five Class Z
warrants), Series B units (each unit consisting of two
shares of Class B common stock, one Class W warrant
and one Class Z warrant), common stock, Class B common
stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants are
listed on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board under the symbols MPAQU, MPABU, MPAQ, MPAQB,
MPAQW and MPAQZ, respectively. Approximately $53.4 million
of the net proceeds of the initial public offering was placed in
a trust account and will be released to Mercator, subject to the
exercise of conversion rights by holders of less than 20% of the
Mercator Class B common stock issued in the public
offering. A portion of the balance of the net proceeds from the
initial public offering has been used by Mercator to pay
expenses incurred in pursuit of a business combination, and the
remainder of the balance is available to Mercator to pay
additional expenses. As of September 1, 2006, we had
approximately $770,000 in cash and cash equivalents remaining
outside of the trust account, and approximately $575,000 in
outstanding liabilities that are payable from this amount. We
estimate that we will incur additional costs of approximately
$510,000 in connection with the Acquisition, regardless of
whether or not the Acquisition is successfully completed. To
date, we have not taken any steps to attempt to reach agreement
with any of our service providers to defer their fees. If we do
not complete a business combination by October 15, 2006,
then, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, our officers must take appropriate action to
dissolve and liquidate Mercator.
The mailing address of Mercators executive office is One
Fountain Square, 11910 Freedom Drive, Suite 590, Reston,
Virginia 20910 and its telephone number is
(703) 995-5534.
Industry
of the Companies Proposed to be Acquired
Both GII and ETT are virtual network operators, or VNOs. VNOs
are telecommunications providers that do not own the
infrastructure upon which their services are provided. Instead,
they procure network capacity from existing telecommunications
carriers, and integrate and resell this capacity to their
customers, including enterprise customers, government agencies
and other telecommunications carriers. VNOs are able to bundle
services provided by a number of carriers, which typically
allows them to offer highly customized, cost-efficient solutions
for their customers, many of whom have complex communications
requirements. The VNO model is also typically attractive to
customers with diverse or international telecommunications
requirements.
VNOs such as GII and ETT typically serve both wholesale
telecommunications service providers, which resell the
VNOs services to their end-user customers, as well as
retail business enterprise customers that use the VNOs
services for their own corporate networks.
We believe that, if the Acquisition is successfully completed,
we will be the only U.S. based pure play VNO,
meaning there is no other company listed for trading in the U.S.
whose operations are limited to those of a VNO.
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
GII was incorporated in Virginia in September 1998. GII designs
and manages customized telecommunications connectivity and
outsourced wide-area network solutions for more than 100
customers. A wide-area network, or WAN, is a geographically
dispersed telecommunications network. GII is headquartered in
McLean, Virginia.
1
To deliver its services, GII has developed expert capabilities
in designing and managing data network solutions that are not
dependent on any particular carrier. It has entered into
wholesale bandwidth purchasing contracts with more than 60
local, long-distance and competitive telecommunications
carriers. GII provides the following services, integrated into
four primary categories:
|
|
|
|
|
data transport and connectivity;
|
|
|
|
access aggregation and hubbing;
|
|
|
|
managed network services; and
|
|
|
|
professional services.
|
GIIs website is
www.globalinternetworking.com.
The
information contained in, or that can be accessed through,
GIIs website is not part of this proxy.
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
ETT was incorporated under the laws of England and Wales in
October 1998. ETT is a global supplier of dedicated managed data
networks and value-added services serving over 100 enterprise
customers, most of which are multinational enterprise
corporations, in 45 countries. ETT was formed to meet the
growing demand by enterprise customers for a single source of
managed network services. ETT integrates and resells network
capacity obtained from suppliers of a wide range of
telecommunications services, including terrestrial, wireless and
satellite technologies. As a result, clients are able to select
optimal and fully integrated solutions on a global scale through
a single source of contact for billing and services. ETT is
headquartered in London, United Kingdom.
ETTs packaged services, marketed under the
brand City, consist of three primary business lines:
|
|
|
|
|
managed Internet Protocol and Internet services;
|
|
|
|
dedicated connectivity services; and
|
|
|
|
facilities management and other services.
|
ETTs website is
www.et-t.net.
The information
contained in, or that can be accessed through, ETTs
website is not part of this proxy.
The GII
Acquisition
Mercator has entered into a stock purchase agreement with each
of GIIs three shareholders, pursuant to which Mercator
will purchase all of the issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of GII and GII will become a subsidiary of
Mercator. In consideration for their shares of GII stock, the
GII shareholders will receive, on a pro-rata basis,
consideration with a total estimated value on the closing date
of approximately $25.2 million, consisting of:
|
|
|
|
|
$14,000,000 in cash (less approximately $987,000 which will be
paid to GII option holders in cancellation of their options);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,300,000 shares of common stock of Mercator;
|
|
|
|
$4,000,000 in promissory notes with an interest rate of 6%, due
on December 29, 2008;
|
|
|
|
1,450,000 Class W Warrants (each of which entitle the
holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock of Mercator
at a price of $5.00 per share); and
|
|
|
|
1,450,000 Class Z Warrants (each of which entitle the
holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock of Mercator
at a price of $5.00 per share).
|
966,666 of the Class W Warrants and 966,666 of the
Class Z Warrants will be placed in escrow at the closing.
The escrowed Class W Warrants and the Class Z Warrants
will be released to the former GII shareholders when a majority
of the Class W Warrants or Class Z warrants that were
issued and outstanding as of the date of the stock purchase
agreement have been exercised, redeemed or otherwise converted
into cash or equity securities, or earlier in the event that
either D. Michael Keenan or Todd J. Vecchio, GIIs
executive officers, is dismissed from
2
employment by Mercator other than for cause, as
defined in the employment agreements they will enter into with
us in connection with the Acquisition, or if there is a merger,
asset sale or similar transaction that results in a change of
control of Mercator.
We estimate the value of the 1,300,000 shares of common
stock to be issued to the GII shareholders to be $6,731,400,
based upon the average closing price of Mercators
Class B common stock of approximately $5.18 per share
during the two days prior and two days subsequent to
May 23, 2006, the date of the stock purchase agreement. We
estimate the aggregate value of the 483,334 Class W
Warrants and 483,334 Class Z Warrants to be delivered to
the former shareholders of GII at the closing to be $467,287,
based upon the average closing prices of Mercators
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants of approximately
$0.47 and $0.49, respectively, during the two days prior and two
days subsequent to May 23, 2006. We estimate the aggregate
value of the 966,666 Class W Warrants and 966,666
Class Z Warrants to be placed in escrow to be $934,573,
based upon the same average closing prices. The value of the
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants to be placed in
escrow is not included in the total estimated consideration
value of approximately $25.2 million, but will be included
in the purchase price of GII when, and if, the contingency
relating to their release is satisfied.
The purchase price payable to the GII shareholders is not
subject to adjustment based on GIIs financial condition,
financial performance or any other criteria.
The ETT
Acquisition
Mercator proposes to acquire ETT by means of an offer, which has
been delivered to all 71 shareholders and option holders of
ETT to acquire all of the outstanding shares of ETT for a
purchase price of $37.0 million in cash. No shares of
common stock or other securities of Mercator will be issued to
ETTs officers, directors or shareholders in consideration
for the acquisition. The purchase price is not subject to
adjustment based on ETTs financial condition, financial
performance or any other criteria. When this transaction is
accomplished, ETT will become a subsidiary of Mercator.
Approval
of ETT Shareholders
Under the articles of association of ETT, a prospective
purchaser of ETT who has received acceptances of an offer to
acquire ETT made by it which would result in it owning not less
than 75% of all the issued share capital of ETT, provided that
such acceptances include acceptances from a majority of certain
specified ETT investors, can compulsorily acquire the shares of
ETT shareholders who at the relevant time have not accepted the
offer in question. This means that the prospective acquiror can
acquire any shares held by the shareholders who have not
accepted the offer, on the same terms as those which apply to
the acquisition of the 75% of ETTs share capital.
On or about June 13, 2006, we sent an offer to all of
ETTs shareholders offering to acquire all of their
interests in ETTs share capital. We received irrevocable
undertakings, or binding commitments, to accept the offer from
ETT shareholders holding an aggregate of 166,870,716 Ordinary
Shares, A Ordinary Shares and Preferred Ordinary Shares of ETT,
representing approximately 96% of the total issued share capital
of ETT, including from a majority of the specified ETT investors
required to permit a compulsory acquisition.
As the 75% acceptance threshold specified in ETTs articles
of association was achieved, we have applied the relevant
provisions of the articles of association to compulsorily
acquire the remaining ETT shares held by shareholders from whom
we did not receive acceptances. Those shareholders will receive
cash in consideration for the sale of their ETT shares. As a
result of the application of the compulsory acquisition
provisions of the articles of association, all ETT shareholders
were deemed to have accepted the offer as of July 28, 2006,
and no further approval of ETTs shareholders is required.
Special
Meeting of Our Stockholders
The special meeting of our stockholders will be held at
10:00 a.m., eastern time, on October 13, 2006, at the
offices of Greenberg Traurig, LLP, 1750 Tysons Boulevard,
Suite 1200, McLean, Virginia 22102, to vote on the
Acquisition Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposal, the Stock
Plan Proposal, the Nomination Proposal and the Adjournment
Proposal.
3
Voting
Power; Record Date
You will be entitled to vote or direct votes to be cast at the
special meeting if you owned shares of our common stock or
Class B common stock as of the close of business on
September 20, 2006, which is the record date for the
special meeting. When voting on the Acquisition Proposal, you
will have one vote for each share of our Class B common
stock that you owned at the close of business on the record
date. For other proposals, you will have one vote for each share
of our common stock or our Class B common stock that you
owned at the close of business on the record date. Our warrants
do not have voting rights.
At the close of business on the record date, there were
1,150,100 shares of our common stock outstanding and
10,580,000 shares of our Class B common stock
outstanding.
Vote
Required to Approve the Acquisition Proposal
The approval of the Acquisition will require the affirmative
vote of a majority of the shares of our Class B common
stock issued in our initial public offering that are present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. However,
we will not be able to complete the Acquisition if the holders
of 2,116,000 or more shares of Class B common stock issued
in our initial public offering, an amount equal to 20% of those
shares, vote against the Acquisition and demand that we convert
their shares into a pro rata portion of the trust account in
which a substantial portion of the net proceeds of our initial
public offering are held. In addition, if holders of
approximately 9% or more of our outstanding shares of
Class B common stock, or approximately 952,000 or more
shares, exercise their conversion rights, we will have
insufficient funds to pay the cash purchase price for the
Acquisition. In that event, we would be unable to consummate the
acquisition unless we are able to borrow funds or raise
additional capital to finance the shortfall. Approval of the
Acquisition Proposal is not conditioned upon the approval of the
Charter Amendment Proposal, the Stock Plan Proposal, the
Nomination Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.
Vote
Required to Approve the Charter Amendment Proposal
The approval of the Charter Amendment Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our
common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single
class. Approval of the Charter Amendment Proposal is conditioned
upon the approval of the Acquisition Proposal, but is not
conditioned upon the approval of any other proposal.
Vote
Required To Approve the Stock Plan Proposal
The approval of the Stock Plan Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our
common stock and Class B common stock that are present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, voting
as a single class. Approval of the Stock Plan Proposal is
conditioned upon the approval of the Acquisition Proposal and
the Charter Amendment Proposal, but is not conditioned upon the
approval of any other proposal.
Vote
Required for the Nomination Proposal
To be elected as a director, a nominee must receive the
affirmative vote of a plurality of the shares of our common
stock and Class B common stock present or represented by
proxy and entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting as a
single class. Approval of the Nomination Proposal is conditioned
upon the approval of the Acquisition Proposal, but is not
conditioned upon the approval of any other proposal.
Vote
Required to Approve the Adjournment Proposal
The approval of the Adjournment Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our
common stock and Class B common stock that are present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, voting
as a single class. Approval of the Adjournment Proposal is not
conditioned upon the approval of the Acquisition Proposal, the
Charter Amendment Proposal, the Stock Plan Proposal or the
Nomination Proposal.
4
Conversion
Rights
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, a holder of shares of our Class B common
stock issued in the initial public offering may, if the
stockholder votes against the Acquisition Proposal, demand that
we convert those shares into cash. This demand must be made on
the proxy card at the same time that the stockholder votes
against the Acquisition Proposal. If properly demanded, we will
convert each share of Class B common stock as to which such
demand has been made into a pro rata portion of the trust
account in which a substantial portion of the net proceeds of
our initial public offering are held, plus all interest earned
thereon. If you exercise your conversion rights, then you will
be exchanging your shares of our Class B common stock for
cash and will no longer own these shares of Class B common
stock. Based on the amount of cash held in the trust account as
of September 1, 2006, including interest accrued as of that
date, you will be entitled to convert each share of Class B
common stock that you hold into approximately $5.32. You will
only be entitled to receive cash for these shares of
Class B common stock if you continue to hold these shares
through the closing date of the Acquisition and then tender your
stock certificate to us. If the Acquisition is not completed,
then these shares will not be converted into cash at this time.
The Acquisition will not be completed if the holders of
2,116,000 or more shares of Class B common stock issued in
our initial public offering, an amount equal to 20% of those
shares, exercise their conversion rights. In addition, if
holders of approximately 9% or more of our outstanding shares of
Class B common stock, or approximately 952,000 or more
shares, exercise their conversion rights, we will have
insufficient funds to pay the cash purchase price for the
Acquisition. In that event, we would be unable to consummate the
acquisition unless we are able to borrow funds or raise
additional capital to finance the shortfall. We are currently in
discussions with potential lenders regarding a potential debt
financing for that purpose. However, we cannot assure you that
we will be able to complete such a financing on satisfactory
terms, or at all. We would have no ability to extend our
deadline of October 15, 2006 to consummate a business
combination in order to obtain additional financing.
Accordingly, if additional financing is required to complete the
Acquisition and we are unable to obtain it by that date, we
would not be able to consummate the Acquisition. If we enter
into a definitive agreement to obtain financing after the date
of this proxy statement but prior to the special meeting, we
will file a current report on Form 8-K with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, describing the material terms of the
financing.
Appraisal
or Dissenters Rights
No appraisal rights are available under the Delaware General
Corporation Law for our stockholders in connection with the
Acquisition Proposal.
Proxies
Proxies may be solicited by mail, telephone or in person.
If you grant a proxy, you may still vote your shares in person
if you revoke your proxy before the special meeting.
Stock
Ownership
At the close of business on the record date, our executive
officers, directors and director-nominee beneficially owned and
were entitled to vote, in the aggregate, 4,100 shares of
our common stock and 4,000 shares of our Class B
common stock, representing less than 1% of the then outstanding
shares of common stock and Class B common stock. Those
numbers do not include an aggregate of 4,924,000 shares of
common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by our
directors, director-nominees, executive officers and affiliated
entities. As of the record date, these shares and warrants had a
market value of approximately $964,660 based on our common stock
price of $1.50 per share, our Class B common stock
price of $5.19 per share, our Class W warrant price of
$0.23 per warrant and our Class Z warrant price of
$0.24 per warrant.
5
Based solely upon information contained in public filings, as of
the record date, the following stockholders beneficially owned
greater than five percent of our issued and outstanding common
stock or Class B common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
Pentagram Partners, L.P. beneficially owned 113,800 shares
of our common stock, representing approximately 9.9% of our
common stock outstanding;
|
|
|
|
Sapling, LLC and Fir Tree Recovery Master Fund, L.P. together
beneficially owned 796,400 shares of our Class B
common stock, representing approximately 7.5% of our
Class B common stock outstanding;
|
|
|
|
Amaranth LLC and its affiliates beneficially owned
662,700 shares of our Class B common stock,
representing approximately 6.3% of our Class B common stock
outstanding; and
|
|
|
|
David M. Knott and Dorset Management Company together owned
545,000 shares of our Class B common stock,
representing approximately 5.2% of our Class B common stock
outstanding.
|
Our Board
of Directors Recommendation
After careful consideration, our board of directors has
determined unanimously that the Acquisition Proposal is fair to,
and in the best interests of, us and our stockholders. Our board
of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion in making this
determination. The board determined that, in light of the likely
cost to obtain a fairness opinion, Mercators existing cash
resources and the boards belief that its directors had the
skill and experience to properly evaluate the fairness of the
Acquisition, Mercators assets should not be used to pay
for a fairness opinion. Our board of directors has unanimously
approved the Acquisition, the amendment and restatement of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the adoption
of the Stock Plan, the election of each of the nominees listed
in this proxy statement to our board of directors and the
proposal to allow the adjournment of the special meeting, and
unanimously recommends that you vote or instruct your vote to be
cast FOR the approval of the Acquisition Proposal,
FOR the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposal,
FOR the approval of the Stock Plan Proposal,
FOR the election of each of the nominees to the
board of directors and FOR the approval of the
Adjournment Proposal.
Interests
of Our Directors and Officers in the Acquisition
When you consider the recommendation of our board of directors
that you vote in favor of adoption of the Acquisition Proposal,
you should keep in mind that certain of our directors and
officers have interests in the Acquisition that are different
from, or in addition to, your interest as a stockholder. These
interests include, among other things, that if the Acquisition
is not approved by October 15, 2006, requiring us to
liquidate, the warrants held by our executives and directors
will be worthless as will the nominal number of shares of our
common stock they owned prior to our initial public offering
because these shares will not participate in any distribution of
the assets held in our trust fund. As of the record date, our
executives and directors owned a total of 4,100 shares of
our common stock and 4,000 shares of our Class B
common stock, having a total market value of $26,910 based on
our share price of $1.50 for our common stock and $5.19 for our
Class B common stock on that date. As of the record date,
our executives, directors and affiliated entities also held
warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 4,874,000 shares
of common stock. As of that date, these warrants had a market
value of approximately $926,000 based on our Class W
warrant price of $0.17 per warrant and our Class Z
warrant price of $0.21 per warrant. In addition, we
anticipate that following the completion of the Acquisition, H.
Brian Thompson will continue to serve as chairman of our board
of directors, and will become our executive chairman, Rhodric
Hackman will remain on our board of directors, and David
Ballarini, our current chief financial officer, will continue to
serve in that capacity on an interim basis.
Additional
Interests of Directors and Officers of GII in the
Acquisition
You should understand that some of the current directors and
officers of GII have interests in the Acquisition that are
different from, or in addition to, your interests as a
stockholder. In particular, D. Michael Keenan, GIIs
co-founder and chief executive officer, is expected to become
our chief executive officer and a member of our board of
directors. In addition, Mr. Keenan, Todd J. Vecchio,
GIIs co-founder and president, and Raymond E. Wiseman,
6
GIIs Vice President of Network Support, are expected to
enter into employment agreements with us upon the completion of
the Acquisition. See Employment Agreements on
page 54. These interests are in addition to the portion of
the purchase price payable to each of these individuals, which
is payable pro-rata based on their respective ownership
interests in GII. We estimate the value on the closing date of
the consideration to be received by Messrs. Keenan, Vecchio and
Wiseman to be approximately $10.9 million,
$10.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, based
on their GII ownership interests.
Additional
Interests of Directors and Officers of ETT in the
Acquisition
In addition, some of the current directors and officers of ETT
have interests in the Acquisition that are different from, or in
addition to, your interests as a stockholder. In particular,
Christopher Britton, ETTs founder and chief executive
officer, is expected to become our executive vice president and
head of our Europe, Middle East and Asia operations.
Furthermore, Mr. Britton and Steven Sanderson, ETTs
Finance Director, are expected to enter into employment
agreements with us upon the completion of the Acquisition. See
Employment Agreements on page 54. These
interests are in addition to the portion of the purchase price
payable to each of these individuals, which is payable pro-rata
based on their respective ownership interests in ETT. Messrs.
Britton and Sanderson will receive approximately $1.9 million
and $126,000, respectively, of the total purchase price, based
on their ETT ownership interests.
Conditions
to the Completion of the GII Acquisition
The obligations of each of Mercator and GII to consummate the
acquisition of GII are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
specified conditions, including the following:
Conditions
to each partys obligation
|
|
|
|
|
no governmental entity shall have enacted, issued, promulgated,
enforced or entered any statute, rule, regulation, executive
order, decree, injunction or other order (whether temporary,
preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the
effect of making the acquisition illegal or otherwise
prohibiting consummation of the acquisition, substantially on
the terms contemplated by the stock purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Mercator stockholders shall have approved the change of the
name of Mercator to a name selected by GII and Mercator and an
increase in the number of authorized shares of Common Stock of
Mercator;
|
|
|
|
the Mercator stockholders shall have approved the transactions
contemplated by the stock purchase agreement and holders of 20%
or more of the shares of Class B common stock of Mercator
issued in Mercators initial public offering and
outstanding immediately before the closing shall not have
exercised their rights to convert their shares into a pro rata
share of the trust fund; and
|
|
|
|
approvals from any governmental entity necessary for the
consummation of the acquisition shall have been obtained and any
waiting period applicable to the consummation of the acquisition
shall have expired or been terminated.
|
Conditions
to Mercators obligation
|
|
|
|
|
the representations and warranties of GII must be true and
correct in all material respects, as of the date of completion
of the acquisition;
|
|
|
|
GII and its shareholders must have performed in all material
respects all obligations that are to be performed by it under
the stock purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
no action, suit or proceeding shall exist that is reasonably
likely to prevent the acquisition or cause rescission of the
acquisition following closing;
|
|
|
|
GII shall have obtained all consents, waivers, permits and
approvals required in connection with the consummation of the
acquisition if failure to obtain the same would be reasonably
expected to cause a material adverse effect;
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
there must not have occurred since the date of the stock
purchase agreement any material adverse effect on GII;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have received an opinion of counsel from Rees,
Broome & Diaz, P.C., counsel to GII;
|
|
|
|
D. Michael Keenan and Todd J. Vecchio shall have entered into
mutually acceptable employment agreements with Mercator;
|
|
|
|
the former GII shareholders shall have entered into mutually
acceptable
lock-up
agreements with Mercator;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have received copies of resolutions and actions
taken by GIIs board of directors and shareholders in
connection with the approval of the stock purchase agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereunder and other documents or
certificates reasonably required by Mercator; and
|
|
|
|
there shall be outstanding no options, warrants or other
derivative securities entitling the holders thereof to acquire
shares of GII or other securities of GII.
|
Conditions
to GIIs shareholders obligation
|
|
|
|
|
Mercators representations and warranties must be true and
correct in all material respects, as of the date of completion
of the acquisition;
|
|
|
|
Mercator must have performed in all material respects all
obligations required to be performed by it under the stock
purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
no action, suit or proceeding shall exist that is reasonably
likely to prevent the acquisition or cause rescission of the
acquisition following closing;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have obtained all consents, waivers, permits and
approvals required in connection with the consummation of the
acquisition if failure to obtain the same would be reasonably
expected to cause a material adverse effect;
|
|
|
|
there must not have occurred, since the date of the stock
purchase agreement, any material adverse effect on Mercator or
ETT;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall be in compliance with the reporting requirements
under the Exchange Act of 1934;
|
|
|
|
GII and its shareholders shall have received an opinion of
counsel from Greenberg Traurig, LLP, counsel to Mercator;
|
|
|
|
GII shall have received copies of resolutions and actions taken
by Mercators board of directors and stockholders in
connection with the approval of the stock purchase agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereunder and other documents or
certificates reasonably required by GII;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have delivered a press release regarding the
stock purchase to GII, in a form reasonably acceptable to GII.
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have made appropriate arrangements with American
Stock Transfer & Trust Company to have the trust fund
dispersed immediately upon the closing;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have entered into mutually acceptable employment
agreements with D. Michael Keenan and Todd J. Vecchio;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the transactions between Mercator and ETT shall have been
consummated at or prior to the closing of the acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have entered into
lock-up
agreements with the former GII shareholders.
|
8
Conditions
to the Completion of the ETT Acquisition
The obligation of Mercator to consummate the acquisition of ETT
is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified
conditions, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have received valid acceptances for not less than
75% of the issued share capital of ETT, including acceptances
from a majority of certain specified ETT investors;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have obtained from its auditors and ETTs
auditors such documentation as would be required for
presentation of ETTs and Mercators financial
statements on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles as required by applicable
U.S. securities laws;
|
|
|
|
the Mercator stockholders shall have approved the acquisition of
ETT;
|
|
|
|
ETT shall not have directly or through an affiliated company
taken any specified actions which are not in the ordinary course
of business;
|
|
|
|
there shall be no adverse change or deterioration in the
business, financial or trading position or profits of ETT or any
other of its related companies and no contingent liability
having arisen in ETT or any other of its related companies which
in any such case is material in the context of ETT taken as a
whole; and
|
|
|
|
subsequent to the date of the offer, no litigation or
arbitration proceedings, prosecution or other legal proceedings
shall have been instituted, announced or threatened by or
against or remaining outstanding against ETT or any other of its
related companies which in any such case is material.
|
Termination
of the GII stock purchase agreement
The stock purchase agreement may be terminated at any time prior
to the closing as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
by mutual written consent of Mercator and GII;
|
|
|
|
by either Mercator or GII, if the closing has not occurred by
October 15, 2006, on which date, if we have not yet
completed a business combination, all outstanding shares of our
Class B common stock would be automatically cancelled, and
we would be required to distribute the proceeds of our trust
fund to the Class B stockholders and then dissolve
and liquidate;
|
|
|
|
by either Mercator or GII if a governmental entity shall have
issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action, in
any case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining
or otherwise prohibiting the acquisition, which order, decree,
ruling or other action is final and nonappealable;
|
|
|
|
subject to a
30-day
cure
period, by Mercator if GII has breached any of its covenants or
representations and warranties under the stock purchase
agreement in any material respect;
|
|
|
|
subject to a
30-day
cure
period, by GII if Mercator has breached any of its covenants or
representations and warranties under the stock purchase
agreement in any material respect; and
|
|
|
|
by either Mercator or GII, if, at the Mercator special meeting
(including any adjournments thereof), the stock purchase
agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are not
approved and adopted by the affirmative vote of holders of a
majority of the shares of Class B common stock issued in
Mercators initial public offering that are present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, or the
holders of 20% or more of the number of shares of
Mercators Class B common stock issued in
Mercators initial public offering and outstanding as of
the record date exercise their rights to convert the shares of
Mercators Class B common stock held by them into cash
in accordance with Mercators certificate of incorporation.
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, we may not consummate the Acquisition if holders
of 20% or more of the shares of Class B common stock issued
in our initial public offering properly exercise their right to
convert their shares into cash.
|
9
Regulatory
Matters
Consummation of the acquisition of GII is contingent upon the
receipt of approval from the Federal Communications Commission,
or FCC. GII received approval of the acquisition from the FCC in
August 2006.
Consummation of the acquisition of GII is also contingent upon
notification to
and/or
approval by certain state public utility commissions in the
states in which GII is authorized to provide regulated
telecommunications services. GII has filed all of the
notifications
and/or
requests for approval of the acquisition of GII with the
applicable state public utility commissions in June 2006, and as
of the date of this proxy statement has received the approval of
all but one required state agency, the Florida Public Service
Commission. That agency has proposed approving the transaction,
but the effectiveness of that proposal is subject to a notice
period that closed on September 27, 2006. To our knowledge,
no protests were filed prior to the end of the notice period.
10
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We are providing the following financial information to assist
you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Acquisition.
The GII historical information is derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of GII as of June 30,
2006 and for each of the nine-month periods ended June 30,
2006 and 2005 and the audited consolidated financial statements
of GII as of and for each of its fiscal years ended
September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, included elsewhere in
this proxy statement. GIIs historical information as of
and for its fiscal years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001
are derived from GIIs audited financial statements which
are not included in this proxy statement. The ETT historical
information is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial
statements of ETT as of June 30, 2006 and for each of the
six-month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and the
audited consolidated financial statements of ETT as of and for
each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and
2003, included elsewhere in this proxy statement. ETTs
historical information as of and for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2002 and 2001 are derived from ETTs
unaudited financial statements which are not included in this
proxy statement. Our historical information is derived from our
unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the
six-month period ended June 30, 2006 and the period from
January 3, 2005 (inception) to June 30, 2005 and our
audited consolidated financial statements as of
December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 3,
2005 (inception) to December 31, 2005, included elsewhere
in this proxy statement.
The information is only a summary and should be read in
conjunction with each companys historical consolidated
financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere
herein. The historical results included below and elsewhere in
this proxy statement are not indicative of the future
performance of GII, ETT or us.
GII
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
13,226,792
|
|
|
$
|
10,127,894
|
|
|
$
|
14,167,849
|
|
|
$
|
9,263,497
|
|
|
$
|
8,671,583
|
|
|
$
|
8,711,085
|
|
|
$
|
4,623,776
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(432,697
|
)
|
|
|
(570,047
|
)
|
|
|
(701,303
|
)
|
|
|
(429,188
|
)
|
|
|
560,903
|
|
|
|
503,141
|
|
|
|
287,134
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(492,119
|
)
|
|
|
(321,012
|
)
|
|
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
|
379,456
|
|
|
|
339,941
|
|
|
|
242,538
|
|
Net income (loss) per share, basic
and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Cash dividends per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
As of September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
4,323,243
|
|
|
$
|
3,971,281
|
|
|
$
|
3,103,690
|
|
|
$
|
2,999,374
|
|
|
$
|
2,512,937
|
|
|
$
|
871,949
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
4,411,512
|
|
|
|
3,598,492
|
|
|
|
2,357,929
|
|
|
|
2,049,226
|
|
|
|
1,942,246
|
|
|
|
641,198
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
121,726
|
|
|
|
90,665
|
|
|
|
19,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
(209,995
|
)
|
|
|
282,124
|
|
|
|
726,586
|
|
|
|
950,148
|
|
|
|
570,692
|
|
|
|
230,751
|
|
11
ETT
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
16,437,846
|
|
|
$
|
18,184,841
|
|
|
$
|
34,711,639
|
|
|
$
|
35,075,501
|
|
|
$
|
26,328,311
|
|
|
$
|
19,698,614
|
|
|
$
|
11,973,141
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(19,216
|
)
|
|
|
43,701
|
|
|
|
(234,805
|
)
|
|
|
(560,006
|
)
|
|
|
(2,874,761
|
)
|
|
|
(4,315,764
|
)
|
|
|
(7,701,605
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
83,239
|
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
|
|
(4,210,986
|
)
|
|
|
(7,531,601
|
)
|
Net income (loss) per share, basic
and diluted
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
Cash dividends per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
10,644,325
|
|
|
$
|
11,276,787
|
|
|
$
|
14,294,212
|
|
|
$
|
8,854,789
|
|
|
$
|
11,049,984
|
|
|
$
|
5,999,655
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
13,930,815
|
|
|
|
14,006,156
|
|
|
|
15,872,666
|
|
|
|
11,055,199
|
|
|
|
11,098,262
|
|
|
|
9,311,734
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
376,289
|
|
|
|
657,896
|
|
|
|
2,085,266
|
|
|
|
753,691
|
|
|
|
120,550
|
|
|
|
18,183
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(3,662,779
|
)
|
|
|
(3,387,265
|
)
|
|
|
(3,663,270
|
)
|
|
|
(2,954,101
|
)
|
|
|
907,867
|
|
|
|
(2,363,459
|
)
|
MERCATOR
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Period
|
|
|
from Inception
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
from Inception
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005)
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005)
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
to June 30, 2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,239,535
|
|
|
|
315,576
|
|
|
|
1,258,203
|
|
Gains on derivative liabilities
|
|
|
558,850
|
|
|
|
229,200
|
|
|
|
776,750
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
1,097,710
|
|
|
|
358,040
|
|
|
|
1,369,061
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
Cash dividends per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets (including US
Government Securities held in Trust Fund)
|
|
$
|
57,418,143
|
|
|
$
|
56,100,887
|
|
Derivative liabilities
|
|
|
5,948,850
|
|
|
|
6,507,700
|
|
Common stock subject to possible
conversion
|
|
|
11,168,769
|
|
|
|
10,926,022
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
39,316,278
|
|
|
|
38,463,132
|
|
12
SELECTED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following selected unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated financial information combines (i) the
historical balance sheets of GII, ETT and Mercator as of
June 30, 2006 giving effect to the Acquisition as if it had
occurred on such date, (ii) the historical statements of
operations of ETT and Mercator for the six-month period ended
June 30, 2006 and the historical statement of operations of
GII for the six-month period ended March 31, 2006, giving
effect to the Acquisition as if it had occurred on
January 1, 2005 (October 1, 2004 for GII), and
(iii) the historical statement of operations of ETT for the
year ended December 31, 2005, of GII for the year ended
September 30, 2005, and of Mercator for the period from
January 3, 2005 (inception) through December 31, 2005,
giving effect to the Acquisition as if it had occurred on
January 1, 2005 (October 1, 2004 for GII). The
selected unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
data has been derived from the unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated financial information included elsewhere in this
proxy statement and should be read in conjunction with the
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information
and related notes.
The selected unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated
financial data have been prepared assuming that none of the
holders of Mercators Class B common stock issued in
our initial public offering exercise their right to convert
their shares into cash.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
24,964,865
|
|
|
$
|
48,879,488
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(796,213
|
)
|
|
|
(1,819,138
|
)
|
Net loss per share
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
86,949,134
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
24,807,285
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
4,458,115
|
|
Long-term borrowings, net of
current portion
|
|
|
4,284,015
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
57,683,734
|
|
13
COMPARATIVE
PER SHARE DATA
The following table sets forth selected historical per share
information of GII, ETT and Mercator and unaudited pro forma
combined per share information after giving effect to the
Acquisition, assuming that none of the holders of
Mercators Class B common stock issued in our initial
public offering exercise their right to convert their shares
into cash. You should read this information in conjunction with
the selected historical financial information included elsewhere
in this proxy statement, and the historical financial statements
of GII, ETT and Mercator and related notes that are included
elsewhere in this proxy statement. The unaudited pro forma
combined per share information is derived from, and should be
read in conjunction with, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this proxy statement. The historical per share
information is derived from financial statements of ETT and
Mercator as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2006,
and for the year ended December 31, 2005 with respect to
ETT and Mercator, and for the nine months ended June 30,
2006 and for the year ended September 30, 2005 with respect
to GII.
The unaudited pro forma combined per share information does not
purport to represent what the actual results of operations of
GII, ETT and Mercator would have been had the companies been
combined or to project the results of operations of the combined
companies that may be achieved after the Acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
Outstanding upon Consummation of the Acquisition:
|
|
ETT
|
|
|
GII
|
|
|
Mercator
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,300,000
|
|
|
|
11,730,100
|
|
|
|
13,030,100
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Net income (loss) per
share historical(4):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
2005(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended June 30,
2005(2) (Unaudited)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended June 30,
2006(2) (Unaudited)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value per share
Historical December 31,
2005(3),(5)
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
3.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value per share
Historical June 30, 2006(5) (Unaudited)
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends per
share Historical December 31, 2005(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends per
share Historical June 30, 2006 (Unaudited)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share pro
forma(4):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
Six months ended June 30,
2006 (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
Book value per share
pro forma June 30, 2006 (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.43
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Operations of Mercator are for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 and operations
of GII are for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2005.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Operations of Mercator are for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to June 30, 2005. Operations of GII
are for the nine months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
For GII historical information reported as of September 30,
2005.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Historical per share amounts for Mercator, ETT and GII were
determined based upon the actual weighted average shares
outstanding at December 31, 2005 and June 30, 2006 and
2005, respectively, and consolidated pro forma per share amounts
for Mercator, GII and ETT were determined based upon the assumed
number of shares to be outstanding upon consummation of the
Acquisitions.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Historical book value per share for Mercator was computed based
on the book value of Mercator at December 31, 2005 and
June 30, 2006 plus common stock, subject to possible
conversion divided by the issued and outstanding shares of
Mercator common stock at December 31, 2005 and
June 30, 2006.
|
|
(6)
|
|
The GII equivalent pro forma per share amounts are calculated by
multiplying the combined company pro forma per share amounts by
the exchange ratio in the Acquisition of GII equal to
0.52 shares of Mercator common stock for each share of GII
common stock.
|
14
PER SHARE
MARKET PRICE INFORMATION
Our Series A units, Series B units, shares of common
stock, shares of Class B common stock, Class W
warrants and Class Z warrants are listed on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board under the symbols MPAQU, MPABU, MPAQ, MPAQB,
MPAQW and MPAQZ, respectively. The closing prices per share of
our Series A units, Series B units, common stock,
Class B common stock, Class W warrants and
Class Z warrants on May 23, 2006 (or, if there was no
trading in that security on that date, the most recent day prior
to that date on which trading occurred), the last trading day
before the announcement of the execution of the stock purchase
agreement and the terms of the offer, were $10.55, $11.00,
$3.45, $5.20, $0.45 and $0.47, respectively. Each Series A
unit consists of two shares of common stock, five Class W
warrants and five Class Z warrants. Each Series B unit
consists of two shares of Class B common stock, one
Class W warrant and one Class Z warrant. Each
Class W warrant and Class Z warrant entitles the
holder to purchase from us one share of common stock at an
exercise price of $5.00 commencing on the completion of the
Acquisition. The Class W warrants will expire at
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 10, 2010, or
earlier upon redemption. The Class Z warrants will expire
at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 10, 2012,
or earlier upon redemption. Prior to April 11, 2005, there
was no established public trading market for our common stock.
There is no established public trading market for the shares of
common stock of GII or ETT.
The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarters
indicated, the quarterly high and low bid information of our
common stock, warrants and units as reported on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board. The quotations listed below reflect
interdealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or
commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Class W
|
|
|
Class Z
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Series A Units
|
|
|
Series B Units
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
2.75
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
4.85
|
|
|
$
|
4.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.45
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
11.10
|
|
|
$
|
9.16
|
|
|
$
|
10.75
|
|
|
$
|
10.20
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
3.00
|
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
$
|
4.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
9.70
|
|
|
$
|
9.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.60
|
|
|
$
|
10.15
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
5.03
|
|
|
$
|
4.88
|
|
|
$
|
0.45
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
13.50
|
|
|
$
|
8.85
|
|
|
$
|
10.90
|
|
|
$
|
10.20
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
3.30
|
|
|
$
|
2.45
|
|
|
$
|
5.28
|
|
|
$
|
5.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
13.10
|
|
|
$
|
9.25
|
|
|
$
|
11.60
|
|
|
$
|
10.55
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
|
$
|
5.31
|
|
|
$
|
5.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
13.00
|
|
|
$
|
8.40
|
|
|
$
|
11.55
|
|
|
$
|
10.75
|
|
15
RISK
FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risk factors,
together with all of the other information included in this
proxy statement, before you decide whether to vote or instruct
your vote to be cast on the proposals described in this proxy
statement. As our operations will be those of GII and ETT upon
the completion of the Acquisition, a number of the following
risk factors relate to the business and operations of GII and
ETT and us as the successor to such businesses.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Operations Following the
Acquisition
GII
and ETT have both generated losses over the past several fiscal
years and may generate losses in the future.
Both GII and ETT have experienced net losses and operating
losses for the past several fiscal years. GII incurred net
losses of $207,847, $385,205 and $279,975 for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2004, the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2005, and the nine months ended June 30,
2006, respectively. ETT incurred net losses of $490,198 and
$231,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, ETT
achieved a net profit of $535. Either or both companies may
generate losses in the future. If we are not able to achieve or
sustain profitability following the completion of the
Acquisition, the market price of our securities may decline.
We
might require additional capital to support business growth, and
this capital might not be available on favorable terms, or at
all.
The integration, operation or expansion of the businesses of GII
and ETT may require substantial additional financial,
operational and managerial resources. After paying the purchase
price to complete the Acquisition, we may have insufficient cash
remaining to fund our working capital or other capital
requirements following the closing, and may be required to raise
additional funds to continue or expand our operations. If we are
required to obtain additional funding in the future, we may have
to sell assets, seek debt financing or obtain additional equity
capital. Additional capital may not be available to us, or may
only be available on terms that adversely affect our existing
stockholders or that restrict our operations. For example, if we
raise additional funds through issuances of equity or
convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could
suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we
issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to
those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing we
secure could involve restrictive covenants relating to our
capital raising activities and other financial and operational
matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain
additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. If we
are unable to obtain additional capital when needed, this could
slow our growth, negatively affect our ability to compete in our
industry and adversely affect our financial condition.
We are
acquiring two companies in this business combination. These
companies do not have a history of working together. Our
inability to integrate certain operations and management teams
could materially affect the future success of the
businesses.
The businesses of GII and ETT are comparable but separate. The
future revenue and profits of the businesses will depend, in
part, on the ability of the combined executive teams to
integrate the GII and ETT operations, including but not limited
to sales and marketing, and to deploy their business models in
the countries in which the other company primarily operates. In
addition, we expect to derive economies of scale from the
operations of each company, which will also help to promote the
future success of the combined businesses.
If we cannot establish an effective integration strategy or if
we do not execute a formulated integration strategy, the revenue
and profits of the businesses may suffer. The integration of the
acquired businesses may not be successful for a number of
reasons, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
demands on management related to the significant increase in
size after the Acquisition;
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements attention from the management
of daily operations to the integration of operations;
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
higher integration costs than anticipated;
|
|
|
|
failure to achieve expected synergies and costs savings;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation of different cultures and
practices, as well as in the assimilation of broad and
geographically dispersed personnel and operations; and
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the integration of departments, systems,
including accounting systems, technologies, books and records
and procedures, as well as in maintaining uniform standards,
controls, including internal control over financial reporting
required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, procedures and
policies.
|
If we cannot successfully integrate these businesses and
operations, we may experience material negative consequences to
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Successful integration of these acquired businesses or
operations will depend on our ability to manage these
operations, realize opportunities for revenue growth presented
by strengthened service offerings and expanded geographic market
coverage and, to some degree, to eliminate redundant and excess
costs. We may not be able to achieve the benefits that we hope
to achieve as a result of the Acquisition.
GII
and ETT depend on several large clients, and the loss of one or
more of these clients, or a significant decrease in total
revenues from any of these clients, would likely significantly
reduce our revenue and income.
Historically, a substantial portion of GIIs and ETTs
revenues have come from a limited number of clients. For
example, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004,
GIIs four largest customers accounted for approximately
35.9% and 49.1%, respectively, of its total revenues. Similarly,
for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, ETTs
four largest customers accounted for approximately 59.0% and
66.0%, respectively, of its total revenues. If GII or ETT loses
one or more of its large clients, or if one or more of its large
clients reduces the services they purchase from GII or ETT or
otherwise renegotiate the terms on which they purchase services
from GII or ETT, our revenues could decline and our results of
operations would suffer.
If
GIIs or ETTs customers elect to terminate their
agreements with us, our business, financial condition and
results of operations will be adversely affected.
GIIs and ETTs services are sold pursuant to
agreements that generally have initial terms of between one and
three years. Following the initial terms, these agreements
generally automatically renew for successive
month-to-month
or annual periods, but can be terminated by the customer without
cause with relatively little notice during a renewal period. In
addition, certain government customers may have rights under
federal law with respect to termination for convenience that can
serve to minimize or eliminate altogether the liability payable
by that customer in the event of early termination. GIIs
or ETTs customers may elect to terminate their
agreements as a result of a number of factors, including their
level of satisfaction with the services they are receiving,
their ability to continue their operations due to budgetary or
other concerns, and the availability and pricing of competing
services. If customers elect to terminate their agreements with
GII or ETT, our business, financial condition and results of
operation may be adversely affected.
Competition
in the industry in which GII and ETT do business is intense and
growing, and our failure to compete successfully could make it
difficult for us to add and retain customers or increase or
maintain revenues.
The markets in which GII and ETT operate are rapidly evolving
and highly competitive. GII and ETT currently or potentially
compete with a variety of companies, including some of their
transport suppliers, with respect to their products and
services, including:
|
|
|
|
|
international, national, and local carriers, such as British
Telecom, COLT, AT&T, Level 3, Broadwing, Qwest, Sprint
and Verizon;
|
|
|
|
companies that provide collocation facilities, such as
Switch & Data, AT&T and Equinix;
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
competitive access providers and local exchange carriers, such
as XO Communications, RCN and FiberNet; and
|
|
|
|
virtual network operators including Vanco Plc and Sirocom.
|
The industry in which GII and ETT operates is consolidating,
which is increasing the size and scope of their competitors.
Competitors could benefit from assets or businesses acquired
from other carriers or from strategic alliances in the
telecommunications industry. New entrants could enter the market
with a business model similar to GII and ETT. GIIs and
ETTs target markets may support only a limited number of
competitors. Operations in such markets with multiple
competitive providers may be unprofitable for one or more of
such providers. Prices in both the long-distance business and
the data transmission business have declined significantly in
recent years and may continue to decline.
Many potential competitors to GII and ETT have certain
advantages over this business combination, including:
|
|
|
|
|
substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and other
resources, including brand or corporate name recognition;
|
|
|
|
substantially lower cost structures, including cost structures
of facility-based providers who have significantly reduced debt
and other obligations through bankruptcy or other restructuring
proceedings;
|
|
|
|
larger client bases;
|
|
|
|
longer operating histories;
|
|
|
|
more established relationships in the industry; and
|
|
|
|
larger geographic coverage.
|
GIIs and ETTs competitors may be able to use these
advantages to:
|
|
|
|
|
develop or adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in
client requirements more quickly;
|
|
|
|
take advantage of acquisitions and other opportunities more
readily;
|
|
|
|
enter into strategic relationships to rapidly grow the reach of
their networks and capacity;
|
|
|
|
devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their
services;
|
|
|
|
adopt more aggressive pricing and incentive policies, which
could drive down margins; and
|
|
|
|
expand their offerings more quickly.
|
If the business combination of GII and ETT is unable to compete
successfully against its current and future competitors,
GIIs
and/or
ETTs gross margins could decline and they could lose
market share, either of which could materially and adversely
affect the combined business.
Because
both GIIs and ETTs business consists primarily of
reselling telecommunications network capacity purchased from
third parties, the failure of our suppliers and other service
providers to provide us with services, or disputes with those
suppliers and service providers, could affect our ability to
provide quality services to our customers and have an adverse
effect on our operations and financial condition.
The majority of GIIs and ETTs respective businesses
consist of integrating and reselling network capacity purchased
from traditional telecommunications carriers. Accordingly, we
will be largely dependent on third parties to supply us with
services. Occasionally, GII and ETT each have experienced delays
or other problems in receiving services from third party
providers. Disputes also arise from time to time with suppliers
with respect to billing or interpretation of contract terms. Any
failure on the part of third parties to adequately supply us or
to maintain the quality of their facilities and services in the
future, or the termination of any significant contracts by a
supplier, could cause customers to experience delays in service
and lower levels of customer care, which could cause them to
switch providers. Furthermore, disputes over billed amounts or
interpretation of contract terms could lead to claims against
either GII or ETT, some of which if resolved against GII or ETT
could have an adverse impact on our results of operations
and/or
financial condition. Suppliers may also attempt to impose
onerous terms as part of purchase
18
contract negotiations. For example, in its first few years of
existence, certain suppliers required GII to agree to onerous
terms such as the granting of a security lien with respect to
GIIs accounts receivable and certain other collateral and
clauses providing for the opportunity to match other
suppliers offers. GII has since renegotiated such terms
with the applicable suppliers. Although GII knows of no pending
or threatened claims with respect to its past compliance with
such terms, claims asserting any past noncompliance, if
successful, could have a material adverse effect on the
companys operations and/or financial condition. Moreover,
to the extent that key suppliers were to attempt to impose such
provisions as part of future contract negotiations, such
developments could have an adverse impact on the companys
operations. Finally, some of GIIs and ETTs suppliers
are potential competitors. We cannot guarantee that we will be
able to obtain use of facilities or services in a timely manner
or on terms acceptable and in quantities satisfactory to us.
Failure
to satisfy term or volume commitments agreed to with suppliers
could affect operating margins.
GII typically enters into contracts with suppliers that are
matched with respect to term and volume with the sale of
services to underlying customers. As of June 30, 2006, GII
had entered into contracts with three suppliers pursuant to
which it is subject to monthly minimum purchase commitments in
exchange for improved pricing from the suppliers, and either GII
or ETT may enter into additional contracts with similar
commitments in the future. To date, since each contracts
inception, GII has had sufficient customer demand to satisfy its
minimum purchase commitments with each of those suppliers, but
we cannot assure you that in the future GIIs customer
demand will meet or exceed such purchase levels with each
vendor. If GII is unable to resell any of the network
availability it has committed to purchase, its operating margins
could be adversely affected.
In addition, in its fiscal year ended September 30, 2004,
GII began purchasing capacity from time to time under five-year
commitments from one of its vendors in order to secure more
competitive pricing. These five-year purchase commitments are
not, in all cases, matched with five-year supply agreements to
customers. In these cases, if a customer were to disconnect its
service before the five-year term ordered from the vendor
expired, and if GII were unable to find another customer for the
capacity, GII would be subject to an early termination
liability, which could adversely impact its operating margin. As
of June 30, 2006, the total potential early termination
liability exposure to GII arising from this practice, if all
such circuits were terminated as of that date by those
underlying customers who are not committed for a corresponding
five-year period, was less than $300,000.
The
networks on which GII and ETT depend may fail, which would
interrupt the network availability they provide and make it
difficult to retain and attract customers.
GIIs and ETTs customers depend on the ability of GII
and ETT to provide uninterrupted network availability. The
ability to provide this service depends on the networks of third
party transport suppliers. The networks of transport suppliers
may be interrupted as a result of various events, many of which
they cannot control, including fire, human error, earthquakes
and other natural disasters, disasters along communications
rights-of-way,
power loss, telecommunications failures, terrorism, sabotage,
vandalism or the financial distress or other event adversely
affecting a supplier, such as bankruptcy or liquidation.
We may be subject to legal claims and be liable for losses
suffered by customers for our inability to provide service. GII
and ETT generally provide outage credits to their customers if
network disruptions occur. If the network failure rates of GII
or ETT are higher than permitted under the applicable customer
contracts, we may incur significant expenses related to network
outage credits, which would reduce our revenues and gross
margins. Customers may seek to terminate their contracts with
GII or ETT, or our reputation could be harmed, if network
availability is below industry standards.
System
disruptions could cause delays or interruptions of GIIs
and ETTs services, which could cause us to lose customers
or incur additional expenses.
GIIs and ETTs success depends on their ability to
provide reliable service. Although they have attempted to design
their network services to minimize the possibility of service
disruptions or other outages, in addition to risks associated
with third party provider networks, their service may be
disrupted by problems on their own systems, including events
beyond their control such as terrorism, computer viruses or
other infiltration by third parties that affect their central
offices, corporate headquarters, network operations center or
network equipment. Such events
19
could disrupt their service, damage their facilities and damage
their reputation. In addition, customers may, under certain
contracts, have the ability to terminate services in case of
prolonged or severe service disruptions or other outages.
Accordingly, service disruptions or other outages may cause GII
or ETT to lose customers, among other things, and could harm
their results of operations.
If the
products or services that GII or ETT markets or sells do not
maintain market acceptance, our results of operations will be
adversely affected.
Certain segments of the communications industry are dependent on
developing and marketing new products and services that respond
to technological and competitive developments and changing
customer needs. We cannot assure you that the products and
services of GII or ETT will gain or obtain increased market
acceptance. Any significant delay or failure in developing new
or enhanced technology, including new product and service
offerings, could result in a loss of actual or potential market
share and a decrease in revenues.
If
carrier and enterprise connectivity demand does not continue to
expand, we may experience a shortfall in revenues or earnings or
otherwise fail to meet public market expectations.
The growth of our business will be dependent, in part, upon the
increased use of carrier and enterprise connectivity services
and the ability of GII and ETT to capture a higher proportion of
this market. Increased usage of enterprise connectivity services
depends on numerous factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the willingness of enterprises to make additional information
technology expenditures;
|
|
|
|
the availability of security products necessary to ensure data
privacy over the public networks;
|
|
|
|
the quality, cost and functionality of these services and
competing services;
|
|
|
|
the increased adoption of wired and wireless broadband access
methods;
|
|
|
|
the continued growth of broadband-intensive
applications; and
|
|
|
|
the proliferation of electronic devices and related applications.
|
If the demand for carrier and enterprise connectivity services
does not continue to grow, we may not be able to grow our
business, achieve profitability or meet public market
expectations.
GIIs
and ETTs long sales and service deployment cycles require
them to incur substantial sales costs that may not result in
related revenues.
GIIs and ETTs businesses are characterized by long
sales cycles, which are often in the range of 60 days or
more, between the time a potential customer is contacted and a
customer contract is signed. Furthermore, once a customer
contract is signed, there is typically an extended period of
between 30 and 120 days before the customer actually begins
to use the services, which is when GII and ETT begin to realize
revenues. As a result, GII and ETT may invest a significant
amount of time and effort in attempting to secure a customer
which may not result in any revenues. Even if GII or ETT enters
into a contract, it will have incurred substantial sales-related
expenses well before it recognizes any related revenues. If the
expenses associated with sales increase, if GII or ETT are not
successful in their sales efforts, or if they are unable to
generate associated offsetting revenues in a timely manner, our
operating results will be harmed.
Because
much of ETTs business is international, its financial
results may be impacted by foreign exchange rate
fluctuations.
ETT generates a substantial portion of its revenues from
business conducted internationally. For example, in 2005
approximately 90% of ETTs revenues arose from services
that were billed and delivered outside of the
United States, although more than 50% of ETTs 2005
revenues arose from multinational companies with
20
headquarters in the United States. As such, ETTs financial
results are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rates
between the currencies of the countries in which it operates.
Because
much of ETTs business is international, it may be subject
to local foreign taxes, tariffs or other restrictions, which may
reduce its profitability.
Revenues from ETTs foreign subsidiaries, or other
locations where ETT provides or procures services, may be
subject to additional taxes in some foreign jurisdictions.
Additionally, some foreign jurisdictions may subject ETT to
additional withholding tax requirements or the imposition of
tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions on foreign
earnings. Any such taxes, tariffs, controls and other
restrictions imposed on ETTs foreign operations may
increase ETTs costs of business in those jurisdictions,
which in turn may reduce ETTs profitability.
The
ability to implement and maintain the GII and ETT databases and
management information systems is a critical business
requirement, and if we cannot obtain or maintain accurate data
or maintain these systems, we might be unable to
cost-effectively provide solutions to our
customers.
To be successful, GII and ETT must increase and update
information in their databases about network pricing, capacity
and availability. Their ability to cost effectively provide
network availability and access depends upon the information
they collect from their transport suppliers regarding their
networks. These suppliers are not obligated to provide this
information and could decide to stop providing this information
to GII and ETT at any time. Moreover, neither GII nor ETT can be
certain that the information that these suppliers share with
them is accurate. If we cannot continue to maintain and expand
the existing databases, we may be unable to increase revenues or
to facilitate the supply of services in a cost-effective manner.
In addition, we plan to review, integrate and augment GIIs
and ETTs management information systems to facilitate
management of client order, client service, billing and
financial applications. GIIs and ETTs ability to
manage their businesses could be materially adversely affected
if we fail to successfully and promptly maintain and upgrade the
existing management information systems.
If we
are unable to protect our intellectual property rights,
competitors may be able to use our technology or trademarks,
which could weaken our competitive position.
Each of GII and ETT is the owner of certain proprietary
programs, software and technology. However, neither company has
any patented technology that would preclude competitors from
replicating its business model; instead, each relies upon a
combination of know-how, trade secret laws, contractual
restrictions and copyright, trademark and service mark laws to
establish and protect its intellectual property. Our success
will depend in part on our ability to maintain or obtain (as
applicable) and enforce intellectual property rights for those
assets, both in the United States and in other countries.
GII has registered some of its service marks in the United
States, but has not applied for registration of any of its marks
in any foreign countries. ETT has not applied for registration
of any of its marks in any country, and relies exclusively on
common law trademark rights in the countries in which it
operates. We may file applications for patents, copyrights and
trademarks as our management deems appropriate. We cannot assure
you that these applications, if filed, will be approved, or that
we will have the financial and other resources necessary to
enforce our proprietary rights against infringement by others.
Additionally, we cannot assure you that any patent, trademark or
copyright obtained by us will not be challenged, invalidated or
circumvented, and the laws of certain foreign countries may not
protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do
the laws of the United States or the member states of the
European Union. Finally, although we intend to undertake
reasonable measures to protect the proprietary assets of the
combined operations, we cannot guarantee that we will be
successful in all cases in protecting the trade secret status of
certain significant intellectual property assets. If these
assets should be misappropriated, if our intellectual property
rights are otherwise infringed, or if a competitor should
independently develop similar intellectual property, this could
harm our ability to attract new clients, retain existing
customers and generate revenues.
21
Intellectual
property and proprietary rights of others could prevent us from
using necessary technology to provide our services or otherwise
operate our business.
GII and ETT utilize data and processing capabilities available
through commercially available third-party software tools and
databases to assist in the efficient analysis of network
engineering and pricing options. Where such technology is held
under patent or other intellectual property rights by third
parties, GII and ETT are required to negotiate license
agreements in order to use that technology. In the future, we
may not be able to negotiate such license agreements at
acceptable prices or on acceptable terms. If an adequate
substitute is not available on acceptable terms and at an
acceptable price from another software licensor, we could be
compelled to undertake additional efforts to obtain the relevant
network and pricing data independently from other, disparate
sources, which could involve significant time and expense and
adversely affect our ability to deliver network services to
customers in an efficient manner.
Furthermore, to the extent that we are subject to litigation
regarding the ownership of our intellectual property, this
litigation could:
|
|
|
|
|
be time-consuming and expensive;
|
|
|
|
divert attention and resources away from our daily business;
|
|
|
|
impede or prevent delivery of our products and services; and
|
|
|
|
require us to pay significant royalties, licensing fees and
damages.
|
Parties making claims of infringement may be able to obtain
injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively
block our ability to provide our services and could cause us to
pay substantial damages. In the event of a successful claim of
infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from
third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost,
if at all. The defense of any lawsuit could result in
time-consuming and expensive litigation, regardless of the
merits of such claims, and could also result in damages, license
fees, royalty payments and restrictions on our ability to
provide our services, any of which could harm our business.
If GII
and ETT cannot successfully integrate and operate their network
operations centers, we will be unable to provide monitoring,
maintenance and restoration services to clients, which could
adversely affect our operating results.
One of the primary business objectives for each of GII and ETT
is to provide their clients with network monitoring, maintenance
and restoration services 24 hours a day, seven days a week
through a network operations center which each independently
operates. While we currently plan to integrate these two network
operations facilities, the ability to integrate and operate
these network operations centers will depend on many factors,
including the ability to train, manage and retain employees and
integrate disparate operating systems. If we fail to
successfully integrate and operate GIIs and ETTs
network operations centers, we may not be able to monitor
network operations effectively or troubleshoot circuits in a
cost-effective manner, which would cause us to incur greater
expenses, lose clients and make it difficult to attract new
clients.
The
combined GII and ETT may incur operational and management
inefficiencies if new businesses or technologies are acquired,
and our results of operations could be impaired.
To further our strategy for the combined GII and ETT businesses,
we may seek to acquire businesses and technologies that we
believe will complement the existing businesses. Any such
acquisitions would likely involve some or all of the following
risks:
|
|
|
|
|
difficulty of assimilating acquired operations and personnel and
information systems;
|
|
|
|
potential disruption of our ongoing business;
|
|
|
|
possibility that we may not realize an acceptable return on our
investment in these acquired companies or assets;
|
|
|
|
diversion of resources;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
difficulty of maintaining uniform standards, controls,
procedures and policies;
|
|
|
|
risks of entering markets in which we have little or no
experience; and
|
|
|
|
potential impairment of relationships with employees, suppliers
or clients.
|
We may need to complete these transactions in order to remain
competitive. We cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain
any required financing or regulatory approvals for these
transactions or that these transactions will occur.
GIIs
and ETTs efforts to develop new service offerings may not
be successful, in which case our revenues may not grow as we
anticipate, or may decline.
The market for telecommunications services is characterized by
rapid change, as new technologies are developed and introduced,
often making established technologies obsolete. For GII and ETT
to remain competitive, they must continually update their
service offerings to make new technologies available to their
customers. To do so, GII and ETT may have to expend significant
management and sales resources, which may increase their
operating costs. The success of potential new service offerings
by GII and ETT is uncertain and would depend on a number of
factors, including the acceptance by end-user customers of the
telecommunications technologies which would underlie these new
service offerings, the compatibility of these technologies with
existing customer information technology systems and processes,
and the ability of the combined businesses to find third-party
vendors that would be willing to incorporate their services with
those of the combined businesses. If we are unsuccessful in
developing and selling new service offerings, our revenues may
not grow as we anticipate, or may decline.
If GII
and ETT do not continue to train, manage and retain employees,
clients may significantly reduce purchases of
services.
GII and ETT employees are responsible for providing clients with
technical and operational support, and for identifying and
developing opportunities to provide additional services to
existing clients. In order to perform these activities, GII and
ETT employees must have expertise in areas such as
telecommunications network technologies, network design, network
implementation and network management, including the ability to
integrate services offered by multiple telecommunications
carriers. They must also accept and incorporate training on
GIIs and ETTs systems and databases developed to
support their operations and business model. Employees with this
level of expertise tend to be in high demand in the
telecommunications industry, which may make it more difficult
for us to attract and retain qualified employees. If we fail to
train, manage and retain GII and ETT employees, we may be
limited in our ability to gain more business from existing
clients, and we may be unable to obtain or maintain current
information regarding our clients and suppliers
communications networks, which could limit their ability to
provision future services.
The
regulatory framework under which GII and ETT operate could
require substantial time and resources for compliance, which
could make it difficult and costly for us to operate the
businesses.
In providing certain interstate and international
telecommunications services, GII and ETT must comply, or cause
their customers or carriers to comply, with applicable
telecommunications laws and regulations prescribed by the
Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, and applicable
foreign regulatory authorities. In offering services on an
intrastate basis, they are subject to state laws and to
regulation by state public utility commissions. GII and
ETTs international services are also subject to regulation
by foreign authorities and, in some markets, multinational
authorities, such as the European Union.
The costs of compliance with these regulations, including legal,
operational and administrative expenses, may be substantial. In
addition, delays in receiving or failure to obtain required
regulatory approvals or the enactment of new or adverse
legislation, regulations or regulatory requirements may have a
material adverse effect on GIIs or ETTs financial
condition, results of operation and cash flow.
If GII or ETT fails to obtain required authorizations from the
FCC or other applicable authorities, or if they fail to comply,
or are alleged to have failed to comply, with the rules of the
FCC or other authorities, their right to offer
23
certain services could be challenged
and/or
fines
or other penalties could be imposed on them. Any such challenges
or fines could cause us to incur substantial legal and
administrative expenses. Furthermore, GII and ETT are dependent
in certain cases on the services other carriers provide and
therefore on other carriers abilities to retain their
respective licenses in the regions of the world in which they
operate. They are also dependent in some circumstances on their
customers abilities to obtain and retain the necessary
licenses. The failure of a customer or carrier to obtain or
retain any necessary license could have an adverse effect on
GIIs or ETTs ability to conduct operations.
Future
changes in regulatory requirements or new interpretations of
existing regulatory requirements may impair the ability of GII
or ETT to provide services, or may reduce their
profitability.
Many of the laws and regulations that apply to providers of
telecommunications services such as GII and ETT are subject to
frequent changes and different interpretations and may vary
between jurisdictions. Changes to existing legislation or
regulations in particular markets may limit the opportunities
that are available to enter into markets, may increase the
legal, administrative or operational costs of operating in those
markets, or may constrain other activities, including our
ability to complete subsequent acquisitions or purchase services
or products, in ways that we cannot anticipate. Because GII and
ETT purchase telecommunications services from other carriers,
their costs and manner of doing business can also be adversely
affected by changes in regulatory policies affecting these other
carriers.
Required
regulatory approvals may interfere with or delay this business
combination and other potential future corporate
transactions.
As regulated companies, GII
and/or
ETT
are or may be required to obtain the approval of the FCC and
certain state and foreign regulators before completing certain
types of transactions such as changes in ownership (including
this business combination), acquisitions of other regulated
companies, sales of all or substantial parts of their
businesses, issuances of stock and incurrence of debt
obligations. The regulations and approval requirements imposed
on these types of transactions differ between jurisdictions. In
order to complete the Acquisition, we and GII have been required
to seek approval from the FCC and certain state regulators for
the transfer of control of GII. As of the date of this proxy
statement, approval has been obtained from the FCC and all but
one of the state agencies. The remaining agency, the Florida
Public Service Commission, has proposed approving the
transaction, but the effectiveness of that proposal is subject
to a notice period that closed on September 27, 2006. To
our knowledge, no protests were filed prior to the end of the
notice period. Although we anticipate receiving approvals from
the remaining state regulatory agency, we cannot assure you that
such approval will be obtained prior to October 15, 2006,
or at all. If the approval is not obtained by October 15,
2006, we will be unable to consummate the Acquisition and
therefore forced to liquidate. In addition, if the approvals
required to complete any future transactions cannot be obtained,
or if substantial delays in obtaining such approvals are
encountered, it may impair our ability to enter into other
transactions on favorable terms (if at all). Such events could
have a material adverse effect on the operating results of the
combined business.
GII
and ETT depend on key personnel to manage their businesses
effectively in a rapidly changing market, and our ability to
generate revenues will suffer if we are unable to retain key
personnel and hire additional personnel.
The future success of the combined business will depend upon the
continued services of GIIs and ETTs executive
officers and other key sales, marketing and support personnel.
Neither company has key person life insurance
policies covering any of their employees, other than a policy on
the life of Christopher Britton currently maintained by ETT, nor
are we certain if any such policies will be obtained or
maintained in the future. In addition, we will depend in large
part on the ability of the combined GII and ETT management
teams, as well as H. Brian Thompson, who will become our
executive chairman, to effectively execute future strategies.
Because the members of these management teams have not worked
together, they will need to integrate their officers into each
others operations.
We may need to hire additional personnel in the future, and we
believe the success of the combined business depends, in large
part, upon our ability to attract and retain key employees. The
loss of the services of any key
24
employees, the inability to attract or retain qualified
personnel in the future, or delays in hiring required personnel
could limit our ability to generate revenues and to operate our
business.
Risks
Associated with the Acquisition
If
holders of 20% or more of shares of the Class B common
stock issued in our initial public offering vote against the
proposed Acquisition, we would be forced to
liquidate.
Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, holders of shares of Class B common stock
issued in our initial public offering have the right to vote
against the Acquisition and to elect to convert their shares
into cash. If holders of 20% or more of shares of Class B
common stock issued in our initial public offering vote against
the Acquisition and opt to convert their shares into cash, we
would be required to liquidate. In that case, there would be no
distribution with respect to shares of our common stock other
than our Class B common stock and no distribution with
respect to our outstanding warrants and, accordingly, the
warrants would expire worthless. In any liquidation, the net
proceeds of our initial public offering held in the trust
account, plus any interest earned thereon, will be distributed
pro rata to the holders of our Class B common stock,
subject to potential claims of creditors and any taxes paid or
payable by us. If we are forced to liquidate our assets, each
share of Class B common stock would be entitled to receive
approximately $5.32 as of September 1, 2006, including
interest accrued as of that date, assuming the entire amount of
the trust fund is available for distribution to Class B
stockholders.
If
holders of approximately 9% or more of the outstanding shares of
our Class B common stock vote against the proposed
Acquisition and convert their shares into cash, we may not have
sufficient funds to consummate the Acquisition or we may not
have sufficient working capital to operate our
business.
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement and the offer, we will
be required to pay a total of approximately $51 million in
cash upon the closing of the Acquisition to the current
shareholders of GII and ETT. As of September 1, 2006, we
had approximately $56.3 million in the trust fund
established to hold a portion of the proceeds of our initial
public offering. If holders of approximately 9% or more of our
outstanding shares of Class B common stock, or
approximately 952,000 or more shares, exercise their right to
convert their shares, we will not have sufficient cash remaining
to fund the purchase price for the Acquisition. In that event,
we would be unable to consummate the Acquisition unless we were
able to borrow or raise additional funds to finance the
shortfall. We are currently in discussions with potential
lenders regarding a potential debt financing for that purpose.
However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete
such a financing on satisfactory terms, or at all. We would have
no ability to extend our deadline of October 15, 2006 to
consummate a business combination in order to obtain additional
financing. Accordingly, if additional financing is required to
complete the Acquisition and we are unable to obtain it by that
date, we would not be able to consummate the Acquisition. If we
are unable to obtain additional financing to allow us to
complete the Acquisition, we may be deemed to be in breach of
our obligations under the GII and/or ETT acquisition agreements.
Furthermore, if we are able to consummate the Acquisition, we
may have insufficient cash to fund our working capital
requirements following the closing.
If we
are unable to complete the Acquisition and are forced to
dissolve and liquidate, third parties may bring claims against
us, and we have no obligation to bring claims against our
executive officers to satisfy any obligations to third parties.
As a result, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the
per-share liquidation price received by Class B
stockholders could be less than $5.32 per
share.
If we are unable to complete the Acquisition by October 15,
2006 and are forced to dissolve and liquidate, third parties may
bring claims against us. If we liquidate prior to the
consummation of a business combination, three of our executive
officers and directors will be personally liable to pay debts
and obligations to vendors and other entities that are owed
money by us for services rendered or products sold to us to the
extent such creditors bring claims that would otherwise require
payment from moneys in the trust account. There is no assurance,
however, that these officers would be able to satisfy those
obligations. If any of those officers were to assert that he is
unable to satisfy those obligations, we would not be obligated
to bring a claim against that officer. Although we generally had
the vendors and service providers that we engaged and owe money
to, and the prospective target businesses we had negotiated
with, agree not to seek any recourse against trust fund assets
and to limit their claims for payments to the amounts available
to pay creditors exclusive of trust fund assets, there is no
guarantee that they will not seek
25
recourse against the trust fund notwithstanding such
agreements. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that a court will
uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the
proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could
take priority over those of our public stockholders.
Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an
involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not
dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be
subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our
bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties
with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent
any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot
assure you we will be able to return to our Class B
stockholders at least $5.32 per share.
Under
Delaware law, our dissolution requires the approval of the
holders of a majority of our outstanding stock, without which we
will not be able to dissolve and liquidate and distribute our
assets to our public stockholders.
If we are forced to dissolve and liquidate, our dissolution
would require the affirmative vote of stockholders owning a
majority of our then outstanding common stock. Soliciting the
vote of our stockholders would require the preparation of
preliminary and definitive proxy statements, which would need to
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and could
be subject to their review. This process could take a
substantial amount of time ranging from 40 days to several
months.
As a result, the distribution of our assets to the public
stockholders could be subject to a considerable delay.
Furthermore, we may need to postpone the stockholders meeting,
resolicit our stockholders or amend our plan of dissolution and
liquidation to obtain the required stockholder approval, all of
which would further delay the distribution of our assets and
result in increased costs. If we are not able to obtain approval
from a majority of our stockholders, we would not be able to
dissolve and liquidate. In the event we seek stockholder
approval for a plan of dissolution and liquidation and do not
obtain such approval, we would nonetheless continue to pursue
stockholder approval for our dissolution. However, we cannot
predict whether our stockholders would approve our dissolution
in a timely manner or would ever approve our dissolution. As a
result, we cannot provide our initial stockholders with
assurances of a specific timeframe for the dissolution and
distribution. If our stockholders do not approve a plan of
dissolution and liquidation, we may be considered to be an
investment company.
Our
stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties
against us to the extent of distributions received by
them.
If we are unable to complete the Acquisition and we are forced
to dissolve and liquidate, under Sections 280 through 282
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders may be
held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to
the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution.
Pursuant to Section 280, if the corporation complies with
certain procedures intended to ensure that it makes reasonable
provision for all claims against it, including a
60-day
notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought
against the corporation, a
90-day
period during which the corporation may reject any claims
brought, and an additional
150-day
waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to
stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a
liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such
stockholders pro rata share of the claim or the amount
distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the
stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the
dissolution. If we are forced to dissolve and liquidate, we will
seek to conclude this process as soon as possible and as a
result do not intend to comply with those procedures.
Accordingly, our stockholders could potentially be liable for
any claims to the extent of distributions received by them in a
dissolution and any liability of our stockholders may extend
beyond the third anniversary of such dissolution.
Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an
involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not
dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders in our
dissolution could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor
and/or
bankruptcy laws as either a preferential transfer or
a fraudulent conveyance. As a result, a bankruptcy
court could seek to recover all amounts received by our
stockholders in our dissolution.
26
Some
of GIIs and ETTs customer contracts or other
agreements may contain change of control provisions that would
be triggered by the Acquisition, which could lead to adverse
results.
At least one of ETTs customer contracts contains a change
of control provision that would be triggered by the Acquisition,
unless the applicable customer consents to the Acquisition or
waives the provision. GII and ETT may be parties to additional
material agreements that contain change of control provisions.
We may elect to consummate the Acquisition without attempting to
obtain formal consents from customers or others, or we may be
unable to obtain them. A customer having a change of control
consent right which does not provide consent may elect to
terminate its customer contracts with us following the
Acquisition, which could reduce our revenues and otherwise harm
our operating results. In addition, the operation of these
change of control provisions, if triggered, in GIIs or
ETTs other agreements could result in unanticipated
expenses following the consummation of the Acquisition or
otherwise adversely affect our operations.
If the
Acquisitions benefits do not meet the expectations of
financial or industry analysts, the market price of our
securities may decline.
The market price of our securities may decline as a result of
the Acquisition if:
|
|
|
|
|
we do not achieve the perceived benefits of the Acquisition as
rapidly as, or to the extent anticipated by, financial or
industry analysts; or
|
|
|
|
the effect of the Acquisition on our financial results is not
consistent with the expectations of financial or industry
analysts.
|
Risks
Relating to Our Securities
We
have not had operations, and neither GII or ETT has operated as
a public company. Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a
public company after completing the Acquisition will be
expensive and time consuming.
Each of Mercator, as a company without operations, and GII and
ETT, as private companies, have maintained relatively small
finance and accounting staffs. None of Mercator, GII or ETT
currently has an internal audit group. Although we have
maintained disclosure controls and procedures and internal
control over financial reporting as required under the Federal
securities laws with respect to our very limited activities, we
have not been required to maintain and establish such disclosure
controls and procedures and internal control as will be required
with respect to businesses such as GII and ETT with substantial
operations. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related
rules and regulations of the SEC, we will need to implement
additional corporate governance practices and adhere to a
variety of reporting requirements and complex accounting rules.
Compliance with these obligations will require significant
management time, place significant additional demands on our
finance and accounting staff and on our financial, accounting
and information systems, and increase our insurance, legal and
financial compliance costs. We may also need to hire additional
accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company
experience and technical accounting knowledge.
Because
we do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock,
stockholders will benefit from an investment in our common stock
only if it appreciates in value.
We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends on shares of
our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the
future will be made by our board of directors and will depend
upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual
restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other
factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly,
realization of a gain on stockholders investments will
depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock.
There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate in
value or even maintain the price at which stockholders purchased
their shares.
Our
outstanding warrants may have an adverse effect on the market
price of our common stock.
In connection with our initial public offering, we issued
warrants to purchase 16,330,000 shares of common stock. Our
officers and directors
and/or
certain of their affiliates also hold warrants to purchase
4,950,000 shares of
27
common stock at $5.00 per share. We also issued an option
to purchase 25,000 Series A units
and/or
230,000 Series B units to the representative of the
underwriters which, if exercised, will result in the issuance of
an additional 710,000 warrants. If the Acquisition is completed,
we will issue warrants to the shareholders of GII to purchase an
additional 2,900,000 shares of common stock. The sale, or
even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the
warrants and options could have an adverse effect on the market
price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future
public financing. If and to the extent these warrants are
exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.
We may
experience volatility in earnings due to how we are required to
account for our warrants and underwriters purchase
option.
Under EITF
No. 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed
to, and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own
Stock,
or EITF No.
00-19,
the
fair value of the warrants issued as part of the units issued in
our initial public offering, and of the option to purchase
Series A units
and/or
Series B units granted to the underwriters of our initial
public offering, must be reported as a liability. Both the
warrant agreement and the unit purchase option provide for us to
attempt to register the shares underlying the warrants and units
and are silent as to the penalty to be incurred in the absence
of our ability to deliver registered shares to the warrant
holders or the option holders upon exercise. Under EITF
No. 00-19,
we are required to assume that this situation could give rise to
us ultimately having to net cash settle the warrants or options,
thereby necessitating the treatment of the warrants and purchase
option as a liability. Further, EITF
No. 00-19
requires us to record the warrant and purchase option liability
at each reporting date at its then estimated fair value, with
any changes being recorded through our statement of operations
as other income/expense. The warrants and purchase option will
continue to be reported as a liability until such time as they
are exercised, expire or we are otherwise able to modify the
applicable agreement to remove the provisions which require this
treatment. As a result, we could experience volatility in our
net income due to changes that occur in the value of the warrant
and purchase option liability at each reporting date.
If our
stockholders exercise their registration rights, it may have an
adverse effect on the market price of our common
stock.
Some of our existing stockholders are entitled to demand that we
register the resale of their shares of our common stock and
Class W and Class Z warrants and shares of common
stock underlying their Class W and Class Z warrants at
any time after we consummate the Acquisition. If these
stockholders exercise their registration rights with respect to
all of these shares and warrants, there will be an additional
4,950,100 shares of common stock and 4,950,000 warrants
eligible for trading in the public market. In addition, the
consideration to be issued to the shareholders of GII upon the
closing of the Acquisition includes 1,300,000 shares of our
common stock, 1,450,000 of our Class W Warrants, each of
which entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common
stock at $5.00 per share, and 1,450,000 of our Class Z
Warrants, each of which entitles the holder to purchase one
share of our common stock at $5.00 per share. These
securities are initially not being registered, and their resale
will be restricted. However, the GII shareholders will have
certain registration rights, including the right to demand
registration beginning three months after the closing of the
Acquisition, and will be able to sell their shares in the public
market if registration is effected. The presence of this
additional number of shares of common stock and warrants
eligible for trading in the public market may have an adverse
effect on the market price of our common stock.
Our
securities are quoted on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board, which may limit the liquidity and price of
our securities more than if our securities were quoted or listed
on the Nasdaq Global Market or a national
exchange.
Our securities are quoted on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board, an NASD-sponsored and operated inter-dealer
automated quotation system for equity securities not included in
the Nasdaq Global Market. Quotation of our securities on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board will limit the liquidity and price of our
securities more than if our securities were quoted or listed on
the Nasdaq Global Market or a national exchange. Although we
intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq
Global Market, we cannot assure you that we will satisfy the
applicable listing requirements.
28
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
We believe that some of the information in this proxy statement
constitutes forward-looking statements within the definition of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can
identify these statements by forward-looking words such as
may, expect, anticipate,
contemplate, believe,
estimate, intend, plan and
continue or similar words. You should read
statements that contain these words carefully because they:
|
|
|
|
|
discuss future expectations;
|
|
|
|
contain projections of future results of operations or financial
condition; or
|
|
|
|
state other forward-looking information.
|
We believe it is important to communicate our expectations to
our stockholders. However, there may be events in the future
that we are not able to accurately predict or over which we have
no control. The risk factors and cautionary language discussed
in this proxy statement provide examples of risks, uncertainties
and events that may cause actual results to differ materially
from the expectations described by us in our forward-looking
statements, including among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the number of our stockholders voting against the Acquisition
Proposal;
|
|
|
|
our inability to integrate the operations or management teams of
GII and ETT;
|
|
|
|
GIIs and ETTs reliance on several large customers;
|
|
|
|
competition in the industry in which GII and ETT do business;
|
|
|
|
failure of the third-party communications networks on which GII
and ETT depend;
|
|
|
|
legislation or regulatory environments, requirements or changes
adversely affecting the businesses in which GII and ETT are
engaged;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain GIIs and ETTs databases,
management systems and other intellectual property.
|
You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of
this proxy statement.
All forward-looking statements included herein attributable to
us or any person acting on either partys behalf are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary
statements contained or referred to in this section. Except to
the extent required by applicable laws and regulations, we
undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking
statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of
this proxy statement or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events.
Before you grant your proxy or instruct how your vote should be
cast or vote on the proposals described in this proxy statement,
you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described
in the Risk Factors section and elsewhere in this
proxy statement could have a material adverse effect on us.
OUR
SPECIAL MEETING
Our
Special Meeting
We are furnishing this proxy statement to you as part of the
solicitation of proxies by our board of directors for use at the
special meeting in connection with the proposed Acquisition and
related matters. This proxy statement provides you with the
information you need to know to be able to vote or instruct your
vote to be cast at the special meeting.
29
Date,
Time and Place
The special meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m., eastern
time, on October 13, 2006, at the offices of Greenberg
Traurig, LLP, 1750 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 1200, McLean,
Virginia 22102, to vote on the Acquisition Proposal, the Charter
Amendment Proposal, the Stock Plan Proposal, the Nomination
Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal.
Purpose
of the Special Meeting
At the special meeting, the holders of our common stock are
being asked to:
|
|
|
|
|
approve the acquisition of GII pursuant to the stock purchase
agreement and the acquisition of ETT pursuant to the offer;
|
|
|
|
adopt the amendment and restatement of our charter;
|
|
|
|
adopt the Stock Plan;
|
|
|
|
elect eight persons to Mercators board of directors to
hold office until Mercators 2007 annual meeting of
stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and
qualified;
|
|
|
|
adopt the Adjournment Proposal.
|
Our board of directors:
|
|
|
|
|
has unanimously determined that the Acquisition Proposal is fair
to and in the best interests of us and our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
has unanimously determined that the aggregate fair market value
of GII and ETT will exceed 80% of our net assets at the time of
the Acquisition;
|
|
|
|
has unanimously approved and declared advisable the Acquisition
Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposal, the Stock Plan
Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal;
|
|
|
|
unanimously recommends that the holders of our Class B
common stock vote FOR the Acquisition Proposal;
|
|
|
|
unanimously recommends that the holders of our common stock and
Class B common stock vote FOR the Charter
Amendment Proposal;
|
|
|
|
unanimously recommends that the holders of our common stock and
Class B common stock vote FOR the Stock Plan
Proposal;
|
|
|
|
unanimously recommends that the holders of our common stock and
Class B common stock vote FOR the election to
our board of directors of each of the nominees pursuant to the
Nomination Proposal; and
|
|
|
|
unanimously recommends that the holders of our common stock and
Class B common stock vote FOR the Adjournment
Proposal.
|
Record
Date; Who is Entitled to Vote
The record date for the special meeting is September 20,
2006. Record holders of our common stock at the close of
business on the record date are entitled to vote or have their
votes cast at the special meeting. On the record date, there
were 1,150,100 shares of our common stock outstanding and
10,580,000 shares of our Class B common stock
outstanding.
When voting on the Acquisition Proposal at the special meeting,
you will have one vote for each share of our Class B common
stock that you owned at the close of business on the record
date. For other proposals at the special meeting, you will have
one vote for each share of our common stock or our Class B
common stock that you owned at the close of business on the
record date.
Our issued and outstanding warrants do not have voting rights
and record holders of our Class W and Class Z warrants
will not be entitled to vote at the special meeting.
30
Voting
Your Shares
Each share of our Class B common stock that you owned at
the close of business on the record date entitles you to one
vote on the Acquisition Proposal. For other proposals, you will
have one vote for each share of our common stock or our
Class B common stock that you owned at the close of
business on the record date. Your proxy card shows the number of
shares of our common stock and Class B common shares that
you own.
There are three ways to vote your shares of our common stock at
the special meeting:
|
|
|
|
|
You can vote by signing and returning the enclosed proxy card.
If you vote by proxy card, your proxy, whose name is
listed on the proxy card, will vote your shares as you instruct
on the proxy card. If you sign and return the proxy card, but do
not give instructions on how to vote your shares, your shares
will be voted, as recommended by our board, FOR the
approval of the Acquisition Proposal, FOR the
Charter Amendment Proposal, FOR the Stock Plan
Proposal, FOR each of the director-nominees listed
in the Nomination Proposal and FOR the Adjournment
Proposal.
|
|
|
|
You can vote by telephone or the Internet by following the
telephone or Internet voting instructions that are included with
your proxy card. If you vote by telephone or the Internet, you
should not return the proxy card. The deadline for voting by
telephone or electronically is 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time on
October 13, 2006.
|
|
|
|
You can attend the special meeting and vote in person. We will
give you a ballot when you arrive. However, if your shares are
held in the name of your broker, bank or another nominee, you
must get a proxy from the broker, bank or other nominee. That is
the only way we can be sure that the broker, bank or nominee has
not already voted your shares.
|
IF YOU DO NOT VOTE YOUR SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK OR
CLASS B COMMON STOCK IN ANY OF THE WAYS DESCRIBED ABOVE, IT
WILL HAVE (1) NO EFFECT ON THE ACQUISITION PROPOSAL, BUT
WILL ALSO NOT HAVE THE EFFECT OF A DEMAND OF CONVERSION OF YOUR
CLASS B COMMON SHARES INTO A PRO RATA SHARE OF THE
TRUST ACCOUNT IN WHICH A SUBSTANTIAL PORTION OF THE
PROCEEDS OF OUR INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING ARE HELD, (2) THE
SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE AGAINST THE APPROVAL OF THE CHARTER
AMENDMENT PROPOSAL AND (3) NO EFFECT ON THE STOCK PLAN
PROPOSAL, THE NOMINATION PROPOSAL AND THE ADJOURNMENT
PROPOSAL.
Who Can
Answer Your Questions About Voting Your Shares
If you have any questions about how to vote or direct a vote in
respect of your shares of our common stock, you may call Rhodric
C. Hackman at
(703) 995-5534.
No
Additional Matters May Be Presented at the Special
Meeting
This special meeting has been called only to consider the
approval of the Acquisition Proposal, the Charter Amendment
Proposal, the Stock Plan Proposal, the Nomination Proposal and
the Adjournment Proposal.
Revoking
Your Proxy
If you give a proxy, you may revoke it at any time before it is
exercised by doing any one of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
You may send another proxy card with a later date;
|
|
|
|
You may notify Rhodric C. Hackman, Mercators secretary,
addressed to us, in writing before the special meeting that you
have revoked your proxy; or
|
|
|
|
You may attend the special meeting, revoke your proxy, and vote
in person.
|
31
Vote
Required
The approval of the Acquisition and the transactions
contemplated by the offer and the stock purchase agreement will
require the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our
Class B common stock that are present in person or by proxy
and entitled to vote at the meeting.
The approval of the amendment to our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote
of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock and
Class B common stock, voting as a single class.
The approval of our Stock Plan and of the Adjournment Proposal
will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the
outstanding shares of our common stock and Class B common
stock that are present in person or by proxy and entitled to
vote at the meeting, voting as a single class.
To be elected as a member of our board of directors, a nominee
must receive the affirmative vote of a plurality of the shares
of our common stock and Class B common stock that are
present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the
meeting, voting as a single class.
Abstentions
and Broker Non-Votes
If you abstain from voting, either in person or by proxy or by
voting instruction, it will have the same effect as a vote
against the Acquisition Proposal, the Charter
Amendment Proposal, the Stock Plan Proposal and the Adjournment
Proposal, but not as a demand of conversion of your Class B
shares into a pro rata portion of the trust account. An
abstention will have no effect on the Nomination Proposal.
If your broker holds your shares in its name and you do not give
the broker voting instructions, your broker may not vote your
shares. If you do not give your broker voting instructions and
the broker does not vote your shares, this is referred to as a
broker non-vote. Broker non-voting shall be treated
as shares not entitled to vote at the special meeting, and,
therefore, shall have no impact on the Acquisition Proposal, the
Stock Plan Proposal, the Nomination Proposal or the Adjournment
Proposal. However, a broker non-vote will have the same effect
as a vote against the Charter Amendment Proposal.
To exercise your conversion rights as a Class B
stockholder, you must affirmatively elect to convert your shares
by checking the appropriate box, or directing your broker to
check the appropriate box, on the proxy card and ensure that the
proxy card is delivered prior to the special meeting.
Conversion
Rights
Any stockholder holding shares of Class B common stock
issued in our initial public offering who votes against the
Acquisition Proposal may, at the same time, demand that we
convert his shares into a pro rata portion of the trust account.
If so demanded, we will convert these shares into a pro rata
portion of funds held in a trust account, which consists of the
$53,429,000 of net proceeds from the initial public offering
deposited into the trust account, plus interest earned thereon,
if the Acquisition is consummated. If the holders of 20% or more
shares of Class B common stock issued in our initial public
offering, or at least 2,116,000 shares, vote against the
Acquisition and demand conversion of their shares into a pro
rata portion of the trust account, we will not be able to
consummate the Acquisition.
In addition, if holders of approximately 9% or more of our
outstanding shares of Class B common stock, or
approximately 952,000 or more shares, exercise their conversion
rights, we will have insufficient funds to pay the cash purchase
price for the Acquisition. In that event, we would be unable to
consummate the acquisition unless we are able to borrow funds or
raise additional capital to finance the shortfall. We are
currently in discussions with potential lenders regarding a
potential debt financing for that purpose. However, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to complete such a financing on
satisfactory terms, or at all. This additional limitation on our
ability to consummate the Acquisition, based on holders of no
more than approximately 9% of our outstanding shares of
Class B common stock exercising their conversion rights,
was not discussed in the prospectus from our initial public
offering because it is not a limitation that is mandated by our
certificate of incorporation or other organizational documents,
as is the 20% conversion limit. Rather, this limitation is a
result of the specific terms of the Acquisition,
32
which were not known at the time of our initial public offering.
We do not believe that the disclosure in our initial public
offering prospectus, which indicated that we would proceed with
a business combination only if Class B stockholders owning less
than 20% of the outstanding Class B shares exercise their
conversion rights, obligated us to structure a business
combination that would allow up to 19.99% conversion of the
Class B shares.
We would have no ability to extend our deadline of
October 15, 2006 to consummate a business combination in
order to obtain additional financing. Accordingly, if additional
financing is required to complete the Acquisition and we are
unable to obtain it by that date, we would not be able to
consummate the Acquisition. If we enter into a definitive
agreement to obtain financing after the date of this proxy
statement but prior to the special meeting, we will file a
current report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, describing the
material terms of the financing.
Based on the amount of cash held in the trust account as of
September 1, 2006, including interest accrued as of that
date, you will be entitled to convert each share of Class B
common stock that you hold into approximately $5.32. If the
Acquisition is not consummated by October 15, 2005,
pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, we will be liquidated. In any liquidation, the
net proceeds of our initial public offering held in the trust
account, plus any interest earned thereon, will be distributed
pro rata to the holders of our Class B common stock who
purchased their shares in our initial public offering or
thereafter, subject to potential claims by creditors.
If you exercise your conversion rights, then you will be
exchanging your shares of our Class B common stock for cash
and will no longer own these shares. You will only be entitled
to receive cash for these shares of Class B common stock if
you continue to hold these shares through the closing date of
the Acquisition and then tender your stock certificate to us.
The closing price of our Class B common stock on
September 27, 2006, the most recent trading day practicable
before the printing of this proxy statement, was $5.24. Prior to
exercising conversion rights, our stockholders should verify the
market price of our common stock as they may receive higher
proceeds from the sale of their common stock in the public
market than from exercising their conversion rights.
Solicitation
Costs
We are soliciting proxies on behalf of our board of directors.
This solicitation is being made by mail but also may be made by
telephone or in person. We and our respective directors and
officers may also solicit proxies in person, by telephone or by
other electronic means. These persons will not be paid for doing
this.
We have not hired a firm to assist in the proxy solicitation
process but may do so if we deem this assistance necessary. We
will pay all fees and expenses related to the retention of any
proxy solicitation firm.
We will ask banks, brokers and other institutions, nominees and
fiduciaries to forward our proxy statement materials to their
principals and to obtain their authority to execute proxies and
voting instructions. We will reimburse them for their reasonable
expenses.
Stock
Ownership
At the close of business on the record date, our executive
officers, directors and director-nominees beneficially owned and
were entitled to vote, in the aggregate, 4,100 shares of
our common stock and 4,000 shares of our Class B
common stock, representing less than 1% of the then outstanding
shares of common stock and Class B common stock. Those
numbers do not include an aggregate of 4,924,000 shares of
common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by our
directors, director-nominees, executive officers and affiliated
entities. As of September 20, 2006, these shares and
warrants had a market value of approximately
$964,660 million based on our common stock price of
$1.50 per share, our Class B common stock price of
$5.19 per share, our Class W warrant price of
$0.23 per warrant and our Class Z warrant price of
$0.24 per warrant.
Based solely upon information contained in public filings, as of
September 20, 2006, the following stockholders beneficially
owned greater than five percent of our issued and outstanding
common stock or Class B common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
Pentagram Partners, L.P. beneficially owned 113,800 shares
of our common stock, representing approximately 9.9% of the
Mercator common stock outstanding;
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
Sapling, LLC and Fir Tree Recovery Master Fund, L.P. together
beneficially owned 796,400 shares of our Class B
common stock, representing approximately 7.5% of the Mercator
Class B common stock outstanding;
|
|
|
|
Amaranth LLC and its affiliates beneficially owned
662,700 shares of our Class B common stock,
representing approximately 6.3% of the Mercator Class B
common stock outstanding;
|
|
|
|
David M. Knott and Dorset Management Company together owned
545,000 shares of our Class B common stock,
representing approximately 5.2% of the Mercator Class B
common stock outstanding.
|
For more information on beneficial ownership of our common stock
by executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders, see
Beneficial Ownership of Securities on page 139.
THE
ACQUISITION PROPOSAL
General
Description of the Acquisition
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement with GII, as amended,
Mercator will acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding
securities of GII. Pursuant to the offer to shareholders of ETT,
Mercator will acquire the issued and outstanding securities of
ETT held by any ETT shareholders who accept the offer.
Background
of the Acquisition
The terms of the stock purchase agreement with GII and the offer
with ETT are the result of arms-length negotiations
between representatives of us, GII and ETT. The following is a
brief discussion of the background of these negotiations, the
Acquisition and related transactions.
We were incorporated in Delaware on January 3, 2005, as a
blank check company formed to serve as a vehicle for the
acquisition, through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset
acquisition or other similar business combination with a
then-unidentified operating business.
A registration statement for our initial public offering was
declared effective on April 11, 2005. On April 15,
2005, we consummated an initial public offering of 575,000
Series A units and 5,290,000 Series B units. Each
Series A unit consists of two shares of common stock, five
Class W warrants and five Class Z warrants. Each
Series B unit consists of two shares of common stock, one
Class W warrant and one Class Z warrant.
The net proceeds from the sale of our units were approximately
$55,050,876. Of this amount, $53,429,000 was deposited in trust
and, in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, will be released either upon the consummation of
a business combination or upon our liquidation. The remaining
$1,621,876 was held outside of the trust for our use to provide
for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective
acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.
As of May 31, 2006, approximately $55.6 million was
held in deposit in the trust account.
During the period from April 2005 through March 2006, we
evaluated a number of prospective businesses regarding potential
business combinations at different levels. Given the background
and affiliations of our officers and directors, this activity
occurred on an ongoing basis. We attempted to source
opportunities both proactively and reactively, and given the
mandate to find a suitable business combination partner, did not
limit ourselves to any one transaction structure
(i.e. percentage of cash vs. percentage of stock issued to
seller, straight merger, corporate spin-out or management
buy-out). During this period, we entered into 21 separate
nondisclosure agreements with potential acquisition candidates.
Prior to GII and ETT, none of these evaluations led to a firm
offer by us to pursue a business combination.
On January 11, 2006, our president, Rhodric C. Hackman, was
contacted by Mr. John Freeman who suggested that the
prospect of acquiring both GII and ETT would make an interesting
business combination for us. Mr. Freeman, an investment
banker from Brooks, Houghton & Company, Inc.,
represented GII. Mr. Freeman became aware of
Mercators business purpose from his review of the
prospectus from our initial public offering. There are no
existing relationships or affiliations between Mr. Freeman,
Brooks, Houghton & Company or any of its
34
other principals and us or any individuals associated with us.
Brooks, Houghton & Company has served as investment
banker to GII since June 2005 and, following an initial
payment of $10,000, has been paid a monthly retainer of
$7,500 per month. It will also be entitled to a fee in the
amount of $580,000 at the closing of the Acquisition. Pursuant
to the terms of the stock purchase agreement we entered into
with the GII shareholders, we will pay this amount on behalf of
GII at the closing.
GII and ETT had been involved in a proposed transaction with
another party late in 2005 which did not materialize. In the
process, the two companies, being in closely-related businesses,
came to believe that the combination of GII and ETT may make
good business sense. GII is headquartered in the United States
with much of its business to date focused upon wholesale
telecommunications carrier customers. ETT is headquartered in
the United Kingdom and focuses on enterprise customers doing
business primarily outside the United States. Mr. Hackman
expressed an interest in learning more about the prospects of
these two companies. Our management team began investigating the
business sectors of GII and ETT using publicly available
information. Based on the call, the parties decided to negotiate
confidentiality agreements and exchange due diligence materials.
On January 24, 2006, Mr. Hackman and H. Brian
Thompson, our chief executive officer, met at GIIs
headquarters with Michael Keenan, GIIs chief executive
officer, various members of the GII management team and
Mr. Freeman. Christopher Britton, the chief executive
officer of ETT, was connected by conference call to the meeting.
Both the GII and ETT management teams made presentations on
their respective companies. Additional information on both GII
and ETT was provided to us. Our representatives discussed the
structure of Mercator.
Between January 24, 2006 and February 9, 2006, our
management team continued due diligence using publicly available
information and information provided by GII and ETT.
Pursuant to our ongoing due diligence, on February 10,
2006, Mr. Hackman and David Ballarini, our chief financial
officer, participated in a conference call with GII and ETT
management and Mr. Freeman to discuss the business
prospects of the combined companies.
On February 13, 2006 and February 15, 2006,
Messrs. Hackman and Ballarini met at GIIs
headquarters to continue due diligence discussions.
On February 19, 2006, a conference call was conducted
between Messrs. Hackman, Ballarini and Lior Samuelson, our
executive vice president, and Messrs. Keenan, Britton and
Freeman to continue to discuss a potential business combination
and to continue due diligence discussions. Between February 20
and February 28, 2006, various discussions occurred between
us, GII and ETT on the potential terms and conditions of a
business combination of the three entities.
On March 1, 2006, Mr. Hackman met at ETT headquarters
with Mr. Britton, Dr. James Dodd, the ETT vice
chairman, and Steven Sanderson, the ETT finance director. The
parties discussed the business opportunity in the combination of
ETT and GII as well as the potential structure of a transaction.
The parties agreed to continue efforts to structure a business
combination including us, GII and ETT.
During the period from March 2, 2006 through March 24,
2006, various discussions and negotiations were conducted among
us, GII and ETT regarding the structure of a potential
transaction. During this period, various draft term sheets and
letters of intent of intent were exchanged between Mercator and
GII.
On March 20, 2006, our board of directors met to discuss
GII and ETT as well as other potential opportunities that
Mercator was evaluating. The board decided that, based on the
information available at that time, the GII and ETT opportunity
would be the most attractive to our stockholders.
On March 22, 2006, we submitted a proposed letter of intent
to ETT which included a purchase of all of the outstanding stock
of ETT for cash. Between March 22 and March 26, 2006
various conference calls between Messrs. Hackman and
Ballarini and Messrs. Britton and Sanderson ensued to
negotiate the letter of intent. On March 27, 2006, a
conference call was conducted among Messrs. Hackman and
Ballarini, the senior management of ETT, various members of the
ETT board of directors and Ira Greenspan, Avi Lipsker and Arthur
Magee of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC, our financial advisor. The
purpose of the call was to discuss the letter of intent and
process to closing a transaction with us. The parties agreed to
meet face to face at ETTs headquarters to continue
discussions the following week.
35
On March 24, 2006 a meeting was held among
Messrs. Ballarini and Samuelson, our legal counsel,
GIIs legal counsel and Mr. Keenan, who participated
by conference call. The purpose of the meeting was to finalize a
letter of intent for Mercator to purchase GII. The meeting
concluded without finalizing the letter of intent. Several more
days of negotiations ensued.
On March 31, 2006, we signed a letter of intent to acquire
100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of GII for a
combination of cash, common stock and warrants in Mercator. The
letter of intent contemplated a parallel transaction with ETT.
Messrs. Hackman and Samuelson met in London with ETT
management and various board members on April 4 and 5,
2006. On April 5, 2006, ETTs board of directors
approved the terms of the offer and we signed a letter of intent
to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of
ETT for cash. On April 5, 2006, we publicly announced that
we had entered into letters of intent with two parties.
From April 5, 2006 to April 17, 2006, various
telephone conferences were held among our management, GII and
ETTs management and their representatives regarding due
diligence, the business of GII and ETT and the terms of the
definitive purchase agreement and offer document for the
proposed business combination.
From April 17, 2006 to April 19, 2006,
Mr. Hackman, Mr. Keenan and various other members of
GII management met with ETT management in London to continue due
diligence and discuss the prospects for the potential
combination of GII and ETT.
On April 24, 2006 and April 25, 2006, our management
team met with Messrs. Keenan and Britton in Reston,
Virginia to continue due diligence and to discuss the prospects
for the potential combination of GII and ETT.
From April 5, 2006 to May 22, 2006, our board of
directors met several times to discuss the operations of GII and
ETT, the results of the due diligence reviews and the terms of
the proposed definitive agreement.
From May 19, 2006 to May 22, 2006,
Messrs. Hackman and Samuelson held discussions with GII and
ETT management by telephone at various times to complete their
due diligence review and negotiate the terms of a definitive
purchase agreement and offer document. Substantial negotiations
took place over the terms of the acquisition documents
including, among other things, certain changes in the form of
purchase price payable to the GII shareholders from that
contemplated by the letter of intent.
On May 22, 2006, our board of directors met again to
authorize the acquisitions of GII and ETT. Our counsel reviewed
the terms of stock purchase agreement and related agreements,
and answered questions directed by members of our board of
directors. During the meeting, our board of directors also
discussed the option of obtaining a fairness opinion for the
proposed Acquisition. Our board of directors decided not to
obtain such an opinion before signing the stock purchase
agreement or the offer based on its belief that its directors
had the skill and experience to properly evaluate the fairness
of a proposed transaction. Our board of directors then
unanimously approved the Acquisition and related transactions.
While no one factor determined the final agreed upon
consideration in the acquisition of either GII or ETT, our board
of directors again reviewed various industry and financial data
and metrics and valuation analysis compiled by us in order to
determine that the consideration to be paid to the shareholders
of GII and ETT was reasonable and that the Acquisition was in
the best interests of our stockholders.
On May 23, 2006, the GII board of directors met again to
authorize the Acquisition. The GII board of directors
unanimously approved the stock purchase and related transactions.
On May 23, 2006, we entered into a stock purchase agreement
and related documents with GII and its shareholders.
On May 24, 2006, ETT shareholders holding an aggregate of
67.1% of ETTs outstanding capital stock signed irrevocable
undertakings to accept the offer to acquire their ETT shares.
On May 24, 2006, we and GII and ETT publicly announced the
stock purchase agreement and the offer, respectively, through a
joint press release.
On June 13, 2006, we made the offer to ETT shareholders. We
received irrevocable undertakings to accept the offer from ETT
shareholders holding an aggregate of 166,870,716 Ordinary
Shares, A Ordinary Shares and
36
Preferred Ordinary Shares of ETT, representing approximately 96%
of the total issued share capital of ETT. As the 75% acceptance
threshold specified in ETTs articles of association was
achieved, we have applied the relevant provisions of the
articles of association to compulsorily acquire the remaining
ETT shares held by shareholders from whom we did not receive
acceptances. As a result, all ETT shareholders were deemed to
have accepted the offer as of July 28, 2006, and no further
approval of ETTs shareholders is required.
On September 25, 2006, we entered into an amendment to the
stock purchase agreement with GII and its shareholders in order
to reflect that the shares of our common stock to be issued to
the GII shareholders upon the closing of the Acquisition will
not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and to grant the GII shareholders certain rights to have those
shares of common stock registered after the closing.
Interests
of Our Directors and Officers in the Acquisition
In considering the recommendation of our board of directors to
vote for the proposal to adopt the Acquisition, you should be
aware that certain members of our board have agreements or
arrangements that provide them with interests in the Acquisition
that differ from, or are in addition to, those of our
stockholders generally. In particular:
|
|
|
|
|
If the Acquisition is not approved and we fail to consummate an
alternative transaction within the time allotted pursuant to our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, requiring us
to liquidate, the warrants held by our executives and directors
will be worthless as will the nominal number of shares of common
stock they owned prior to our initial public offering because
our executives and directors are not entitled to receive any of
the net proceeds of our initial public offering that may be
distributed upon our liquidation with respect to those shares.
As of the record date, our executives and directors owned a
total of 4,100 shares of our common stock and
4,000 shares of our Class B common stock, having a
total market value of $26,910 based on our share price of $1.50
for our common stock and $5.19 for our Class B common stock
as of that date. Our executive officers and directors are
contractually prohibited from selling their securities owned
prior to our initial public offering until the earlier of our
completion of a business combination or the distribution of the
proceeds of the trust account in which a substantial portion of
the proceeds of our initial public offering are held. During
that period, the value of the securities may increase or
decrease. Thus, it is impossible to determine what the financial
impact of the Acquisition will be on our officers and directors.
As of the record date, our executive officers, directors and
affiliated entities also held warrants exercisable for an
aggregate of 4,874,000 shares of common stock. As of the
record date, these warrants had a market value of approximately
$926,000 based on our Class W warrant price of
$0.23 per warrant and our Class Z warrant price of
$0.24 per warrant. These warrants may become worthless if
the Acquisition is not approved and completed by
October 15, 2006.
|
|
|
|
If the Acquisition is approved, it is anticipated that H. Brian
Thompson will remain as chairman of our board of directors and
will become our executive chairman, Rhodric C. Hackman will
remain on our board of directors, and David Ballarini will
continue to serve as our chief financial officer on an interim
basis. Each of our directors and officers will, following the
Acquisition, be compensated in such manner, and in such amounts,
as our board of directors may determine to be appropriate,
subject in the case of our officers to the requirements of any
employment agreements entered into with them.
|
Our board of directors was aware of these agreements and
arrangements during its deliberations on the merits of the
Acquisition and in determining to recommend to our stockholders
that they vote for the approval of the Acquisition Proposal.
Our
Reasons for the Acquisition and Recommendation of Our
Board
Our board of directors has concluded that the acquisitions of
ETT and GII are in the best interests of Mercators
stockholders.
Our board of directors considered a wide variety of factors in
connection with its evaluation of the Acquisition. In light of
the complexity of those factors, the Mercator board did not
consider it practicable to, nor did it attempt to, quantify or
otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors it
considered in reaching its decision.
37
The analysis of the Mercator board of directors in reaching this
conclusion is described in more detail below. In considering the
Acquisition, the Mercator board gave considerable weight to the
following positive factors:
ETT
and GIIs successful records of growth and business
development and potential for future growth and
expansion
An important criterion to Mercators board of directors in
identifying an acquisition target was that the company have
established business operations, that it was generating current
revenues and that it had strong potential to experience rapid
additional growth. Mercators board of directors believes
that ETT and GII have in place the infrastructure for strong
business operations, a large and growing customer base,
significant technological capabilities and strong reputations
with their customers. ETT commenced business operations in 1998
and grew its business from no revenues to over $35 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. Similarly, GII
commenced business operations in 1998 and grew its business from
no revenues to over $14 million in revenues for the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2005. This record of growth was
impressive to Mercators board of directors.
Mercators board of directors believes that the combination
of ETT and GII has the potential to accelerate the growth of
their businesses because:
|
|
|
|
|
most of ETT and GIIs existing customers represent what we
expect will constitute a recurring, long-term source of
revenues. For example, over 72% of GIIs increase in
revenues for its fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, as
compared to the prior fiscal year, was attributable to new
purchases made by existing customers. For the six months ended
June 30, 2006, ETTs customer retention rate was
approximately 89%, and approximately 30% of the customer
contracts ETT executed were for two to five year terms;
|
|
|
|
ETT and GII individually currently offer a limited number of
data connectivity solutions and services to their customers. We
believe that each companys business can be further grown
by offering their customers expanded and more global
connectivity solutions; and
|
|
|
|
we expect that GII will be able to leverage ETTs
enterprise-based VNO solutions and sales and marketing
capabilities to more rapidly grow sales to
U.S. enterprises. Similarly, we anticipate that ETT will be
able to utilize GIIs carrier-based VNO solutions and sales
and marketing capabilities to initiate sales to European-based
carriers. We cannot assure you, however, that either GII or ETT
will be able take advantage of the others capabilities.
|
In addition, based on its review of ETT and GIIs
historical financial statements and their respective business
models and relationships, our board of directors believes that
ETT and GIIs services are sold at relatively stable gross
margins. GIIs gross margins for the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were 35.6%, 34.6% and
33.5%, respectively. ETTs gross margins for the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were 26.2%,
26.6% and 29.3%, respectively. Our board of directors further
believes that ETT and GII have controllable variable costs and
low, scalable fixed costs and capital requirements. Controllable
variable costs include costs of revenue, which consists
primarily of the costs of procuring services from suppliers for
resale. These costs are typically controllable because they are
generally incurred as needed in connection with the sale of
services. Likewise, labor-related costs, which are a large
component of ETTs and GIIs selling, general and
administrative costs, are in large part controllable. ETTs
cost of labor accounted for approximately 63.2% of ETTs
total operating expenses for the year ended December 31,
2005. GIIs employee compensation and benefit costs
accounted for approximately 80% of GIIs selling, general
and administrative costs for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2005. On the other hand, the companies
respective fixed costs, such as their facilities leases, account
for a relatively small portion of their total expenses. For
example, GIIs rental expenses accounted for only 3% of its
selling, general and administrative costs for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2005.
As VNOs, ETT and GII typically have low levels of capital
expenditures in comparison to traditional telecommunications
carriers that own their own network infrastructure. During 2005,
ETTs capital expenditures, which consist of expenditures
for property and equipment, expressed as a percentage of
revenues for that period was approximately 0.8%. During the same
period, GIIs capital expenditures expressed as a
percentage of revenues for that period was approximately 2.4%,
and was approximately 0.1% for the nine months ended
June 30, 2006. The percentage for 2005 was higher than
typical for GII, as a result of expenses related to GIIs
move to a new
38
headquarters facility during 2005. We believe that these levels
of capital expenditures are significantly lower than is typical
for traditional telecommunications carriers. For example, based
on publicly-filed financial statements, the average capital
expenditures of eight large carriers expressed as a percentage
of their revenues for the twelve months ended June 30,
2006, including companies such as Verizon, BellSouth and
CenturyTel, was approximately 15.4%. Because there is only one
publicly traded VNO of which we are aware, we are unable to
determine how ETTs and GIIs respective levels of
capital expenditures compare to those of other VNOs. These
lower levels of capital expenditures compared to traditional
carriers are offset to some extent by ETTs and GIIs
typically higher levels of cost of services than carriers which
own their own infrastructure. For the six months ended June 30,
2006, ETTs costs of revenue, expressed as a percentage of
revenue for that period, was approximately 69.5%. For the nine
months ended June 30, 2006, GIIs cost of
telecommunications services provided, expressed as a percentage
of revenue for that period, was approximately 71.7%. By
comparison, based on publicly-filed financial statements, the
average cost of services of the eight large carriers referred to
above, expressed as a percentage of their revenues for the
twelve months ended June 30, 2006, was approximately 35%.
Our board of directors believes that this cost structure should
lead to improving profit and EBITDA margins as ETT and GII
generate increased revenues. In particular, our board believes
that as the companies revenues increase, their respective
fixed costs will increase at a lower rate, due to their low
capital requirements and ability to scale their capital and
other expenditures, such as office and other property leases. In
addition, labor costs are a significant component of the
companies variable costs. GII and ETT believe that, in
general, their labor costs increase at a lower rate than
revenues, in large part as a result of increases in
employees, particularly sales personnels,
productivity and efficiency as they gain experience working for
the applicable company. Additionally, both ETTs and
GIIs contracts with their customers generally remain in
effect for some period beyond their initial stated term, which
when taken together with additional sales to those existing
customers under the applicable master agreements, tends to
result in relatively stable, longer term revenues with each
customer often lasting multiple years, and creating
significant backlogs and some visibility of future revenues.
The
Combination of ETT and GII represents an opportunity to invest
in a growing, dynamic industry
Another important criterion to Mercators board of
directors in identifying an acquisition target was that the
target compete in an emerging or expanding industry with the
potential for growth. Both GII and ETT are virtual network
operators, which are facilities-free, technology-neutral
telecommunications providers. VNOs leverage the infrastructure
of multiple asset-based telecommunications carriers to create
highly customized, cost-efficient solutions for large
enterprise, government and carrier customers whose complex
communication requirements typically transcend the capabilities
of any single facilities-based provider. Mercators board
of directors believes that the outsourced VNO service industry
in which ETT and GII operate is a multi-billion dollar market
and growing. Based on GIIs and ETTs successes to
date in acquiring customers, our board of directors believes
that ETT and GII have the ability to continue to attract
customers and to capitalize on the substantial market
opportunity.
Our board of directors also believes that, if the Acquisition is
successfully completed, there is the potential for an immediate
increase in the combined companys market value, based upon
the recent public market value of Vanco plc, which the board
believes to be the most comparable publicly traded company.
Vancos recent market value corresponds to approximately
1.8 times its trailing twelve months revenues. Applying the same
multiple to the combined revenues of GII and ETT for the
twelve-month period ended June 30, 2006 would result in an
implied value of approximately $87 million, which is
approximately $24 million more than the purchase price to
be paid by us to complete the Acquisition. Our board of
directors also believes that companies that trade on the Nasdaq
Global Market, as we intend to do following the Acquisition,
generally trade, on average, at a higher multiple than
comparable companies that trade on the FTSE, as Vanco does. We
cannot assure you that our market value will correspond to the
trailing twelve-month revenue multiple experienced by Vanco, or
that we will experience an increase in market value as compared
to Vanco if we are able to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global
Market.
The
experience of ETT and GIIs management
Another important criterion to Mercators board of
directors in identifying acquisition targets was that the
companies have seasoned management teams with specialized
knowledge of the markets within which they operate and the
ability to lead a company in a rapidly changing environment. In
the time since the development of their
39
business plans, GIIs and ETTs management teams have
successfully implemented their business strategies in providing
value-added VNO services to major enterprises and carriers.
GIIs and ETTs management teams have shown an ability
to adjust their business plans to changing market factors and to
develop additional business opportunities. Mercators board
of directors believes that the combination of GIIs and
ETTs existing management, along with H. Brian Thompson,
who has agreed to serve as our executive chairman following the
closing of the Acquisition, will provide the combined company
with strong leadership.
Equity
ownership of the combined companys
management
It was also important to Mercators board of directors that
management of the combined company have a significant equity
interest in Mercator, to help ensure that they will be committed
to growing Mercator and increasing stockholder value. GIIs
shareholders, each of whom is expected to contribute to the
management of Mercator following the closing, will receive an
aggregate of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock,
1,450,000 of our Class W warrants and 1,450,000 of our
Class Z warrants in the Acquisition. Furthermore, we expect
that each of H. Brian Thompson, who has agreed to serve as our
executive chairman following the Acquisition, D. Michael Keenan
and Christopher Britton will receive significant equity
incentive grants in connection with their employment with us.
The
terms of the purchase agreements
Our board of directors believes that the terms of the offer
document agreement and stock purchase agreement with ETT and
GII, respectively, are customary and reasonable. It was
important to Mercators board of directors that the
purchase agreements include customary terms and conditions as it
believed that such terms and conditions would allow for a more
efficient closing process and lower transaction expenses.
Mercators board of directors believes that each of the
above factors strongly supported its determination and
recommendation to approve the Acquisition. The Mercator board of
directors did, however, consider the following potentially
negative factors, among others, in its deliberations concerning
the Acquisition:
ETT and GII have sustained net losses since
inception.
Despite their rapid growth in
revenues, ETT and GII have generated accumulated deficits since
their inception. Our board of directors believes that the
projected revenue growth of the combined ETT and GII business
plans, as projected by the companies respective management
teams, and existing revenue streams improve the prospects for
future profitability of the combined companies. As discussed
above under the heading ETT and GIIs successful
records of growth and business development and potential for
future growth and expansion, our board of directors
believes that the companies respective fixed costs, and to
a lesser extent their labor costs, should increase at a lower
rate than revenues, which should in turn improve prospects for
profitability. Furthermore, our board of directors believes that
through the operational integration of ETT and GII, duplicative
administrative and operating functions can be consolidated to
reduce costs and thereby improve the prospects for future
profitability of the combined companies.
ETTs revenue has declined.
Despite rapid
growth in revenue from its inception in 1998 through 2004,
ETTs revenue declined slightly in 2005 from 2004 and by
approximately 9.6% in the first six months of 2006 as compared
with the first six months of 2005. Approximately 47% of the
decrease in revenues between the first six months of 2005 and
2006 was attributable to a change in the applicable exchange
rate between the two periods. The remainder of the decrease was
primarily attributable to an insufficient amount of net new
orders at the end of 2005. Our board of directors believes that
this decline is due primarily to ETTs investors
decision in the first half of 2005 to sell ETT. ETTs
investors, venture capital funds which have been invested in the
company since 1999, decided to sell the company in order to
achieve liquidity and return funds to their own investors. The
decision to sell ETT was followed by a protracted sales process
that diverted managements attention away from the overall
business. Our board of directors believes that the revenue
decline is not indicative of any flaw in the fundamentals
surrounding, and the growth potential for, ETTs business.
The size of ETT and GII compared to industry
leaders.
Our board of directors considered the
fact that, due to their relatively short histories of
operations, ETT and GII are individually significantly smaller
than industry leaders. Mercators board of directors
believes that, due to their growth since inception, their
40
relationships with vendors and business customers, and the
potential for improvements in capabilities and revenues that may
result by combining the companies, ETT and GII have the
potential to grow and to compete with industry leaders for
market share.
GIIs and ETTs reliance on a limited number of
customers.
Historically, a substantial portion of
GIIs and ETTs revenues have come from a limited
number of customers. For example, for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004, GIIs four largest
customers accounted for approximately 35.9% and 49.1%,
respectively, of its total revenues. Similarly, for the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, ETTs four largest
customers accounted for approximately 59.0% and 66.0%,
respectively, of its total revenues. Our board of directors
believes that GII and ETT have, to date, been successful in
maintaining their key customer relationships, and also expects
that the combined companys reliance on a small number of
customers will decrease over time.
The risk that the services provided by GII and ETT will not
maintain market acceptance.
Our board of
directors considered the fact that the market for services
provided by VNOs is relatively new, and the corresponding risk
that the products and services offered by GII and ETT may not
gain or obtain increased market acceptance. Our board of
directors believes, however, that the market for VNO services is
likely to continue to grow for at least the next several years
and that it represents an attractive market.
GIIs and ETTs current liabilities exceed their
respective total assets.
Historically, ETTs
current liabilities at any given point in time have generally
exceeded its total assets. For example, as of June 30,
2006, ETTs current liabilities were $13,930,815 and its
total assets were $10,644,325. As of the same date, GIIs
current liabilities of $4,411,512 and its total assets were
$4,323,243, although it historically has had current liabilities
less than total assets. Our board believes, however, that this
working capital deficit does not reflect a fundamental weakness
in the companies businesses, but rather reflects the
nature of their business models, which involves the procurement,
rather than purchasing, of the network capacity that they
resell. The majority of their current liabilities consists of
payables to suppliers of network capacity, the vast majority of
which corresponds to amounts due to the companies under their
customer agreements. In general, amounts due to the companies
from customers are either prepaid or are paid within a shorter
period of time than the companies payment of the
corresponding payables to their suppliers. Prepaid amounts are
reflected as liabilities in the companies financial
statements, and are not booked as revenues until the service is
provided to the customer, which often results in a working
capital deficit. GII had unearned revenue of approximately
$1.6 million and deferred revenue of approximately $336,000
at June 30, 2006, which represents approximately 12.2% and
2.5%, respectively, of GIIs revenues for the nine months
ended on that date. ETT had total deferred revenue of
approximately $1.9 million at June 30, 2006, which
represents approximately 11.4 % of ETTs revenues for
the six months ended on that date. As a result of customer
receivables being paid more rapidly than the corresponding
payments to suppliers the companies can operate on an ongoing
basis with negative working capital. Because there is only one
publicly traded VNO of which we are aware, we are unable to
determine if this business model is standard in the industry. We
believe, however, that the companies will in general continue to
experience working capital deficits following the consummation
of the Acquisition.
The risk that its public stockholders would vote against the
Acquisition and exercise their conversion
rights.
Our board of directors considered the
risk that the current public stockholders of Mercator would vote
against the Acquisition and demand to convert their shares for
cash upon consummation of the Acquisition, thereby depleting the
amount of cash available to the combined company following the
Acquisition, or requiring us to borrow funds or raise additional
capital to complete the Acquisition or fund our operations after
the closing.
After deliberation, our board of directors determined that these
potentially negative factors were outweighed by the potential
benefits of the acquisitions, including the opportunity for
Mercator stockholders to share in ETT and GIIs future
potential growth and anticipated profitability.
Due
Diligence and Valuation
Three members of our board of directors, Rhodric C. Hackman,
Lior Samuelson and David Ballarini, have extensive experience in
evaluating and performing due diligence of acquisition targets
and in valuing companies in the communications industry. These
three directors are currently partners of an investment banking
and financial advisory firm and perform business valuations on a
regular basis. In arriving at its determination to approve the
41
stock purchase agreement with ETT and the offer for GII, the
board of directors of Mercator relied on information (including
financial information) relating to ETT and GII, the regulatory
environment and the industry dynamics. In addition, Mercator
retained the services of KPMG LLP and Matthews Carter and
Boyce, P.C. to assist it in its due diligence review of ETT
and GII. The directors of Mercator are familiar with the
significant expenses that would be incurred to engage an
investment bank or valuation firm to conduct a fairness opinion.
Based upon the likely cost of a fairness opinion,
Mercators existing cash resources and Mercators
belief that its directors had the skill and experience to
properly evaluate the fairness of a proposed transaction,
Mercator determined that its assets should not be used to pay
for a fairness opinion. There was no prior relationship between
any of our directors or executive officers and any of the
directors, executive officers or significant shareholders of GII
or ETT.
In addition to the due diligence information, Mercators
board of directors utilized information provided to it by ETT
and GII as well as publicly available information on the
industry and the companies competitors to analyze the
reasonableness of the proposed valuations of ETT and GII and the
combined entity. In May 2006, Mercators directors prepared
an estimated enterprise valuation analysis of ETT and GII based
upon Mercators proposed purchase prices for ETT and GII
and the potential post-acquisition appreciation of the combined
companys value.
Mercators board of directors considered that the proposed
equity valuation and the proposed purchase prices for ETT and
GII were generally attractive to Mercator based on publicly
available comparable trading valuations of ETT and GIIs
competitors, publicly available comparable acquisitions
involving companies similar to ETT and GII and discounted cash
flow analyses of the combined companies. For purposes of the
boards analysis, the companies it considered to be
comparable were Equinix Inc., Globix Corp., Internap Network
Services Corp., iPass Inc., SAVVIS Inc., Terremark Worldwide
Inc., NaviSite Inc. and Vanco plc. For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2005, or January 31, 2006 in the case of
NaviSite and Vanco, the reported revenues of these companies
were $221.1 million, $110.8 million,
$153.7 million, $169.4 million, $667.0 million,
$57.0 million, $104.3 million and 146.6 million
British pounds, respectively. During the same periods, their
reported profits were $(42.6 million),
$(30.8 million), $(5.0 million), $12.9 million,
$(69.1 million), $(22.9 million), $(12.3 million)
and 7.5 million British pounds, respectively. Although
Vancos revenues and profits are substantially greater than
that of ETT and GII, our board of directors considered it
to be comparable because it is currently the only publicly
traded company of which the board of directors is aware
that is a pure play VNO, meaning that the only
business in which it is engaged is that of operating as a VNO.
The analysis of trading valuations of ETTs and GIIs
competitors indicated that these companies are generally valued
based on their revenue performance and as a mean, their
enterprise values were approximately 3.7 times their trailing
12 month (also known as last 12 months), or TTM,
revenues, with a median enterprise value of 2.3 times TTM
revenues. ETTs and GIIs primary competitor, in the
view of Mercators board of directors, is Vanco plc (LSE:
VAN.L) which, at the time of the analysis, had an enterprise
value of approximately 2.2 times TTM revenues. Based on publicly
traded competitors valuation metric of 2.3 times TTM
revenues, ETT and GII in combination would have a potential
enterprise valuation of approximately $121 million (2.3
times managements estimate of actual and forecast revenue
for the combined ETT and GII for the twelve-month period ending
June 30, 2006 of $52.5 million). Based on
Mercators analysis of ETT and GII, Mercators total
acquisition value of approximately $63.1 million was
approximately 48% below the implied potential future valuation
based on competitors trading valuations.
Mercators management estimated the combined ETT and
GIIs actual and forecast revenue as follows. Management
assumed a closing date of June 30, 2006, and prepared its
estimate for the twelve-month period ending on that date. For
ETT, management combined the sum of actual revenue for the
period from July 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (the
latest period for which actual results were available), which
totalled approximately $17.4 million, based on actual
monthly results as provided by ETT, and ETTs
managements forecast of ETTs revenues for the first
and second quarters of 2006 of approximately $18.1 million.
This resulted in total estimated and projected revenue of ETT
for the twelve-month period of approximately $35.5 million.
For GII, management combined the sum of actual revenue for the
period from July 1, 2005 to April 30, 2006 (the latest
period for which actual results were available), which totalled
approximately $14.1 million, based on actual monthly
results provided by GII, and GIIs managements
forecast of GIIs revenues for May and June of 2006 of
approximately $3.0 million. This resulted in total
estimated and projected revenue of GII for the twelve-month
period of approximately $17.1 million, and of the combined
companies for the same period of approximately
$52.5 million.
42
The analysis of publicly available comparable acquisitions
indicated that these transactions were also generally valued
based on the TTM revenues of the target companies and as a mean,
the enterprise valuations of the acquisitions were approximately
1.4 times TTM revenues, with a median of 1.6 times TTM revenues.
Based on publicly available comparable acquisitions valuation
range of 1.4 to 1.6 times TTM revenues, ETT and GII in
combination would have an enterprise valuation of approximately
$74 million (1.4 times $52.5 million) to
$84 million (1.6 times $52.5 million). Based on
Mercators analysis of ETT and GII, the total acquisition
value of the combined companies of approximately
$63.1 million was approximately 15% to 25% below the
implied valuation based on comparable acquisitions.
The discounted cash flow analysis analyzed the cash flows
projected to be generated by operating ETT and GII together and
growing the combined companies at a cumulative annual growth
rate of 20% for five years and then selling the combined
operations in a transaction netting the shareholders 9.0 times
the terminal earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization, or EBITDA. Mercator determined that a 20% annual
growth rate was a reasonable projection for organic growth for
both companies based upon Vancos historic annual growth
rates, which have typically been in the range of, and have
sometimes exceeded, 20%, the combined companies historic
annual growth rates, which exceeded 20% over the last five
years, the companies estimates of 2006 growth in excess of
10% for ETT and 20% for GII, despite distractions resulting from
the Acquisition, and managements overall research
regarding the industry and anticipated growth. Mercator
determined that a 9.0 times EBITDA multiple was reasonable
because the comparable companies that are profitable had been
trading, on average, at a multiple of 26.4 times EBITDA. It also
noted that the comparable companies that are not profitable,
similar to ETT and GII, had been trading, on average, at a
multiple of 31.4 times EBITDA. The cash flows were adjusted for
estimated integration and transaction related costs, potential
cost savings that would be realized by consolidating certain
functions of the two companies, and additional costs to be
incurred by the companies in order to operate a publicly listed
company. The resulting cash flows were discounted back to a
present value at a 13% discount rate reflecting the approximate
weighted average cost of capital of public companies in
ETTs and GIIs industry. Based on this analysis, it
was determined that ETT and GII would be valued in combination
at approximately $98 million. This analysis assumed cost
savings of $500,000 per year for each of 2008, 2009 and
2010 that management expects to realize by consolidating certain
functions of the two companies. If these cost savings were not
realized, the discounted cash flow analysis described above
would result in a valuation of approximately $95.1 million.
Based on Mercators analysis of ETT and GII, the total
acquisition value of the combined companies of approximately
$63.1 million was approximately 36% below the implied
valuation based on the discounted cash flow analysis.
Mercators analysis suggests that the purchase price to be
paid for GII is approximately 1.6 times its estimated TTM
revenues, and the purchase price to be paid for ETT is
approximately 1.0 times its estimated TTM revenues. Mercator
believes that the difference in multiples is justified in light
of GIIs higher growth rate in recent periods as compared
to ETT and GIIs software tools which facilitate the
delivery of VNO services.
Mercators consultants, KPMG LLP and Matthews Carter and
Boyce, P.C., conducted financial due diligence assessments
of ETT and GII, respectively, and provided written reports of
their findings to the board. The matters reviewed included
revenue recognition, working papers from recent audits, general
quality of financial reporting capabilities, working capital
trends, and accounts receivable. Neither KPMG LLP nor Matthews
Carter and Boyce, P.C. presented any conclusions or
recommendations with respect to the valuation analyses
summarized above.
The foregoing discussion of the information and factors
considered by our board of directors is not meant to be
exhaustive, but includes the material information and factors
considered by our board of directors.
ETTs
and GIIs Reasons For The Acquisition
In concluding that the Acquisition is in the best interests of
ETT and GII and its shareholders, and in approving the
Acquisition agreements and the Acquisition, the ETT and GII
directors considered and reviewed, including with their legal
advisors, a number of factors including:
|
|
|
|
|
their belief that the combination of ETT, GII and Mercator,
which would have a stronger capital position than either company
individually and would be a public company, would likely
increase the ability of ETT and GII to raise additional capital
that may be needed for future expansion;
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
their belief that the combined company will have greater
resources to effectively compete in the market for VNO services;
|
|
|
|
their belief that the addition of H. Brian Thompson to the
combined companys management team as executive chairman
will provide the company with valuable industry experience and
strong leadership;
|
|
|
|
in the case of GII, in addition to the cash consideration
payable, the availability of a public trading market for the
Mercator shares to be received by GII shareholders will, after
the expiration of the applicable restriction period on the
transferability, provide the shareholders with more investment
liquidity than that associated with their current interests, for
which there are no established trading markets; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of ETT, the opportunity for ETTs institutional
shareholders to obtain liquidity for their investment in ETT.
|
The ETT and GII directors did consider the following potentially
negative factors, among other things, in their deliberations
concerning the Acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
the fact that Mercators common stock and warrants are
traded over the counter on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board and therefore have less liquidity than if
traded on Nasdaq or a national securities exchange; and
|
|
|
|
the fact that Mercator is not an operating business.
|
The foregoing discussion of the factors considered by the ETT
and GII directors is not meant to be exhaustive, but includes
some of the more material factors considered by the ETT and GII
directors in coming to their conclusions.
Appraisal
or Dissenters Rights
No appraisal rights are available under the Delaware General
Corporation Law for our stockholders in connection with the
Acquisition Proposal.
United
States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Acquisition
As the stockholders of Mercator are not receiving any
consideration or exchanging any of their outstanding securities
in connection with the Acquisition, and are simply being asked
to vote on the matter, it is not expected that the stockholders
will have any tax related issues as a result of voting on these
matters. However, if you vote against the Acquisition Proposal
and elect a cash conversion of your Class B common stock
into your pro-rata portion of the trust account and as a result
receive cash in exchange for your Class B common stock,
there may be certain adverse tax consequences, such as realizing
a loss on your investment in Mercator shares.
WE URGE YOU TO
CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING YOUR PARTICULAR TAX
CONSEQUENCES.
Regulatory
Matters
Consummation of the acquisition of GII is contingent upon the
receipt of approval from the Federal Communications Commission,
or FCC. GII received approval of the acquisition from the FCC in
August 2006.
Consummation of the acquisition of GII is also contingent upon
notification to
and/or
approval by various state public utility commissions in the
states in which GII is authorized to provide regulated
telecommunications services. State approval process differ from
state to state. Like the FCC, however, states that must approve
the Acquisition generally review it to determine whether the
Acquisition is consistent with the public interest. GII filed
notifications
and/or
requests for approval of the acquisition of GII with the
applicable state public utility commissions in June 2006, and
as of the date of this proxy statement has received the approval
of all but one required state agency, the Florida Public Service
Commission. That agency has proposed approving the transaction,
but the effectiveness of that proposal is subject to a notice
period that closed on September 27, 2006. To our knowledge,
no protests were filed prior to the end of the notice period.
44
Consequences
if Acquisition Proposal is Not Approved
If the Acquisition Proposal is not approved by stockholders, we
will not acquire GII and ETT. Pursuant to our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation, we will be liquidated if
we do not consummate a business combination by October 15,
2006.
Required
Vote
Approval of the Acquisition Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Class B
common stock issued in our initial public offering that are
present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the
meeting. In addition, each stockholder that holds shares of
Class B common stock issued in our initial public offering
or purchased following such offering in the open market has the
right to vote against the Acquisition Proposal and, at the same
time, demand that we convert such stockholders shares into
cash equal to a pro rata portion of the trust account in which a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of our initial public
offering is deposited. These shares of Class B common stock
will be converted into cash only if the Acquisition is completed
and the stockholder requesting conversion holds such shares
until the date the Acquisition is consummated. However, if
holders of 2,116,000 or more shares of our Class B common
stock issued in our initial public offering, an amount equal to
20% of the total number of shares issued in the initial public
offering, vote against the Acquisition Proposal and demand
conversion of their shares into a pro rata portion of the trust
account, then we will not be able to consummate the Acquisition.
In addition, if holders of approximately 9% or more of our
outstanding shares of Class B common stock, or
approximately 952,000 or more shares, exercise their conversion
rights, we will have insufficient funds to pay the cash purchase
price for the Acquisition. In that event, we would be unable to
consummate the acquisition unless we are able to borrow funds or
raise additional capital to finance the shortfall. An abstention
will have the same effect as a vote against the Acquisition
Proposal. A failure to vote or broker non-vote will have no
effect on the outcome of the Acquisition Proposal.
Recommendation
For the reasons described above, among others, we believe that
the Acquisition is attractively valued, and that our stock is
currently trading at a marked discount to that of companies that
are comparable to the combined company that would result from
the Acquisition. We also note that our Class B common stock
has recently been trading near or below the inherent cash value
of a Class B share, which is the estimated amount of cash
held in the trust fund that would be payable for each
Class B share if we were to liquidate, subject to potential
claims of creditors. Accordingly, after careful consideration,
our board of directors has determined unanimously that the
Acquisition Proposal is fair to and in the best interests of us
and our stockholders.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY
RECOMMENDS THAT THE STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE
ACQUISITION PROPOSAL.
THE
ACQUISITION AGREEMENTS
The following summary of the material provisions of the stock
purchase agreement with GII, as amended, is qualified by
reference to the complete text of the stock purchase agreement,
as amended, a copy of which is attached as Annex A to this
proxy statement. All stockholders are encouraged to read the
stock purchase agreement, as amended, in its entirety for a more
complete description of the terms and conditions of the
acquisition of GII.
The stock purchase agreement has been included to provide you
with information regarding its terms. It is not intended to
provide any other factual information about us. Such information
can be found elsewhere in this proxy statement and in the other
public filings we make with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or SEC, which are available without charge at
www.sec.gov.
The stock purchase agreement contains representations and
warranties which we, GII and its shareholders have made to one
another and are for the benefit of such parties only, and may
not be relied upon by any other person. The assertions embodied
in the representations and warranties contained in the stock
purchase agreement are qualified by information in disclosure
schedules to the stock purchase agreement. While we do not
believe that the disclosure schedules contain information the
securities laws require us to publicly disclose, the disclosure
schedules contain information that modifies, qualifies and
creates exceptions to the representations and warranties set
forth in the
45
stock purchase agreement. Accordingly, you should not rely on
the representations and warranties as characterizations of the
actual state of facts, since the representations and warranties
are subject in important part to the underlying disclosure
schedules. The disclosure schedules contain nonpublic
information. Information concerning the subject matter of the
representations and warranties may have changed since the date
of the stock purchase agreement, and subsequent information may
or may not be fully reflected in our public disclosures.
Information concerning the subject matter of the representations
and warranties contained in the stock purchase agreement may
have changed since the date of that agreement.
The Stock
Purchase Agreement with GII
Structure
of the Acquisition
At the closing, Mercator will acquire from GIIs three
shareholders all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
GII, which will continue its existence as an operating company
and wholly-owned subsidiary of Mercator under the name Global
Internetworking.
Purchase
Price
At the closing, the GII shareholders will receive, on a pro-rata
basis, consideration with a total estimated value on the closing
date of approximately $25.2 million, consisting of:
|
|
|
|
|
$14,000,000 in cash (less approximately $987,000 which will be
paid to GII option holders in cancellation of their options);
|
|
|
|
1,300,000 shares of common stock of Mercator;
|
|
|
|
$4,000,000 in promissory notes with an interest rate of 6%, due
on December 29, 2008;
|
|
|
|
1,450,000 Class W Warrants (each of which entitle the
holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock of Mercator
at a price of $5.00 per share); and
|
|
|
|
1,450,000 Class Z Warrants (each of which entitle the
holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock of Mercator
at a price of $5.00 per share).
|
for all of the outstanding securities of GII.
966,666 of the Class W Warrants and 966,666 of the
Class Z Warrants will be placed in escrow at the closing.
The escrowed Class W Warrants and the Class Z Warrants
will be released to the former GII shareholders when a majority
of the Class W Warrants or Class Z Warrants that were
issued and outstanding as of the date of the stock purchase
agreement have been exercised, redeemed or otherwise converted
into cash or equity securities, or earlier in the event that
either D. Michael Keenan or Todd J. Vecchio, GIIs
executive officers, is dismissed from employment by Mercator
other than for cause, as defined in the employment
agreements they will enter into with us in connection with the
Acquisition, or if there is a merger, asset sale or similar
transaction that results in a change of control of Mercator.
We estimate the value of the 1,300,000 shares of common
stock to be issued to the GII shareholders to be $6,731,400,
based upon the average closing price of Mercators
Class B common stock of approximately $5.18 per share
during the two days prior and two days subsequent to
May 23, 2006, the date of the stock purchase agreement. We
estimate the aggregate value of the 483,334 Class W
Warrants and 483,334 Class Z Warrants to be delivered to
the former shareholders of GII at the closing to be $467,287,
based upon the average closing prices of Mercators
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants of approximately
$0.47 and $0.49, respectively, during the two days prior and two
days subsequent to May 23, 2006. We estimate the aggregate
value of the 966,666 Class W Warrants and 966,666
Class Z Warrants to be placed in escrow to be $934,573,
based upon the same average closing prices. The value of the
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants to be placed in
escrow is not included in the total estimated consideration
value of approximately $25.2 million, but will be included
in the purchase price of GII, when and if, the contingency
relating to their release is satisfied.
The purchase price payable to the GII shareholders is not
subject to adjustment based on GIIs financial condition,
financial performance or any other criteria.
46
Closing
Subject to the provisions of the stock purchase agreement, the
closing of the stock purchase will take place no later than the
second business day after all the conditions described below
under The Stock Purchase Agreement Conditions
to the Completion of the Acquisition have been satisfied,
unless Mercator and GII agree to another time.
Representations
and Warranties
The stock purchase agreement contains a number of
representations and warranties that each of GII and Mercator has
made to each other. These representations and warranties include
and relate to:
|
|
|
|
|
due organization and qualification;
|
|
|
|
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
capitalization;
|
|
|
|
authorization, execution, delivery and enforceability of the
stock purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
absence of conflicts or violations under organizational
documents or applicable laws, or breaches, defaults or other
trigger events under certain agreements, as a result of the
contemplated transaction, and receipt of all required consents
and approvals;
|
|
|
|
compliance with applicable laws, material contracts and
organizational documents;
|
|
|
|
accuracy of the information contained in the financial
statements, and validity of accounts receivable (GII only);
|
|
|
|
absence of undisclosed liabilities (GII only);
|
|
|
|
absence of a material adverse effect or certain other changes or
events since September 30, 2005 (GII only);
|
|
|
|
absence of litigation (GII only);
|
|
|
|
proper maintenance and administration of, and absence of
litigation or proceedings with respect to, any employee benefit
plans (GII only);
|
|
|
|
labor and employment matters (GII only);
|
|
|
|
absence of restrictions on business activities (GII only);
|
|
|
|
good and marketable title to property (GII only);
|
|
|
|
timely filing and accuracy of tax returns, and payment of
applicable taxes (GII only);
|
|
|
|
compliance with environmental laws and absence of environmental
liabilities (GII only);
|
|
|
|
absence of brokers fees (GII only);
|
|
|
|
intellectual property, including good and exclusive title to
material intellectual property, and no infringement of
third-party intellectual property rights (GII only);
|
|
|
|
agreements, contracts and commitments, including validity and
enforceability of contracts and absence of breaches of or
defaults under material contracts (GII only);
|
|
|
|
insurance policies (GII only);
|
|
|
|
possession of, effectiveness of and compliance with all required
governmental licenses or other qualifications (GII only);
|
|
|
|
interested party transactions (GII only);
|
|
|
|
receipt of corporate approvals (GII only);
|
|
|
|
accuracy of information supplied for inclusion in this proxy
statement (GII only);
|
|
|
|
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
accuracy and completeness of the information contained in those
filings, including the financial statements (Mercator only);
|
|
|
|
absence of indebtedness (Mercator only);
|
|
|
|
over-the-counter
bulletin board quotation (Mercator only);
|
|
|
|
board approval of the GII acquisition (Mercator only);
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
amount of funds contained in the trust account (Mercator
only); and
|
|
|
|
completion of Mercators due diligence review of ETT, and
absence of any breach by ETT of representations or warranties
made by it to Mercator (Mercator only).
|
Materiality
and Material Adverse Effect
Some of the representations and warranties are qualified by
materiality or material adverse effect. For the purposes of the
stock purchase agreement, a material adverse effect on an entity
means any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or
effect, individually or when aggregated with other changes,
events, violations, inaccuracies, circumstances or effects, that
is materially adverse to the business, assets (including
intangible assets), revenues, financial condition or results of
operations of such entity, it being understood that none of the
following alone or in combination shall be deemed, in and of
itself, to constitute a material adverse effect:
(i) changes attributable to the public announcement or
pendency of the transactions contemplated by the stock purchase
agreement, (ii) changes in general national or regional
economic conditions, (iii) any SEC rulemaking requiring
enhanced disclosure of reverse merger transactions with a public
shell, or (iv) changes in economic conditions in the
industry in which GII does business generally.
Interim
Covenants Relating to Conduct of Business
Under the stock purchase agreement, each of GII and Mercator has
agreed, prior to the closing of the stock purchase, to conduct
its business in the ordinary course consistent with past
practice, except as expressly permitted by the stock purchase
agreement.
No
Solicitations by Mercator or GII
Until closing or the effective termination of the stock purchase
agreement, GII has agreed that it will not, and will cause its
affiliates, employees, agents and representatives not, directly
or indirectly, to solicit or enter into discussions or
transactions with, or encourage, or provide any information to,
any corporation, partnership or other entity or group (other
than Mercator and its designees) concerning any merger, sale of
ownership interests
and/or
assets of GII, recapitalization or similar transaction.
Mercator has agreed that it will not, and will cause its
employees, agents and representatives not, directly or
indirectly, to solicit or enter into discussions or transactions
with, or encourage, or provide any information to, any
corporation, partnership or other entity or group (other than
GII and its designees) concerning any merger, purchase of
ownership interests
and/or
assets, recapitalization or similar transaction, other than with
respect to ETT.
Access to
Information
During the period prior to the closing, each of GII and Mercator
has agreed to give the other, its counsel, accountants and other
representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours
to the properties, books, records and personnel of the other to
obtain all information concerning the business, including the
status of product development efforts, properties, results of
operations and personnel of the other, as such party may
reasonably request.
Escrow
and Indemnification
As the sole remedy for most of the indemnity obligations of the
shareholders of GII set forth in the stock purchase agreement,
at the closing, the parties will deposit 300,000 shares of
our common stock, otherwise payable to GIIs shareholders,
to be held in escrow during the period ending one year from the
closing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of an
escrow agreement to be entered into at the closing between
Mercator, a representative of the GII shareholders (who shall be
designated by GII prior to the closing) and an escrow agent to
be agreed upon prior to the closing. In addition, Mercator will
have an off-set right against the promissory notes held by the
GII shareholders in an aggregate amount of $500,000 to address
indemnification claims. The terms of the escrow will provide
that, depending on the amount of any paid claims, pending claims
or claims that have not been applied against a $200,000
deductible, the shares of our common stock and any cash that may
then be in escrow will be released to the GII shareholders on
the one year anniversary of the closing.
48
Mercator and its representatives, successors and permitted
assigns will be entitled to indemnification out of the escrow
fund for any damages as a result of any third party claim which
arise from or in connection with the breach of representations
and warranties and agreements and covenants of GII under the
stock purchase agreement. In general, the representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements of GII will survive the
closing for a period of one year. Breaches of representations
and warranties relating to capitalization of GII and taxes will
survive until the earlier of the expiration of the applicable
statute of limitations or the third anniversary of the Closing
Date. The maximum aggregate liability of former GII shareholders
for losses under the stock purchase agreement is $2,000,000,
except in cases of actual fraud or intentional or willful
misrepresentation or omission.
The former GII shareholders and their representatives,
successors and permitted assigns will be entitled to
indemnification by Mercator for any damages, whether as a result
of any third party claim or otherwise, and which arise from or
in connection with the breach of representations and warranties
and agreements and covenants of Mercator under the stock
purchase agreement. In general, the representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements of Mercator will survive the closing
for a period of one year. Breaches of representations and
warranties relating to capitalization of Mercator will survive
until the earlier of the expiration of the applicable statute of
limitations or the third anniversary of the Closing Date. The
maximum aggregate liability of Mercator for losses under the
stock purchase agreement is $2,000,000.
Warrant
Escrow
In addition to the escrow described above that will be used to
secure the obligations of the former GII shareholders, 966,666
of the Class W Warrants and 966,666 of the Class Z
Warrants will be placed in escrow at the closing in accordance
with the terms and conditions of a warrant escrow agreement to
be entered into at the closing between Mercator, a
representative of the GII shareholders (who will initially be D.
Michael Keenan) and an escrow agent to be agreed upon prior to
the closing.
The Class W Warrants will be released to the former GII
shareholders when a majority of the Class W Warrants that
were issued and outstanding as of the date of the stock purchase
agreement have been exercised, redeemed, or otherwise converted
into cash or equity securities. The release of Class W
Warrants from escrow will occur earlier in the event that either
D. Michael Keenan or Todd J. Vecchio is dismissed from
employment by Mercator other than for cause, as
defined in the employment agreement to be entered into with
Mercator, or if there is a merger, asset sale or similar
transaction that results in a change of control of Mercator.
The Class Z Warrants will be released to the former GII
shareholders when a majority of the Class Z Warrants that
were issued and outstanding as of the date of the stock purchase
agreement have been exercised, redeemed, or otherwise converted
into cash or equity securities. The release of Class Z
Warrants from escrow will occur earlier in the event that either
D. Michael Keenan or Todd J. Vecchio is dismissed from
employment by Mercator other than for cause as
defined in the employment agreement entered into with Mercator
or if there is a merger, asset sale or similar transaction that
results in a change of control of Mercator.
Fees and
Expenses
Except for the $580,000 fee payable to Brooks,
Houghton & Company upon the closing of the acquisition
of GII, which will be paid by Mercator on behalf of GII and its
shareholders to the broker following closing, all other fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition including,
without limitation, all legal, accounting, financial advisory,
consulting and all other fees and expenses of third parties
incurred by a party in connection with the negotiation and
effectuation of the terms and conditions of the stock purchase
agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, shall be
the obligation of the party incurring such fees and expenses
whether or not the Acquisition is consummated. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Mercator has agreed to pay each month the
reasonable expenses that GII incurs: (i) to GIIs
accountants in connection with the inclusion of GIIs
financial statements into this proxy statement and into the
Form 8-K
that Mercator will file following the closing of the
Acquisition, (ii) to GIIs attorneys specifically
relating to preparation and review of this proxy statement;
(iii) in all respects relating to any corporate
restructuring in connection with the Acquisition; and
(iv) in all respects in connection with the transfer of all
GII licenses that must occur to complete the Acquisition.
49
Public
Announcements
The parties have agreed to cooperate in good faith to jointly
prepare all press releases and public announcements pertaining
to the stock purchase agreement and the related transactions,
and no party shall issue or otherwise make any public
announcement or communication pertaining to the stock purchase
agreement or the acquisition without the prior consent of the
other, except as required by any legal requirement or by the
rules and regulations of, or pursuant to any agreement of, a
stock exchange or trading system. Each party has agreed not to
unreasonably withhold approval from the other with respect to
any press release or public announcement.
Conditions
to the Completion of the Acquisition
The obligations of each of Mercator and GII to consummate the
acquisition of GII are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
specified conditions, including the following:
Conditions
to each partys obligation
|
|
|
|
|
no governmental entity shall have enacted, issued, promulgated,
enforced or entered any statute, rule, regulation, executive
order, decree, injunction or other order (whether temporary,
preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the
effect of making the acquisition illegal or otherwise
prohibiting consummation of the acquisition, substantially on
the terms contemplated by the stock purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Mercator stockholders shall have approved the change of the
name of Mercator to a name selected by GII and Mercator and an
increase in the number of authorized shares of Common Stock of
Mercator;
|
|
|
|
the Mercator stockholders shall have approved the transactions
contemplated by the stock purchase agreement and holders of 20%
or more of the shares of Class B common stock of Mercator
issued in Mercators initial public offering and
outstanding immediately before the closing shall not have
exercised their rights to convert their shares into a pro rata
share of the trust fund; and
|
|
|
|
approvals from any governmental entity necessary for the
consummation of the acquisition shall have been obtained and any
waiting period applicable to the consummation of the acquisition
shall have expired or been terminated.
|
Conditions
to Mercators obligation
|
|
|
|
|
the representations and warranties of GII must be true and
correct in all material respects, as of the date of completion
of the acquisition;
|
|
|
|
GII and its shareholders must have performed in all material
respects all obligations that are to be performed by it under
the stock purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
no action, suit or proceeding shall exist that is reasonably
likely to prevent the acquisition or cause rescission of the
acquisition following closing;
|
|
|
|
GII shall have obtained all consents, waivers, permits and
approvals required in connection with the consummation of the
acquisition if failure to obtain the same would be reasonably
expected to cause a material adverse effect;
|
|
|
|
there must not have occurred since the date of the stock
purchase agreement any material adverse effect on GII;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have received an opinion of counsel from Rees,
Broome & Diaz, P.C., counsel to GII;
|
|
|
|
D. Michael Keenan and Todd J. Vecchio shall have entered into
mutually acceptable employment agreements with Mercator;
|
|
|
|
the former GII shareholders shall have entered into mutually
acceptable
lock-up
agreements with Mercator;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have received copies of resolutions and actions
taken by GIIs board of directors and shareholders in
connection with the approval of the stock purchase agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereunder and other documents or
certificates reasonably required by Mercator; and
|
|
|
|
there shall be outstanding no options, warrants or other
derivative securities entitling the holders thereof to acquire
shares of GII or other securities of GII.
|
50
Conditions
to GIIs shareholders obligation
|
|
|
|
|
Mercators representations and warranties must be true and
correct in all material respects, as of the date of completion
of the acquisition;
|
|
|
|
Mercator must have performed in all material respects all
obligations required to be performed by it under the stock
purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
No action, suit or proceeding shall exist that is reasonably
likely to prevent the acquisition or cause rescission of the
acquisition following closing;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have obtained all consents, waivers, permits and
approvals required in connection with the consummation of the
acquisition if failure to obtain the same would be reasonably
expected to cause a material adverse effect;
|
|
|
|
there must not have occurred, since the date of the stock
purchase agreement, any material adverse effect on Mercator or
ETT;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall be in compliance with the reporting requirements
under the Exchange Act of 1934;
|
|
|
|
GII and its shareholders shall have received an opinion of
counsel from Greenberg Traurig, LLP, counsel to Mercator;
|
|
|
|
GII shall have received copies of resolutions and actions taken
by Mercators board of directors and stockholders in
connection with the approval of the stock purchase agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereunder and other documents or
certificates reasonably required by GII;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have delivered a press release regarding the
stock purchase to GII, in a form reasonably acceptable to GII.
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have made appropriate arrangements with American
Stock Transfer & Trust Company to have the trust fund
dispersed immediately upon the closing;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have entered into mutually acceptable employment
agreements with D. Michael Keenan and Todd J. Vecchio;
|
|
|
|
the transactions between Mercator and ETT shall have been
consummated at or prior to the closing of the acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have entered into
lock-up
agreements with the former GII shareholders.
|
Registration
Rights
GII shareholders holding at least 20% of the shares of our
common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock purchase
agreement are entitled to demand, at any time beginning three
months after the closing of the Acquisition, that we register
the securities to be issued by us to the GII shareholders. In
addition, the GII shareholders have certain
piggyback registration rights applicable to those
securities on any other registration statements that we may
file, subject to certain limitations. We will bear the expenses
incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration
statements. We have also agreed with the GII shareholders that
we will use our best efforts to have the shares of common stock
and warrants to be issued to them included for quotation on the
Nasdaq National Market, and that we will file an application
with Nasdaq for such purpose as promptly as practicable, and in
any event within 30 days, after the closing.
Termination
The stock purchase agreement may be terminated at any time, but
not later than the closing, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
by mutual written consent of Mercator and GII;
|
|
|
|
by either Mercator or GII, if the closing has not occurred by
October 15, 2006 , on which date, if we have not yet
completed a business combination, all outstanding shares of our
Class B common stock would be automatically cancelled, and
we would be required to distribute the proceeds of our trust
fund to the Class B stockholders and then dissolve and
liquidate;
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
by either Mercator or GII if a governmental entity shall have
issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action, in
any case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining
or otherwise prohibiting the acquisition, which order, decree,
ruling or other action is final and nonappealable;
|
|
|
|
subject to a
30-day
cure
period, by Mercator if GII has breached any of its covenants or
representations and warranties under the stock purchase
agreement in any material respect;
|
|
|
|
subject to a
30-day
cure
period, by GII if Mercator has breached any of its covenants or
representations and warranties under the stock purchase
agreement in any material respect; and
|
|
|
|
by either Mercator or GII, if, at the Mercator special meeting
(including any adjournments thereof), the stock purchase
agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are not
approved and adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of
the holders of Mercator common stock issued in Mercators
initial public offering, or the holders of 20% or more of the
number of shares of Mercator common stock issued in
Mercators initial public offering and outstanding as of
the record date exercise their rights to convert the shares of
Mercator common stock held by them into cash in accordance with
Mercators certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not
consummate the Acquisition if holders of 20% or more of the
shares of Class B common stock issued in our initial public
offering properly exercise their right to convert their shares
into cash.
|
Effect of
Termination
Except as otherwise provided in the stock purchase agreement, in
the event of termination by either GII or Mercator, the stock
purchase agreement will become void. Termination of the stock
purchase agreement will not relieve a party breaching the stock
purchase agreement from liability for the breach. No termination
fees are payable by any party if the stock purchase agreement is
terminated, but we would be required to reimburse GII for
certain of its expenses related to the transaction.
Assignment
The stock purchase agreement and the rights and obligations of a
party thereunder may not be assigned, transferred or encumbered
without the prior written consent of the other parties.
Further
Assurances
GII agrees that it will execute and deliver, or cause to be
executed and delivered, after the closing, all such other
documents and instruments and will take all reasonable actions
as may be necessary to transfer and convey the assets, property,
rights, privileges, powers and franchises securities of GII to
Mercator.
Representatives
The shareholders of GII have designated D. Michael Keenan as
their representative to represent their interests in connection
with the escrow agreement to be entered into at the closing.
Prior to closing, our board of directors will appoint a
committee consisting of one of its members to act on
Mercators behalf to take all necessary actions and make
all decisions under the escrow agreement regarding
Mercators right to indemnification under the stock
purchase agreement.
The Offer
to ETT Shareholders
Structure
of the Offer
Within five business days of the date when the conditions to the
settlement under the offer (described below) have been
satisfied, Mercator will deposit the purchase price payable to
the 71 ETT shareholders and option holders with a bank in the
United Kingdom. Upon settlement, ETT will become a subsidiary of
Mercator.
52
Compulsory
Purchase
The Articles of Association of ETT provide that any purchaser
that acquires 75% of the outstanding shares of ETT as part of an
offer that is unconditional in all respects, has the right to
acquire 100% of the outstanding shares of ETT. On or about
June 13, 2006, we sent an offer to all of ETTs
shareholders offering to acquire all of their interests in
ETTs share capital. We received irrevocable undertakings
to accept the offer or acceptances from ETT shareholders holding
an aggregate of 166,870,716 Ordinary Shares, A Ordinary Shares
and Preferred Ordinary Shares of ETT, representing approximately
96% of the total issued share capital of ETT. The complete text
of the form of irrevocable undertaking signed by certain ETT
shareholders is attached as Annex B to this proxy statement
and is incorporated by reference into this proxy statement. We
encourage all stockholders to read the form of irrevocable
undertaking in its entirety.
As the 75% acceptance threshold specified in ETTs articles
of association was achieved,we have applied the relevant
provisions of the articles of association to compulsorily
acquire the remaining ETT shares held by shareholders from whom
we did not receive acceptances. Those shareholders will receive
cash in consideration for the sale of their ETT shares. As a
result of the application of the compulsory acquisition
provisions of the articles of association, all ETT shareholders
were deemed to have accepted the offer as of July 28, 2006,
and no further approval of ETTs shareholders is required.
Purchase
Price
At settlement, the ETT shareholders will be paid cash in the
aggregate amount of $37.0 million for all of the
outstanding securities of ETT, less their pro rata share of
professional fees and expenses incurred by ETT in connection
with the transaction. Mercator has advanced $125,000 of these
fees and expenses on ETTs behalf prior to the closing.
That amount, as well as any other professional fees and expenses
incurred by ETT prior to the closing, would be deducted from the
amount payable to ETTs shareholders. If the acquisition of
ETT does not close, we will not be entitled to be reimbursed for
the fees and expenses that we have advanced on ETTs
behalf. The purchase price will be funded with cash currently
being held in the trust fund established in connection with
Mercators initial public offering.
ETTs shares are divided into three classes
Preferred Ordinary Shares, constituting 41.5% of the outstanding
shares, A Ordinary Shares, constituting 21.6% of the outstanding
shares, and Ordinary Shares, constituting 36.9% of the
outstanding shares. For nearly all purposes, including
distribution of the purchase price, A Ordinary Shares and
Ordinary Shares have the same rights and preferences. Holders of
Preferred Ordinary Shares of ETT have the right to receive a
preferential return on their investment before proceeds from the
offer are distributed to holders of other classes of shares. The
mechanism for paying this preferential return requires that a
class of stock known as deferred shares be
distributed to holders of shares other than Preferred Ordinary
Shares. As part of the offer, and in accordance with the
Articles of Association of ETT, Mercator will also have the
right to acquire these deferred shares, and intends to do so for
a nominal price. As part of the offer sent to ETTs
shareholders, all shareholders, including holders of A Ordinary
Shares and Ordinary Shares, were made aware of the nominal price
they will receive for their deferred shares.
Options
To the extent that any options to purchase shares of ETT are
exercised prior to settlement, those holders will have the right
to accept the offer with respect to the purchased shares. All
outstanding options are exercisable for Ordinary Shares of ETT.
To the extent any options are exercised, the shares are acquired
from ETTs Employee Benefit Trust, and are not newly-issued
shares. Accordingly, the number of outstanding shares of ETT
will not change as a result of option exercises, and the per
share purchase price received by each ETT shareholder will not
be affected. Any options not exercised prior to settlement will
lapse six months after July 14, 2006, the date on which the
offer to ETT shareholders closed. However, to the extent any
optionholder did not accept the offer prior to that date, such
holder will not be entitled to exercise his or her options
during that six month period.
53
Settlement
of the Offer
Subject to the provisions of the offer, the settlement of the
offer will take place after all the conditions described below
under The Offer Conditions to the Completion
of the Offer have been satisfied.
Deed of
Warranty
In connection with the offer, Christopher Britton and Steven
Sanderson have made a Deed of Warranty that contains a number of
representations and warranties concerning ETT. These
representations and warranties include and relate to:
|
|
|
|
|
capitalization;
|
|
|
|
directors and officers;
|
|
|
|
absence of mortgages and charges;
|
|
|
|
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
possession of, effectiveness of and compliance with all required
licenses, permissions and consents;
|
|
|
|
properties of ETT;
|
|
|
|
absence of litigation;
|
|
|
|
absence of employee-related liabilities;
|
|
|
|
absence of liens and encumbrances on ETTs assets;
|
|
|
|
no winding up, dissolution or reorganization;
|
|
|
|
disclosure of telecommunications transaction in excess of
500,000 pounds;
|
|
|
|
interested party transactions;
|
|
|
|
reasonableness of projections and forecasts underlying
ETTs budget;
|
|
|
|
absence of grounds for rescission, avoidance or repudiation of,
and compliance with, contracts;
|
|
|
|
accuracy and proper preparation of financial statements;
|
|
|
|
operation of the business in the ordinary course since
December 31, 2004;
|
|
|
|
absence of undisclosed tax liabilities;
|
|
|
|
intellectual property, including validity of material
intellectual property and no infringement of third-party
intellectual property rights; and
|
|
|
|
valid use of and access to information technology and
telecommunications systems.
|
Indemnification
Christopher Britton and Steven Sanderson have agreed to be
severally liable with respect to any damages, whether as a
result of any third party claim or otherwise, and which arise
from or in connection with the breach of representations and
warranties contained in the Deed of Warranty. Any claim with
respect to an alleged breach of a representation or warranty
must be made in writing within one month of the settlement. The
maximum aggregate liability is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher Britton: $150,000
|
|
|
|
Steven Sanderson: $30,000
|
except in cases of a dishonest, negligent or fraudulent act or
omission by or on behalf of the named person.
The terms of the Deed of Warranty provide that there will be no
liability for claims where the aggregate amount of the claims is
less than $100,000, but that in the event claims exceed
$100,000, liability will be for the entire amount and not be
subject to any deductible.
54
Conditions
to the Completion of the Offer
The obligations of Mercator to consummate the offer are subject
to, among other things, the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have received valid acceptances for not less than
75% of the issued share capital of ETT, including acceptances
from a majority of certain specified ETT investors;
|
|
|
|
Mercator shall have obtained from its auditors and ETTs
auditors such documentation as would be required for
presentation of ETTs and Mercators financial
statements on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles as required by applicable
U.S. securities laws;
|
|
|
|
the Mercator stockholders shall have approved the acquisition of
ETT;
|
|
|
|
ETT shall not have directly or through an affiliated company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
issued or authorized or proposed the issue of additional shares
of any class, or securities convertible into, or rights,
warrants or options to subscribe for or acquire, any such shares
or convertible securities or redeemed, purchased or reduced any
part of its share capital;
|
|
|
|
declared, paid or made or proposed to declare, pay or make any
bonus other than employment related, dividend or other
distribution other than to members of ETT;
|
|
|
|
authorized or proposed or announced its intention to propose,
any merger or demerger, or acquisition or disposal of assets or
shares other than in the ordinary course of trading which is in
any such case material in the context of ETT taken as a whole,
or any change in its share or loan capital;
|
|
|
|
issued or proposed the issue of any debentures or incurred or
increased any material indebtedness or contingent liability;
|
|
|
|
acquired or disposed of or transferred, mortgaged or encumbered
any security interest over any asset or any right, title or
interest in any asset which is material in the context of ETT
taken as a whole;
|
|
|
|
entered into any arrangement, transaction, contract or
commitment (whether in respect of capital expenditure or
otherwise) which is of a long-term or unusual nature or involves
or could involve an obligation of a nature or magnitude which is
material in the context of ETT taken as a whole;
|
|
|
|
entered into any contract, reconstruction, amalgamation,
transaction or arrangement otherwise than in the ordinary course
of business which is material in the context of ETT taken as a
whole;
|
|
|
|
save as disclosed, entered into or varied any service agreement
with any of director of ETT; or
|
|
|
|
proposed or taken any corporate action or had any order made in
relation to its winding up, dissolution or reorganization, or
for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative
receiver, trustee or other similar officer or had any such
person appointed;
|
|
|
|
|
|
there shall be no adverse change or deterioration in the
business, financial or trading position or profits of ETT or any
other of its related companies and no contingent liability
having arisen in ETT or any other of its related companies which
in any such case is material in the context of ETT taken as a
whole; and
|
|
|
|
subsequent to the date of the offer, no litigation or
arbitration proceedings, prosecution or other legal proceedings
shall have been instituted, announced or threatened by or
against or remaining outstanding against ETT or any other of its
related companies which in any such case is material.
|
Fees and
Expenses
Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer,
including, all legal, accounting, financial advisory, consulting
and all other fees and expenses of third parties incurred by a
party in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the
terms and conditions of the offer and the transactions
contemplated thereby, shall be the obligation of the respective
party incurring such fees and expenses. Any fees and expenses of
ETT which are paid by
55
Mercator, including $125,000 we have advanced to ETT, will be
deducted from the proceeds payable to the shareholders of ETT at
settlement.
EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENTS
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement and the offer, Each of
D. Michael Keenan, Todd J. Vecchio, Raymond E. Wiseman,
Christopher Britton and Steven Sanderson will enter into an
employment agreement with us, each to be effective at the time
of the closing of the Acquisition. The agreements with
Messrs. Keenan, Vecchio and Wiseman will provide for
employment until the death or disability of the employee, or
until we or the employee provide notice of termination. The
agreements with Messrs. Britton and Sanderson will be terminable
on prior notice, and in specified circumstances may be
terminated summarily and without prior notice. The employment
agreements that we intend to enter into with Mr. Keenan,
who will become an executive officer of Mercator following the
Acquisition, and Mr. Britton are summarized under the
heading Our Directors and Management Following the
Acquisition Employment Agreements on
page 134. The complete text of the form of employment
agreement proposed to be entered into with Mr. Keenan is
attached as Annex C to this proxy statement and is
incorporated by reference into this proxy statement. We
encourage all stockholders to read the form of employment
agreement in its entirety.
THE
CHARTER AMENDMENT PROPOSAL
General
We are seeking your approval to authorize the board of
directors, in its discretion, to amend and restate our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation to:
|
|
|
|
|
change our name from Mercator Partners Acquisition
Corp. to Global Telecom & Technology,
Inc.;
|
|
|
|
increase the number of shares of common stock we are authorized
to issue from 40,000,000 to 80,000,000; and
|
|
|
|
remove certain provisions only applicable to us prior to our
completion of a business combination.
|
The name change is being undertaken as a result of and in
conjunction with the Acquisition. In the event that we acquire
ETT and GII, we will change our name to Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc. Accordingly, this
proposal to amend our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation is conditioned upon and subject to the approval of
the Acquisition Proposal.
Our current name will not adequately reflect our business
operations in the event the Acquisition is consummated.
Accordingly, we believe that changing our name to Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc. in connection with the
Acquisition will better reflect our operating business upon
completion of the Acquisition.
Proposal
If this proposal is approved, after the completion of the
Acquisition, our name will be Global Telecom &
Technology, Inc., the number of shares of common stock we
are authorized to issue will be increased to 80,000,000 and
Article Sixth of our Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation will be deleted. If the Acquisition is not
approved, the Amendment Proposal will not be presented at the
special meeting. The complete text of the Second Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation is attached as
Annex D to this proxy statement and is incorporated by
reference into this proxy statement. We encourage all
stockholders to read the Second Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation in its entirety.
Required
Vote
Approval of the Amendment Proposal will require the affirmative
vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock
and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. An
abstention, failure to vote or broker non-vote will have the
same effect as a vote cast against approval of the Charter
Amendment Proposal.
56
Recommendation
The board of directors believes that it is in the best interests
of Mercator that the stockholders approve the proposal to
authorize the board of directors, in its discretion, to amend
our certificate of incorporation.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT THE STOCKHOLDERS OF
MERCATOR VOTE FOR THE AMENDMENT PROPOSAL.
THE STOCK
PLAN PROPOSAL
General
We are seeking your approval to adopt the 2006 Employee,
Director and Consultant Stock Plan. On May 22, 2006, our
board of directors approved, subject to approval of our
stockholders, our Stock Plan. If our stockholders approve our
Stock Plan, up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock will be
available for issuance in connection with the grant of options
and/or
other
stock-based or stock-denominated awards.
The Stock Plan is being submitted to holders of our common stock
and Class B common stock for approval at the meeting in
order to ensure (i) favorable federal income tax treatment
for grants of incentive stock options under Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and (ii) continued
eligibility to receive a federal income tax deduction for
certain compensation paid under the Stock Plan by complying with
Rule 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Our board of
directors believes that the approval of the Stock Plan is
necessary to provide us with a sufficient number of shares to
attract, retain and motivate employees, directors and
consultants and to give us the flexibility we need to make
various types of grants in light of the recent changes in tax
and accounting rules relating to equity-based compensation.
This proposal to approve the Stock Plan is conditioned upon and
subject to the approval of the Acquisition Proposal. If the
Acquisition is not approved, the Stock Plan Proposal will not be
presented at the special meeting.
Material
Features of our Plan
The following paragraphs provide a summary of the principal
features of the Stock Plan and its operation. The following
summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Plan as
set forth in Annex E.
The purpose of the Stock Plan is to encourage ownership of our
common stock by our employees, directors and certain consultants
in order to attract such people, to induce them to work for our
benefit and to provide additional incentive for them to promote
our success.
The Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock
options, non-qualified stock options, restricted and
unrestricted stock awards and other stock-based awards to
employees, directors and consultants. Upon approval, an
aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock will be
available for issuance under the Stock Plan.
In accordance with the terms of the Stock Plan, our board of
directors has authorized our compensation committee to
administer the Stock Plan. The compensation committee may
delegate part of its authority and powers under the Stock Plan
to one or more of our directors
and/or
officers, but only the compensation committee can make awards to
participants who are directors or executive officers of us. In
accordance with the provisions of the Stock Plan, our
compensation committee will determine the terms of options and
other awards, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the determination of which employees, directors and consultants
will be granted options and other awards;
|
|
|
|
the number of shares subject to options and other awards;
|
|
|
|
the exercise price of each option which may not be less than
fair market value on the date of grant;
|
|
|
|
the schedule upon which options become exercisable;
|
|
|
|
the terms and conditions of other awards, including conditions
for repurchase, termination or cancellation, issue price and
repurchase price; and
|
|
|
|
all other terms and conditions upon which each award may be
granted in accordance with the Stock Plan.
|
57
The maximum term of options granted under the Stock Plan is ten
years. Awards are generally subject to early termination upon
the termination of employment or other relationship of the
participant with us, whether such termination is at our option
or as a result of the death or disability of the participant.
Generally, in the event of a participants termination for
cause, all outstanding awards shall be forfeited. No participant
may receive awards for more than 200,000 shares of common
stock in any fiscal year.
In addition, our compensation committee may, in its discretion,
amend any term or condition of an outstanding award provided
(i) such term or condition as amended is permitted by our
Stock Plan, and (ii) any such amendment shall be made only
with the consent of the participant to whom such award was made,
if the amendment is adverse to the participant.
If our common stock shall be subdivided or combined into a
greater or smaller number of shares or if we issue any shares of
common stock as a stock dividend, the number of shares of our
common stock deliverable upon exercise of an option issued or
upon issuance of an award shall be appropriately increased or
decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be
made in the purchase price per share to reflect such
subdivision, combination or stock dividend.
Upon a merger or other reorganization event, our board of
directors, may, in their sole discretion, take any one or more
of the following actions pursuant to our Plan, as to some or all
outstanding awards:
|
|
|
|
|
provide that all outstanding options shall be assumed or
substituted by the successor corporation;
|
|
|
|
upon written notice to a participant, (i) provide that the
participants unexercised options or awards will terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless
exercised by the participant; or (ii) terminate all
unexercised outstanding options immediately prior to the
consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the
optionee;
|
|
|
|
in the event of a merger pursuant to which holders of our common
stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in
the merger, make or provide for a cash payment to the optionees
equal to the difference between the merger price times the
number of shares of our common stock subject to such outstanding
options, and the aggregate exercise price of all such
outstanding options, in exchange for the termination of such
options;
|
|
|
|
provide that all or any outstanding options shall become
exercisable in full immediately prior to such event; and
|
|
|
|
provide that outstanding awards shall be assumed or substituted
by the successor corporation, become realizable or deliverable,
or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or
in part, prior to or upon the reorganization event.
|
The Stock Plan may be amended by our stockholders. It may also
be amended by the board of directors, provided that any
amendment approved by the board of directors which is of a scope
that requires stockholder approval as required in order to
ensure favorable federal income tax treatment for any incentive
stock options under Code Section 422, or for any other
reason is subject to obtaining such stockholder approval. If
adopted, our Stock Plan will expire on May 21, 2016.
Approval of the Stock Plan Proposal is contingent on approval of
the Acquisition Proposal.
Material
Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion was prepared by Greenberg Traurig, LLP,
counsel to Mercator, with respect to the material federal income
tax considerations relating to stock options and stock grants
under the Stock Plan:
|
|
|
Incentive Stock Options:
|
|
Incentive stock options are intended to qualify for treatment
under Section 422 of the Code. An incentive stock option
does not result in taxable income to the optionee or deduction
to the company at the time it is granted or exercised, provided
that no disposition is made by the optionee of the shares
acquired pursuant to the option within two years after the date
of grant of the option nor within one year after the date of
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
issuance of shares the optionee (referred to as the ISO
holding period). However, the difference between the fair
market value of the shares on the date of exercise and the
option price will be an item of tax preference includible in
alternative minimum taxable income. Upon disposition
of the shares after the expiration of the ISO holding period,
the optionee will generally recognize long term capital gain or
loss based on the difference between the disposition proceeds
and the option price paid for the shares. If the shares are
disposed of prior to the expiration of the ISO holding period,
the optionee generally will recognize taxable compensation, and
we will have a corresponding deduction, in the year of the
disposition, equal to the excess of the fair market value of the
shares on the date of exercise of the option over the option
price. Any additional gain realized on the disposition will
normally constitute capital gain. If the amount realized upon
such a disqualifying disposition is less than fair market value
of the shares on the date of exercise, the amount of
compensation income will be limited to the excess of the amount
realized over the optionees adjusted basis in the shares.
|
|
Non-Qualified Options:
|
|
Options otherwise qualifying as incentive stock options, to the
extent the aggregate fair market value of shares with respect to
which such options are first exercisable by an individual in any
calendar year exceeds $100,000, and options designated as
non-qualified options will be treated as options that are not
incentive stock options.
|
|
|
|
A non-qualified option ordinarily will not result in income to
the optionee or deduction to us at the time of grant. The
optionee will recognize compensation income at the time of
exercise of such non-qualified option in an amount equal to the
excess of the then value of the shares over the option price per
share. Such compensation income of optionees may be subject to
withholding taxes, and a deduction may then be allowable to us
in an amount equal to the optionees compensation income.
|
|
|
|
An optionees initial basis in shares so acquired will be
the amount paid on exercise of the non-qualified option plus the
amount of any corresponding compensation income. Any gain or
loss as a result of a subsequent disposition of the shares so
acquired will be capital gain or loss.
|
|
Stock Grants:
|
|
With respect to stock grants under the Stock Plan that result in
the issuance of shares that are either not restricted as to
transferability or not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture, the grantee must generally recognize ordinary income
equal to the fair market value of shares received. Thus,
deferral of the time of issuance will generally result in the
deferral of the time the grantee will be liable for income taxes
with respect to such issuance. We generally will be entitled to
a deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized
by the grantee.
|
|
|
|
With respect to stock grants involving the issuance of shares
that are restricted as to transferability and subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture, the grantee must generally
recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the
shares received at the first time the shares become transferable
or are not subject to a substantial risk of
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
forfeiture, whichever occurs earlier. A grantee may elect to be
taxed at the time of receipt of shares rather than upon lapse of
restrictions on transferability or substantial risk of
forfeiture, but if the grantee subsequently forfeits such
shares, the grantee would not be entitled to any tax deduction,
including as a capital loss, for the value of the shares on
which he previously paid tax. The grantee must file such
election with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days
of the receipt of the shares. We generally will be entitled to a
deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized
by the grantee.
|
Stock
Plan Benefits
The following table shows the number of shares of restricted
stock that we expect to grant to the individuals and groups
referred to below if the Acquisition is consummated and the
Stock Plan Proposal is approved. It is anticipated that the
individuals referred to below, upon consummation of the
Acquisition, will serve in the capacities as set forth below.
New Plan
Benefits
2006 Director, Employee and Consultant Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Name and Position
|
|
Value($)(a)
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
H. Brian Thompson
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Chairman of the Board and
Executive Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Michael Keenan
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Non-Executive Officer Employee
Group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
255,000
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Dollar value will be based upon the fair market value, as
defined in the Plan, of Mercator common stock on the date of
grant.
|
On September 20, 2006, the closing market price per share
of our common stock was $1.50, as reported by the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board.
Required
Vote
Approval of the Stock Plan Proposal will require the affirmative
vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock
and Class B common stock that are present in person or by
proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, voting as a single
class. An abstention will have the same effect as a vote cast
against approval of the Stock Plan Proposal. A failure to vote
or broker non-vote will have no effect on the Stock Plan
Proposal.
Required
Vote
Approval of the Stock Plan Proposal will require the affirmative
vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock
and Class B common stock that are present in person or by
proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, voting as a single
class. An abstention will have the same effect as a vote cast
against approval of the Stock Plan Proposal. A failure to vote
or broker non-vote will have no effect on the Stock Plan
Proposal.
Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT OUR
STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ADOPTION OF OUR 2006
EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR AND CONSULTANT STOCK PLAN.
60
THE
NOMINATION PROPOSAL
General
Our board of directors presently is comprised of four directors
divided into three classes, with each class serving for a term
of three years and only one class of directors being directed in
each year. Upon the completion of the Acquisition, the
provisions of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation that provide for a classified board will no longer
apply, and each of our directors will be elected annually.
At the special meeting, eight directors are to be elected to
serve until the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders or until a
successor for such director is elected and qualified, or until
the death, resignation, or removal of such director. It is
intended that the proxies will be voted for the eight nominees
named below for election to our board of directors unless
authority to vote for any such nominee is withheld. There are
eight nominees, two of whom currently serve on our board of
directors. Each person nominated for election has agreed to
serve if elected, and the board of directors has no reason to
believe that any nominee will be unavailable or will decline to
serve. In the event, however, that any nominee is unable or
declines to serve as a director at the time of the annual
meeting, the proxies will be voted for any nominee who is
designated by the current board of directors to fill the
vacancy. Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy holders will
vote the proxies received by them FOR the nominees
named below. The eight candidates receiving the highest number
of the affirmative votes of the shares entitled to vote at the
special meeting will be elected as directors.
The names of the nominees and their ages as of September 1,
2006 are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
|
H. Brian Thompson
|
|
|
67
|
|
D. Michael Keenan
|
|
|
51
|
|
Rhodric C. Hackman
|
|
|
59
|
|
Morgan E. OBrien
|
|
|
62
|
|
Alex Mandl
|
|
|
62
|
|
Didier Delepine
|
|
|
59
|
|
Howard Janzen
|
|
|
52
|
|
Sudhakar Shenoy
|
|
|
59
|
|
For biographical summaries of these nominees, see Our
Directors and Management Following the Acquisition on
page 129.
The Nomination Proposal is conditioned upon and subject to the
approval of the Acquisition Proposal. If the Acquisition
Proposal is not approved, the Nomination Proposal will not be
presented at the special meeting and our current directors will
continue to comprise our board of directors.
Required
Vote
For election as a director, a nominee must receive the
affirmative vote of a plurality of the shares of our common
stock and Class B common stock present in person or
represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the special
meeting, voting as a single class. An abstention will have the
same effect as a vote cast against the election of a nominee. A
failure to vote or broker non-vote will have no effect on the
Nomination Proposal.
Additional
Information
For additional information about our board of directors and
committees thereof, please see Our Directors and
Management Following the Acquisition on page 129.
61
Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE
STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF ALL OF THE
NOMINEES LISTED ABOVE AS MEMBERS OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
THE
ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL
General
The Adjournment Proposal allows our board of directors to submit
a proposal to adjourn the special meeting to a later date or
dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation of proxies
in the event there are not sufficient votes at the time of the
special meeting to approve the Acquisition.
Consequences
if Adjournment Proposal is Not Approved
If the Adjournment Proposal is not approved by our stockholders,
our board of directors may not be able to adjourn the special
meeting to a later date in the event there are not sufficient
votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the
Acquisition.
Required
Vote
Approval of the Adjournment Proposal will require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our common stock
and Class B common stock that are present in person or by
proxy and entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting as a
single class. An abstention will have the same effect as a vote
cast against approval of the Abstention Proposal. A failure to
vote or broker non-vote will have no effect on the Adjournment
Proposal.
Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT OUR
STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL.
INFORMATION
ABOUT THE BUSINESSES TO BE ACQUIRED
Industry Background
Both GII and ETT are virtual network operators, or VNOs. VNOs
are facilities-free, technology-neutral telecommunications
providers. VNOs are telecommunications providers that do not own
the infrastructure upon which their services are provided.
Instead, they procure network capacity from existing
telecommunications carriers, and integrate and resell this
capacity to their customers, including enterprise customers,
government agencies and other telecommunications carriers. VNOs
are able to bundle services provided by a number of carriers,
which typically allows them to offer highly customized,
cost-efficient solutions for their customers, many of whom have
complex communications requirements. The VNO model is also
typically attractive to customers with diverse or international
telecommunications requirements.
Today, many telecommunications carriers have constraints
resulting from the time and expense of sourcing, purchasing,
interconnecting and managing high capacity network services on
other carriers networks. These constraints impact the
carriers ability to meet the demands of their enterprise,
government and carrier customers. GII and ETT have developed
complementary businesses intended to overcome these problems. To
date, GII has primarily addressed these issues as a service
provider to carriers, although it has provided services to some
substantial enterprise customers. In this regard, it facilitates
the ability of carriers to meet the network demands of their
customer bases. ETT, on the other hand, primarily has
concentrated on providing services to enterprise customers,
although it has provided services to a number of the largest
international carriers as well. ETT contracts with
telecommunications carriers to obtain network capacity, which it
integrates and resells so that enterprises, such as
multinational companies, can secure their network solutions
through ETT.
62
Limitations
of Traditional Network Solutions
Notwithstanding recent consolidation in the telecommunications
sector, there are many industry participants, including service
providers, technology vendors and networks serving various
geographic regions and supporting different types of network
technologies. In this multiple vendor and multiple technology
landscape, a customers ability to obtain
telecommunications services is hindered by the fact that no
single service provider owns a complete and comprehensive
network to service all conceivable users. Therefore, to provide
complete
end-to-end
solutions to their clients, service providers must interconnect
their networks with and purchase services from other service
providers.
Similar problems associated with acquiring network connectivity
are also present in obtaining outsourced managed services and
professional services. In GIIs and ETTs experience,
no one traditional telecommunications carrier has the expertise,
systems and technology required to design, implement and manage
complex corporate networks according to customer requirements in
every instance. Furthermore, in a managed service or outsourced
service environment, GII and ETT believe that facilities-based
telecommunications carriers may not have incentives to provide
complete arms-length management of the network
connectivity and technology on behalf of their customers due to
those carriers fundamental interest in maximizing use of
their own existing network facilities.
These conditions can create problems for both wholesale and
retail business customers of high capacity network connectivity,
managed network services and telecommunications-related
professional services.
For any given telecommunications carrier, GII and ETT believe
that these problems may include:
|
|
|
|
|
significant time and expense related to sourcing, purchasing,
interconnecting and managing high capacity network services
purchased from multiple other network service providers to meet
a particular customers requirements;
|
|
|
|
diversion of time, money and executive focus from managing the
carriers own network to finding and managing supplemental
connectivity from other suppliers;
|
|
|
|
inability to obtain required levels of technical support and
service from external vendors; and
|
|
|
|
technical or administrative limitations in maintaining,
monitoring and restoring service over network segments provided
by multiple carriers.
|
Business enterprise customers may face many of these problems as
well. But GII and ETT believe, based upon their respective
experience in selling and providing services to such customers,
that enterprise customers also must contend with a unique set of
challenges, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the fact that their business requirements may not correspond to
any one service providers telecommunications network;
|
|
|
|
lack of experience and information with respect to competitive
network service providers, alternative technologies and optimal
systems;
|
|
|
|
lack of systems and processes to efficiently manage multiple
network service provider vendors;
|
|
|
|
a lack of experience in obtaining and integrating international
telecommunications services for overseas business operations;
|
|
|
|
diversion of time, money and energy from core business
activities to non-core activities such as designing, managing
and maintaining an enterprise wide-area network; and
|
|
|
|
inability to design diverse and redundant network connections
for business continuity.
|
Emergence
of Virtual Network Operators
We believe that the managed data network services market
represents a rapidly growing business segment. The trend towards
the adoption of outsourced managed network services, including
Internet Protocol, or IP, services, is projected to accelerate
over the next few years as critical information technology-, or
IT-, intensive parts of networks become increasingly complex to
administer and the qualified personnel needed to manage the
63
infrastructure and applications become more scarce and expensive
to retain. Adding to this complexity is the requirement for
shorter implementation cycles of competing technological
solutions to optimize costs and improve allocation of resources.
As a result, businesses are increasingly attracted to the idea
of using focused external one stop shop providers to
manage the diversity of national and international networks and
the competing communications technologies they use. This trend
has provided an attractive alternative to dealing directly with
multiple, large diversified operators who have often shown an
inability to provide reliable secure, uninterrupted services. In
practice, several such global operators have been disbanded or
have retrenched into more limited operational footprints over
the last few years.
An increasing demand for bundled, high-quality solutions that
offer multi-location connectivity coupled with value-added
services has spurred the demand for VNOs such as GII and ETT.
VNOs can flexibly negotiate attractive bandwidth deals with
facilities-based operators on behalf of their customers. This
trend has provided an attractive alternative for many customers
to dealing directly with multiple large diversified network
owners. In addition, the proliferation of new telecommunications
applications and technologies such as wirelessly enabled email
devices has contributed to growth in the managed data network
services market. Large deployments of these technologies within
enterprises combined with the requirement for seamless
connectivity and 24x7 technical support can be cost-effectively
and reliably maintained by a global single source provider
rather than building these support capabilities in-house.
VNOs such as GII and ETT typically serve both telecommunications
carriers, which resell the VNOs services to their end-user
customers, as well as business enterprise customers that use the
VNOs services for their own corporate networks.
VNOs typically provide the following broad categories of
services:
Connectivity.
The market for high capacity
dedicated communications services encompasses a variety of
technologies, such as traditional telecommunications lines,
ethernet and dedicated internet access. The main customers for
these services are United States and international
telecommunications service providers, voice over internet
protocol, or VoIP, service providers, information service
providers, large enterprises and government agencies. These
customers buy these services either for their own internal
communications networks or for resale to third parties.
Managed Network Solutions.
Managed network
solutions combine hardware, software, high-bandwidth
connectivity and management services. These solutions provide
business enterprises with an outsourced, single
point-of-contact
approach to the management and operation of their internal
telecommunications networks. The target customers for these
solutions are
medium-to-large
business enterprises that have multiple business locations that
need to be connected with each other.
Network-Related Professional
Services.
Telecommunications network-related
professional services encompass a variety of activities ranging
from telecommunications expense management to network design and
optimization. Customers for these services include medium and
large business enterprises as well as traditional
telecommunications service providers, internet service
providers, government agencies, wireless carriers and cable
television system operators.
Although we do not have precise information regarding the total
market size, based on information regarding some components of
the total market, we believe that the market for the services
provided by VNOs such as GII and ETT is large and growing. For
example, according to a 2005 report by Insight Research
Corporation, the United States market for private line
telecommunications services, which comprises one component of
the market for high capacity dedicated communications links or
circuits, was projected to generate approximately
$32 billion in revenue in 2005, growing to approximately
$36.5 billion by 2010. Likewise, according to an article in
the July 2005 issue of Network World, the United States IP
virtual private network, or VPN, market, which is one component
of the total market for managed network solutions, was estimated
to have generated 2004 revenues of $2.9 billion and was
forecast to grow to $8.1 billion by 2009. VPNs are a method
of transporting secure, private information over a shared or
public network, such as the Internet.
64
Overall, we believe that VNOs that provide a wide range of
connectivity and value-added services are well positioned to
secure a growing share of telecommunications connectivity
expenditures in the near-term. We also believe that the
longer-term potential market opportunity for VNOs focused on
large enterprise clients is attractive as VNOs attempt to
leverage their strategic relationships with clients to further
penetrate existing accounts and develop a sustainable revenue
stream from a relatively small number of large accounts.
Mercator, GII and ETT are of the opinion that the synergies
between GII and ETT will serve to advance and expand the
business of each. For example, we anticipate that ETT will be in
a position to direct its U.S. customers to GII so that GII
can provide the same services to these customers in the United
States that ETT provides abroad. In addition, we expect that ETT
will be in a position to employ the GII carrier-centric business
model in Europe to develop a carrier-based business in its
markets to complement its enterprise business. We also
anticipate that efficiencies in systems processes and automation
to be shared between the operating companies will enable each to
be more effective in responding to customer inquiries, sourcing
requirements and delivery services.
Information
About GII
Overview
Founded in 1998, GII designs and manages customized
telecommunication connectivity solutions and outsourced WAN
solutions for more than 100 customers.
To deliver its services, GII has developed expertise in
designing and managing data network solutions that are not
dependent on any particular carrier. It has entered into
wholesale bandwidth purchasing contracts with over 60 local,
long distance and competitive telecommunications carriers. These
agreements in addition to other
as-needed service order purchase arrangements with
other providers allow GII to be efficient in the
procurement and interconnection of the network capacity of
multiple carriers. GII also has the ability to procure and
provide telecommunications hardware, software and related
services for its customers. In addition, GII has recruited an
experienced network design, planning and operations team, which
is responsible for designing, provisioning and maintaining its
services. Finally, GII has developed a proprietary suite of
network planning, management and pricing software that tracks
demand for high capacity bandwidth, supports GIIs
provisioning and network management systems, and contains
location
and/or
pricing information for more than 160 telecommunications
suppliers and more than 90,000 individual locations where
facilities-based network providers are able to deliver higher
speed fiber-optic services.
These assets enable GII to provide integrated solutions based on
individual customer requirements rather than the constraints of
a fixed physical network infrastructure, and to maintain a
scalable, capital-efficient business model aligned with its
customers cost-saving objectives. GII believes that its
flexible model, which allows its customers to obtain network
capacity from a variety of carriers, will be increasingly
relevant to telecommunications network managers who must manage
changing technologies and a changing service provider landscape
while reducing costs and improving network performance.
GIIs
Services
GII provides the following services, integrated into four
primary categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Data Transport and
Connectivity:
Point-to-point
connectivity or targeted connectivity requirements such as
United States and international private lines, ethernet,
dedicated internet access, wavelengths and dark fiber.
|
|
|
|
Access Aggregation and Hubbing:
Designing
better aggregation of connectivity with the goals of improving
cost efficiency and capacity management across individual
circuit requirements, such as multi-hub (which permits carriers
and enterprises to aggregate capacity and order further circuits
on an as-needed basis) and gateway hub (which
provides
international-to-United
States conversion as well as aggregation).
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
Managed Network Services:
Engineering
solutions tailored to a customers needs with respect to
matters such as network deployment, monitoring, management and
maintenance. Examples include outsourced management of networks
or circuits and deployment of private managed networks to
replace or supplement existing
point-to-point
connectivity across multiple sites.
|
|
|
|
Professional Services:
Providing guidance and
analysis to customers on network and telecommunications-related
requirements such as network design, continuity planning and
cost and traffic analysis.
|
GIIs
Strategy
GIIs objective is to facilitate the deployment of
bandwidth-intensive applications worldwide by providing
customer-centric, facilities-neutral telecommunications, managed
network and information network products, services and
solutions. To achieve this objective, GII intends to:
|
|
|
|
|
continue to improve a systems-based service activation and
service assurance capability in support of GIIs customer
base;
|
|
|
|
engage success-based, network solutions for GIIs customers
by deploying network assets in support of customer requirements;
|
|
|
|
continue to develop products and market branding in order to
supply the GII sales force with a focused
go-to-market
suite of service offerings;
|
|
|
|
foster greater penetration into existing customer accounts
through sophisticated professional and consultative services in
support of each customers unique network requirements,
with the aim of serving as an extension of the customers
own information technology or network planning organizations;
|
|
|
|
continue to establish wholesale bandwidth purchasing agreements
with additional facilities-based telecommunications carriers and
service providers;
|
|
|
|
expand GIIs penetration of growing wholesale and retail
customer segments, such as wireless network operators, cable
television network operators, federal government agencies and
medium to large enterprises;
|
|
|
|
continue to expand and populate GIIs databases and network
planning software with network location and pricing information;
|
|
|
|
continue to stimulate demand for network services via GIIs
POP2POP.com web-portal; and
|
|
|
|
leverage GIIs network planning and optimization
capabilities into emerging network technologies such as VoIP,
broadband wireless and multiprotocol label switching.
|
GIIs
Solutions
GII believes it can offer the following key benefits and value
propositions to customers:
Carrier- and technology-neutral
approach.
Because GII does not maintain a fixed
network infrastructure or set of technology preferences, it can
provide customers with an arms-length approach to their
wide-area-network requirements. GII does not have to steer
customers to particular technologies or solutions to maintain
network utilization, and it is incented to help customers find
cost-effective solutions to their requirements. GII has
negotiated wholesale purchasing contracts with multiple United
States and international telecommunications carriers. In
addition, GII has compiled a proprietary database of key
contact, network location
and/or
service capability information on more than 160 carriers,
including information regarding how and where they interconnect
with one another. Collectively, GII believes that these
agreements, relationships and industry data represent a
significant competitive asset, developed over nearly eight years
by GII. GII also believes, based on its knowledge of and
experience in the industry, that its database contains more
information than comparable databases maintained by its
competitors.
Outsourced network management expertise.
GII
has developed significant process, technical and systems
expertise related to the design, optimization and management of
complex data networks. GII has assembled an extensive and
proprietary database of network infrastructure and integrated it
with proprietary
66
network design and management tools discussed below. It has
recruited a team with significant technical, management and
process expertise. Taken as a whole, GII believes these assets
give it the ability to effectively and efficiently manage the
networks of business enterprise and wholesale customers. GII
also believes that it offers an attractive set of solutions in
that it can both consult as to the design of network solutions
and implement the solutions. GII believes that this ability will
be in particular demand as networks become more complex and more
critical to the overall performance of businesses.
Automation.
Because its carrier-neutral
approach requires significant analysis of solution options
across a variety of networks, GII has focused upon the
development of several proprietary, integrated software
programs, web-based interfaces and specialized databases to
design and manage customer solutions efficiently. GII employs
its own IT development team, which consists of programmers and
software designers with telecommunications experience. This team
has developed two proprietary software tools that are integrated
with one another:
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Management Database, or
CMD
tm
,
is GIIs internally developed operations support system. It
supports life cycle management of services starting with design
and initial quotation, and then through ordering, provisioning,
activation, maintenance and any ultimate disconnection. It is
also used as a central, searchable database of location,
capacity, service type, contact
and/or
pricing information for numerous carriers and network locations.
Finally, CMD provides customers with a 24x7 web-based interface
for the review of the status of their orders with GII.
|
|
|
|
POP2POP
®
is GIIs web-based connectivity pricing and price quote
management portal. It is used by GIIs customers and
prospective customers to obtain and manage price quotes for
their high capacity bandwidth requirements. GIIs
associated website, POP2POP.com, allows authorized users to
receive a valid GII price quote in seconds, rather than hours or
days, for private line requirements throughout the United States
and from the United States to multiple foreign locations. GII
believes this can present a particular benefit to customers that
resell services to their end customers and need to respond
quickly to sales opportunities.
|
GII believes that CMD and POP2POP represent significant
competitive assets in that they help to automate solution design
and pricing and enable efficient sharing and storage of
information both among GII personnel and with customers.
Turn-key service.
GII can provide a single
point of contact for design, installation and management of high
capacity network services in many places throughout the United
States, including many remote markets and second and third tier
metropolitan areas. GII believes this can generate time, effort
and cost savings for customers who might otherwise be forced to
assess the capacity, availability and pricing of services from
multiple vendors, negotiate purchase arrangements with multiple
carriers, manage service and maintenance relationships with
multiple carriers, and potentially pay higher prices associated
with a piecemeal approach to purchasing.
Cost efficiency.
GII designs each solution by
seeking cost-effective options from the variety of service route
options available in GIIs proprietary database. GII
believes this can provide a significant benefit for customers
relative to working with facilities-based carriers that may be
constrained by the need and desire to make use of their owned
infrastructure. Whereas facilities-based carriers may need to
utilize expensive last mile connections from their
own networks to provide service to end user customers, GII, by
virtue of its facilities-neutral approach and its amassed
database of solution options, may be able to more easily
identify a more optimal combination of networks that could be
more efficient and cost-effective for its customers.
Network diversity.
GIIs industry
expertise coupled with its database of network routes and
facilities can enable it to design solutions that help secure
required resiliency for its customers. GII may be able to secure
carrier-and route-diverse solutions, for example, which helps
ensure a greater level of network redundancy. GII believes this
can present a significant benefit for customers in contrast to
working with facilities-based carriers that often promote only
one physical route to connect two or more network locations.
Customer support.
GII assigns a project
manager to each solution it provides. This project manager is a
single point of contact for customers and addresses issues that
may arise during the provisioning, installation and maintenance
process. The project manager also acts on behalf of the customer
in all dealings with all underlying
67
vendors. In addition, GIIs proprietary CMD network
management tools allow customers to log in via a web portal and
review the status of their services.
Network management.
GII provides a single
point of contact for
24-hour-a-day,
7-day-a-week
network management across multiple vendor networks. GII believes
this can provide a significant benefit for customers relative to
working with a facilities-based carrier that often will only
take responsibility for the portion of a service it provides
directly, which forces the customer to interface with multiple
carriers on a single circuit to obtain trouble resolution. This
is a resource intensive effort for most industry participants.
GII acts as a single
point-of-contact
for all such networking needs, providing a single vendor
management support for GIIs customers.
Integration of hardware, software and telecommunications
services.
Just as GII takes a vendor-neutral
approach in selecting the underlying telecommunications
infrastructure for its solutions, it takes a similar
technology-neutral approach when considering hardware, software
and management solutions in providing a managed network service
to its customers.
GIIs
Customers
GIIs current customer base is comprised of over 100
businesses that are heavy users of high-bandwidth
telecommunications services, including entities such as Bell
Canada, Telefonica Data USA, Airbus North America and the
U.S. Defense Information Technology Contracting
Organization. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005,
two customers each accounted for more than 10% of GIIs
total revenues. These two customers accounted for approximately
14.5% and 10%, respectively, of GIIs revenues for that
period. For the nine months ended June 30, 2006, one
customer accounted for approximately 11.7% of GIIs total
revenues, and no other single customer accounted for more than
10% of GIIs revenues. None of GIIs customers
accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of GII
and ETT during those periods. GIIs customers can be
categorized in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
United States Wholesale Carriers.
This segment
accounted for approximately 29% of GIIs revenues for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. It includes
traditional local and long distance telecommunications carriers
that resell GII services to their end-user customers.
|
|
|
|
International Wholesale Carriers.
This segment
accounted for approximately 9% of GIIs revenues for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. Unlike United
States-based wholesale carriers, this segment has fewer
in-country staff and network resources, and therefore views GII
as a provider not only of connectivity but also of outsourced
network support.
|
|
|
|
Wireless and Media Service Providers.
These
providers accounted for approximately 33% of GIIs revenues
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. These
companies include cellular communications companies and Internet
service providers that use GIIs solutions to supplement
and provide diversity for the internal networks they use to
deliver services to their own customers.
|
|
|
|
Systems Integrators and Value Added
Resellers.
This segment accounted for
approximately 12% of GIIs revenues for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2005. It is comprised of businesses
that will resell GII services to their end-user customers as
part of a larger suite of products and services that might
include hardware, software, professional services, application
management and network monitoring.
|
|
|
|
Enterprise and Government Agencies.
This
segment accounted for approximately 17% of GIIs revenues
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. It includes
government agencies, as well as manufacturing, financial
services, health care and legal firms that use GIIs
services for their own internal corporate networks. Unlike
service providers, systems integrators and value added
resellers, enterprise and government customers do not resell
GIIs services to third parties.
|
GIIs customer contracts for connectivity or managed
services generally provide for terms ranging from 12 to
60 months. Its customers generally may terminate their
contracts at any time, subject in certain instances to payments
of additional early termination charges. Fees are typically a
specified fixed amount per month or for the contract duration,
and GII generally bills for services monthly in advance.
68
Revenues attributable to international services accounted for
approximately 3.5% of GIIs total revenues for the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2005, and approximately 7% of
total revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2006.
GIIs
Vendors and Communications Suppliers
GII has a dedicated vendor management team within its operations
group, supported by its information technology and legal groups,
which is responsible for acquiring updated pricing and physical
location information from its vendors and negotiating buy-side
contracts with these vendors when appropriate. As vendors become
familiar with GIIs business model, some provide this
information quarterly in electronic format which allows GII to
maintain its databases with a minimum of manual intervention.
From time to time, GII enters into long-term contracts, commonly
referred to as master service agreements, with
transport suppliers for the supply and installation of network
capacity under terms and conditions that may vary from their
normally priced offerings. Under a master service agreement,
each circuit provided by a supplier has its own term, generally
ranging from 12 to 60 months, and is governed by the terms
and conditions set forth in the master service agreement. If GII
terminates a contract with a supplier with respect to a
particular circuit, it is generally liable for termination
charges that can equal up to the entire amount payable over the
remaining term of the contract for that circuit.
Sales and
Marketing
Buyers and users of high capacity network solutions often depend
on sales personnel to gather and analyze their requirements,
develop proposed solutions and negotiate commercial business
terms with them. Depending on its complexity, GII expects that
the sales cycle for a solution can require significant sales
activity and on-going pre-sales support. Because the market is
highly competitive, GII believes that personal relationships and
quality of service delivery remain extremely important, both in
establishing an initial sales relationship and in winning repeat
customer business. Therefore, GII sales strategy has to date
focused on recruiting and training a highly skilled and
experienced direct sales force. However, in the future GII may
establish more indirect distributor arrangements in order to
penetrate further into enterprise accounts with which those
distributors may already have pre-existing relationships.
GIIs marketing activities are focused on building
awareness and interest in its business model, value proposition
and services among key influencers and decision makers within
the largest purchasers of high capacity network solutions. To
accomplish this, GII has implemented an integrated marketing
plan that delivers its message across the following vehicles:
|
|
|
|
|
Industry trade shows and conferences.
GII
attends industry specific trade shows such as CompTel, the
Global Telecom Market Forum and Pacific Telecommunications
Council.
|
|
|
|
Press releases, speaking engagements and contributed
articles.
GII seeks to publicize its
accomplishments, perspectives and expertise by getting editorial
placement in trade magazines and on-line publications, and
speaking engagements at industry events.
|
|
|
|
Web-based marketing.
GII has launched the
POP2POP Report, an
e-newsletter
with a circulation of approximately 3,000 persons. In addition,
GIIs corporate website and its POP2POP.com pricing portal
are key sources of leads for GII.
|
Operations
GIIs operations team supports its service delivery efforts
in three critical respects:
Network Operations.
Network operations
consists of three functions: project management, service
provisioning and network maintenance. Project management is
responsible for ensuring the successful implementation of a
customer service, once a sale has been executed. A project
manager is assigned to each customer requirement to ensure that
the underlying network facilities required for the solution are
ordered, that the customer is provided with status reports on
its requirements, and that problems related to the requirement
69
are addressed. Service provisioning is responsible for ensuring
the physical interconnection, testing and activation of customer
requirement. Network maintenance is responsible for receiving,
tracking, prioritizing and resolving all network outages or
other customer troubles. Certain operational personnel within
GII may support several or all three of these functions within
the context of a given order.
IT Development and Corporate.
GIIs IT
team is responsible for the development and maintenance of
GIIs internal OSS applications and databases, its
corporate website, the POP2POP.com pricing portal and internal
user support.
Vendor Management.
GIIs vendor
management team is responsible for acquiring updated pricing and
physical location information from existing and prospective
vendors, inputting this information into GIIs databases to
support identification of efficient network solutions in
response to customer demands, and negotiating buy-side contracts
with these vendors as appropriate and necessary.
Competition
GII faces competition within each segment of its addressable
market. Competitors generally fall into two general categories:
those with similar business models, and traditional,
facilities-based telecommunications carriers.
Competitors with Similar Business
Models.
There are companies with business models
that are similar to GIIs. Specifically, these companies
resell and manage the capacity of other telecommunications
network providers and in some cases also provide value-added
managed and professional services to enterprises, systems
integrators, and government clients. Examples include Vanco PLC,
Last Mile Connections and TNCI, Inc. Like GII, they sell
high-capacity communications circuits, as well as other
services, to enterprises, service providers and government
agencies. While GII believes that the largest of these companies
has annual revenues in excess of $200 million, most have
annual revenues of $60 million or less.
Competitors Who Are Traditional Facilities-Based
Telecommunications Carriers.
The second type of
competition GII faces, more specifically with respect to
connectivity than managed services or professional services,
comes from the wholesale and retail business divisions of
facilities-based telecommunications carriers. In some cases,
different business units within these carriers are also GII
customers or GII suppliers. These competitors fall into the
following categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers.
This
category includes companies that are regulated service providers
in certain areas of the United States, such as BellSouth, Qwest,
Verizon and AT&T, as well as smaller incumbent carriers such
as CenturyTel, Citizens, Valor and Alltel.
|
|
|
|
Interexchange (long distance) Carriers.
This
category consists of carriers that provide service between
metropolitan markets in the United States and internationally,
including Broadwing and Level 3.
|
|
|
|
Competitive Local Exchange Carriers and Competitive Access
Providers.
This category consists of competitive,
non-incumbent carriers that provide service within metropolitan
markets in the United States. Companies in this category include
XO Communications, USLEC, McLeod USA, Eschelon Telecom,
ITCDeltacom and Time Warner Telecom.
|
GII believes that each competitors long-term success in
the market will be driven by its available resources, such as
financial, personnel, marketing and customers, and the
effectiveness of its business model, such as services and
product mix, cost effectiveness, ability to adapt to new
technologies and channel effectiveness. GII is not aware of its
exact competitive position in the market, although it believes
its relative share of the market is small. Many of GIIs
competitors are substantially larger, established companies with
significantly more market share than GII.
GII believes that businesses in its market compete, in the case
of wholesale customers, primarily on the basis of price and
quality of service, and in the case of enterprise customers,
primarily on the basis of quality of service, technology and, to
a lesser extent, price. GII believes that it competes
effectively in these areas.
70
Service
and Network Disruptions
GII has a dedicated Network Operating Center, or NOC, that
operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week and monitors and
analyzes GIIs virtual network in order to quickly identify
any network disruptions. In the event of a network disruption,
GII typically works with the applicable supplier to identify the
issue so that the supplier can promptly solve the problem.
GII also addresses its risks associated with service and network
disruptions through its contracts with customers and suppliers.
Its customer contracts typically permit a specified level of
network unavailability, and provide for fee credits if the
specified level is exceeded. GIIs corresponding contracts
with its suppliers typically include provisions specifying the
same service levels and providing for equivalent credits.
Accordingly, to the extent that GII is obligated to provide fee
credits to its customers based on network disruptions, it is
typically entitled to a corresponding credit from its supplier.
Government
Regulation
In connection with certain of its service offerings, GII is
subject to federal, state, and foreign regulations. United
States federal laws and Federal Communications Commission, or
FCC, regulations generally apply to interstate
telecommunications and international telecommunications that
originate or terminate in the United States, while state
laws and regulations apply to telecommunications transmissions
ultimately terminating within the same state as the point of
origination. A foreign countrys laws and regulations apply
to telecommunications that originate or terminate in, or in some
instances traverse, that country. The regulation of the
telecommunications industry is changing rapidly and varies from
state to state and from country to country.
GII has obtained authority at both the federal level to provide
interstate and international telecommunications services, as
well as obtaining authority in a number of state jurisdictions
to provide intrastate interLATA and intraLATA telecommunications
services. Specifically, GII has obtained authority under
Section 214 of the Communications Act to provide
international services on a facilities and resale basis, and
holds authority from the FCC to provide interstate
telecommunications services. GII also has authority to offer
similar services on an intrastate basis in more than
20 states and the District of Columbia. Finally, GII has
registered as a reseller in Canada to accommodate increasing
opportunities in connection with customer data networking
requirements in that jurisdiction.
Following certification, carriers are required to comply with
certain ongoing responsibilities. For example, GII is required
to submit periodic reports to the FCC and to many of the state
commissions relating to the provision of services within the
relevant jurisdiction. GII has retained the service of a firm
that specializes in the identification and management of
regulatory responsibilities for regulated carriers to oversee
GIIs compliance with such requirements.
Another ongoing responsibility relates to payment of regulatory
fees and the collection and remittance of surcharges and fees
associated with the provision of telecommunications services.
With certain exceptions, revenues derived from the provision of
interstate and international telecommunications services to
domestic end-users, including enhanced services providers, are
subject to assessment for the FCCs Universal Service Fund,
which assists in ensuring the universal availability of basic
telecommunications services at affordable prices and other
goals, and other related programs such as the Telecommunications
Relay Service fund. Some of GIIs services are subject to
these assessments, and GII is also responsible in some cases for
assessments by state commissions for state universal service and
similar programs as they relate to the provision of
telecommunications services on an intrastate basis. As noted
above, GII has retained the service of a firm to assist in
maintaining GIIs compliance with such regulatory fee and
contribution payment requirements.
Because GII purchases telecommunications services from other
carriers, its cost of doing business can be affected by changes
in regulatory policies affecting these other carriers. For
example, in January 2005, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking to initiate a comprehensive review of rules governing
the pricing of special access service offered by incumbent local
exchange carriers subject to price cap regulation, such as
AT&T and Verizon. The FCC tentatively concluded that it
should continue to permit certain levels of pricing flexibility
for these incumbents where competitive market forces are
sufficient to constrain special access prices. However, the
71
FCC will examine and seek comment on whether the current
triggers for pricing flexibility accurately assess competition
and whether certain aspects of special access offerings are
unreasonable, such as basing discounts on previous volumes of
service, tying certain charges and penalties to term
commitments, and imposing use restrictions in connection with
discounts. In another matter, the FCC failed to take action by a
March 2006 deadline on a Verizon petition for forbearance from
certain regulatory requirements with respect to broadband
transmission facilities used to serve large business customers.
It therefore appears that Verizon has, by operation of law, been
relieved of certain common carrier obligations on these
facilities. Review of the default grant has been requested in
the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia,
but if it is not reversed, the relief granted to Verizon could
be extended to other incumbents. Particularly in light of the
fact that the petition was granted by operation of law and no
FCC order was released, it is unclear what impact, if any, this
action could have in terms of either the cost of certain access
facilities or on competition for certain business customers in
the marketplace.
Federal
Regulation
Generally, the FCC has chosen not to heavily regulate the
charges or practices of non-dominant carriers such as GII. For
example, GII is not required to tariff its interstate
interexchange private line services, but instead needs only to
post terms and conditions for such services on its website. In
providing certain telecommunications services, however, GII
remains subject to the regulatory requirements applicable to
common carriers, such as providing services at just and
reasonable rates, filing the requisite reports, and paying
regulatory fees and contributing to universal service. As noted
above, GII has retained the service of an outside firm to manage
GIIs ongoing compliance with such reporting and regulatory
fee and contribution payment requirements. The FCC also releases
orders and takes other actions from time to time that modify the
regulations applicable to services provided by carriers such as
GII; these orders and actions can result in additional (or
reduced) reporting or payments requirements or changes in the
relative rights and obligations of carriers with respect to
services they provide to each other or to other categories of
customers.
State
Regulation
The Telecommunications Act generally prohibits state and local
governments from enforcing any law, rule, or legal requirement
that prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting any person from
providing any interstate or intrastate telecommunications
service. However, states retain jurisdiction to adopt
regulations necessary to preserve universal service, protect
public safety and welfare, ensure the continued quality of
communications services, and safeguard the rights of consumers.
Generally, each carrier must obtain and maintain certificates of
authority from regulatory bodies in states in which it offers
intrastate services. In most states, a carrier must also file
and obtain prior regulatory approval of tariffs for its
regulated intrastate services. GII is currently authorized to
provide intrastate services in more than 20 states and the
District of Columbia as either an interexchange carrier
and/or
a
competitive local provider.
A state may also impose telecommunications regulatory fees, and
fees related to the support for universal service, on providers
of services in that state. As noted above, GII has retained the
service of an outside firm to manage GIIs ongoing
compliance with such regulatory fee and contribution payment
requirements.
Foreign
Regulation
The provision of certain kinds of telecommunications services in
most foreign jurisdictions is regulated to at least some degree
similar to the level of regulation in the United States.
Generally speaking, GIIs provision to customers of
point-to-point
international telecommunications services originating or
terminating in the United States is governed by the FCC. In
addition, the regulatory requirements to operate within a
country or to provide services to customers within that country
vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, although in some
significant respects regulation in the Western European markets
is harmonized under the regulatory structure of the European
Union.
GII has registered as a reseller of telecommunications services
in Canada. As additional opportunities arise in particular
nations, GII may need to apply for and acquire various
authorizations to operate and provide certain kinds
72
of telecommunications services. Although some countries require
complex applications procedures for authorizations, others
simply require registration with or notification to the
regulatory agency, and some simply operate through general
authorization with no filing requirement at all.
Intellectual
Property
GII does not own any patent registrations, applications or
licenses. GII maintains and protects trade secrets, know-how and
other proprietary information regarding many of its business
processes and related systems and databases. GII holds United
States trademark registrations for its Global Internetworking
and POP2POP marks.
GII enters into confidentiality agreements with its employees,
consultants, customers, vendors, and partners, and GII controls
access to, and distribution of, its proprietary information.
GIIs intellectual property may be misappropriated or a
third party may independently develop similar intellectual
property. Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries may
not protect GIIs intellectual property rights to the same
extent as do the laws of the United States. Unauthorized use of
any of GIIs proprietary information could seriously harm
its business.
Employees
As of June 30, 2006, GII had 31 employees. None of its
employees are represented by labor unions. GII believes that
relations with its employees are good.
Properties
GII leases a 10,524 square-foot office suite for its
corporate headquarters in McLean, Virginia. GII also leases
colocation facilities in Ashburn, Virginia; Reston, Virginia;
Vienna, Virginia; and Miami, Florida. GIIs total annual
rental expenses in 2005 were approximately $200,000 for its
headquarters and approximately $60,000 for its colocation
facilities. The headquarters facility is subject to a ten-year
lease expiring on December 31, 2014. The colocation
facilities are generally leased on one-year terms, except where
they support a specific customer requirement that is associated
with a longer term. GII does not own any real estate. GIIs
management believes that its properties, taken as a whole, are
in good operating condition and are suitable for its business
operations. As GII expands its business into new markets, GII
expects to lease additional colocation facilities and
potentially sales office facilities.
Legal
Proceedings
GII is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.
Information
About ETT
Overview
ETT is a non-facilities-based global supplier of dedicated
managed data networks and value-added services serving over 100
multinational enterprise customers in 45 countries.
ETT was founded in 1998 by a group of experienced
telecommunications industry executives seeking to capitalize on
the growing enterprise demand for single source, managed network
services, including
IP-connectivity
and related value-added services, leveraging a wide range of
rapidly evolving terrestrial, wireless and satellite
technologies. ETT provides customers with flexible design and
implementation solutions for their complex multi-location data
and IP networking requirements. ETT operates as a true virtual
network operator, focusing on the provision of high-quality,
secure services by partnering with suppliers for connectivity
and transport. As a result, clients are able to select efficient
and integrated solutions on a global scale while maintaining a
single point of contact for both billing and customer service
functions. ETT has its global headquarters in London, with sales
offices in Düsseldorf, New York City, Paris and New Delhi.
ETT handles its global operations from its multilingual network
operations center located in London and allows customers access
to remote extranet monitoring and provisioning functionality.
With approximately 63% of
73
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 generated by
managed and IP services, in contrast to pure connectivity, ETT
is focused on delivering higher margin value-added solutions
backed by robust service level agreements.
ETTs
Products and Services
ETTs managed service delivery platform represents a
critical departure from those services offered by traditional
network operators, integrators and resellers. Unlike traditional
network service providers, VNOs typically do not own the
physical network and related capacity issues, but offer a
complete managed service offering. The scope of traditional
resellers work, on the other hand, rarely extends beyond
the customer facing sales and marketing activity.
As a network independent provider, ETT is not limited to
providing solutions through a single network and can instead
cost-effectively source core connectivity and services from
different operators and hardware vendors, especially on uncommon
routes, with a single point of contact to manage service
delivery, billing and troubleshooting. The following chart
highlights the key distinctions between the traditional network
operator and ETTs service model:
ETTs packaged services, marketed under the
brand name City, consist of three primary elements:
|
|
|
|
|
Managed IP/Internet Services;
|
|
|
|
Dedicated Connectivity Services; and
|
|
|
|
Facilities Management and Other Services.
|
These services are sold separately or can be bundled as part of
a complete outsourced managed data network solution.
74
Managed
IP/Internet Services
When we refer to IP services, we mean the transport
of data transport via Internet Protocol, or IP. Data
transmission via IP can occur publicly via the Internet, or
through private networks. ETT offers the following managed
IP/Internet services:
|
|
|
|
|
City Net Link
offers a managed IP VPN solution based on
the use of dedicated IP networks. As an independent provider,
ETT can source solutions based upon a quality of service-enabled
networking core, or provide additional devices to help ensure
prioritization and performance in line with the end-users
needs and overall requirements. In addition, customers benefit
from a wide range of bandwidth in most locations, allowing them
to select the most appropriate IP backbone from a variety of
alternative carriers. ETTs IP VPN solutions include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internet VPN, which connects remote users and small, branch or
home offices for delay-to applications, such as email;
|
|
|
|
IP over asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM, which connects
corporate locations utilizing a variety of applications using a
secure and robust solution;
|
|
|
|
Multiprotocol label switching VPN, which connects users sending
delay-sensitive data; and
|
|
|
|
Hybrid solutions, which utilize a variety of VPN technologies to
manage different types of traffic along corporate network,
seamlessly managed by ETTs network operations center.
|
|
|
|
|
|
City Net Roaming
offers clients the option of hosting the
roam servers and authentication servers in ETTs secure
hosting facility rather than at the clients site. The
service provides a managed remote
dial-up
Internet service provider, or ISP, connectivity solution that
allows international travelers, mobile workers and telecommuters
remote access to email, the Internet and mission critical
information throughout the world. ETT currently partners with
iPass, a United States-based virtual network operator that
delivers on-demand local connectivity through its iPassConnect
client solution. The iPass solution allows end-users to dial
into local access points at iPass-enabled airports, hotels and
conference centers via wired and wireless broadband service, as
well as
dial-up,
Integrated Services Digital Network and Personal Handyphone
Systems and request authentication and authorization through the
roam server located at ETTs site. ETT provides proprietary
billing options and monitors usage to ensure that the solution
remains efficient and cost-effective for its clients.
|
|
|
|
City Net Access
supplies and manages dedicated Internet
access services for corporate users requiring high availability
access with a fully managed router service. The solution is
offered over terrestrial or very small aperture terminal, or
VSAT satellite technology, links providing a high quality
service with global coverage. The service is well suited for
large enterprises requiring multiple remote access points since
ETT sources ISPs that have extensive networks and multiple sites
that can be supported over the same IP infrastructure.
|
Dedicated
Connectivity Services
When we refer to dedicated connectivity services, we
mean telecommunications services which link locations to other
locations. These services could use fiber optic cables or
satellites as the medium for establishing the connection.
Dedicated connectivity services tend to follow a predetermined
path, where every link and node that the traffic will travel
through is known. Other types of connectivity may take an
undetermined route from one location to another, which can be
the case with ETTs Managed IP and Internet Services. ETT
offers the following dedicated connectivity services:
|
|
|
|
|
City Metro
provides ETTs corporate customers with
high capacity private backbone structures, which are high
capacity national or international communications links between
major cities. These core links allow the routing of services
from
city-to-city
or
location-to-location.
These range from geographically disperse, high-speed private
networks delivering 10 megabits per second to metropolitan area,
gigabit delivery systems. ETT specializes in sourcing and
delivering complex connectivity solutions in challenging
geographical areas, such as India and Latin America.
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
City Hopper
provides managed clear channel services
between major cities. The service can be provided as simple
city-to-city
connectivity or integrated with other data and voice services to
provide a worldwide corporate network. ETTs ability to
leverage dedicated connectivity from a range of global network
operators enables it to offer competitive pricing and superior
levels of service care relative to regional operators. ETT works
to achieve a 99.8% service level at all times, subject to
regional variation.
City Hopper Assure
extends the
City Hopper
offering with further security enhancements
such as offering diverse route and supplier options to fulfill
back-up
or
disaster recovery requirements.
|
|
|
|
City Flyer
provides a managed satellite-based
communication service offering customers direct and flexible
leased connectivity between city premises and remote locations
around the world. The solution can be used to complement and
expand existing corporate networks or used as a stand-alone
facility. The types of services available in the
City Flyer
product base include clear channel connectivity for data and
voice, frame relay, ATM, high-speed Internet/intranet access,
broadcasting and multicasting and business interactive video
services. ETT is able to source connectivity using a range of
geo-stationary satellites to aid in global connectivity.
|
|
|
|
City Flyer Fast Start
enables ETT clients to extend their
private IP network into new locations, using a dedicated link to
a satellite ground station and a satellite channel specifically
optimized for IP. From the satellite ground station, ETT manages
a high capacity non-blocking back-haul that delivers the IP
stream directly into a corporate network edge device via Fast
Ethernet (100 megabits per second). The solutions provide remote
sites in new, difficult to connect or high tariff locations with
a secure and quality Internet transport service from a central
hub.
|
|
|
|
City Frame
provides an international transmission
service, using frame relay, for customers to utilize the
economies of a shared public network. Using frame relay, the
City Frame solution can help ensure high throughput levels and
minimal delays for its customers, allowing them to define
traffic profiles to match their particular business needs. The
solution is ideally suited for burst-profile traffic such as
local area network interconnection and applications such as
client-server processing, database access and file transfer.
|
Facilities
Management and Other Services
ETT offers the following facilities management services:
|
|
|
|
|
City Co-Locate
offers private space in several major
Internet Exchange Facilities where cross connect facilities
exist with international carriers and ISPs. Via its network
operations center, ETT can manage anything from a single rack to
a major nodal facility on behalf of its customers who may
require or desire ownership of certain infrastructure
on-site.
|
|
|
|
City Power
services include the offering of
uninterruptible AC or DC power supplies directly into
customers facilities. The power units are scalable
depending on customer requirements and are remotely monitored by
ETTs network operations center.
|
|
|
|
Network Security Solutions
provide fully managed firewall
solutions to enterprise customers.
|
|
|
|
Network operations center services
provided by ETT ensure
24x7 fault management across a customers network and
infrastructure.
|
ETTs
Customers
ETTs reputation for efficient delivery of customized
services has enabled it to develop a broad and loyal customer
base. As of June 30, 2006, ETTs customers included
Fortune 100 companies, some of which are in the global
banking, automotive and media industries. Two customers each
accounted for more than 10% of ETTs total revenues for the
year ended December 31, 2005 and the six months ended
June 30, 2006. One of these customers, the Ford Motor
Company, accounted for approximately 24.6% and 14.9%,
respectively, and the other customer, Bloomberg LP, accounted
for approximately 20.9% and 22.4%, respectively, for those
periods.
ETT currently provides services in 45 countries to customers
with the ability to quickly and effectively expand into new
geographies by adding regional partners. Service expansion is
largely customer-driven. For example, ETT
76
designed, implemented and delivered, and has subsequently been
managing and monitoring, a fiber-ring network around the
Caribbean for an existing customer. ETT will, however, reject
contracts for geographies where infrastructure sourcing is
challenging and may not be able to compete effectively against
the local incumbent.
For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005,
approximately 77.4%, 74.2% and 67%, respectively, of ETTs
revenues were attributable to customers located within the
United Kingdom. No single country other than the United Kingdom
accounted for a material portion of ETTs revenues during
these periods other than Germany, which accounted for
approximately 18.5%, 17.1% and 15.8%, respectively, of
ETTs revenues during the years ended December 31
2003, 2004 and 2005.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, although
approximately 90% of ETTs revenues arose from services
that were billed and delivered outside of the United States,
more than 50% of ETTs revenues arose from
United States headquartered corporations. ETT expects to
grow its presence in Asia and the Americas through the opening
of sales offices in Hong Kong and China within the next
12 months. ETTs customers are also diversified by
industry vertical. ETT has a strong installed base in the
finance and banking, media, automotive and legal industries
where network integrity and effective security are critical.
ETTs customer contracts have terms that typically extend
from one to five years. The prices in ETTs customer
agreements are fixed for the duration of the agreement. If a
customer cancels its agreement, the terms of ETTs customer
contracts generally allow for full recovery of any amounts due
from the customer for the remainder of the term.
ETTs
Vendors
ETT currently has approximately 70 service providers from whom
it currently sources over 60Gb of global bandwidth to meet its
customers requirements. ETT procures bandwidth from
regional and international providers on a contracted basis to
provide core connectivity at a lower cost while reducing risk
exposure to large drops in demand. ETT also has considerable
leverage in procuring additional bandwidth at significant
discounts on common routes. By partnering with bandwidth vendors
rather than owning proprietary infrastructure, ETT can provide
customers with the flexibility to choose an efficient core
connectivity provider at each location without the need to
manage multiple contracts. For example on an international
connection, ETT will typically contract with three different
vendors: two local suppliers at each end of the connection and
one operator managing the international connection between them.
ETTs ability to offer a single source for managing many of
these international connections significantly reduces account
administration overhead with tangible cost impacts for its
customers.
As of June 30, 2006, ETTs suppliers included
Cable & Wireless, Con Edison, Equant, France Telecom,
Global Crossing, iPass, RDS, Savvis, Sprint, Telecom South
Africa, Verizon and Viatel.
ETT is committed to top-tier suppliers and has a technology
board to monitor candidate products for inclusion in the
portfolio based on financial stability and quality of service.
As a matter of policy, ETT also does not have exclusive
partnerships in any geographic region and is flexible in
negotiating price and terms on a per-contract basis.
ETTs vendor relationship with iPass Inc is that of a
solution partner, pursuant to an agreement entered into in May
2001. The agreement is automatically renewed on an annual basis
until either party gives one years notice of intent to
terminate to the other. The iPass service is a usage based
service, but when introducing a new customer to iPasss
Corporate Access service, ETT contracts for a minimum commitment
fee for a minimum period (not less than twelve months). At the
end of the twelve month (or longer) term, iPass must be informed
of any intention to not renew the service, or the service is
extended for a further year. ETT is contractually obliged to pay
iPass fees for its customers usage of the service.
Sales and
Marketing
Sales
Overview
ETT sells its services largely through a direct sales force
located in London, Düsseldorf, New York, Paris and New
Delhi. Approximately 95% of ETTs services are sold through
this channel, and the remaining 5% of sales are
77
made via ETTs global distribution relationships.
Geographic expansion of new sales and support offices is largely
customer-driven as ETT strives to maintain a lean sales
infrastructure. For example, the opening of the New Delhi, India
office was due to the growing number of ETT clients setting up
operations in India and requiring global connectivity as well as
the opportunities created by the liberalization of the Indian
telecommunications market. Future customer-led expansion is
likely to see ETT expand to locations such as Hong Kong and
China. Management is also currently focused on expanding its
indirect global sales channel with partners, such as Groupe SFR
Cegetel, Cap Gemini Ernst & Young, KPMG, TeliaSonera
and COLT Telecom Group.
As of June 30, 2006, ETTs global sales organization
comprised 12 employees. Most sales representatives have an
average of five to ten years of sales experience in selling to
multinational corporations and thus bring a series of
established relationships with them. Each sales representative
is responsible for specific geographic regions and in certain
cases, specific larger contract customers. ETT sells to senior
level executives within large multinational corporations, such
as the chief technology officer, chief financial officer, IT
director and manager and head of procurement, who typically have
considerable authority over IT purchasing decisions. All sales
employees are quota-carrying with bonus incentives in place for
high-performers. Most representatives earn a base salary and a
sales commission based on a fixed percentage of the order, which
is received in installments over the life of the contract. The
average sales cycle is typically six months for large new
customers and six weeks for sales into existing customers. The
time required for the initial sales cycle is continually
decreasing as a result of ETTs improving customer
referrals and the increasing acceptance of the VNO model among
enterprise clients.
New customers typically start with one service, usually simple
bandwidth, often on uncommon routes, and then gradually add
other services once ETTs service quality and reliability
deliver an appropriate return on investment. The sales team
works with technical staff on an ongoing basis following the
initial order to up sell complementary solutions and secure
additional contracts to provide service in new geographies.
ETTs strategic sale process accommodates the sale of low
gross margin, high volume bandwidth in order to secure large
strategic accounts into which higher margin value-added services
can then be sold.
As of June 30, 2006, approximately 70% of ETTs
contracts were for one-year, renewable terms and the remaining
30% were for two to five years. The average size of contract
varies largely with one year contracts typically valued between
$50,000 and $3.7 million and multi-year contracts valued at
up to $9.3 million, depending on the nature and number of
services provided.
Marketing
Overview
Management maintains low expenditures on marketing efforts
relative to competitors and is focused on generating business
through the industry contacts of its sales force and long-term
relationships with existing customers. ETT is focused on
building brand awareness on the basis of its track record for
quality service delivery and has received referrals from
existing customers for both further internal and new external
opportunities. ETT also maintains one marketing employee and has
developed a marketing strategy that includes targeting top
accounts, hosting technology off-sites and user seminars. Often
such events are funded wholly or partly by key supplier partners.
In addition, management participates in industry events such as
the European Competitive Telecommunications Association, or
ECTA, the India IT Forum Conference, the Global Telecom Summit,
the Institute of Telecom Resellers in Europe, or ITRE,
Conference and Supercomm as invited guest speakers and
participants. Christopher Britton, ETTs chief executive
officer, was an Ernst & Young 2003 finalist for
Entrepreneur of the Year. ETT was also featured in the Tech
Track 100 as one of Britains fastest-growing
privately-held technology companies. Participation and
recognition in these industry events have raised the profile of
ETT among its potential client base without requiring
significant marketing investment from ETT.
78
ETTS
Competition
ETTs City Net Link, City Net Access, City Metro, City
Hopper and City Frame services primarily compete with the
following types of companies and operations:
Network Operators.
The large diversified
facilities-based network operators such as BT, Deutsche
Telecom/T-Systems and AT&T, and managed data services
companies, such as Equant (part of France Telecom) and Infonet
Services (now part of BT), have their own backbone
and/or
access networks. As a network independent provider, ETT has
greater flexibility in selecting the best network infrastructure
that meets a customers budget and capacity requirements.
ETTs network solution will not necessarily be the lowest
priced solution offered to a customer, but ETT believes it will
typically be more customized to address that customers
needs than a solution offered by a traditional network operator.
Additionally, ETT believes that its network will often function
with a higher quality of service, as a result of utilizing the
optimal underlying infrastructure available in the relevant
territories.
In addition, ETT is focused on providing a diverse range of
value-added remote access, consulting and service management
solutions bundled with core connectivity in order to be a true
single source provider for its customers. With approximately 63%
of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005 generated
by managed and IP services, in contrast to resale of traditional
connectivity from a single supplier, ETT is focused on
delivering higher margin value-added solutions backed by robust
service level agreements. Most network operators, who are
critically focused on optimizing and maintaining their own
network, are typically less focused on investing in these
services and may often partner with VNOs such as ETT to offer a
full portfolio of solutions.
ETT also attempts to differentiate itself from network operators
on the basis of its attention to customer service with
particular attention paid to customers networking
security, diversity and physical separation requirements. ETT
believes that despite clients ongoing focus on cost
savings, dissatisfaction with service is the principal reason
for enterprises to switch suppliers. As a customer-led
organization that attempts to add value to its customer base,
ETT addresses this issue through active needs-driven account
management via a single point of contact, maintaining a 24x7
multi-lingual customer support facility based in its London
network operations center and holding monthly meetings with all
customers to generate, and respond to, feedback.
In-House Sourcing.
Traditionally, large
enterprises have relied on their own internal IT staff to manage
their data networks. However, the proliferation of new services
and technologies with ever shortening lifecycles and the
globalization of businesses with remote locations have made
global IT networks increasingly complex to administer and the
required personnel more scarce and expensive to retain. In
addition, the difficulty of managing multiple regional supplier
contracts can be burdensome and expensive.
ETTs expertise in managing relationships with suppliers on
behalf of several customers not only provides a single source
for troubleshooting and billing inquiries but also helps secure
attractive prices for its customers. In addition, ETTs
proprietary City Insight service allows online customer access
to project plans, fault reporting and status and other service
management data that helps allow clients to maintain
control of their network. As a customer realizes a
return on investment and gains confidence in ETTs quality
of service, ETT can introduce new services at the right time
reducing speculative
test-the-market
initiatives on the part of internal IT staff.
Virtual Network Operators.
Despite similar
business models, ETT rarely competes with other VNOs, such as
Vanco, due to different operating and customer focuses and
service offerings. For example, Vancos solutions
predominantly target the network periphery needs of medium-sized
enterprises through supplier and distributor networks while ETT
focuses on the design and management of WAN solutions centered
at the network core for large multinational companies including
a significant component of managed value-added services. ETT
believes that these distinctive characteristics provide it with
a competitive advantage.
ETTs City Net Roaming service competes with services
offered by other iPass developers and resellers. Its principal
competitors are Sirocom Ltd and Armadillo Managed Services Ltd.
ETT estimates that globally there are approximately 350
suppliers of the iPass service. ETT competes with these
companies in terms of
79
quality of service and functionality, such as the addition of
value added services like enhanced security functions.
ETTs City Flyer and City Flyer Fast Start services compete
with the major providers of data satellite services, such as
Intelsat and Inmarsat. ETT competes with these types of provider
in terms of product performance, as it can integrate satellite
services with other types of telecommunications technology and
can manage satellite services as part of a larger combined
network offering. Additionally, ETTs satellite services
can also compete with local terrestrial providers in terms of
cost. ETT is unaware of how many global satellite providers and
resellers of global satellite services are in existence.
ETTs City Co-Locate services compete with Internet
exchange and telecommunications interconnection centers.
ETTs services compete with these centers in terms of
functionality, as ETTs facilities have pre-existing high
quality links to a variety of international telecommunications
routes, which are already being utilized by ETT in the provision
of its managed networks. Additionally, ETTs management
capabilities for these types of services make them an attractive
provider due to the high quality of service that is offered.
City Power competes with providers of uninterruptible power
supplies. In the United Kingdom, typical providers of these
services would be MGE UPS Systems or Riello UPS. ETT is unaware
of the number of global competitors that operate in this market
segment. ETT typically provides these types of services as part
of a large managed service. The customers purchasing these
services often prefer to have a single point of contact for all
of their data networking needs, and so often choose ETT as the
provider for its power management services for convenience.
ETTs Network Security Solutions compete with the managed
firewall solutions which are supplied by other
telecommunications carriers, Internet security companies and
broadband providers. ETT usually offers these services as part
of a larger managed network offering, and as such, ETT believes
that customers find the convenience of a single point of
contact, combined with ETTs quality of service, attractive.
ETTs Network Operations Services compete with companies
who specialize in helpdesk and management services for
telecommunications and IT. ETT is experienced in the management
of complex data networks and their constituent elements and, as
such, it competes with other companies on the basis of expertise
and quality of service.
ETT is not aware of its exact competitive position in any of
these market segments, although it believes its relative share
of these markets is small. Many of ETTs competitors are
substantially larger, established companies with significantly
more market share than ETT.
Service
and Network Disruptions
ETT has a dedicated Network Operating Center, or NOC, that
operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week and service
management teams who monitor and analyze ETTs virtual
network and attempt to ensure that any network disruptions are
minimized. In the event of a network disruption ETT typically
works with the applicable supplier to identify the issue so that
the supplier can promptly solve the problem. In the rare event
of a vendor carrier ceasing its network operations or having a
major issue on a segment of its network, ETT is generally able
to promptly re-provision capacity via alternative routes or
technologies when necessary.
Governmental
Regulation
ETT believes that it is not subject to significant regulation
that is specific to its industry and business. To the extent
there is regulation in these other countries that is applicable
to ETTs service offerings, ETTs customers or
suppliers are generally responsible for ensuring compliance with
applicable regulations.
Intellectual
Property
ETT does not own any patent or trademark registrations,
applications or licenses. ETT maintains and protects trade
secrets, know-how and other proprietary information regarding
many of its business processes and related systems and
databases, including its City Insight software. ETT
believes, based on its knowledge of and
80
experience in the industry, that its competitors do not offer
comparable software, and that this software provides ETT with a
competitive advantage in servicing enterprise customers.
ETT enters into confidentiality agreements with its employees,
consultants, customers, vendors, and partners, and ETT controls
access to, and distribution of, its proprietary information.
ETTs intellectual property may be misappropriated or a
third party may independently develop similar intellectual
property. Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries,
including many of the countries in which ETT operates, may not
protect ETTs intellectual property rights to the same
extent as do the laws of the United States. Unauthorized use of
any of ETTs proprietary information could seriously harm
its business.
Employees
As of June 30, 2006, ETT had 58 employees. None of its
employees are represented by labor unions. It believes its
relationship with its employees is good.
Properties
ETT is headquartered in London, England where its
24-hour
network operations center for monitoring customer networks is
located. ETT also maintains sales offices in Düsseldorf,
Germany; New York, United States; Paris, France; and New Delhi,
India.
Legal
Proceedings
ETT is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.
From time to time, however, ETT is named as a defendant in legal
actions arising from its normal business activities.
81
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF GII
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with GIIs financial statements and
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement.
Overview
Founded in 1998 and headquartered in McLean, Virginia, GII is a
knowledge-based, facilities and technology-neutral
telecommunications services integrator that designs, provides,
and manages, carrier-neutral data network solutions. GIIs
revenue is derived primarily from the sale and activation of
telecommunications circuits for data networking under contracts
that range from 12 to 60 months.
During the mid- to
late-1990s,
in the wake of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, numerous
competitive telecommunications providers devoted enormous
amounts of resources to the deployment of physical networks
throughout the United States. In many cases, these networks were
located within the same general vicinity with one another within
larger metropolitan areas, although a number of providers also
deployed facilities in second- and third-tier metropolitan and
close-in suburban markets. Rather than following many of these
competitors in the capital-intensive process of building
networks, the management of GII decided to focus on identifying
network assets, establishing contractual relationships with the
numerous facilities-based providers that were deploying such
networks, and constructing an efficient means to identify
service options and deliver services using the various networks
deployed by others. In this regard, GII has devoted a
significant portion of its time and resources to developing
software tools and automated databases to search among a variety
of carrier network options and identify solutions from across
those networks that may best satisfy a particular
customers requirement.
Today, GII believes that a number of economic factors may drive
the growth of its addressable market:
|
|
|
|
|
End-user demand for bandwidth intensive business processes,
services and applications.
These include high
speed data storage, replication and
back-up
for
data mining, disaster recovery and business continuity
applications; continued deployment of client/server and remote
computing network architectures; end-user demand for streaming
video and audio; and supply-chain globalization, which requires
members of an industry supply chain to share large amounts of
data instantaneously over multiple global regions.
|
|
|
|
Growing awareness of the importance of network
diversity.
In an era where security, business
continuity, and disaster recovery are of significant interest
across all aspects of the economy, governments and businesses
are likely increasingly aware of the inherent value of having a
highly resilient and redundant telecommunications network.
Consequently, governments and enterprises may recognize the
value of using a facilities-neutral approach to network design,
to ensure that their mission critical applications are not being
routed over a single network (and therefore a single point of
failure).
|
|
|
|
Fragmentation of global telecom service provider
market.
Despite recent mergers and acquisitions,
businesses that need to operate across geographies and country
borders face a complex and fragmented telecom service provider
market. In the United States, notwithstanding consolidation,
there are a large number of licensed telecommunications
carriers, many which specialize in limited geographic markets
and regions. For businesses operating with regions such as Asia,
Latin America and Europe, where cross-border supply chains are
the norm, the problem is particularly acute because each country
in the region has its own incumbent telecom carrier, its own set
of telecom licensing requirements and its own telecom tariffs.
In these environments, businesses may become increasingly
receptive to a carrier-neutral telecom service provider that can
source, integrate and maintain telecom services from multiple
geographic regions while presenting a single point of contact to
the end user customer.
|
|
|
|
Increasing complexity of network
technologies.
The last ten years have witnessed a
technological revolution within the telecommunications industry.
Traditional circuit-based, time-division-multiplexed telecom
networks, which were the norm for decades, and which were
well-understood by end-users, are being rapidly migrated to
Internet Protocol-based networks. While this migration creates
opportunities for end-users to reduce costs and introduce new
services, it also requires technical expertise that many
end-users do not have. This skills gap could drive demand for
managed network services in which a business
customer
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
outsources network management to a third party and
for professional services, especially in the area of network
security assessment and mitigation, network migration planning
and IP network design.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Growing acceptance of network outsourcing to independent
systems integrators.
In an effort to control
costs, simplify operations and maintain a focus on their core
business objectively, businesses are increasingly receptive to
outsourcing some or all of their IT and telecommunications
networks to a third party. Furthermore, businesses are
increasingly receptive to outsourcing their IT and
telecommunications networks to systems integrators, rather than
traditional facilities-based telecom carriers. This is because
the systems integrators have the ability to create optimal
solutions, using whatever combination of underlying vendors are
needed to achieve a customers objectives. The systems
integrator has the knowledge base to identify alternative
vendors in the event the incumbent vendor does not perform
adequately. GII believes that the growing acceptance by leading
businesses of outsourcing to systems integrators could drive
growth in the use of virtual network operators.
|
Lines
of Business and Principal Services
GIIs focus is on the delivery of carrier-neutral,
facilities-neutral and technology-neutral telecommunications and
Internet service solutions. It does not own a network, but
rather identifies what it considers to be the best choices
available (based upon factors such as technology, cost, and
other operational considerations) from a variety of vendors in
providing data networking solutions to customers.
GII currently provides the following kinds of services:
|
|
|
|
|
Data Connectivity.
This category includes
standard
point-to-point
data connectivity and delivery such as United States and
international private lines, ethernet, dedicated Internet
access, wavelengths and dark fiber. In many cases, this
connectivity is in fact managed in that it requires
the integration by GII of multiple vendor networks within a
single solution. GII from time to time also sells equipment to
assist with customer data networking requirements. Approximately
94% of GIIs revenues for the nine months ended
June 30, 2006 were attributable to either single-vendor or
integrated multiple-vendor data connectivity services provided
to customers.
|
|
|
|
Managed Network Services.
These services
entail engineering solutions tailored to a customers needs
with respect to matters such as network deployment, monitoring,
management and maintenance. Examples include outsourced
management of networks or circuits and deployment of private
managed networks to replace or supplement existing
point-to-point
connectivity across multiple sites. Approximately 5.5% of
GIIs revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2006
were attributable to managed network services provided to
customers.
|
|
|
|
Professional Services.
These services entail
providing guidance and analysis to customers on network and
telecommunications-related requirements such as network design,
continuity planning and cost and traffic analysis. Fees for such
services may be billed on a project basis or an hourly basis
depending upon the terms of the engagement. Less than 1% of
GIIs revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2006
were derived from professional services provided to customers.
|
Locations
of Offices and Origins of Revenue
GII is headquartered in Virginia, and has sales employees based
in Maryland and Florida. A significant majority of GIIs
operations to date have been focused upon the delivery of such
services within the United States, although its delivery of such
services on an international scale (from the United States to
international points or within or between jurisdictions outside
the United States) has increased over the past several years.
Specifically, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005,
approximately 3.5% of GIIs total revenues were
attributable to international services such as
point-to-point
private line communications services from the United States to
international locations or between two locations both outside of
the United States. For the nine month period ended June 30,
2006, approximately 7.0% of GIIs total revenues were
attributable to such international services.
83
Opportunities,
Challenges, Risks, Trends and Uncertainties
As a facilities-neutral provider, GIIs most significant
operating expense is the cost of network access, consisting of
payments to its capacity suppliers for network services under
corresponding customer contracts. GII must therefore be diligent
in updating the pricing and network capabilities available from
each supplier, in managing existing supplier relationships, and
in identifying and cultivating new supplier relationships both
in existing markets and as part of expansion efforts. Likewise,
consolidation in the industry requires that GII regularly assess
the presence of competitive facilities in each market to locate
alternative network providers wherever possible. GII believes,
however, that consolidation also presents opportunity since
enterprise customers who see little choice other than their
incumbent provider in the market may view a virtual network
operator such as GII with its ability to integrate
and manage multiple underlying suppliers and provide customized
network solutions as an attractive option for
alternative service delivery.
Opportunities may also exist as enterprises look to outsource
more non-core functions for cost or administrative reasons. With
its intellectual property in the form of software tools and
information on the deployment of telecommunications networks,
GII believes it can effectively act as an outsourced
telecommunications manager for the enterprise customer. Although
enterprises may be reluctant to undergo transitions and leave
the service of an incumbent provider, GII believes that a
consultative process (such as a professional service engagement)
can allow customers to recognize the benefits of moving to an
alternative carrier. Specifically, with its ability to integrate
networks from a variety of providers and across a broad
geographical range, GII can provide enterprises with
consultative services in the beginning to help the customer
identify a service solution that fits that customers
specific needs, and GII can then execute and implement that
strategy through a multiple-vendor, multi-region solution that,
unlike a facilities-based providers proposal, is not
necessarily premised from the beginning on use of any one
network infrastructure.
Another factor that presents both challenge and opportunity is
technological change. The last decade has witnessed a
technological revolution within the telecommunications industry
with migration from traditional time-division-multiplexed
circuit networks to
IP-based
networks. This migration promises significant benefits for
end-users and efficiencies for providers, but it also requires
that providers such as GII gain a detailed understanding of and
exposure to the various kinds of newer technologies in order to
remain competitive in the marketplace. GII believes that it is
well-positioned as a facilities-neutral, technology-neutral
provider to gain such understanding and exposure and to use that
knowledge in serving customers, while minimizing the risk of
investing in a technology platform that may be quickly
superseded.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
GIIs significant accounting policies are described in
Note 1 to the accompanying financial statements of GII. GII
considers the following accounting policies to be those that
require the most significant judgments and estimates in the
preparation of its financial statements, and believes that an
understanding of these policies is important to a proper
evaluation of the reported financial results.
Revenue
Recognition
GII provides data connectivity solutions, such as dedicated
circuit access, access aggregation and hubbing, managed network
services and professional services to its customers. It
recognizes revenue in connection with each service as follows:
Data Connectivity.
Data connectivity services
are provided pursuant to service contracts that typically
provide for payments of recurring charges on a monthly basis for
use of the services over a committed term.
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring Revenue.
Recurring charges for data
connectivity are generally billed pursuant to fixed price
contracts one month in advance and are recorded as unearned
revenue when billed. This unearned revenue is recognized monthly
for as long as such service is provided and collectibility is
reasonably assured. Pursuant to the service contracts, service
is first considered provided upon the issuance of a start of
service notice.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-recurring Fees.
Non-recurring fees for
data connectivity typically take the form of one-time,
non-refundable provisioning fees established pursuant to service
contracts. The amount of the provisioning fee
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
included in each contract is generally determined by marking up
or passing through the corresponding charge from GIIs
supplier imposed pursuant to GIIs purchase agreement.
Non-recurring revenues related to provisioning in connection
with the delivery of recurring communications services are
recognized ratably over the term of service starting upon
commencement of the service contract term. Installation costs
related to provisioning that are incurred by GII from
independent third party suppliers, that are directly
attributable and necessary to fulfill a particular service
contract, and which costs would not have been incurred but for
the occurrence of that service contract, are capitalized as
deferred contract costs and expensed proportionally over the
term of service in the same manner as the deferred revenue
arising from that contract.
|
Prior to fiscal 2004, GII treated non-recurring revenue as a
separate unit of accounting, recognizing such revenue when it
initiated procurement of the underlying service from its
suppliers if collectibility was reasonably assured, and GII
recognized the costs of the underlying service at the same time
as it recognized non-recurring revenues. GII estimates that
non-recurring revenues for the fiscal years ending
September 30, 2001 through September 30, 2003 would
have been $82,717 less, non-recurring costs of revenue would
have been $53,257 less, and pre-tax net income would have been
$29,460 less over the three-year period (during which period GII
reported total net income of $961,935) had the method adopted in
fiscal 2004 been adopted as of the start of fiscal 2001. With
respect to fiscal 2003 in particular, GII estimates that
non-recurring revenues would have been $32,591 less,
non-recurring costs of revenue would have been $19,114 less, and
pre-tax net income would have been $13,477 less for that fiscal
year. GII estimates that deferred revenue at September 30,
2005 would have been $3,158 less had the method been implemented
as of October 1, 2000 through September 30, 2005. GII
therefore believes this prior method of revenue and expense
recognition did not result in net income calculations materially
different from the method adopted beginning with fiscal 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
Other Revenue.
From time to time, GII
recognizes revenue in the form of fixed or determinable
cancellation (pre-installation) or termination
(post-installation) charges imposed pursuant to the service
contract. These revenues are earned when a customer cancels or
terminates a service agreement prior to the end of its committed
term. These revenues are recognized when billed if
collectibility is reasonably assured. In addition, GII
occasionally sells equipment in connection with data networking
applications. GII recognizes revenue from the sale of equipment
at the contracted selling price when title to the equipment
passes to the customer (generally F.O.B. origin) and when
collectibility is reasonably assured.
|
Managed Network Services.
Because the same
general contract terms apply to these services and because the
services are typically billed in the same manner, GII recognizes
revenue for managed network services in the same manner as it
does for data connectivity.
Professional Services.
Fees for professional
services are typically specified as applying on a fee per hour
basis pursuant to agreements with customers and are computed
based on the hours of service provided by GII. Invoices for
professional services performed on an hourly basis are rendered
in the month following that in which the professional services
have been performed. Because such invoices for hourly fees are
for services that have already been performed by GII and because
such work is undertaken pursuant to an executed statement of
work with the customer that specifies the applicable hourly
rate, GII recognizes revenues based upon hourly fees as billed
if collectibility is reasonably assured.
In certain circumstances, GII engages in professional services
projects pursuant to master agreements and statements of work
for each project. Fees from the performance of projects by GII
are specified in each executed statement of work by reference to
certain agreed-upon and defined milestones
and/or
the
project as a whole. Invoices for professional services projects
are rendered pursuant to the payment plans that are specified in
the executed statement of work with the customer.
Recognition of revenue is determined independently of issuance
of the invoice to the customer or receipt of payment from the
customer. Instead, revenue is recognized based upon the degree
of delivery, performance, and completion of such professional
services projects as stated expressly in the contractual
statement of work. The performance, completion and delivery of
obligations on projects are determinable by GII based upon the
underlying contract or statement of work terms, particularly by
reference to any customer acceptance provisions or other
performance criteria that may be defined in the contract or
statement of work. Furthermore, even if a project has been
performed, completed and delivered in accordance with all
applicable contractual requirements and an invoice has been
issued consistent with those contractual requirements,
professional services revenues are not recognized unless
collectibility is reasonably assured (assuming payment has not
already been made).
In cases where a project is billed on a milestone or other
partial basis, revenue is allocated for recognition purposes
based upon the fair market value of the individual milestone or
deliverable. For this purpose, fair market
85
value is determined by reference to factors such as how GII
would price the particular deliverable on a standalone basis
and/or
what
competitors may charge for a similar standalone product. Where
GII is unable for whatever reason to make an objective
determination of fair market value of a deliverable by reference
to such factors, the amount paid will only be recognized upon
performance, completion and delivery of the project as a whole.
GIIs professional service arrangements have typically
provided for the performance of services
and/or
provision of deliverables on a short-term (e.g., immediate to
21-day)
basis, and have involved services such as providing technical
support and guidance to clients within a single day or
performing assessment and analysis activities over a multi-week
period. During the nine months ended June 30, 2006, less
than 1% of GIIs revenues were derived from professional
services provided to customers. During the preceding fiscal
years, GII did not operate its professional services as a
separately defined line of business, although it from time to
time had minor engagements in which it provided consultative
assistance or professional services to a customer. GII believes
that the revenue associated with such engagements during the
preceding fiscal years equaled less than 0.1% of revenues for
each such fiscal year.
GIIs contracts with its customers specify the terms and
conditions for providing data networking telecommunications
services. These contracts call for GII to provide the service in
question (e.g., data transmission between point A and point Z),
to manage the activation process, and to provide ongoing support
(in the form of service maintenance and trouble-shooting) during
the service term. The contracts do not provide the customer any
rights to use specifically identifiable assets. Furthermore, the
contracts generally provide GII with discretion to engineer (or
re-engineer) a particular network solution to satisfy each
customers data transmission requirement, and typically
prohibit physical access by the customer to the network
infrastructure used by GII and its suppliers to deliver the
services. Therefore, for accounting purposes, GII considers its
customer contracts to be service contracts rather than leases.
GII does not use estimates in determining amounts of revenue to
be recognized. Each service contract for data connectivity and
managed services has a fixed monthly cost and a fixed term, in
addition to a fixed installation charge (if applicable). At the
end of the initial term of most service contracts for data
connectivity and managed services, the contracts roll forward on
a
month-to-month
basis and GII continues to bill at the same fixed recurring
rate. If any cancellation or termination charges become due from
the customer as a result of early cancellation or termination of
a service contract, those amounts are calculated pursuant to a
formula specified in each contract. With respect to professional
services, each service contract has a specified project scope
and terms for payments on either an hourly basis or on a project
milestone basis.
Supply
Agreements
In most cases, GII matches the length of each purchase contract
with a supplier to each sales contract with a customer. The
provisions of such customer contracts and supplier contracts are
typically fixed for their stated terms unless both parties agree
to any modifications. This generally allows GII to maintain a
predictable margin for the term of each such service, and
GIIs contract terms typically require customers to pay the
full amount of their contract liability (or at a minimum,
GIIs underlying liability) in the event of customer
cancellation or early termination.
GII has certain sales commitments to customers that extend
beyond GIIs commitments from its underlying suppliers. It
is therefore possible that GIIs margins could be adversely
affected if GII were unable to purchase extended service from a
supplier at a cost sufficiently low to maintain GIIs
margin for the remaining term of its commitment to the customer.
Historically, GII has not encountered material price increases
from suppliers with respect to continuation or renewal of
services after expiration of initial contract terms. Although
infrequent, in most cases where GII has faced any price increase
from a supplier following contract expiration, GII has been able
to locate another supplier to provide the service at a similar
or reduced future cost. Based upon this historical experience
and given that most of its customer contract terms are matched
in duration with supplier contract terms, GII does not believe
that its existing long-term fixed-rate customer contracts are
subject to any material reduction in margins that would have a
material impact on its liquidity.
GIIs supplier contracts do not have any market related net
settlement provisions. GII has not entered into, and has no
plans to enter into, any supplier contracts which involve
financial or derivative instruments. The supplier
86
contracts are entered into solely for the direct purchase of
telecommunications capacity, which is resold by GII in its
normal course of business. As such, GII considers its contracts
with its suppliers to be normal purchases, according to the
criteria in paragraph 10(b) of SFAS 133.
From time to time in the past, GII has agreed to certain special
commitments with vendors in order to obtain better rates, terms
and conditions for the procurement of services from those
vendors. These commitments include volume purchase commitments,
purchases on longer-term bases than a term to which the customer
has committed and the provision of certain pledges to the vendor
as payment assurance.
|
|
|
|
|
Volume Purchase Commitments.
Some of
GIIs service purchase contracts call for GII to make
certain levels of payments to vendors whether or not GII is
currently utilizing the underlying capacity, commonly referred
to in the industry as
take-or-pay
commitments. As of June 30, 2006 and as of
September 30, 2005, GIIs aggregate obligations under
such
take-or-pay
commitments over the remaining term of all of those contracts
totaled $1,125,000 and $1,725,000, respectively. All of the
aggregate commitments existing as of June 30, 2006 expire
by May 2008. If GII were not able to satisfy such commitments
via sales to underlying customers, GII would be liable to the
vendors for the shortfall. In turn, a shortfall payment would
have an adverse effect upon GIIs gross margins, by
increasing the cost of circuit access without the receipt of any
corresponding revenue from customers against the shortfall.
However, all purchase commitments under
take-or-pay
contracts were fully utilized by GII as of June 30, 2006
and throughout the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and
2003, and GII does not anticipate any material shortfalls (if
any) arising under these agreements in the foreseeable future.
|
|
|
|
Term Commitments.
To the extent practicable,
GII matches the quantity, duration and other terms of individual
purchases of communications services with sales to individual
customers on a
service-by-service
basis. In the year ended September 30, 2004, GII began
selectively purchasing capacity under five-year commitments from
one of its vendors in order to secure more competitive pricing.
These five-year purchase commitments are not, in all cases,
matched with five-year commitments from customers. In such
cases, if a customer were to disconnect its service before the
five-year term ordered from the vendor expired, and if GII were
unable to find another customer for the capacity, GII would
either be subject to an early termination liability payable to
the vendor or it would be forced to continue to pay for the
service without any corresponding customer revenue attributable
to the circuit. Such early termination liability would have an
adverse effect upon GIIs gross margins, by either
accelerating GIIs liability with respect to the circuit or
increasing the cost of circuit access, either without the
receipt of any corresponding revenue from customers against the
liability. However, under standard telecommunications industry
practice, commonly referred to in the industry as
portability, this early termination liability may be
waived by the vendor if GII orders replacement service with the
vendor of equal or greater revenue to the service cancelled, and
GII has utilized portability in a number of cases in the past to
mitigate or eliminate altogether such liabilities. As of
June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005 and 2004, the
total potential early termination liability exposure to GII, if
all such services canceled as of those dates and were unable to
be ported, was $276,717, $288,119 and $198,500,
respectively.
|
|
|
|
Vendor Security.
In 2001, in order to induce a
potentially significant vendor to transact business with the
company, GII entered into a wholesale services agreement that
included the grant to the vendor of a security interest and
continuing lien upon GIIs accounts receivable and certain
other collateral. The vendor, in accordance with the agreement
and unrelated to GIIs credit status, filed a UCC lien in
2002 with respect to the collateral. This collateral may be used
by the vendor to offset defaults by the company under the
agreement should such defaults occur and not be cured within the
time frames called for under the agreement. Thus, to the extent
that GII were to default on payment under the agreement, the
vendor could exercise its rights with respect to the collateral
in a manner sufficient to settle the default. The vendor has
become one of GIIs largest suppliers, and has also been a
competitor to the company for certain business opportunities
from time to time over the term of the contract. The existing
agreement is currently in
month-to-month
status. A new contract, which supersedes the prior agreement and
does not require a lien as additional security, has been
executed by the company and is pending execution by the vendor.
|
87
Estimating
Allowances and Accrued Liabilities
GII employs the allowance for bad debt method to
account for bad debt. Specifically, GII accrues 0.55% of monthly
gross revenues as an allowance for bad debt. This number has
been derived based on historical amounts expensed in connection
with bad debt. Accrued liabilities for GII mainly consist of
cost of circuit access amounts that have been recorded as an
expense but for which no invoice has yet been received from the
supplier
In the normal course of business from time to time, GII
experiences errors with respect to the billing of services by
suppliers. GII performs bill verification procedures to attempt
to ensure that errors in its suppliers billed invoices are
identified and resolved. The bill verification procedures
include the examination of bills, comparison of billed rates to
rates shown on the actual contract documentation and logged in
GIIs operating systems, comparison of circuits billed to
GIIs database of active circuits, and evaluation of the
trend of invoiced amounts by suppliers, including the types of
charges being assessed. If GII concludes by reference to such
objective factors that it has been billed inaccurately, it will
notify the supplier of the erroneous charge and begin resolution
procedures.
GII records a charge to cost of revenue and a corresponding
increase to the accrued communication service costs for the
unresolved amounts, unless a review of the objective evidence
obtained through the bill verification process indicates that it
is not probable that GII will ultimately be required to pay. If
GII ultimately reaches an agreement with a supplier in which it
settles an erroneous amount for less than the corresponding
accrual, GII recognizes the resultant settlement gain in the
period in which the settlement is reached and during which
period GII makes final payment to settle such account.
Previously unaccrued disputes are tracked and reviewed
periodically to assess whether a loss has become probable and
estimable, in which case an accrual is established.
GIIs disputes with suppliers generally fall into three
categories: pricing errors, network design or disconnection
errors, and taxation and regulatory surcharge errors.
|
|
|
|
|
Pricing Errors.
These errors reflect cases in
which GII receives a contract service order form
and/or
a
written quotation from a supplier that indicates one price is to
apply, but the actual invoice from the supplier reflects a
higher price. In these cases, GII disputes invoices with
reference to the rate that is plainly specified on the contract
documents between the parties.
|
|
|
|
Network Design or Disconnection Errors.
These
errors arise when changes in network design during the service
activation process or mistakes in the timing of activation or
disconnection of services result in increased rates, premature
billing or a failure to cease billing upon disconnection. In
these cases, GII conducts an in-depth review of the underlying
engineering documents, the quoted and accepted prices of
services, and the notices with respect to when certain events
occurred with respect to each service to ensure that the
supplier is billing the correct amount based upon any
agreed-upon changes that took place during the service
activation process or to confirm that the service was in fact
activated or disconnected as requested.
|
|
|
|
Taxation and Regulatory Surcharge
Errors.
Telecommunications services may be
subject to a variety of transactional taxes, such as sales
taxes, and regulatory surcharges based upon the precise type of
service and the various jurisdictions in which the service is
provided. Despite the fact that GII is often exempt from many
transactional taxes and regulatory surcharges as a reseller of
such services, it receives invoices from time to time from
suppliers that fail to recognize GIIs exemption with
respect to certain services. Where GII is able to produce the
proper exemption forms
and/or
identify other support for the assertion that certain taxes
should not apply (such as the service is being billed by
reference to the wrong jurisdiction), GII will dispute those
amounts.
|
GII does not accrue the full face amount of obvious billing
errors in accounts payable because to do so would present a
misleading and confusing picture of GIIs current
liabilities by accounting for liabilities that are erroneous
based upon a detailed review of objective evidence. For example,
as discussed further below, through its bill verification
process GII identified $738,405 in clear pricing errors by two
vendors as of September 30, 2005. Although GII concluded
based upon its review of the objective evidence that the entire
amount was billed in error, it reserved 8% of the amount to cost
of revenue based upon its prior experience with the suppliers
and the possibility that some settlement with respect to the
sums might be required by those suppliers. As of June 30,
2006, $701,217 of these pricing errors had been resolved, with
GII having been required to pay $47,518 (6% of the total
disputed amount) to the suppliers. Given that the errors were
clear on the face of the bills when compared to the underlying
88
contract documentation, and given further that the
suppliers own representatives acknowledged the nature of
the error, GII believes that it would have been misleading and
confusing for it to accrue the full face amount of $738,405 in
accounts payable as of September 30, 2005 when it had a
sound and objective basis to conclude that such errors would be
largely, if not completely, resolved in its favor, as was proven
within the next nine months.
Although GII may dispute erroneously billed amounts in good
faith and historically has prevailed in most cases, it
recognizes that it may not prevail in all cases (or in full)
with a particular supplier with respect to such billing errors
or it may choose to settle the matter because of the quality of
the supplier relationship or the cost and time associated with
continuing the dispute. Therefore, as stated above,
notwithstanding the objective nature of many of the billing
errors at issue, GII reserves an amount for potential supplier
losses related to erroneous billing. For the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2003, September 30, 2004, and
September 30, 2005, GIIs percentage of reserves for
losses associated with supplier disputes was 19%, 17% and 14%,
respectively, of the erroneously billed amounts. Careful
judgment is required in estimating the ultimate outcome of
disputing each error, and each reserve is based upon a
specific evaluation by GII management of the merits of each
billing error (based upon the bill verification process) and the
potential for loss with respect to that billing error. In making
such a
case-by-case
evaluation, GII considers, among other things, the documentation
available to support its assertions with respect to the billing
errors, its past experience with the supplier in question, and
its past experience with similar errors and disputes. To the
extent that GII prevails with respect to a billing error, any
amount in reserve that GII is not required to pay to the
supplier would represent a reduction to GIIs cost of
revenue.
Billing errors identified through the bill verification process
totalled $347,615 as of September 30, 2003, $564,217 as of
September 30, 2004, and $1,006,460 as of September 30,
2005. The increase in the magnitude of open disputes over this
period is attributable in significant part to the fact that GII
was purchasing an increasing amount of services over this period
from an expanding number of suppliers. The summary below
reflects the reserve account balances and activity in the
accounts for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unresolved Billing
|
|
Fiscal Year or
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Charges against
|
|
|
Reserves for New
|
|
|
Ending Reserve
|
|
|
Errors at End of
|
|
Other Reporting Period
|
|
Reserve Balance
|
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
Billing Errors
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
2002
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
(12,693
|
)
|
|
$
|
26,546
|
|
|
$
|
63,853
|
|
|
$
|
489,291
|
|
2003
|
|
|
63,853
|
|
|
|
(54,331
|
)
|
|
|
56,833
|
|
|
|
66,355
|
|
|
|
347,615
|
|
2004
|
|
|
66,355
|
|
|
|
(45,485
|
)
|
|
|
74,953
|
|
|
|
95,823
|
|
|
|
564,217
|
|
2005
|
|
|
95,823
|
|
|
|
(51,691
|
)
|
|
|
94,235
|
|
|
|
138,367
|
|
|
|
1,006,460
|
|
Nine months ended June 30,
2006
|
|
|
138,367
|
|
|
|
(126,632
|
)
|
|
|
54,903
|
|
|
|
66,638
|
|
|
|
190,060
|
|
When GII pays a supplier following resolution of a billing
error, GII applies that payment against the reserve account
balance, regardless of the amount reserved specifically for that
billing error. Historically, the reserve accounts have been
sufficient to absorb all payments in resolution of billing
errors. GIIs payments to suppliers in resolution of
billing errors have been less than the amount reserved for
billing errors.
As discussed above, the magnitude of GIIs disputes with
suppliers as of September 30, 2005 was inflated due to
$738,405 in clear pricing errors by two vendors. With respect to
these pricing errors, based upon the clearly erroneous nature of
most of the billed amounts as compared to the contracted amounts
and the acknowledgment of the supplier sales representatives
that these bills were in error, GII reserved 8% of the disputed
amounts for potential dispute losses. As of June 30, 2006,
all but $37,188 of the $738,405 in pricing errors had been
resolved, with GII having been required to pay $47,518 (6% of
the total disputed amount) to the suppliers.
As of June 30, 2006, GII had 15 open disputed issues with
six vendors totaling $190,060. Of the $190,060 in open disputes,
$67,611 was attributable to pricing errors (including the
$37,188 in pricing error disputes remaining from
September 30, 2005). Based upon its experience with past
disputes of a similar kind and the documentation supporting its
assertions, GII reserved approximately 14% of the disputed
amounts as cost of revenue to reflect the potential that the
pricing error disputes might be resolved in the suppliers
favor. An additional $87,562 of the $190,060 in open disputes
was attributable to network design or disconnection errors.
Although GIIs review of the objective evidence obtained
through its consideration of the contract documentation and
engineering materials indicated that the amounts billed were in
error, because these disputes often turn upon interpretation and
explanation to the supplier of complex
89
network design changes
and/or
timing questions with respect to activation, acceptance or
actual disconnection of service, GII reserved approximately 45%
of the disputed amount as cost of revenue. Finally, $34,797 of
the open disputes could be attributed to apparent erroneous
billing or overcharges of taxes and regulatory surcharges. With
respect to these tax and surcharge errors, GII reserved
approximately 50% of the disputed amount because of the
suppliers claims about its own inability to recoup the
taxes and surcharges under applicable tax or regulatory
requirements. Therefore, of the total $190,060 in erroneous
billings as of June 30, 2006, GII management determined
that the most likely outcome was that GII would be liable for a
total of $66,638, for which an accrual has been recorded. If
resolution of these billing errors differs from these estimates,
GIIs reserves would be adjusted, resulting in an increase
or decrease in cost of revenue and net income or loss, as
applicable.
Results
of Operations
Nine
Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
Overview.
During the nine-month period ended
June 30, 2006, sales were $13,226,792, representing a 30.6%
increase over sales for the same period in the prior fiscal
year. The cost of circuit access was $9,492,091, as compared to
$6,759,172 for the nine months ended June 30, 2005. Gross
margin decreased from 33.3% for the nine-month period ended
June 30, 2005 to 28.2% during the nine-month period ended
June 30, 2006. Operating expenses were $4,167,397 for the
nine months ended June 30, 2006, representing an increase
of 5.8% over such expenses for the same period in the prior
fiscal year.
The following table sets forth certain items from GIIs
statements of operations for the nine-month periods ended
June 30, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Change Between Periods Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
2005 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
13,226,792
|
|
|
$
|
10,127,894
|
|
|
$
|
3,098,898
|
|
|
|
30.6
|
%
|
Cost of Circuit Access
|
|
|
9,492,091
|
|
|
|
6,759,172
|
|
|
|
2,732,919
|
|
|
|
40.4
|
%
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
3,734,701
|
|
|
|
3,368,722
|
|
|
|
365,979
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Operating Expenses, Depreciation
and Amortization
|
|
|
4,167,397
|
|
|
|
3,938,769
|
|
|
|
228,628
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
Operating Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(432,697
|
)
|
|
|
(570,047
|
)
|
|
|
137,350
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
%
|
Net Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(492,119
|
)
|
|
|
(321,012
|
)
|
|
|
(171,107
|
)
|
|
|
(53.3
|
%)
|
Revenues.
Sales during the nine-month period
ended June 30, 2006 increased by 30.6%, from $10,127,894 to
$13,226,792, compared to the same period in the preceding fiscal
year. This increase reflected continuing returns from prior
investments in sales personnel and efforts to market a broader
range of services to a diverse set of potential customers and to
focus upon improving sales relationships with existing
customers. A significant portion of the revenue increase
(approximately 83%) during this period was attributable to
additional sales to existing customers, although thirty-one new
customers purchased services from GII during the nine-month
period ended June 30, 2006 as compared to the same period
in the preceding fiscal year. GII does not believe that pricing
changes contributed in any material respect to the increase in
revenues, and GIIs rate of disconnection of services by
customers held relatively steady at 1.9% of revenue per month
during the nine-month period ended June 30, 2006, as
compared to 1.8% of revenue per month during the same period in
the preceding fiscal year.
Cost of Circuit Access and Gross
Margin.
During the nine-month period ended
June 30, 2006, cost of circuit access increased by 40.4%,
from $6,759,172 to $9,492,091, as compared to the same period in
the prior year. The increased cost of circuit access was
primarily attributable to the corresponding growth in services
sold, the business failure of a single customer, which resulted
in approximately $230,692 in total circuit access costs against
which GII will receive no future benefit, and $198,281 in
charges associated with other circuits for which the company was
liable but for which it had no corresponding customer
commitments during the period. As a result of this
customers significant business failure and these other
factors, gross margin declined from 33.3% to 28.2% as compared
to the same period in the preceding fiscal year.
90
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and
Amortization.
Operating expenses, primarily
consisting of compensation of personnel, were $4,167,397 for the
nine months ended June 30, 2006, a 5.8% increase as
compared to such expenses for the same period in the preceding
fiscal year. Of the $228,628 increase in operating expenses,
$119,345, or 52.2%, was attributable to increased compensation
of personnel as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal
year, and $104,102, or 45.5%, was attributable to increased
rental expenses associated with GIIs lease of new
headquarters space, which commenced in January 2005. As a
percentage of revenue, GIIs operating expenses decreased
from 38.9% in the same period of the prior fiscal year to 31.5%
in the nine-month period ended June 30, 2006. Depreciation
and amortization were $111,460 for the nine months ended
June 30, 2006, compared to $75,000 for the nine months
ended June 30, 2005. Property and equipment are reflected
at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
computed using the straight-line method, over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets ranging from three to seven
years. Fixed assets primarily consisted of items such as
computers, phone systems, and furniture and fixtures for
internal use. During fiscal 2005, GII purchased
telecommunications equipment assets in connection with the
activation of a leased fiber ring for a customer and to deploy a
transport hub facility to support future sales. In the nine
months ended June 30, 2006, GII made minor purchases of
equipment.
Income Taxes.
The Company reports its income
taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board
Statement No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is
recognized based on the difference between the financial
statement and income tax basis of accounting for assets and
liabilities, then measured using existing income tax rates. At
September 30, 2005, the deferred tax asset was comprised
principally of net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and
differences in depreciation for book purposes versus tax
depreciation.
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004,
the Company incurred taxable losses of $650,153 and $389,886,
respectively. The fiscal 2005 NOL creates $277,355 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate, and the fiscal 2004 NOL creates $166,326 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate. During the nine months ending June 30,
2006, the Company incurred a taxable loss of $492,119. This loss
creates $209,938 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66%
combined federal and state tax rate.
Under current tax law, tax NOLs must be carried back for two
years before being carried forward. In the event of a change in
ownership of the Company, these income tax benefits are
subjected to limitations described in Internal Revenue Code
Section 382 (b)(1), which require the Company to limit the
post-change-in-control
carryforwards to an amount not to exceed the value of the
Company immediately before the change of control, multiplied by
the Federal long-term tax-exempt rate.
$480,987 of the Companys tax loss in fiscal 2005 was
offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2003, and $169,166 will be offset by future
income, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax
depreciation differences. The Companys NOL in fiscal 2004
was fully offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2002. This NOL gives rise to income tax
refunds receivable of $205,189 arising from the fiscal 2005
loss, and $166,326 arising from the fiscal 2004 loss, totaling
$371,515 in tax refunds receivable at September 30, 2005.
The remaining $72,167 of tax benefit arising from the fiscal
2005 NOL, less $9,985 of tax liability arising from the book to
tax depreciation difference, is the subject of a $62,182
valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable future value of
the remaining fiscal 2005 NOL carryforward to zero. In order for
GII to recognize the tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2005
NOL carryforward, management is required to identify objective
factors which indicate that GII is more likely than not to
achieve near-term future profitability sufficient to absorb the
previous losses.
The $209,938 of tax benefit arising from the loss during the
nine month period ending June 30, 2006, less $10,199 of tax
liability arising from the book to tax depreciation difference,
is the subject of a $199,739 valuation allowance, bringing the
net realizable future value of the remaining NOL carryforward
arising during the nine months ending June 30, 2006, to
zero. In order for GII to recognize the tax benefit arising from
this loss, management is required to identify objective factors
which indicate that GII is more likely than not to achieve
near-term future profitability sufficient to absorb the previous
losses.
91
GIIs losses over the preceding two fiscal years and
continuing into fiscal 2006 were planned and anticipated by
management in connection with its strategic plan to accelerate
hiring to promote sales growth through additional market
penetration and operational capabilities. GII has continued to
manage carefully its expenses and its contract and other
business risks, resulting in a profit during the three months
ended June 30, 2006. However, even though recently
returning to profitability, GIIs management has recognized
a valuation allowance of 100% with respect to the $199,739
deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2006 pending the
development of more precise and objective evidence of future
profitability.
Amended tax returns are being prepared for fiscal 2002 and
fiscal 2003 to claim the refunds from the NOL created in fiscal
2004, and are expected to be filed during the fourth calendar
quarter of 2006. These amendments are being made currently
following the recent discovery that previous income tax
accounting had not provided for the NOL carryback. Amended tax
returns are also being prepared for fiscal 2003 to claim the
refunds from the NOL created in fiscal 2005, and are expected to
be filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006. The fiscal
2003 amendments are being made currently following completion of
the accounting for the fiscal year.
Fiscal
Years Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004
Overview.
Sales increased 52.9% from
$9,263,497 in fiscal 2004 to $14,167,849 in fiscal 2005. The
cost of circuit access increased 55.5%, from $6,062,912 in
fiscal 2004 to $9,424,964 in fiscal 2005, causing gross margin
to decline from 34.6% to 33.5%. Operating expenses increased by
50.0% during fiscal 2005, from $3,629,773 to $5,444,188, due to
the hiring of additional personnel to support GIIs current
and anticipated continued future growth and a move to larger
headquarters space in November 2004. The combination of
decreased gross margin and increased operating and
administrative expenses resulted in a net loss of $444,964
during fiscal 2005.
The following table sets forth certain items from GIIs
statements of operations for the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2005 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2005
|
|
|
Fiscal 2004
|
|
|
2004 to 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
14,167,849
|
|
|
$
|
9,263,497
|
|
|
$
|
4,904,352
|
|
|
|
52.9
|
%
|
Cost of Circuit Access
|
|
|
9,424,964
|
|
|
|
6,062,912
|
|
|
|
3,362,052
|
|
|
|
55.5
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
4,742,885
|
|
|
|
3,200,585
|
|
|
|
1,542,300
|
|
|
|
48.2
|
|
Operating Expenses, Depreciation
and Amortization
|
|
|
5,444,188
|
|
|
|
3,629,773
|
|
|
|
1,814,415
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
Operating Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(701,303
|
)
|
|
|
(429,188
|
)
|
|
|
(272,115
|
)
|
|
|
(63.4
|
)
|
Net Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
|
(221,404
|
)
|
|
|
(99.0
|
)
|
Revenues.
Sales increased 52.9%, from
$9,263,497 to $14,167,849, between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005.
This increase was attributable to results from continuing
investments in sales personnel and marketing efforts, including
significant contracts entered into with several enterprise and
government-related customers during this period. In particular,
approximately 72.8% of GIIs revenue increase between
fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 was attributable to additional sales
to existing customers, although 40 new customers also purchased
services from GII during this period. Furthermore, GIIs
monthly rate of service disconnection, representing customers
that disconnect services following expiration of the service
term, decreased to 2.1% of revenue per month during fiscal 2005,
as compared to 3.4% of revenue per month during fiscal 2004,
meaning that services tended to remain active and therefore
generate revenue for a longer period on average than they did
during fiscal 2004. GII does not believe that pricing changes
contributed in any material respect to the increase in revenues.
Cost of Circuit Access and Gross Margin.
Cost
of circuit access increased 55.5%, from $6,062,912 in fiscal
2004 to $9,424,964 in fiscal 2005. This increase was higher (as
a relative percentage) than the increase in revenues over the
same period, thereby resulting in a decline in gross margin from
34.6% to 33.5% between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005. The decline
in gross margin can be attributed to the sale of a significant
service to one customer with a gross margin of 18.3%.
92
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and
Amortization.
Operating expenses increased by
50.0%, from $3,629,773 to $5,444,188, between fiscal 2004 and
fiscal 2005. Specifically, of the $1,814,415 increase in
operating expenses, $1,461,470, or 80.5%, was attributable to
increased compensation of personnel as compared to the same
period in the prior fiscal year. The increase reflected ongoing
hiring of sales and operational personnel in order to support
the expected growth of GIIs business. GII further
increased its sales staff, hired several experienced operational
personnel and increased its marketing expenditures by an
additional $67,000. GII also moved to new headquarters during
fiscal 2005 to accommodate its growth, resulting in a 45%
increase, or $51,000, in annual rental expense. Depreciation and
amortization were $109,135 for fiscal 2005, compared to $58,224
for fiscal 2004. Property and equipment are reflected at cost,
net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method, over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets ranging from three to seven years. Fixed assets
primarily consisted of items such as computers, phone systems,
and furniture and fixtures for internal use. During fiscal 2005,
GII purchased telecommunications equipment assets in connection
with the activation of a leased fiber ring for a customer and to
deploy a transport hub facility to support future sales. In
addition, the move to new headquarters necessitated capital
expenditures for equipment and facilities.
Income
Taxes
The Company reports its income taxes in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
Under this method, a
deferred tax asset or liability is recognized based on the
difference between the financial statement and income tax basis
of accounting for assets and liabilities, then measured using
existing income tax rates. At September 30, 2005, the
deferred tax asset was comprised principally of NOL
carryforwards and differences in depreciation for book purposes
versus tax depreciation.
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004,
the Company incurred taxable losses of $650,153 and $389,886,
respectively. The fiscal 2005 NOL creates $277,355 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate, and the fiscal 2004 NOL creates $166,326 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate.
Under current tax law, tax NOLs must be carried back for two
years before being carried forward. In the event of a change in
ownership of the Company, these income tax benefits are
subjected to limitations described in Internal Revenue Code
Section 382 (b)(1), which require the Company to limit the
post-change-in-control
carryforwards to an amount not to exceed the value of the
Company immediately before the change of control, multiplied by
the Federal long-term tax-exempt rate.
$480,987 of the Companys tax loss in fiscal 2005 was
offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2003, and $169,166 will be offset by future
income, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax
depreciation differences. The Companys NOL in fiscal 2004
was fully offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2002. This NOL gives rise to income tax
refunds receivable of $205,189 arising from the fiscal 2005
loss, and $166,326 arising from the fiscal 2004 loss, totaling
$371,515 in tax refunds receivable at September 30, 2005.
The remaining $72,167 of tax benefit arising from the fiscal
2005 NOL, less $9,985 of tax liability arising from the book to
tax depreciation difference, is the subject of a $62,182
valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable future value of
the remaining fiscal 2005 remaining net operating loss
carryforward to zero. In order for GII to recognize the tax
benefit arising from the fiscal 2005 NOL carryforward,
management is required to identify objective factors which
indicate that GII is more likely than not to achieve near-term
future profitability sufficient to absorb the previous losses.
The losses over the preceding two fiscal years were planned and
anticipated by management in connection with its strategic plan
to accelerate hiring to promote sales growth through additional
market penetration and operational capabilities. GII has
continued to manage carefully its expenses and its contract and
other business risks, and believes that it has made steady
progress toward future profitability beginning in fiscal 2006.
However, in recognition of the fact that these factors
constitute subjective evidence of future profitability,
GIIs management has elected to recognize a valuation
allowance of 100% with respect to the $62,182 tax benefit for
fiscal 2005 in the absence of more precise and objective
evidence.
93
Amended tax returns are being prepared for fiscal 2002 and
fiscal 2003 to claim the refunds from the NOL created in fiscal
2004, and are expected to be filed during the fourth calendar
quarter of 2006. The fiscal 2002 amendments are being made
currently following the recent discovery that previous income
tax accounting had not provided for the NOL carryback. Amended
tax returns are being prepared for fiscal 2003 to claim the
refunds from the NOL created in fiscal 2005, and are expected to
be filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006. The fiscal
2003 amendments are being made currently following completion of
the accounting for the fiscal year.
Fiscal
Years Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003
Overview.
Between September 30, 2003 and
September 30, 2004, sales increased 6.8%, from $8,671,583
to $9,263,497. Two primary factors moderated revenue growth in
this period: disconnections by several large customers of some
the services purchased from GII, and negotiated price reductions
provided to one of GIIs largest customers. These
negotiated price reductions also contributed to a relatively
small percentage increase in GIIs cost of circuit access.
During this period, gross margin declined from 35.6% to 34.6%.
Notwithstanding these factors, gross revenues increased due
largely to the continuation of planned long-term strategic
investments that GII made in its sales force, operations
workforce, and administrative infrastructure beginning in fiscal
2003, in anticipation of projected future growth in GIIs
business. These investments included:
|
|
|
|
|
further development of GIIs CMD and POP2POP operations
systems and pricing tools;
|
|
|
|
hiring of additional sales and marketing personnel and
associated expenditures to improve name brand recognition;
|
|
|
|
hiring of additional operational personnel to support sales and
to structure additional internal processes; and
|
|
|
|
hiring of internal legal resources to negotiate service
agreements on a timely basis and coordinate all aspects of
GIIs legal and compliance activities.
|
The 9.3% sales increase, taken together with the decrease in
gross margin and increases in operating and administrative
expenses, arising largely from the strategic infrastructure
investments described above, over this same period, contributed
to a net loss of $223,560 for fiscal 2004.
The following table sets forth certain items from GIIs
statements of operations for the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2004
|
|
|
Fiscal 2003
|
|
|
2003 to 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
9,263,497
|
|
|
$
|
8,671,583
|
|
|
$
|
591,914
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
Cost of Circuit Access
|
|
|
6,062,912
|
|
|
|
5,585,370
|
|
|
|
477,542
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
3,200,585
|
|
|
|
3,086,213
|
|
|
|
114,372
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Operating Expenses, Depreciation
and Amortization
|
|
|
3,629,773
|
|
|
|
2,525,310
|
|
|
|
1,104,463
|
|
|
|
43.7
|
|
Operating Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(429,188
|
)
|
|
|
560,903
|
|
|
|
(990,091
|
)
|
|
|
(176.5
|
)
|
Net Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
|
379,456
|
|
|
|
(603,016
|
)
|
|
|
(158.9
|
)
|
Revenues.
Sales increased from $8,671,583 to
$9,263,497 between fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004. The 6.8% sales
increase in fiscal 2004 was primarily the result of a
significant increase in GIIs new sales and renewals
between fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004, partially offset by three
customers disconnecting certain of their services early in
fiscal 2004 and one of GIIs largest customers reducing its
expenditures with the company in fiscal 2004. In particular,
approximately 79.8% of GIIs revenue increase between
fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004 was attributable to additional sales
to existing customers, although 31 new customers also
purchased services from GII during this period. GII does not
believe that pricing changes or any changes in the rates at
which customers disconnected services contributed in any
material respect to the increase in revenues.
Cost of Circuit Access and Gross Margin.
The
cost of circuit access in fiscal 2004 increased by $477,542, or
8.5%, over fiscal 2003 costs. This increase was due to an
increase in the amount of services purchased for resale to
customers. Gross margin decreased in fiscal 2004 from 35.6% to
34.6%. This decrease was caused in part by
94
negotiated price reductions associated with network cost
reduction initiatives undertaken by one of GIIs largest
customers; the gross margin for sales to that customer fell from
35.9% to 35.2% during this period.
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and
Amortization.
Operating costs increased from
$2,525,310 to $3,629,773, or 43.7%, due to GIIs long-term
strategic decision to invest in sales, operational, and
administrative infrastructure during fiscal 2004. Specifically,
of the $1,104,463 increase in operating expenses, $814,016, or
73.7%, was attributable to increased compensation of personnel.
During this period, GII made a number of investments with
respect to the hiring of additional salespeople, increased
marketing activity, the hiring of new administrative resources
(including a vice president for legal affairs), and the
expansion of the companys operational staff (including the
hiring of a vice president of operations, a network operations
manager, and a carrier relations director). Depreciation and
amortization were $58,224 for fiscal 2004, compared to $42,558
for fiscal 2003. Property and equipment are reflected at cost,
net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method, over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets ranging from three to seven years. Fixed assets
primarily consisted of items such as computers, phone systems,
and furniture and fixtures for internal use. In fiscal 2004, GII
purchased a limited amount of telecommunications equipment to
enable it to monitor portions of a customers network; this
purchase represented more than half of the increase over fiscal
2003.
Income Taxes.
GII reports its income taxes in
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement
No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
Under this
method, a deferred tax asset or liability is recognized based on
the difference between the financial statement and income tax
basis of accounting for assets and liabilities, and is then
measured using existing income tax rates. At September 30,
2003, there was no material difference between book income and
tax income. Accordingly, no deferred tax asset is reflected on
the fiscal 2003 financial statements. At September 30,
2004, differences in depreciation for book purposes versus tax
depreciation represented one component of the deferred tax
asset. The remainder of the deferred tax asset is comprised of
the tax benefit to be derived from carrying back taxable losses
to prior years. During fiscal 2004, GII incurred a taxable loss
of $389,886. Under current tax law, the tax losses must be
carried back for two years before being carried forward.
GIIs tax loss in fiscal 2004 was fully offset by taxable
income from fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003. The fiscal
2004 net operating loss gives rise to an income tax refund
receivable of $166,326 at September 30, 2004. Amended tax
returns for fiscal 2002 are being prepared to claim the refunds
from the NOL created in fiscal 2004, and are expected to be
filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006.
Summary
Quarterly Financial Data
The table below presents unaudited quarterly statement of
operations data of GII for each of the last ten quarters through
June 30, 2006. This information has been derived from
unaudited financial statements that have been prepared on the
same basis as the audited financial statements included
elsewhere in this proxy statement and, in our opinion, includes
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, that are necessary for a fair presentation of the
information.
The following table presents GIIs unaudited condensed
quarterly financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept 30,
|
|
|
Dec 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Mar 31, 2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
3,759,361
|
|
|
$
|
4,039,955
|
|
|
$
|
4,148,547
|
|
|
$
|
4,378,292
|
|
|
|
4,699,953
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
1,302,974
|
|
|
|
1,374,164
|
|
|
|
1,038,687
|
|
|
|
1,346,315
|
|
|
|
1,349,699
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(81,462
|
)
|
|
|
(131,256
|
)
|
|
|
(353,485
|
)
|
|
|
(84,189
|
)
|
|
|
4,978
|
|
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items and cumulative effect of changes on accounting
|
|
|
(37,468
|
)
|
|
|
(123,953
|
)
|
|
|
(434,962
|
)
|
|
|
(77,940
|
)
|
|
|
20,783
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(37,468
|
)
|
|
|
(123,953
|
)
|
|
|
(434,962
|
)
|
|
|
(77,940
|
)
|
|
|
20,783
|
|
Net income (loss) per share, basic
and diluted
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
(0.17
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Mar 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept 30,
|
|
|
Dec 31,
|
|
|
Mar 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
2,201,215
|
|
|
$
|
2,299,128
|
|
|
$
|
2,533,279
|
|
|
$
|
3,037,292
|
|
|
$
|
3,331,241
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
777,318
|
|
|
|
798,267
|
|
|
|
829,382
|
|
|
|
1,010,725
|
|
|
|
1,065,023
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(178,961
|
)
|
|
|
(175,219
|
)
|
|
|
(158,563
|
)
|
|
|
(197,992
|
)
|
|
|
(290,593
|
)
|
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items and cumulative effect of changes on accounting
|
|
|
(99,050
|
)
|
|
|
(97,619
|
)
|
|
|
(78,035
|
)
|
|
|
(105,550
|
)
|
|
|
(158,705
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(99,050
|
)
|
|
|
(97,619
|
)
|
|
|
(78,035
|
)
|
|
|
(105,550
|
)
|
|
|
(158,705
|
)
|
Net income (loss) per share, basic
and diluted
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.06
|
)
|
GIIs future revenues and operating results may vary
significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of
factors, many of which GII cannot control.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
GII was initially capitalized with $250,000 in cash equity from
its founding shareholders. During its earliest years, GII
borrowed funds for working capital from one of the founding
shareholders. That loan was repaid in full in 2001. GII has
operated without the need for any infusion of additional
external debt or equity capital since that time, preserving cash
and profits earned in the early years to fund the losses
planned, expected and occurring since its fiscal year ending
September 30, 2004 as part of an effort to expand sales and
operational support capabilities. GII has never had any debt
arrangements with a financial institution or other external
lender, and relies on customer prepayments and on vendor and
supplier trade credit for cash flow to fund operations. As of
June 30, 2006, GII had cash and equivalents of $1,004,207.
GII anticipates it will continue to be able to manage its
working capital needs and long term supply commitments through
internally generated cash flow.
As a virtual network operator, GII typically has very low levels
of capital expenditures, especially when compared to
infrastructure owning traditional telecommunications
competitors. GIIs capital expenditures are predominantly
related to the maintenance of computer facilities, office
fixtures and furnishings. GII does not have any off balance
sheet financing.
These factors resulted in GII generating $374,502 of net cash
flow for the nine months ended June 30, 2006 and ($423,715)
for the nine months ended June 30, 2005.
Management monitors cash flow and liquidity requirements. Based
on GIIs cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2006
and its managements analysis of its anticipated working
capital requirements, GII believes that it will have sufficient
liquidity to fund its business and meet its contractual
obligations over a period beyond the next 12 months.
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
GIIs contractual obligations are set forth in the
following table as of June 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital Lease Obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Lease Obligation
|
|
|
2,622,000
|
|
|
|
289,177
|
|
|
|
588,749
|
|
|
|
607,347
|
|
|
|
1,136,727
|
|
Purchase Obligations
|
|
|
13,205,907
|
|
|
|
6,462,767
|
|
|
|
5,157,290
|
|
|
|
1,585,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
15,827,907
|
|
|
$
|
6,751,944
|
|
|
$
|
5,746,039
|
|
|
$
|
2,193,197
|
|
|
$
|
1,136,727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest
Rate Sensitivity
GII has no debt and therefore has little, if any, sensitivity to
variations in interest rates.
Exchange
Rate Sensitivity
GII invoices all customers in United States dollars. As of
June 30, 2006, all but five suppliers invoiced GII in
United States dollars; these five suppliers invoice GII in
Canadian dollars. In addition, another Canadian supplier
invoices GII in United States dollars, but is entitled to adjust
its invoice based upon changes in the exchange rate against the
Canadian dollar. With respect to these suppliers, GII believes
its exposure to exchange rate sensitivity is relatively minimal
in that the aggregate amount billed by all these suppliers for
services in the month of June 2006 was approximately $19,000CDN.
97
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF ETT
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with ETTs financial statements and
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement.
Overview
ETT was founded in 1998 by a group of experienced
telecommunications industry executives seeking to capitalize on
the growing enterprise demand for single source, managed network
services. These services include Internet Protocol-, or
IP-,
connectivity, and can involve a wide range of terrestrial,
wireless or satellite technologies. ETT provides customers with
flexible design and implementation solutions for their complex
multi-location data networking requirements.
Unlike a traditional telecommunications operator, ETT does not
own a network. Instead, ETT integrates multiple networks owned
by traditional carriers into dedicated managed data networks,
while providing value-added services. As such, ETT operates as a
virtual network operator, focusing on the provision of
high-quality, secure services by partnering with suppliers for
connectivity and data transport. As a result, clients are able
to select efficient and integrated solutions on a global scale
while maintaining a single point of contact for both billing and
customer service functions.
The telecommunications industry underwent a period of expansion
following deregulation and liberalization in many countries in
the 1990s, particularly in the United Kingdom and Europe. In the
aftermath of the downturn within the sector in 2000 due to a
substantial increase in excess capacity among owners and
operators of international telephone cables, carriers have
become more local, and competition on various routes has become
intense, which has driven down the price of telecommunications
bandwidth. ETTs management has observed customers opting
for larger capacity circuits than would have occurred several
years ago, due to the extent of the price erosion. ETT believes
that this commoditization of basic telecommunication services
has led customers to seek more than plain data circuit
provisioning from their telecommunications providers.
ETTs large corporate customers generally require
additional value, rather than pure transit of data. This
additional value takes the form of sophisticated design and
implementation of high quality telecommunications services, and
the management and monitoring of the services.
Primary
Business Lines
ETT serves over 100 multinational enterprise customers in 45
countries. ETT generates the majority of its revenue from
managed and IP services, under contracts typically having terms
ranging from 12 to 36 months, and in certain cases up to
60 months.
Approximately $21.9 million, or 63%, of ETTs revenues
for the year ended December 31, 2005 were generated by
managed and IP services, which include a variety of technologies
that can operate via fixed networks, via the Internet or
Internet Protocol, or on a roaming basis.
Dedicated connectivity services, which typically involve data
and other types of transit over private circuits, comprised
approximately $12.4 million, or 36%, of ETTs revenues
for the year ended December 31, 2005. ETT has developed a
niche in providing high quality of service on these types of
circuits in uncommon or difficult to reach locations.
Approximately $0.5 million, or 1%, of ETTs revenues
for the year ended December 31, 2005 were generated by
facilities management and other services, which can involve
collocation of telecommunications equipment in ETTs
strategic interconnection locations. ETT can also provide power
supplies and security services. All of the aforementioned
services can be managed by ETTs network operations center,
or NOC.
Locations
of Offices and Sources of Revenue
ETT is headquartered in London, England. The majority of
ETTs network design, pricing and implementation services
are provided by teams in the London office. ETT provides
regional sales and technical services through
98
subsidiary offices in New York, Paris, Düsseldorf and New
Delhi. ETT monitors the network services it provides via its
multilingual NOC located in the London office.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, although
approximately 90% of ETTs revenues were earned from
services that were billed and delivered outside of the United
States, more than 50% of ETTs revenues were earned from
United States headquartered corporations. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, 67% of ETTs revenue was generated
from operations in the United Kingdom, with 18.5% from Germany,
8.6% from the United States and 5.8% from the rest of the world.
Opportunities,
Challenges, Risks and Uncertainties
Outsourcing is becoming increasingly prevalent in the IT
industry, and can be viewed as being simultaneously an
opportunity and a risk. ETTs customers are typically
multinational companies and, as such, are large enough to
benefit from the cost savings associated with outsourcing their
IT needs to a specialist third party.
Since ETT specializes in managing multiple telecommunications
infrastructures, it believes that it is in a strong position to
act as an outsourcing partner to a systems integrator or IT
outsourcer. Additionally, the vast majority of ETTs
revenue comes from direct sales, which ETT believes creates an
opportunity for it to take advantage of the outsourcing trend,
increasing its relationships with outsourcers and developing
partnerships.
In a high technology sector such as telecommunications, there is
a fast rate of technological change. As ETT does not commit
itself to the capital expenditure associated with the building
of telecommunications infrastructure, it is relatively insulated
from the risk of owned infrastructure becoming obsolete, or
being superseded by a newer technology.
Costs
and Expenses
ETTs cost of revenue consists entirely of the costs for
procurement of services associated with customer solutions. The
key terms and conditions appearing in both ETTs supplier
and customer contracts are substantially the same, with margin
applied to the suppliers costs. There are no wages or
overheads included in these costs. ETT balances the need for
vendor diversity, which is necessary for the supply of services
to multinational companies, which often have numerous global
offices in diverse locations, with the need to use a core,
consolidated base of vendors, in order to obtain bulk purchasing
discounts.
ETTs most significant operating expenses are employment
costs and the rental of its offices. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, ETTs average number of employees
was 68, with the associated employment costs comprising 63.2% of
total operating expenses. Rental and service charges associated
with its offices comprised 7.8% of total operating expenses.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
ETTs significant accounting policies are described in
Note 2 to the financial statements of ETT appearing
elsewhere in this proxy statement. ETT considers the following
accounting policies to be those that require the most
significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of its
financial statements, and believes that an understanding of
these policies are important to a proper evaluation of the
reported financial results.
Revenue
Recognition
ETTs revenue recognition policies are significant because
revenue is a key component of its results of operations. In
formulating its revenue recognition policies, ETT has taken into
account specific and detailed guidelines, including the relevant
aspects of United States GAAP and SEC accounting guidance, as
well as specific issues that impact the telecommunications
sector. However, such guidelines require the exercise of certain
judgments, estimates and assumptions.
ETT records revenue on a gross basis for the following reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
ETT is responsible for fulfillment of the services it provides,
including the acceptability of the services provided to the
customer. As such, ETT is considered the primary obligor in the
arrangement.
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
ETT has latitude to establish the exchange price with its
customers.
|
|
|
|
ETT has the ability to choose from multiple vendors when
designing a network, which gives it discretion as to which
vendor will be selected to provide the underlying services that
ETTs customers request.
|
|
|
|
ETT determines the nature, type, characteristics or
specifications of the services provided to the customer in its
network design and consultation process.
|
|
|
|
ETT assumes credit risk for the amount billed to its customers
and is responsible for collecting the sales price from a
customer but must pay the amount owed to a supplier after the
supplier performs, regardless of whether the sales price is
fully collected.
|
|
|
|
ETTs revenue is not based on the amount retained (that is,
the amount billed to the customer less the amount paid to a
supplier).
|
|
|
|
ETT does not earn a fixed amount per customer transaction.
|
ETTs primary business lines, as described above, are
derived from arrangements with multiple elements. These consist
of monthly connection and installation, equipment and usage
charges. When a sale involves multiple elements, the entire fee
from the arrangement is evaluated under EITF 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables.
The consideration is allocated to
respective elements based on their relative fair values and is
recognized when revenue recognition criteria for each element
are met. The units of accounting are based on the following
criteria: (1) the delivered items have value to the customer on
a standalone basis, (2) there is objective and reliable evidence
of the fair value of the undelivered items and (3) if the
arrangement includes a general right of return, delivery or
performance of the undelivered items is probable and
substantially in ETTs control.
|
|
|
|
|
Monthly Connection and Installation
Charges.
This revenue represents the fees charged
to the customer to activate a service, as well as the monthly
service revenue associated with the service. The monthly
connection element of this revenue is recognized ratably over
the term of the contract from the date of installation. The
installation component of revenue does not have value to the
customer on a standalone basis. ETT does not sell access
installation to a customer without also providing the monthly
connection services, and has concluded that it is not a
separate unit of accounting. The installation amount collected
is recognized evenly over the term of the contract from the date
the installation is verified by the customer. Any installation
costs are capitalized as deferred contract costs and released
over the period of the contract. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, revenue from monthly
connection and installation charges was $30.2 million,
$30.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively.
|
ETT accounts for monthly connection contracts as service
contracts as the contracts do not meet the criteria to be
classified as leases under
EITF 01-08.
ETTs customers generally do not have the ability or the
right to operate (or direct others to operate) the networks that
they have access to. Its customers do not control more than a
minor amount of the utility of the networks. Its customers also
do not have the ability or right to control physical access to
the networks and other parties take more than a minor amount of
the utility of the network during the term of the contract with
ETT. Any equipment included in the arrangement is generally sold
to the customer outright. The revenue is recognized upon
acceptance by the customer.
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment.
ETT sells telecommunications
equipment on an infrequent basis (such sales accounted for less
than 1% of total annual revenue in 2005). Revenue for equipment
is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an agreement
with the customer, the equipment is shipped, the amount due from
the customer is fixed and determinable and collectibility is
reasonably assured. ETT contracts with third party maintenance
suppliers to provide maintenance for their customers. It
recognizes such revenue on a monthly basis over the life of the
contract. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and
2003, equipment revenue was $0.2 million, $0.3 million
and $0.3 million, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Usage.
Usage fees are recognized as the usage
occurs. Unbilled revenue at the end of a period is accrued. For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, revenue
from usage-based services was $4.4 million,
$4.3 million and $3.6 million, respectively.
|
100
Supply
Agreements
ETTs accounting policies with regard to supply agreements
have a significant effect on ETTs costs of revenue, which
in turn is a key component of its results of operations. In the
ordinary course of business, ETT enters into contracts with
suppliers to provide telecommunication services, typically for a
period between 12 and 36 months. These supplier contracts
are entered into when ETT has entered into sales contracts with
customers. The key terms and conditions of the supplier and
customer contracts are substantially the same. As of
December 31, 2005 and 2004, ETT had commitments of
$17.1 million and $27.2 million, respectively, in
respect of supplier agreements. ETT had in excess of these
values as contractual commitments from its customers during the
corresponding periods.
Costs relating to supply contracts are recognized ratably over
the term of the contract. Installation costs that are directly
attributable to a managed service contract are capitalized as
deferred contract costs and expensed over the term of the
contract from the date the installation is verified by the
customer.
There are no material exposures with regard to the specific
terms and conditions of supplier agreements. The prices in the
agreements are fixed for the duration of the agreements. The
settlement terms of the supplier agreements are not materially
different to the settlement terms required from the
corresponding customer agreements. In the event of a customer
cancelling its agreement, the terms of the customers
contract allows for full recovery of 100% of any residual
amounts due from that customer. Accordingly, this reduces the
exposure of commitments to supply agreements of specific
customer contracts.
ETTs supply contracts do not have any market related net
settlement provisions. The contracts do not involve financial or
derivative instruments. The supply contracts are for the
purchase of telecommunications capacity, which is resold by ETT
in its normal course of business, over a reasonable period of
time. As such, ETT considers its supply contracts to be normal
purchases.
Valuation
Allowances
ETTs assessment of the collectibility of accounts
receivable balances is critical in assessing the levels of
allowance for doubtful accounts it should carry. In formulating
its accounting policies with respect to allowances for doubtful
accounts ETT has taken into account relevant accounting
guidance. However, such guidelines require the exercise of
certain judgments, estimates and assumptions. Accounts
receivable balances are stated at amounts due from the customer
net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Specific reserves are
established on a
case-by-case
basis by management. ETT writes-off accounts receivable when
they become uncollectible. Credit losses have historically been
within managements expectations. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, credit losses were 0.2% of turnover.
Deferred
Taxes
ETT accounts for deferred taxes under the liability method.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary
differences that will result in taxable amounts in future years.
Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary
differences and tax operating losses and tax credit
carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income
in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is
expected to be realized or settled. A valuation allowance is
provided to offset the net deferred tax assets if, based upon
the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. ETT has
concluded that a full valuation allowance against its deferred
tax assets is appropriate.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
ETT reviews long-lived assets to be
held-and-used
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be
recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its
estimated future undiscounted cash flows the asset is considered
to be impaired. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by
which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of
the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of
the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
101
Results
of Operations
Six
Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
Overview.
Revenues decreased by 9.6% for the
six months ended June 30, 2006, compared to the comparable
period in 2005. ETT made a net profit of $535 for the six
months ended June 30, 2006, compared to a net profit of
$83,239 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This
decrease in net profit was predominantly due to a reduction in
revenues of 9.6% which resulted in a $75,397 reduction in gross
profit, accompanied by an increased net interest charge of
$19,787 partially offset by a $12,480 decrease in operating
expenses.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, 67% of ETTs
revenues were derived from customers in the United Kingdom. As a
consequence, a material percentage of ETTs revenues are
billed in British pounds sterling. During the six months ended
June 30, 2006, the average exchange rate for one
U.S. dollar expressed in British pounds sterling was .56,
whereas the equivalent average exchange rate for the six months
ended June 30, 2005 was .53. This currency conversion
difference had a negative effect on displayed financial
performance of the business.
The following table sets forth certain items from ETTs
statements of operations for the six months ended June 30,
2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ USD
|
|
|
Change from
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
2005 to 2006
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
16,437,846
|
|
|
$
|
18,184,841
|
|
|
($
|
1,746,995
|
)
|
|
|
(9.6
|
%)
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
11,430,590
|
|
|
|
13,102,188
|
|
|
|
(1,671,598
|
)
|
|
|
(12.8
|
)
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,007,256
|
|
|
|
5,082,653
|
|
|
|
(75,397
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
2,505,337
|
|
|
|
2,718,825
|
|
|
|
(213,488
|
)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,521,135
|
|
|
|
2,320,127
|
|
|
|
201,008
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
5,026,472
|
|
|
|
5,038,952
|
|
|
|
(12,480
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Operating profit
(loss)
|
|
|
(19,216
|
)
|
|
|
43,701
|
|
|
|
(62,917
|
)
|
|
|
(144.0
|
)
|
Other income
(expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
69,244
|
|
|
|
102,139
|
|
|
|
(32,895
|
)
|
|
|
(32.2
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(49,493
|
)
|
|
|
(62,601
|
)
|
|
|
13,108
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
19,751
|
|
|
|
39,538
|
|
|
|
(19,787
|
)
|
|
|
(50.0
|
)
|
Profit (loss) before income
taxes
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
83,239
|
|
|
|
(82,704
|
)
|
|
|
(99.4
|
)
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
83,239
|
|
|
|
(82,704
|
)
|
|
|
(99.4
|
)
|
Revenues.
For the six months ended
June 30, 2006, revenues decreased by 9.6%, from
$18.2 million to $16.4 million, compared to the same
period in the preceding year. Approximately 47.1% of the
decrease in revenues was attributable to the change in the
applicable exchange rates between the two periods as described
above. The remaining 52.9% of the decrease was primarily the
result of a lack of new orders in 2005, which affected the six
month period ended June 30, 2006, combined with a higher
than anticipated level of customer cancellations. During 2005,
ETT won $7.1 million of new orders. A large managed
services contract, with an annual value of $1.9 million,
came to the end of its term in the fourth quarter of 2005,
following similar cancellations from the same client in the
third quarter of 2005. The total value of the terminations from
this client between July 1, 2005 and June 30, 2006 was
$5.3 million. The cancellations were the result of a major
multinational corporation restructuring its business. These
terminations had a negative effect on revenues during the six
months ended June 30, 2006.
For the six month period ended June 30, 2006, ETT won
$11.6 million of new orders, on an annualized basis.
Cancellations amounted to $8.4 million, resulting in a net
increase of $3.2 million of new orders for the six month
period ended June 30, 2006. The conversion of these orders
into revenue will occur in a later period, as there is a time
lag, which is typically three months, that occurs while services
are installed. Once these new services are installed and become
live, then additional revenue will be earned.
102
The decline in revenue that occurred reflects the impact of
specific services that terminated towards the end of 2005. Going
forward, a lower level of cancellations is anticipated. ETT
expects that this trend, combined with increased new orders,
will lead to increasing monthly revenues over time.
Cost of Revenue.
Cost of revenue decreased by
12.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to
the comparable period in 2005. A significant element of this was
attributable to the lower revenues in the six month period ended
June 30, 2006. ETT also incurred lower costs for those
vendors who billed ETT in United States dollars. The gross
margin percentage increased from 28.0% to 30.5%. Together with
the fall in revenues and the exchange rate impact, the gross
margin improvement was also attributable to economies of scale
and a proportionately greater use of ETTs core preferred
suppliers. In particular, the overall gross margin percentage
improved by 3.6% on renewals that occurred in the six months
ended June 30, 2006.
Selling Expenses.
Selling expenses decreased
by 7.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to
the comparable period in 2005. This was primarily due to a
reduction in headcount of approximately 4% between the periods.
General and Administrative.
General and
administrative expenses increased by 8.7% during the six months
ended June 30, 2006 compared to the comparable period in
2005. Charges of approximately $93,000 were incurred in relation
to the current proposed acquisition of ETT. This included the
appointment of an interim chief operating officer to manage the
day-to-day
company operations while senior management focused on the
acquisition. In addition, legal fees of approximately $40,000
were incurred during the six months ended June 30, 2006.
Net Profit or Loss.
As discussed above, ETT
incurred a net profit of $535 for the six months ended
June 30, 2006, compared to a profit of $83,239 in the
comparable period for 2005. The cumulative effect of the factors
discussed above resulted in the majority of the decrease.
Years
Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
Overview.
2005 saw a 1.0% decrease in revenues
as compared to 2004. Gross profit improved from
$9.3 million in 2004 to $10.2 million in 2005. Selling
and general and administrative expenses increased by
$0.6 million between 2004 and 2005. ETT finished 2005 with
a loss of approximately $0.2 million, as compared to a loss
of $0.5 million for 2004.
During 2005, ETTs board made the strategic decision to
seek a purchaser for the company. As a result of this sale
process, ETTs management was distracted from core growth
activities. The effects of this sale process included a
headcount freeze, an increase in staff attrition (where vacant
positions were not filled) and a focus on minimizing losses and
preserving cash rather than growing the business. At the end of
2005, ETTs focus returned to growth.
103
The following table sets forth certain items from ETTs
statements of operations for the years ended December 31,
2005 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from
|
|
|
|
$USD
|
|
|
2004 to 2005
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
34,711,639
|
|
|
$
|
35,075,501
|
|
|
$
|
(363,862
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
%)
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
24,506,895
|
|
|
|
25,754,951
|
|
|
|
(1,248,056
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
10,204,744
|
|
|
|
9,320,550
|
|
|
|
884,194
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
5,150,563
|
|
|
|
5,070,455
|
|
|
|
80,108
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,288,986
|
|
|
|
4,810,101
|
|
|
|
478,885
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
10,439,549
|
|
|
|
9,880,556
|
|
|
|
558,993
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(234,805
|
)
|
|
|
(560,006
|
)
|
|
|
325,201
|
|
|
|
58.1
|
|
Other income (expenses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
181,938
|
|
|
|
117,955
|
|
|
|
63,983
|
|
|
|
54.2
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(178,133
|
)
|
|
|
(48,147
|
)
|
|
|
(129,986
|
)
|
|
|
(270.0
|
)
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
3,805
|
|
|
|
69,808
|
|
|
|
(66,003
|
)
|
|
|
(94.6
|
)
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
259,198
|
|
|
|
52.9
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
259,198
|
|
|
|
52.9
|
|
Revenues.
In the first half of 2005,
ETTs board decided to pursue a merger opportunity which
diverted management and board attention from the growth of the
business for most of 2005. During this period, ETTs board
and management focused on the merger opportunity. This resulted
in a lack of net new orders in 2005. During the year ETT won
$16.0 million of new orders. However, it also lost
$16.0 million of business. This resulted in no net new
orders, resulting in the 1.0% decrease in revenues.
Cost of Revenue.
The decrease in cost of
revenues in 2005 compared to 2004 was partially related to the
decrease in revenues of 1.0%. In addition, the gross margin
percentage improved from 26.6% in 2004 to 29.4% in 2005. Part of
this margin improvement was the result of economies of scale
associated with higher levels of spending as compared with
previous years vendor spending. In addition, in June 2005
services being provided to one client in the aggregate annual
amount of $2.5 million were renewed for an additional 12 month
term. At the time of the renewal, ETT was able to negotiate
significantly reduced pricing from the underlying suppliers,
resulting in a substantially improved gross margin associated
with these services beginning in June 2005.
Selling Expenses.
Selling expenses in 2005
grew by 1.6% as compared with 2004, principally as a result of
the recruitment of three new senior sales staff in the second
half of 2005.
General and Administrative.
For the year ended
December 31, 2005, average headcount for operations and
administrative staff was 56, compared to 53 for 2004, an
increase of $0.4 million, or 5.7%. Costs of newly recruited
staff were higher than those who left the company, as the
company sought to recruit more senior staff to accommodate the
growth and increasing complexity of the business. Recruitment
costs in 2005 were 29.6% higher than in 2004 as a consequence of
the above and the relatively high levels of staff attrition.
Recruitment costs increased by $44,000. Temporary staff costs
also increased by $26,000.
Income Taxes.
ETT paid no corporate tax in
2005 or 2004.
Net profit or loss.
ETTs net loss
decreased by $259,198, or 52.9%, from $490,198 in 2004 to
$231,000 in 2005 for the reasons discussed above.
Years
Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003
Overview.
2004 saw a 33.2% increase in
revenues as compared to 2003. Gross profit improved from
$6.9 million to $9.3 million. Selling expenses
decreased by $0.3 million while general and administrative
expenses
104
increased by $0.4 million between 2003 and 2004. The net
loss in 2004 was $0.5 million, as compared to a loss of
$2.9 million in 2003.
Growth in revenues and the reduction in the net loss was due to
ETTs focus on sales and marketing activities. In addition,
the telecommunications sector and ETTs multinational
corporation customer base recovered after the slowdown of the
dot.com sector.
During the year ended December 31, 2004, the average
exchange rate for one U.S. dollar expressed in British
pounds sterling was .55, whereas the equivalent average exchange
rate for the year ended December 31, 2003 was .61.
Accordingly, this currency conversion difference had a positive
effect on the financial performance of the business.
The following table sets forth certain items from ETTs
statements of operations for the years ended December 31,
2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from
|
|
|
|
$USD
|
|
|
2003 to 2004
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
35,075,501
|
|
|
$
|
26,328,311
|
|
|
$
|
8,747,190
|
|
|
|
33.2
|
%
|
Cost of Revenue
|
|
|
25,754,951
|
|
|
|
19,426,059
|
|
|
|
6,328,892
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
9,320,550
|
|
|
|
6,902,252
|
|
|
|
2,418,298
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
5,070,455
|
|
|
|
5,391,898
|
|
|
|
(321,443
|
)
|
|
|
(6.0
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,810,101
|
|
|
|
4,385,115
|
|
|
|
424,986
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
9,880,556
|
|
|
|
9,777,013
|
|
|
|
103,543
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(560,006
|
)
|
|
|
(2,874,761
|
)
|
|
|
2,314,755
|
|
|
|
80.5
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
117,955
|
|
|
|
70,879
|
|
|
|
47,076
|
|
|
|
66.4
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(48,147
|
)
|
|
|
(54,481
|
)
|
|
|
6,334
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
69,808
|
|
|
|
16,398
|
|
|
|
53,410
|
|
|
|
325.7
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
|
|
2,368,165
|
|
|
|
82.9
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
|
|
2,368,165
|
|
|
|
82.9
|
|
Revenue.
The revenue growth of 33.2% from 2003
to 2004 was primarily attributable to strong growth in net new
orders in the preceding year. In October 2003, a large managed
service contract valued at $12.2 million together with
associated products was implemented, which led to a full year
revenue contribution in 2004.
Cost of Revenue.
Cost of revenue grew by 32.6%
from 2003 to 2004. The growth broadly matched the percentage
revenue growth, but some savings were made as a result of the
larger size of the business, resulting in greater bargaining
power with vendors.
Selling Expenses.
Selling expenses decreased,
as the focus was shifted from sales to implementation of the
services. The average sales headcount decreased from 13 to 10
between 2003 and 2004, which resulted in an overall decrease in
selling expenses of 6.0%.
General and Administrative Expenses.
Between
the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the exchange
rate between U.S. dollars and British pounds sterling
exchange rate changed by approximately 10%. As ETTs costs
are predominantly in British pounds, this impacted general and
administrative expenses, causing the increase of 9.7% between
years. In 2003 the company incurred $0.3 million in
employment related costs following reductions in headcount. No
such costs were incurred in 2004, although $0.3 million was
incurred in respect of fees relating to the potential
acquisition of the company.
Income Taxes.
ETT paid no corporate tax in
2004 or 2003.
105
Net profit or loss.
ETTs net loss
decreased by $2.4 million, or 82.9%, from $2.9 million
in 2003 to $490,918 in 2004. This was primarily due to the large
expansion of gross profit relative to the small increase in
total operating expenses.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
ETT has since inception often operated within tight working
capital constraints. ETT has maintained a working capital
advantage, which means it can operate on an ongoing basis
with negative working capital. ETTs customers are
primarily large, multinational companies and, as a result, ETT
seldom experiences issues with the reliability or timing of
customer receipts. However, vendors payment terms vary and
are tightly managed to maximize working capital. As of
June 30, 2006, ETTs cash and bank balance was
$2.3 million, and its current liabilities were
$13.9 million. ETT anticipates that it will continue to be
able to manage its working capital needs and longer term
commitments through internally generated cash flow.
In assessing ETTs liquidity, the level of accounts
receivable relative to revenue compared to the level of accounts
payable relative to cost of revenue is an important metric. The
difference between these two proportions indicates that ETT
makes use of a working capital advantage, where it structures
its collections and payments in such as way that on average it
collects accounts receivable in a shorter time span than it
takes to pay accounts payable. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, ETTs average receivable days were
50 versus payable days of 82.
ETTs management anticipates improved working capital going
forward, but does not anticipate any major changes to these
working capital trends. It is anticipated that ETT will continue
to be able to operate within its existing cash constraints for
the foreseeable future.
ETT has received approximately $20.1 million in equity
funding since inception from various funds managed by four
venture capital companies, alongside contributions from its
directors, employees and private investors. In 1999, ETT
received approximately $1.6 million, with
$11.0 million of funding in 2000, $7.5 million in 2002
and $30,000 in 2003. This funding was utilized for sales and
marketing activities, building operations centers in five
countries and on the required IT and back office systems
necessary to support a rapidly growing business.
ETT has two term loans totalling approximately
$1.9 million, of which approximately $0.8 million has
been repaid and approximately $1.1 million remained
outstanding as of June 30, 2006. It also has a working
capital facility of approximately $0.5 million, which is
not used in
day-to-day
operations. The company also has a finance lease facility of
approximately $600,000, which is used to fund capital costs
related to its managed service contracts. The two term loans
referred to above were drawn down in January and December 2004,
respectively, leading to net cash proceeds from long term
obligations in 2004 of $1.8 million. Principal payments on
the first of the two loans (valued at $0.5 million)
commenced in 2004 and have continued thru 2005 and 2006.
Principal payments on the second of the two loans commenced in
June 2005 and have continued during 2006. The increases in
principal payments on long term obligations of 132.7% in 2004
and 60.7% in 2005 were as a result of the finance lease
repayments referred to above being supplemented by the
repayments on these two term loans.
ETT does not anticipate any significant changes in the mix of
equity and debt in its capital structure. ETT may finance
certain elements of its future operations with similar types of
loans as described above.
As a virtual network operator, ETT typically has very low levels
of capital expenditures, especially when compared to
infrastructure owning traditional telecommunications
competitors. As a proportion of revenue, ETTs capital
expenditures have been below 2% of revenue over the years 2003
to 2005. ETT does not anticipate any material increases in
capital expenditures and does not currently have any plans or
proposed projects which would require any additional significant
capital expenditures. ETTs capital expenditures are
predominantly related to the maintenance of computer facilities,
office fixtures and furnishings. There are no known timing
elements where ETTs capital expenditure would be
materially significant or differ from other periods. Capital
expenditures were relatively high, at $0.4 million, in 2003
due to the fitting and furnishing of ETTs new
headquarters. Correspondingly, capital expenditures were
comparatively low, at $0.1 million, in 2004, as much of the
2003 expenditure was sufficient to equip ETT with satisfactory
facilities for a further year. ETTs capital expenditures
of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005
represents 0.8% of revenue, and can be considered to be a fairly
typical proportion for ETTs future capital expenditure.
106
The general trend in ETTs cash provided by operating
activities over the period 2003 to 2005 has been positive. Net
cash provided by (used in) operating activities moved into
surplus from 2003 into 2004 with net cash provided by operating
activities in 2004 of $1.2 million. In the period to
December 31, 2005, ETTs cash provided by operating
activities was still positive, and stood at $0.2 million.
This change represents an 80.4% decrease from the 2004 figure. A
large proportion of this decrease in operating cash flow can be
attributed to adverse movements in operating assets and
liabilities, in particular, changes in accounts payable,
deferred revenue and accrued expenses and other current
liabilities. Depreciation has been relatively stable over the
years 2004 to 2005. It decreased by 9.8%, as a result of
decreases in the value of ETTs property and equipment.
Between the years 2003 and 2004, depreciation increased by 8.5%,
again as a result of the higher value of ETTs property and
equipment.
ETT does not anticipate extreme adverse movements in operating
assets and liabilities in the future, and anticipates that
future profitability will be beneficial to operating cash flow.
ETT does not anticipate that it will need extra equity funding
in order to maintain its current operations. Any short term
working capital needs can be provided for in the interim by the
existing arrangements referred to above.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
ETT does not have any off balance sheet financing and there have
been no material trends in ETTs capital resources.
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
ETTs contractual obligations are set forth in the
following table as of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations as of
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Less Than 1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
More Than 5 Years
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt Obligations
|
|
$
|
1,290,593
|
|
|
$
|
774,356
|
|
|
$
|
516,237
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Interest Payable on Long-Term Debt
Obligations
|
|
|
214,104
|
|
|
|
121,829
|
|
|
|
92,275
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations
|
|
|
107,680
|
|
|
|
107,680
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Operating Lease Obligations
|
|
|
3,103,594
|
|
|
|
702,052
|
|
|
|
1,155,970
|
|
|
|
741,187
|
|
|
|
504,385
|
|
Purchase Obligations
|
|
|
17,124,035
|
|
|
|
12,546,154
|
|
|
|
4,577,791
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
21,840,006
|
|
|
$
|
14,252,071
|
|
|
$
|
6,342,273
|
|
|
$
|
741,277
|
|
|
$
|
504,385
|
|
As at December 31, 2005, ETT had total contractual
obligations of $21.8 million. Of these obligations,
$17.1 million, or 78.4%, are supplier agreements associated
with the telecommunications capacity that ETT has contracted to
purchase from its vendors. ETTs contracts are such that
the terms and conditions in the vendor and client customer
contracts are substantially the same in terms of duration. The
back-to-back
nature of ETTs contracts means that the largest component
of ETTs contractual obligations is mirrored by ETTs
clients obligations to purchase the services associated
with those obligations.
Operating leases amount to $3.1 million, or 14.2% of total
contractual obligations. They consist of building and car
leases, with the element leased for over five years being the
rental of ETTs London headquarters, which is contracted
until 2012. The London headquarters has total obligations of
$2.2 million, or 10.0% of total contractual obligations,
which are payable evenly over the duration of the lease.
Long term debt obligations and the associated interest payable
consist of the two term loans discussed in the liquidity and
capital resources section above. The interest obligation has
been computed by applying the interest rate that applied as of
December 31, 2005, which was 7% in the case of both loans, and
assuming the term loans will be repaid in accordance with the
repayment terms set forth in the respective loan agreements.
Capital lease obligations consist of the finance leases
discussed in the liquidity and capital resources section above.
107
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest
Rate Sensitivity
Interest due on ETTs loans and lease agreements is based
on the applicable lenders base rates and cost of funds.
Interest earned on ETTs bank facilities is linked to the
Bank of Englands base interest rate. ETT believes that its
results of operation are not materially affected by changes in
interest rates. Interest income and interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2005 were broadly equivalent and
therefore ETT had no net interest payments or receipts for the
period.
Exchange
Rate Sensitivity
Although ETT operates in several territories, the majority of
its revenues are denominated in British pounds sterling, United
States dollars or Euros. It is ETTs general policy to pay
its underlying suppliers in the same currency that it will
receive customer revenue. Additionally, overhead expenditures
associated with ETTs foreign offices will appreciate or
depreciate with any foreign exchange movements.
108
INFORMATION
ABOUT MERCATOR
General
We were incorporated in Delaware on January 3, 2005, as a
blank check company formed to effect a merger, capital stock
exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business
combination with an operating business, with our initial focus
on the communications industry.
A registration statement for our initial public offering was
declared effective on April 11, 2005. On April 11,
2006, we sold 575,000 Series A Units and 5,290,000
Series B Units at a price of $10.50 and $10.10 per
unit, respectively, inclusive of an exercised option by the
underwriters to purchase an additional 75,000 Series A
units and 690,000 Series B units. Upon the closing of the
public offering, we sold and issued an option, for $100, to the
underwriters representative to purchase up to a total of
25,000 Series A units at a per-unit offering price of
$17.325
and/or
a
total of 230,000 Series B units at a per-unit offering
price of $16.665. Each Series A unit consists of two shares
of common stock, five Class W warrants and five
Class Z warrants. Each Series B unit consists of two
shares of Class B common stock, one Class W warrant
and one Class Z warrant. Each Class W and Class Z
warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common
stock at a price of $5.00 per share. We received net
proceeds of approximately $55 million from our initial
public offering.
Effecting
a Business Combination
Search
for a target business
Subject to the limitations that a target business has a fair
market value of at least 80% of our net assets at the time of
the acquisition, as described below in more detail, we have
virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting
prospective acquisition candidates.
Fair
Market Value of Target Business
The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair
market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time
of such acquisition, which fair market value of GII and ETT has
been determined by our board of directors. The fairness of the
proposed transaction to our stockholders has been determined by
our board of directors based upon standards generally accepted
by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales,
earnings and cash flow, and book value.
Opportunity
for Class B stockholder approval of business
combination
We will proceed with the GII and ETT acquisition only if a
majority of shares of our Class B common stock, present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, are
voted in favor of the Acquisition. We will proceed with the
Acquisition only if a majority of our Class B common stock
cast at a meeting to approve the Acquisition is voted in favor
of the Acquisition and stockholders representing less than 20%
of the Class B common stock outstanding exercise their
conversion rights.
Conversion
rights
Each holder of shares of our Class B common stock sold in
our initial public offering, or the Class B Shares, has the
right to have such holders Class B Shares converted
to cash if the stockholder votes against the acquisition of GII
and ETT and the Acquisition is approved and completed. The
holders of our common stock will not be entitled to seek
conversion of their shares. Such conversion right shall be
subject to the requisite approval and completion of the
Acquisition. The actual per-share conversion price will be equal
to the amount in the trust fund, inclusive of any interest
(calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of
the proposed Acquisition), divided by the total number of
Class B Shares. Taking into any account interest earned on
the trust fund, the per-share conversion price would be
approximately $5.32 per share as of September 1, 2006.
An eligible stockholder may request conversion at any time after
the mailing to our Class B stockholders of this proxy
statement and prior to the vote taken with respect to the
Acquisition at the special meeting, but the request will not be
granted unless the stockholder votes against the Acquisition and
the Acquisition is approved and completed. Any request for
109
conversion, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the
date of the meeting. It is anticipated that the funds to be
distributed to Class B stockholders entitled to convert
their Class B shares and who elect conversion will be
distributed promptly after completion of the Acquisition. Any
Class B Stockholder who converts his or her stock into his
or her share of the trust fund will still have the right to
continue to hold the Class W warrant and Class Z
warrant he or she received as part of the Series B units.
We will not complete the Acquisition if Class B
stockholders owning 20% or more of the Class B Shares
outstanding, both vote against the Acquisition and exercise
their conversion rights. In addition, if holders of
approximately 9% or more of our outstanding shares of
Class B common stock, or approximately 952,000 or more
shares, exercise their conversion rights, we will have
insufficient funds to pay the cash purchase price for the
Acquisition. In that event, we would be unable to consummate the
acquisition unless we are able to borrow funds or raise
additional capital to finance the shortfall. We are currently in
discussions with potential lenders regarding a potential debt
financing for that purpose. However, we cannot assure you that
we will be able to complete such a financing on satisfactory
terms, or at all. We would have no ability to extend our
deadline of October 15, 2006 to consummate a business
combination in order to obtain additional financing.
Accordingly, if additional financing is required to complete the
Acquisition and we are unable to obtain it by that date, we
would not be able to consummate the Acquisition. If we enter
into a definitive agreement to obtain financing after the date
of this proxy statement but prior to the special meeting, we
will file a current report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, describing the
material terms of the financing.
Liquidation
if no business combination
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides
for liquidation of our trust fund if we do not consummate a
business combination within 12 months from the date of the
consummation of our initial public offering, or 18 months
from the consummation of the initial public offering if certain
extension criteria have been satisfied. Those dates are
April 15, 2006 and October 15, 2006, respectively. We
signed letters of intent with GII and ETT prior to
April 15, 2006. As a result, we satisfied the extension
criteria and now have until October 15, 2006 to complete
the Acquisition.
If we do not complete the Acquisition by October 15, 2006,
we would distribute to all of our Class B stockholders, in
proportion to their respective ownership of shares of
Class B common stock, an aggregate sum equal to the amount
in the trust account, including any interest, subject to
potential claims by creditors. Our stockholders who obtained
their shares prior to our initial public offering have waived
their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with
respect to shares of common stock owned by them immediately
prior to the offering. We will not have any proceeds for
distribution to our common stockholders because all available
funds will be required for the payment of creditors. There will
be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our
outstanding warrants.
We anticipate that, if we are unable to complete the
Acquisition, the following would occur:
|
|
|
|
|
our board of directors would convene and adopt a specific plan
of dissolution and liquidation, which it would then vote to
recommend to our stockholders; at such time it would also cause
to be prepared a preliminary proxy statement setting out such
plan of dissolution and liquidation as well as the boards
recommendation of such plan;
|
|
|
|
we would promptly file our preliminary proxy statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission;
|
|
|
|
if the Securities and Exchange Commission does not review the
preliminary proxy statement then, ten days following the filing
of such preliminary proxy statement, we would mail the
definitive proxy statement to our stockholders, and ten to
20 days following the mailing of the definitive proxy
statement, we would convene a meeting of our stockholders, at
which holders of shares of all of our voting stock then
outstanding would be entitled to vote on our plan of dissolution
and liquidation; and
|
|
|
|
if the Securities and Exchange Commission does review the
preliminary proxy statement, we currently estimate that we would
receive their comments 30 days after the filing of such
proxy statement. We would then mail the definitive proxy
statement to our stockholders following the conclusion of the
comment and review process (the length of which we cannot
predict with any certainty, and which may be substantial) and
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
we would convene a meeting of our stockholders at which holders
of shares of all of our voting stock then outstanding would be
entitled to vote on our plan of dissolution and liquidation.
|
We expect that all costs associated with the implementation and
completion of our plan of dissolution and liquidation will be
funded by any remaining net assets not held in the trust
account, although we cannot assure you that there will be
sufficient funds for that purpose. If those funds are
insufficient, we anticipate that our management will advance us
the funds necessary to complete such dissolution and liquidation
(currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $50,000)
and not seek reimbursement of those funds.
If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the initial
public offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust
account, the liquidation price per share of Class B common
stock as of September 1, 2006 would be approximately $5.32,
or $0.27 more than $5.05 (50% of the offering price of
$10.10 per Series B Unit in the initial public
offering, each of which Units contained two Class B
shares). The proceeds deposited in the trust account could,
however, become subject to the claims of our creditors and there
is no assurance that the actual per-share liquidation price will
not be less than $5.32, due to those claims. If we liquidate
prior to the consummation of a business combination, Rhodric
Hackman, Lior Samuelson and David Ballarini, our President,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
respectively, will be personally liable to pay debts and
obligations to vendors and other entities that are owed money by
us for services rendered or products sold to us to the extent
such creditors bring claims that would otherwise require payment
from moneys in the trust account. Each of these officers is
severally, and not jointly, liable for such obligations. There
is no assurance, however, that they would be able to satisfy
those obligations. If any of those officers were to assert that
he is unable to satisfy those obligations, we would not be
obligated to bring a claim against that officer. The decision
whether to bring such a claim would be made by our board of
directors (of which Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and
Ballarini currently constitute three of the four members),
unless stockholders of Mercator were to bring a stockholder
derivative suit on behalf of us to attempt to collect from the
applicable officer. However, because we generally had the
vendors and service providers that we engaged and owe money to,
and the prospective target businesses we had negotiated with,
agree not to seek any recourse against trust fund assets and to
limit their claims for payment to the amounts available to pay
creditors exclusive of trust fund assets, we believe the
likelihood of Mr. Hackman, Mr. Samuelson and
Mr. Ballarini having to pay any such debts and obligations
is relatively low. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the
distribution from the trust fund per share of Class B
common stock, if we liquidate, will not be less than $5.32, due
to claims of creditors.
Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an
involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us that is not
dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be
subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our
bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties
with priority over the claims of our stockholders. Also, in any
such case, any distributions received by stockholders in our
dissolution might be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor
and/or bankruptcy laws as either a preferential
transfer or a fraudulent conveyance. As a
result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts
received by our stockholders in our dissolution. Furthermore,
because we intend to distribute the proceeds held in the trust
account to our Class B stockholders as soon as possible
after our dissolution, this may be viewed or interpreted as
giving preference to our Class B stockholders over any
potential creditors with respect to access to or distributions
from our assets. In addition, our board of directors may be
viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our
creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby
exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages,
by paying Class B stockholders from the trust account prior
to addressing the claims of creditors and/or complying with
certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law with
respect to our dissolution and liquidation. We cannot assure you
that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.
To the extent any bankruptcy or other claims deplete the trust
account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our
Class B stockholders at least $5.32 per share.
Under Sections 280 through 282 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, stockholders may be held liable for claims by
third parties against a corporation to the extent of
distributions received by them in a dissolution. Since we do not
envision any distribution to holders of common stock, the
potential liability would only apply to the holders of
Class B common stock. Pursuant to Section 280, if the
corporation complies with certain procedures intended to ensure
that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it,
including a
60-day
notice period
111
during which any third-party claims can be brought against the
corporation, a
90-day
period during which the corporation may reject any claims
brought, and an additional
150-day
waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to
stockholders, any liability of a stockholder with respect to a
liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such
stockholders pro rata share of the claim or the amount
distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the
stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the
dissolution. Although we plan to promptly seek stockholder
approval to liquidate the trust account to our public
stockholders as part of a plan of dissolution and liquidation,
we would seek to conclude this process as soon as possible and
as a result do not intend to comply with those procedures.
Because we will not be complying with the foregoing provisions,
Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
requires us to adopt a plan that will provide for our payment,
based on facts known to us at such time, of (i) all
existing claims, (ii) all pending claims and (iii) all
claims that may be potentially brought against us within the
subsequent ten years. Accordingly, we would be required to
provide for any creditors known to us at that time or those that
we believe could be potentially brought against us within the
subsequent ten years prior to distributing the funds held in the
trust to Class B stockholders. However, because we are a
blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our
operations have been limited to searching for prospective target
businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be
from our vendors and service providers to whom we owe money and
potential target businesses, from whom we have generally
received agreements waiving any right, title, interest or claim
of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust
account. As a result, the claims that could be made against us
should be limited and we believe that the likelihood that any
claim would result in any liability extending to the trust is
relatively low. Nevertheless, such agreements may or may not be
enforceable. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess
all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such,
our Class B stockholders could potentially be liable for
any claims to the extent of distributions received by them in a
dissolution (but no more) and any liability of our Class B
stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of
such dissolution. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third
parties will not seek to recover from our Class B
stockholders amounts owed to them by us.
Strategy
Following Completion of the Acquisition
If the Acquisition is successfully completed, we intend to
attempt to rapidly grow the combined business, both organically
and through acquisitions of complementary businesses. Our goal
is to increase revenues by $100 million or more in each of
2007 and 2008 through acquisitions. We anticipate that we would
finance any acquisitions by means of cash we may receive upon
exercise of our outstanding Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants, through the issuance of shares of our
common stock or other securities, through debt or equity
financings, or a combination of these. We cannot assure you that
we will be able to raise additional capital on terms
satisfactory to us, or at all, in an amount sufficient to
implement our acquisition strategy.
Facilities
We maintain our executive offices at One Fountain Square, 11911
Freedom Drive, Suite 590, Reston, Virginia 20190. The cost
for this space is included in the $7,500 per-month fee Mercator
Capital L.L.C. charges us for general and administrative
services pursuant to a letter agreement between us and Mercator
Capital L.L.C. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar
services in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, that
the fee charged by Mercator Capital L.L.C. is at least as
favorable as it could have obtained from an unaffiliated person.
We consider our current office space adequate for our current
operations. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, we do not
intend to make use of these facilities, and expect to operate
from GIIs and ETTs current facilities.
Employees
We currently have four executive officers, all of whom are also
members of our board of directors. These individuals are not
obligated to contribute any specific number of hours to our
matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem
necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in
any time period will vary based on the availability of suitable
target businesses to investigate, although we expect each of
them to devote an average of approximately ten hours per week to
our business. We do not intend to have any full time employees
prior to the consummation of the Acquisition.
112
Periodic
Reporting and Audited Financial Statements
We have registered our securities under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and have reporting obligations,
including the requirement to file annual and quarterly reports
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In
accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual
reports will contain financial statements audited and reported
on by our independent registered public accounting firm. We have
filed a
form 10-K,
as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission covering
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.
113
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF
MERCATOR
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our
Financial Statements and related Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this proxy statement.
General
We were formed on January 3, 2005 to serve as a vehicle to
effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or
other similar business combination with a then-unidentified
operating business. On April 15, 2005, we completed our
initial public offering of 575,000 Series A Units and
5,290,000 Series B Units, including 75,000 Series A
Units and 690,000 Series B Units issued upon exercise of
the underwriters over-allotment option. Each Series A
Unit consists of two shares of common stock, $.0001 par
value per share, five Class W warrants, each to purchase
one share of common stock, and five Class Z warrants, each
to purchase one share of common stock. Each Series B Unit
consists of two shares of Class B common stock,
$.0001 par value per share, one Class W warrant and
one Class Z warrant. Each Class W warrant and
Class Z warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share
of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per share. Our net
proceeds from the initial public offering, including the
exercise of the over allotment option, totaled $55,050,876 which
was net of $4,415,624 in underwriting and other expenses. Of
this amount, $53,429,000 was placed in a trust account and the
remaining proceeds are available to be used to provide for
business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective
acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.
We have restated our financial statements for the period from
inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005
and for the interim period ended March 31, 2006 to reflect
additional gains and losses related to the classification of and
accounting for: (1) the warrants to purchase common stock
associated with the Series A and Series B units sold
in our initial public offering and (2) the option to
purchase Series A units
and/or
Series B units issued to the underwriters in connection
with our initial public offering. We had previously classified
the value of these securities as equity. After further review,
we have determined that these instruments should be classified
as derivative liabilities and therefore, the fair value of each
instrument must be recorded as a derivative liability on our
balance sheet. Changes in the fair values of these instruments
will result in adjustments to the amount of the recorded
derivative liabilities and the corresponding gain or loss will
be recorded in our statement of operations. At the date of the
conversion of each respective instrument or portion thereof (or
exercise of the options or warrants or portion thereof, as the
case may be), the corresponding derivative liability will be
reclassified as equity.
The accompanying financial statements for the period from
inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005
have been restated to effect the changes described above. See
Note 2 to our audited Financial Statements for an
explanation of these restatements. Except as otherwise clearly
stated, all financial information contained in this proxy
statement gives effect to the restatements.
Recent
Events
On May 23, 2006, we entered into the stock purchase
agreement with GII and its three shareholders to acquire all of
the outstanding shares of common stock of GII. The agreement
with GII specifies that the total purchase price for the shares
will be cash of $14.0 million, $4.0 million in
6% subordinated promissory notes issued by Mercator due on
December 29, 2008, 1,300,000 shares of common stock
and 1,450,000 of each of Class W Warrants and Class Z
Warrants. Of these warrants, 966,666 warrants of each class will
be escrowed subject to release upon certain conditions.
Additionally, on May 24, 2006, we reached agreement with
ETT for ETT to recommend to its shareholders to sell all of
their outstanding ETT shares to Mercator for a total purchase
price of $37.0 million.
Results
of Operations
Three
months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2006 of
$4,602,244 consisted of interest income on the trust fund
investment of $641,086, interest on cash and cash equivalents of
$10,264 and gains on derivative liabilities of $4,241,050,
offset by professional fees of $23,382 and other operating
expenses of $80,774, consisting
114
of $22,500 for a monthly administrative services agreement with
an affiliate, $27,500 for officer liability insurance, $13,137
for Delaware franchise tax and $17,637 for other expenses, and
$186,000 for income taxes.
Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2005 of
$367,705 consisted of interest income on the trust fund
investment of $306,995, interest on cash and cash equivalents of
$8,277 and gains on derivative liabilities of $229,200, offset
by professional fees $28,500 and other operating expenses of
$81,267, consisting of $22,500 for a monthly administrative
services agreement, $22,917 for officer liability insurance,
$15,693 for Delaware franchise taxes and $20,157 for other
expenses, and $67,000 for income taxes.
Six
months ended June 30, 2006 and the period from
January 3, 2005 (inception) to June 30,
2005
Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2006 of
$1,097,710 consisted of interest income on the trust fund
investment of $1,216,161, interest on cash and cash equivalents
of $23,374 and gains on derivate liabilities of $558,850, offset
by professional fees of $264,307 and other operating expenses of
$157,368, consisting of $45,000 for a monthly administrative
services agreement with an affiliate, $55,000 for officer
liability insurance, $32,025 for Delaware franchise tax and
$25,343 for other expenses, and $279,000 for income taxes.
Net income for the period from January 3, 2005 (inception)
to June 30, 2005 of $358,040 consisted of interest income
on the trust fund investment of $306,995, interest on cash
and cash equivalents of $8,581 and gains on derivative
liabilities of $229,200, offset by professional fees of $38,000
and other operating expenses of $81,736, consisting of $22,500
for a monthly administrative services agreement, for, $22,917
for officer liability insurance, $15,693 for Delaware franchise
tax and $20,626 for other expenses, and $67,000 for income taxes.
Derivatives
In accordance with accounting principles, we account for our
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants issued in our
initial public offering and the option issued to the
underwriters in our initial public offering, or the UPO, as
derivative liabilities. Accordingly, changes in the fair values
of such instruments give rise to gains and losses on our
statement of operations and impact the value of the derivative
liability presented on our balance sheet. Such gains and losses
are non-operating and do not have an impact on our cash flows
from operations.
Fair values for traded warrants are based on quoted market
prices. The Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants sold
in the initial public offering are publicly traded and
consequently the fair values of these warrants are based on the
market price of the applicable class of warrant at each period
end. To the extent that the market prices of our warrants and
units increase or decrease, our derivative liabilities will also
increase or decrease with a corresponding impact on our
statement of operations.
Where market prices are not readily available, fair values are
determined using market based pricing models incorporating
readily observable market data and requiring judgment and
estimates. The pricing model we use for determining fair value
of the UPO at the end of each period is the Black Scholes
option-pricing model. Valuations derived from this model are
subject to ongoing internal and external verification and
review. The model uses market-sourced inputs such as interest
rates, market prices and volatilities. Selection of these inputs
involves managements judgment. We use a risk-free interest
rate, which is the rate on U.S. Treasury instruments, for a
security with a maturity that approximates the estimated
remaining contractual life of the derivative. We use volatility
rates based upon a sample of comparable special purpose
acquisition corporations. If and when we consummate a business
combination, the volatility rates will then be based on
comparable companies to the acquired companies. The volatility
factor used in Black Scholes model has a significant effect on
the resulting valuation of the derivative liabilities on our
balance sheet and gain (loss) on our statement of operations.
The volatility for the calculation of the UPO was 46.63% as of
June 30, 2006. This volatility rate will continue to change
in the future. We use the closing market price of the
Companys Series A units and Series B units at
the end of a period in the Black Scholes model for the valuation
of the UPO. The Companys Series A unit and
Series B unit prices will also change in the future. To the
extent that the Companys Series A and Series B
unit prices increase or decrease, our UPO derivative liability
will also increase or decrease, absent any change in volatility
rates and risk-free interest rates and will result in an effect
on our balance sheet and gain (loss) on our statement of
operations.
115
Summary
Quarterly Financial Data
The table below presents unaudited quarterly statement of
operations data for each of the last five quarters from our
inception (January 3, 2005) through March 31,
2006. This information has been derived from unaudited financial
statements that have been prepared on the same basis as the
audited financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy
statement and, in our opinion, includes all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are
necessary for a fair presentation of the information.
The following table presents our unaudited condensed quarterly
financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From Inception
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005) to
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Mar 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept 30,
|
|
|
Dec 31,
|
|
|
Mar 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items and cumulative effect on changes on accounting
|
|
|
(9,665
|
)
|
|
|
367,705
|
|
|
|
590,104
|
|
|
|
1,601,125
|
|
|
|
(3,504,534
|
)
|
|
|
4,602,244
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(9,665
|
)
|
|
|
367,705
|
|
|
|
590,104
|
|
|
|
1,601,125
|
|
|
|
(3,504,534
|
)
|
|
|
4,602,244
|
|
Net income (loss) per share, basic
and diluted
|
|
$
|
(96.65
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
Our future revenues and operating results may vary significantly
from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of
which we cannot control.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We consummated our initial public offering on April 15,
2005. Gross proceeds from our initial public offering, including
the full exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option, were $59,466,500. After deducting offering expenses of
$4,415,624, including $517,100 representing the
underwriters non-accountable expense allowance of 1% of
the gross proceeds, and underwriting discounts of $3,567,990,
net proceeds were $55,050,876. Of this amount, $53,429,000 was
placed in a trust account and the remaining proceeds are
available to be used to provide for business, legal and
accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and
continuing general and administrative expenses. We will use all
or substantially all of the net proceeds of the initial public
offering to complete the Acquisition. Any remaining proceeds
held in the trust fund as well as any other net proceeds not
expended will be used to finance the operations of GII and ETT
following the Acquisition, or to pay any costs related to the
Acquisition which we do not have sufficient funds outside of the
trust account to pay. We may need to raise additional funds
following the Acquisition in order to meet the expenditures
required for operating our business purpose.
Over the
18-month
period subsequent to the consummation of our initial public
offering, we had anticipated that we would use the approximately
$1.6 million in proceeds not held in trust as follows:
approximately $250,000 of expenses for legal, accounting and
other expenses related to the due diligence investigations, and
structuring and negotiating of a business combination, $250,000
of costs and expenses for due diligence of prospective target
businesses, $135,000 for the administrative fee payable to
Mercator Capital L.L.C. ($7,500 per month for
18 months), $50,000 of expenses in legal and accounting
fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations and $962,410 for
general working capital to be used for miscellaneous expenses
and reserves, including approximately $60,000 for director and
officer liability insurance premiums.
As of September 1, 2006, we had approximately $770,000 in
cash and cash equivalents remaining outside of the trust
account. As of September 1, 2006, we had approximately
$575,000 in outstanding liabilities that are payable from this
amount, including approximately $405,000 in legal fees, $90,000
in accounting fees, $25,000 in due diligence-related expenses,
$25,000 in professional fees for which we are required to
reimburse GII and $7,500 payable to Mercator Capital L.L.C.
Excluding fees in the total amount of $1,080,000 that would
become payable to our and GIIs financial advisors upon the
consummation of the Acquisition, we estimate that we will incur
additional costs of approximately $510,000 in connection with
the Acquisition, regardless of whether or not the Acquisition is
successfully completed. This amount includes an additional
$100,000 in legal fees, $90,000 in
116
accounting fees, $155,000 in fees associated with printing and
mailing this proxy statement, $50,000 in costs associated with
soliciting proxies, $35,000 in travel expenses, $20,000 in
professional fees for which we are required to reimburse GII and
$7,500 for the administrative fees payable to Mercator Capital
L.L.C. Accordingly, we do not believe that we have sufficient
available cash resources outside of the trust fund to operate
until the Acquisition is consummated, without accruing for
certain professional expenses, such as legal and accounting
costs. To date, we have not taken any steps to attempt to reach
agreement with any of our service providers to defer their fees.
To the extent that these costs exceed amounts available outside
the trust fund, we may use trust assets to fund the excess costs
of the Acquisition if the Acquisition is completed and the trust
fund assets are released to us. If the Acquisition is not
approved by our Class B stockholders by October 15,
2006 and we are required to liquidate, we may not have
sufficient funds available outside of the trust fund to satisfy
all of our obligations. If those funds are insufficient, we
anticipate that our management will advance us the funds
necessary to complete such dissolution and liquidation
(currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $50,000)
and not seek reimbursement of those funds. In addition, if we
become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding it is possible that a
bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by
our stockholders in our dissolution. Please see
Information About Mercator Liquidation if no
business combination for more information.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
As of June 30, 2006, we did not have any off-balance sheet
arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of
Regulation S-K
issued under the Securities Act of 1933.
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Our contractual obligations are set forth in the following table
as of June 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Administrative services
agreement(1)
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
We are obligated, having commenced April 15, 2005, to pay
to Mercator Capital LLC, an affiliate of certain stockholders,
directors and officers, a monthly fee of $7,500 for office,
secretarial and administrative services.
|
If we do not complete a business combination by October 15,
2006, we will distribute to all of our Class B
stockholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests
in the Class B common stock, an aggregate sum equal to the
amount in our trust account, inclusive of any interest, subject
to potential claims by creditors, and all then outstanding
Class B common stock will be automatically cancelled. There
will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to
our common stock or our Class W and Class Z warrants.
However, any remaining net assets following the distribution of
the trust account will be available for our use to pay any
creditors and to effect our dissolution and liquidation. The
distribution per Class B share, taking into account
interest earned on the trust fund, is approximately
$5.32 per share based on the value in the trust account as
of September 1, 2006.
Upon the completion of the Acquisition, we will be obligated to
pay HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC, our financial advisor, a fee in
the amount of $500,000.
In the proposed acquisition of GII, the consideration payable to
the GII shareholders consists of $14.0 million of cash,
$4.0 million in subordinated promissory notes,
1.3 million shares of our common stock, 1,450,000 of our
Class W Warrants and 1,450,000 of our Class Z
Warrants. 966,666 of the Class W Warrants and 966,666 of
the Class Z Warrants will be placed in escrow at the
closing. The escrowed warrants will be released from escrow to
the former GII shareholders when a majority of the 10,640,000 of
our Class W Warrants or of the 10,640,000 of our
Class Z Warrants that were issued and outstanding as of
May 23, 2006, the date of the GII stock purchase agreement,
have been exercised, redeemed or otherwise converted into cash
or equity securities, or earlier in the event that either D.
Michael Keenan or Todd J. Vecchio, GIIs executive
officers, is dismissed from employment by Mercator other than
for cause, as defined in the employment agreements
they will enter into with us in connection with the Acquisition,
or if there is a merger, asset sale or similar transaction that
results in a change of control of Mercator. The value of the
warrants placed in escrow will be included in the purchase price
of GII upon resolution of the
117
contingency, if ever. The estimated aggregate value of the
966,666 Class W Warrants and 966,666 Class Z Warrants
to be placed in escrow is $934,573, based upon the average
closing prices of Mercators Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants of approximately $0.47 and $0.49,
respectively, during the two days prior and two days subsequent
to May 23, 2006.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 4
to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this
proxy statement. We believe the following critical accounting
polices involved the most significant judgments and estimates
used in the preparation of our financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents.
We consider all
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less to be cash equivalents.
Investments.
Investments held in the
Trust Fund consist of investments acquired, which are
included in the Trust Fund, with maturities exceeding three
months but less than three years. While our intent is to hold
debt securities to maturity, consistent with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, we
classify all debt securities and all investments in equity
securities that have readily determinable fair values as
available-for-sale,
as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity
to implement our strategies.
Accounting for Derivative
Instruments.
Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 133, or SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities,
as amended, requires all derivatives to be
recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. However,
paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 provides that
contracts issued or held by a reporting entity that are both
(1) indexed to its own stock and (2) classified as
stockholders equity in its statement of financial position
are not treated as derivative instruments. Emerging Issues Task
Force 00-19, or
EITF 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed
to and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own
Stock
, provides criteria for determining whether
freestanding contracts that are settled in a companys own
stock, including common stock warrants, should be designated as
either an equity instrument, an asset or as a liability under
SFAS No. 133. Under the provisions of
EITF 00-19,
a contract designated as an asset or a liability must be carried
at fair value on a companys balance sheet, with any
changes in fair value recorded in a companys results of
operations. A contract designated as an equity instrument is
included within equity, and no fair value adjustments are
required from period to period. In accordance with
EITF 00-19,
the 8,165,000 Class W and 8,165,000 Class Z Warrants
to purchase Common Stock included in the Series A units and
Series B units sold in our initial public offering and the
UPO to purchase up to 25,000 Series A units
and/or
up to
230,000 Series B units are separately accounted for as
liabilities. The agreements related to the Class W and
Class Z Warrants and the UPO provides for us to register
and maintain the registration of the shares underlying the
securities and is silent as to the penalty to be incurred in the
absence of the Companys ability to deliver registered
shares to the holders upon exercise of the securities. Under
EITF 00-19,
registration of the common stock underlying the warrants and UPO
is not within the our control and as a result, we must assume
that it could be required to settle the securities on a net-cash
basis, thereby necessitating the treatment of the potential
settlement obligation as a liability. The fair value of these
securities are presented on our balance sheet in Derivative
liabilities and the unrealized changes in the values of
these derivatives are shown in our statement of operations as
Gain (loss) on derivative liabilities.
Fair values for traded securities and derivatives are based on
quoted market prices. Where market prices are not readily
available, fair values are determined using market based pricing
models incorporating readily observable market data and
requiring judgment and estimates. The Class W and
Class Z Warrants sold in our initial public offering are
publicly traded and consequently the fair value of these
warrants are estimated as the market price of a warrant at each
period end. To the extent that the market prices of our warrants
and units increase or decrease, our derivative liabilities will
also increase or decrease with a corresponding impact on our
statement of operations.
The UPO issued to the underwriters to purchase up to 25,000
Series A units
and/or
up to
230,000 Series B units is a derivative that which is
separately valued and accounted for on our balance sheet. While
the underlying common stock shares and warrants are indexed to
our common stock, the fact that the UPO, the shares underlying
the UPO and the shares underlying the Class W and
Class Z Warrants sold in the offering contain certain
registration
118
rights and requirements in accordance with their agreements, we
have classified these instruments as a liability in accordance
with
EITF 00-19.
These derivative liabilities have been, and will continue to be
adjusted to fair value at each period end.
The pricing model we use for determining fair value of the UPO
at the end of each period is the Black Scholes option-pricing
model. Valuations derived from this model are subject to ongoing
internal and external verification and review. The model uses
market-sourced inputs such as interest rates, market prices and
volatilities. Selection of these inputs involves
managements judgment and may impact net income(loss). We
use a risk-free interest rate, which is the rate on
U.S. Treasury instruments, for a security with a maturity
that approximates the estimated remaining contractual life of
the derivative. We use volatility rates based upon a sample of
comparable special purpose acquisition corporations. At the time
we consummate a business combination, the volatility rates will
then be based on comparable companies to the acquired companies.
The volatility factor used in Black Scholes model has a
significant effect on the resulting valuation of the derivative
liabilities on our balance sheet and this volatility-rate will
continue to change in the future. We use the closing market
price of the our Series A units and Series B units at
the end of a period in the Black-Scholes model for the valuation
of the UPO. Our Series A unit and Series B unit prices
will also change in the future. To the extent that the
Companys Series A and Series B unit prices
increase or decrease, our UPO derivative liability will also
increase or decrease, absent any change in volatility rates and
risk-free interest rates.
Income Taxes.
We follow Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
computed for differences between the financial statement and tax
bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future
taxable or deductible amounts and are based on enacted tax laws
and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are
expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are
established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets
to the amount expected to be realized.
Net Income Per Share.
Net income per share is
computed on the basis of the weighted average number of common
stock and Class B common stock outstanding for the period,
including common stock equivalents (unless anti-dilutive), which
would arise from the exercise of stock warrants.
Basic earnings (loss) per share excludes dilution and is
computed by dividing income (loss) available to common and
common, Class B stockholders by the weighted average common
shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities
or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or
converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of
common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. For
all periods presented, since the effect of the assumed exercise
of 21,280,000 of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock
and the outstanding underwriters purchase option to
purchase 25,000 Series A units and 230,000 Series B
units is anti-dilutive, as their exercise prices are greater
than the average market price of common stock during the period,
they have been excluded from the Companys computation of
fully diluted net income per share. Therefore, basic and diluted
income per share were the same for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 and for
the six months ended June 30, 2006.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions.
The
preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can,
and in many cases will, differ from those estimates.
119
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance
sheet combines the consolidated historical balance sheets of
GII, ETT and Mercator as of June 30, 2006, giving effect to
the Acquisition as if it had been consummated on June 30,
2006. The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
2005 combines the consolidated statements of operations of ETT
for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the consolidated
statement of operations of GII for the year ended
September 30, 2005 with the statement of operations of
Mercator for the period from inception (January 3,
2005) to December 31, 2005, giving effect to the
Acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of the
periods presented. The following unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended
June 30, 2006 combines the historical statements of
operations of ETT and Mercator for the six months ended
June 30, 2006 with the statement of operations of GII for
the six months ended March 31, 2006 (GIIs second
fiscal quarter), giving effect to the Acquisition as if it had
occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. The
historical financial information has been adjusted to give
effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the
Acquisition, are factually supportable and are expected to have
a continuing impact on the combined results.
We are providing the following information to aid you in your
analysis of the financial aspects of the Acquisition. We derived
the pro forma information for the year ended December 31,
2005 from the audited financial statements of GII for the year
ended September 30, 2005, the audited financial statements
of ETT for the year ended December 31, 2005 and from the
audited financial statements of Mercator for the period from its
inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005.
We derived the pro forma information for the period ended
June 30, 2006 from the unaudited financial statements of
ETT and Mercator for their respective periods ended
June 30, 2006, and the unaudited financial statements of
GII for the six months ended March 31, 2006 (GIIs
second fiscal quarter). The unaudited condensed consolidated
statement of operations of GII for the six months ended
March 31, 2006 is derived by subtracting GIIs
unaudited condensed statement of operations for the three months
ended June 30, 2006 included elsewhere in this proxy
statement from GIIs unaudited statement of operations for
the nine months ended June 30, 2006 included elsewhere in
this proxy statement. This information should be read together
with Mercators audited and unaudited financial statements
and related notes, the GII audited and unaudited financial
statements and related notes, the ETT audited and unaudited
financial statements and related notes, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations of each of GII, ETT and Mercator and other
financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated information is
for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have
been different had the companies always been combined. You
should not rely on the unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated financial information as being indicative of the
historical results that would have been achieved had the
companies always been combined or the future results that the
combined company will experience. Mercator, GII and ETT have not
had any historical relationships prior to the Acquisition.
Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate
activities among the companies.
In the proposed acquisition of GII, Mercator intends to acquire
GII by purchasing all the issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of GII from its shareholders in exchange for
consideration consisting of: (i) $14,000,000 in cash from
the trust fund established in connection with Mercators
initial public offering, (ii) $4,000,000 of subordinated
promissory notes, (iii) 1,300,000 shares of Mercator
common shares and (iv) 1,450,000 Class W Warrants of
Mercator and 1,450,000 Class Z Warrants of Mercator, of
which 966,666 Class W and 966,666 Class Z
Warrants will be placed in escrow at the closing and will be
released subject to certain conditions.
The escrowed warrants will be released from escrow to the former
GII shareholders when a majority of the 10,640,000 of
Mercators Class W Warrants or of the 10,640,000 of
Mercators Class Z Warrants that were issued and
outstanding as of May 23, 2006, the date of the GII stock
purchase agreement, have been exercised, redeemed or otherwise
converted into cash or equity securities, or earlier in the
event that either D. Michael Keenan or Todd J. Vecchio,
GIIs executive officers, is dismissed from employment by
Mercator other than for cause, as defined in the
employment agreements they will enter into with Mercator in
connection with the Acquisition, or if there is a merger, asset
sale or similar transaction that results in a change of control
of Mercator. The value of the warrants placed in escrow will be
included in the purchase price of GII when, and if the
contingency is satisfied. The
120
estimated aggregate value of the 966,666 Class W Warrants
and 966,666 Class Z Warrants to be placed in escrow is
$934,573, based upon the average closing prices of
Mercators Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants
of approximately $0.47 and $0.49, respectively, during the two
days prior and two days subsequent to May 23, 2006.
In the proposed acquisition of ETT, Mercator intends to acquire
the outstanding share interest of ETT in exchange for
$37,000,000 in cash from the trust fund. After giving effect to
the Acquisition, the existing Mercator stockholders will own
approximately 90% of the then issued and outstanding common
stock of the combined company.
Mercator, GII and ETT plan to complete the Acquisition promptly
after the special meeting, provided that:
|
|
|
|
|
holders of Mercators Class B common stock have
approved the Acquisition;
|
|
|
|
holders of less than approximately 9% of the shares of
Class B common stock issued in Mercators initial
public offering vote against the Acquisition and elect
conversion of their shares into cash; and
|
|
|
|
other conditions specified in the purchase documents have been
satisfied or waived.
|
The Acquisition will be accounted for as a business combination
with Mercator as the accounting acquirer. The determination of
Mercator as the accounting acquirer has been made based on an
evaluation of the relevant factors and circumstances of the
Acquisition, including among other factors that Mercator
stockholders will own approximately 90% of the combined company
upon consummation of the Acquisition, that certain members of
Mercators board of directors will continue to serve on the
board of directors, including as executive chairman, of the
combined company after the Acquisition and that those members of
Mercators board of directors have experience in management
and executive positions of telecommunications companies. Under
the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of
GII and ETT acquired by Mercator will be recorded as of the
acquisition date at their respective fair values, and added to
those of Mercator.
The purchase price for the respective acquisitions will be
determined based both on the cash consideration given and the
value of Mercators common stock and warrants issued in
exchange for the issued and outstanding shares of GII and ETT.
The value of the common stock will be based on the average
closing market price of Mercators Class B common
stock for a period of two days prior and two days subsequent to
the date the terms of the Acquisition were agreed to and
announced. Management used the average price per share of
Mercators Class B common stock in valuing the common
stock consideration, because it believes that the trading price
of the Class B common stock best represents the value of
the stock consideration to be given to the former GII
shareholders in the Acquisition. The values of the Class W
and Class Z Warrants will be based on the average closing
market price of Mercators Class W and Class Z
Warrants for a period of two days prior and two days subsequent
to the date the terms of the Acquisition were agreed to and
announced. The allocation of the purchase price including the
evaluation and computation of deferred taxes, if any, resulting
from the Acquisition reflected in the unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated financial statements is preliminary and
subject to change based on finalization of Mercators
valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities of GII and ETT.
The pro forma information presented, for the purchase price
allocation, is based on preliminary estimates of the fair values
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with
the Acquisition. These preliminary estimates are based on
available information and certain assumptions we consider
reasonable and may be revised as additional information becomes
available. These preliminary valuation estimates were derived by
management and are reflected in the fair values in these
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.
The final purchase price allocation for the Acquisition will be
dependent upon the finalization of asset and liability
valuations, which may depend in part on prevailing market rates
and conditions. A final determination of these fair values will
include assistance provided by an independent appraiser, which
will be completed subsequent to the consummation of the
Acquisition. These final valuations will be based on the actual
net tangible and intangible assets that existed as of the
closing date of the Acquisition. Any final adjustments may
change the allocations of purchase price, which could affect the
fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed and could result in a material change to the unaudited
pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, including
recording additional goodwill.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements have been presented assuming that none of the holders
of Mercators Class B common stock issued in its
initial public offering exercise their right to convert their
shares into cash, as discussed in Note 1 to Mercators
financial statements for the period from its inception
121
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005. Our
charter provides that holders of up to 19.99% of Mercator
Class B common stock may elect to have their shares
redeemed upon the consummation of a transaction at a redemption
value based on the amount held in our trust fund, inclusive of
interest income to date thereon, and the transaction will still
be consummated. However, with regards to the Acquisition, we
believe we will only be able to complete the Acquisition
provided that not more than approximately 9% (or approximately
952,000 shares) of the holders of Mercator Class B
common stock elect to have their shares redeemed. We have based
this determination based on the cash available in the trust fund
as of June 30, 2006, the expected cash to be earned from
interest income on the trust fund investment in US Government
Treasury securities during the period from July 1, 2006 to
October 15, 2006, the projected working capital required by
Mercator through October 15, 2006 and the expected cash
disbursements to be made at the consummation of the Acquisition.
If holders of not more than 9% of Mercator Class B common
stock elect to have their shares redeemed then our cash will be
reduced by approximately $5,100,000 with an equivalent decrease
in stockholders equity.
122
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF JUNE 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ETT
|
|
|
GII
|
|
|
Mercator
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
2,302,193
|
|
|
$
|
516,402
|
|
|
$
|
877,172
|
|
|
|
2,956,165
|
(a)
|
|
$
|
6,651,932
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
487,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
487,805
|
|
Investment held in Trust Fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,871,783
|
|
|
|
(51,000,000
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,956,165
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,915,618
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable, net
|
|
|
5,198,885
|
|
|
|
1,217,487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,416,372
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
226,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
226,525
|
|
Deferred Acquisition costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
632,520
|
|
|
|
(632,520
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
1,890,472
|
|
|
|
654,149
|
|
|
|
36,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,581,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
9,391,550
|
|
|
|
3,473,883
|
|
|
|
57,418,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,735,438
|
|
Intangible assets, subject to
amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,520,045
|
(c)
|
|
|
2,520,045
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,278,687
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(231,600
|
)(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,520,045
|
)(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,872,774
|
(d)
|
|
|
65,399,816
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
434,640
|
|
|
|
325,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
395,500
|
(b)
|
|
|
1,156,050
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
818,135
|
|
|
|
523,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203,800
|
)(b)
|
|
|
1,137,785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
10,644,325
|
|
|
$
|
4,323,343
|
|
|
$
|
57,418,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
86,949,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT)
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
|
$
|
9,671,972
|
|
|
|
959,577
|
|
|
$
|
181,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,812,657
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
920,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
920,217
|
|
Unearned and deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,858,799
|
|
|
|
1,897,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,755,897
|
|
Accrued acquisition costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468,138
|
|
|
|
(468,138
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Regulatory and sales taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
396,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
396,508
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
335,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
335,000
|
|
Derivative liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,948,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,948,850
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,479,827
|
|
|
|
1,158,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,638,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
liabilities
|
|
|
13,930,815
|
|
|
|
4,411,512
|
|
|
|
6,933,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,807,285
|
|
Long-term obligations, less current
maturities
|
|
|
208,872
|
|
|
|
75,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,000,000
|
(b)
|
|
|
4,284,015
|
|
Long-term deferred revenue
|
|
|
167,417
|
|
|
|
46,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,900
|
)(b)
|
|
|
174,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
14,307,104
|
|
|
|
4,533,238
|
|
|
|
6,933,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,265,400
|
|
Common stock, subject to possible
conversion to cash (2,114,942 shares at conversion value)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,168,769
|
|
|
|
(11,168,769
|
)(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity
(deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,597
|
)(d)
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
130
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35,170
|
)(d)
|
|
|
1,303
|
|
Common stock, Class B
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
211
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,058
|
)(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,967
|
)(d)
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
36,844,795
|
|
|
|
11,168,558
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,198,557
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,572,932
|
)(d)
|
|
|
55,211,910
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
622,000
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
(24,738,778
|
)
|
|
|
(514,456
|
)
|
|
|
2,466,771
|
|
|
|
25,253,234
|
(d)
|
|
|
2,466,771
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
2,377,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
(2,377,794
|
)(d)
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
(deficit)
|
|
|
(3,662,779
|
)
|
|
|
(209,995
|
)
|
|
|
39,316,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,683,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and
Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
$
|
10,644,325
|
|
|
$
|
4,323,243
|
|
|
$
|
57,418,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
86,949,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheet
123
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
SHEET
AS OF JUNE 30, 2006
The unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma balance sheet
combines the balance sheets of GII, ETT and Mercator as of
June 30, 2006 assuming that the Acquisition had been
completed as of June 30, 2006. The historical balance
sheets used in the preparation of the pro forma financial
statements have been derived from GIIs, ETTs and
Mercators unaudited financial statements as of
June 30, 2006.
Pro forma adjustments are necessary to record the accounting for
the Acquisition, including a preliminary allocation of purchase
price to the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities
acquired. No pro forma adjustments were required to conform
GIIs or ETTs accounting policies to Mercators
accounting policies. Descriptions of the adjustments included in
the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet are
as follows:
(a) Reflects the release of Mercators restricted cash
held in trust as a result of the Acquisition for the payment of
the purchase prices of GII and ETT, the payment of the balance
of acquisition costs not paid prior to closing and the transfer
of the remaining balance to cash and cash equivalents.
(b) Estimated total purchase price: Gives effect to
(i) the payment of $14,000,000 in cash, (ii) the
issuance of $4,000,000 in promissory notes, (iii) the
issuance of 1,300,000 shares of Mercator common stock and
(iv) 1,450,000 Class W and 1,450,000 Class Z
Warrants in exchange for 100% of the equity of GII. Of these
warrants, 966,666 of each class will be held in escrow, subject
to release upon specified conditions. The estimated total
purchase price also gives effect to the payment of $37,000,000
in cash in exchange for 100% of the equity of ETT and the
payment of $2,080,000 of estimated acquisition costs.
The total purchase price of $64,278,687 represents the sum of
(i) the $6,731,400 fair value (or approximately
$5.18 per common share based on the average closing market
price of Mercators Class B common stock for a period
of two days prior and two days subsequent to May 23, 2006,
the date of the purchase agreement with GII) of the
1,300,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value,
to be issued to the former shareholders of GII, (ii) the
$467,287 fair value (or approximately $0.47 per
Class W Warrant and approximately $0.49 per
Class Z Warrant based on the average price of each of
Mercators Class W and Class Z Warrants for a
period of two days prior and two days subsequent to May 23,
2006) of the 483,334 Class W Warrants and 483,334
Class Z Warrants to be issued to the former shareholders of
GII which will not be placed in escrow, (iii) the issuance
of a $4,000,000 subordinated promissory note to the GII
shareholders (6% interest per annum; due December 29, 2008
or earlier upon a change in control, the exercise of not less
than 50% of the issued and outstanding warrants as of the date
of the note, or the issuance by Mercator of debt or equity
securities resulting in a financing of $20,000,000 or more),
(iv) the payment of cash from the Mercator trust account of
$14,000,000 and $37,000,000 to be paid to the former
shareholders of GII and ETT, respectively and (v) estimated
acquisition costs of approximately $2,080,000 directly
attributable to the Acquisition.
The 966,666 of the Class W Warrants and 966,666 of the
Class Z Warrants to be issued to the GII shareholders and
held in escrow will be released from escrow to the GII
shareholders when a majority of the 10,640,000 of
Mercators Class W Warrants or of the 10,640,000 of
Mercators Class Z Warrants that were issued and
outstanding as of May 23, 2006, the date of the GII stock
purchase agreement, have been exercised, redeemed or otherwise
converted into cash or equity securities, or earlier in the
event that either D. Michael Keenan or Todd J. Vecchio,
GIIs executive officers, is dismissed from employment by
Mercator other than for cause, as defined in the
employment agreements they will enter into with Mercator in
connection with the Acquisition, or if there is a merger, asset
sale or similar transaction that results in a change of control
of Mercator. The value of the warrants placed in escrow will be
included in the purchase price of GII upon resolution of the
contingency, if ever. The estimated aggregate value of the
966,666 Class W Warrants and 966,666 Class Z Warrants
to be placed in escrow is $934,573, based upon the average
closing prices of Mercators Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants of approximately $0.47 and $0.49,
respectively, during the two days prior and two days subsequent
to May 23, 2006.
Management used the average price per share of Mercators
Class B common stock in valuing the common stock
consideration, because it believes that the trading price of the
Class B common stock best represents the value of the stock
consideration to be given to the former GII shareholders in the
Acquisition. In
124
reaching this conclusion, management considered (i) that
the Class B common stocks trading price is closely
correlated with Mercators most significant asset (the
approximately $55.9 million held in trust as of
June 30, 2006), (ii) that 10,580,000 shares of
Class B common stock are publicly traded, compared to only
1,150,000 shares of Mercators common stock,
(iii) that only the holders of Class B common stock
have the ability to vote and approve the Acquisition, and thus
the publicly traded value of this security is most indicative of
the Class B holders perception of the value of the
Acquisition, (iv) that upon consummation of the Acquisition
all of the Class B common stock outstanding will
automatically convert to common stock, and (v) that only
the Class B common stockholders will be entitled to the
proceeds in the trust fund in the event the Acquisition is not
completed and liquidation occurs. If we had utilized the average
closing market price of Mercators common stock for a
period of two days prior and two days subsequent to May 23,
2006, the date of the purchase agreement with GII, the value of
the 1,300,000 shares to be issued to the GII shareholders
would be $4,459,000 (or approximately $3.43 per common
share).
The components of the purchase price are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ETT
|
|
|
GII
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
37,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
14,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
51,000,000
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,000,000
|
|
|
|
4,000,000
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,731,400
|
|
|
|
6,731,400
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
467,287
|
|
|
|
467,287
|
|
Allocation of estimated
acquisitions costs
|
|
|
1,237,325
|
|
|
|
842,675
|
|
|
|
2,080,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
38,237,325
|
|
|
$
|
26,041,362
|
|
|
$
|
64,278,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards,
or SFAS, No. 141 Business Combination, under
the purchase method of accounting, the total estimated purchase
price for each GII and ETT is allocated to GIIs and
ETTs net tangible and intangible assets based on their
estimated fair values as of the date of the completion of the
purchase. The estimated purchase price included on the
accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance
sheet is based on the preliminary allocation of purchase price
to the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired,
and subject to material changes upon receipt of the final
valuation as described in the introduction to these unaudited
pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.
The preliminary estimate of the purchase price allocation,
including recognition of goodwill, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ETT
|
|
|
GII
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Current assets acquired
|
|
$
|
9,391,550
|
|
|
$
|
3,473,883
|
|
|
$
|
12,865,433
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
434,640
|
|
|
|
721,410
|
|
|
|
1,156,050
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
614,335
|
|
|
|
523,450
|
|
|
|
1,137,785
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
1,434,350
|
|
|
|
1,085,695
|
|
|
|
2,520,045
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
40,629,654
|
|
|
|
24,770,162
|
|
|
|
65,399,816
|
|
Assumed debt
|
|
|
(1,129,089
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,129,089
|
)
|
Current liabilities less current
portion of debt
|
|
|
(13,010,598
|
)
|
|
|
(4,411,512
|
)
|
|
|
(17,382,210
|
)
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
(127,517
|
)
|
|
|
(121,726
|
)
|
|
|
(289,143
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
38,237,325
|
|
|
$
|
26,041,362
|
|
|
$
|
64,278,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill is calculated as the difference between tangible and
intangible net assets(liabilities) acquired and the estimated
purchase price.
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,
goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives resulting
from business combinations completed subsequent to June 30,
2001 are not amortized but instead are tested for impairment at
least
125
annually (more frequently if certain indicators are present). In
the event that the management of Mercator determines that the
value of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives has
become impaired, Mercator will incur an accounting charge for
the amount of impairment during the fiscal quarter in which the
determination is made.
(c) Reflects adjustments to record the identifiable
intangible assets valued as part of the Acquisition at their
estimated fair values. The identifiable intangible assets and
estimated values have been based on a preliminary purchase price
allocation performed based on managements best estimate.
The purchase price allocation and identified intangible assets
may change upon our receipt of more detailed information and
finalization of the purchase price allocation for the
Acquisition, and such changes as may be significant.
These identifiable intangible assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ETT
|
|
|
GII
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Estimated Life
|
|
|
Customer contracts/relationships
|
|
$
|
1,434,350
|
|
|
$
|
1,085,695
|
|
|
$
|
2,520,045
|
|
|
|
4-7 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,434,350
|
|
|
$
|
1,085,695
|
|
|
$
|
2,520,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Reflects the elimination of each of GIIs and
ETTs historical capital stock amounts, paid-in capital,
treasury stock, accumulated deficits and other comprehensive
income and the resulting adjustment to goodwill.
(e) Reflects the elimination of deferred acquisition costs
and accrued acquisition costs of Mercator as of June 30,
2006.
(f) Reflects the reclassification of the conversion value
of the Mercator Class B common stock to Stockholders
Equity and the reclassification of Class B common stock to
common stock.
126
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ETT
|
|
|
GII
|
|
|
Mercator
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
$
|
34,711,639
|
|
|
$
|
14,167,849
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
48,879,488
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
24,506,895
|
|
|
|
9,424,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,931,859
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
|
10,170,036
|
|
|
|
5,335,053
|
|
|
|
358,892
|
|
|
|
202,500
|
(j)
|
|
|
16,066,481
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
269,513
|
|
|
|
109,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,150,146
|
(h)
|
|
|
1,528,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Loss
|
|
|
(234,805
|
)
|
|
|
(701,303
|
)
|
|
|
(358,892
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,647,646
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
3,805
|
|
|
|
32,008
|
|
|
|
1,258,203
|
|
|
|
(1,099,000
|
)(g)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,600
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240,000
|
)(k)
|
|
|
32,616
|
|
Gain on derivative liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
776,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
776,750
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income
|
|
|
3,805
|
|
|
|
51,150
|
|
|
|
2,034,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
828,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision
(benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(650,153
|
)
|
|
|
1,676,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,819,138
|
)
|
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(205,189
|
)
|
|
|
307,000
|
|
|
|
(101,811
|
)(l)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,369,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,819,138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of
shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
8,434,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,030,100
|
(m)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
8,434,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,030,100
|
(n)
|
Net (loss) income per common
share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Statement of Operations
127
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ETT
|
|
|
GII
|
|
|
Mercator
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
$
|
16,437,846
|
|
|
$
|
8,526,839
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,964,865
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
11,430,590
|
|
|
|
6,141,837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,572,427
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
4,901,875
|
|
|
|
2,742,091
|
|
|
|
421,675
|
|
|
|
101,250
|
(j)
|
|
|
8,166,891
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
124,597
|
|
|
|
80,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
357,355
|
(h)
|
|
|
562,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Loss
|
|
|
(19,216
|
)
|
|
|
(437,673
|
)
|
|
|
(421,675
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,337,169
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income
(expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net of expense
|
|
|
19,751
|
|
|
|
13,387
|
|
|
|
1,239,535
|
|
|
|
(1,137,000
|
)(g)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,048
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)(k)
|
|
|
70,721
|
|
Gain on derivative liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
558,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
558,850
|
|
Other expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
19,751
|
|
|
|
(75,228
|
)
|
|
|
1,798,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
540,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision
(benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
(512,901
|
)
|
|
|
1,376,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(796,213
|
)
|
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,000
|
|
|
|
(279,000
|
)(l)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
535
|
|
|
$
|
(512,901
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,097,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(796,213
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of
shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
11,730,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,030,100
|
(m)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
11,730,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,030,100
|
(n)
|
Net (loss) income per common
share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Statement of Operations
128
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 AND
JUNE 30, 2006
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 combines
the statements of operations of GII for the year ended
September 30, 2005, the statement of operations of ETT for
the year ended December 31, 2005 and the statement of
operations of Mercator for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005, assuming
that the Acquisition occurred at the beginning of the periods
presented. The historical statements of operations for the year
ended September 30, 2005 (GII), the year ended
December 31, 2005 (ETT) and for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 (Mercator)
have been derived from the companies audited statements of
operations for such periods.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of
operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 combines
the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations of
GII for the six months ended March 31, 2006, the unaudited
condensed consolidated statement of operations of ETT for the
six months ended June 30, 2006 and the unaudited condensed
statement of operations of Mercator for the six months ended
June 30, 2006, assuming that the Acquisition occurred at
the beginning of the periods presented. The historical
statements of operations of ETT and Mercator the six months
ended June 30, 2006 have been derived from the
companies unaudited statements of operations for such
period. The historical statements of operations of GII for the
six months ended March 31, 2006 have been derived by
subtracting the unaudited statement of operations of GII for the
three months ended June 30, 2006 from the unaudited
statement of operations of GII for the nine months ended
June 30, 2006.
Certain reclassifications have been made to conform
Mercators, GIIs and ETTs historical amounts.
The pro forma consolidated provision (benefit) for income taxes
does not reflect the amounts that would have resulted had
Mercator, GII and ETT filed consolidated income tax returns
during the periods presented.
Descriptions of the adjustments included in the unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated statements of operations are as
follows:
(g) Reflects a reduction of Mercators interest income
due to the payment of cash from the Mercator trust account to
the former shareholders of GII and ETT in connection with the
Acquisition. The estimate of reduction in interest income is
based on the combined entity having approximately $53,080,000
less in cash and cash equivalents, assuming an average rate of
return consistent with that earned by Mercator of approximately
2.74% for the period from inception (January 3,
2005) to December 31, 2005 and 4.16% for the six
months ended June 30, 2006.
(h) Reflects adjustment to depreciation and amortization
using the straight-line method resulting from estimated fair
value adjustments to software technology, property and equipment
and amortizable intangible assets as a result of the
Acquisition. Useful lives of assets have been adjusted to be
consistent between GII and ETT.
(i) Reflects additional interest income and expense, net
related to the accretion of discounts on long-term receivables
and payables from their estimated fair values at the date of
Acquisition to their face respective amounts.
(j) Reflects share-based compensation expense associated
with restricted stock grants (430,000 shares at
$5.20 per share) expected to be made to certain officers
and members of senior management in connection with employment
agreements effective as of the consummation of the Acquisition.
(k) Reflects additional interest expense related to the
subordinated promissory note issued to the former GII
shareholders described in (b).
(l) Reflects the adjustment to the provision (benefit) for
income taxes as a result of net operating losses generated for
Federal and State income tax purposes on a combined consolidated
basis. Due to the uncertainty related to the utilization of the
net operating losses to offset taxable income in future periods,
no adjustment has been made related to the recognition of
deferred tax assets.
129
(m) Reflects 11,730,100 shares of Mercator outstanding
before the Acquisition plus 1,300,000 shares issued to GII
shareholders upon consummation of the Acquisition.
(n) Reflects 11,730,100 shares of Mercator outstanding
before the Acquisition plus 1,300,000 shares issued to GII
shareholders upon consummation of the Acquisition, plus the
effect of 25,830,000 of Mercator outstanding warrants,
restricted stock and options after the Acquisition on weighted
average shares outstanding. Warrants, restricted stock and
options have no impact on diluted pro forma loss per share since
the exercise price of such securities is in excess of the
average market price of Mercator common stock during the periods
presented.
130
OUR
DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT FOLLOWING THE ACQUISITION
As of the completion of the Acquisition, GII and ETT will each
be a subsidiary of Mercator. If each of the nominees for
election to our board of directors is elected, our board of
directors, executive officers and key employees will be as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
H. Brian Thompson*
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board and
Executive Chairman
|
D. Michael Keenan*
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and
Director
|
Rhodric C. Hackman
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
David Ballarini*
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Interim Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer
|
Christopher Britton
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Europe,
Middle East
and Asia operations
|
Steven Sanderson
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Finance Director, ETT
|
John Cruickshank
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Global Sales Director, ETT
|
Todd Vecchio
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
President, GII
|
Morgan E. OBrien
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director
|
Alex Mandl
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director
|
Didier Delepine
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Howard Janzen
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Director
|
Sudhakar Shenoy
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
*Denotes an executive officer
H. Brian Thompson
has been our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer since our inception. Since January 2003,
Mr. Thompson also has been the Chairman of Comsat
International, one of the largest independent telecommunications
operators serving Latin America. Comsat, acquired from Lockheed
Martin in a transaction completed in October 2002, provides
international data and voice communications services to
commercial customers and other telecommunications carriers
through a fully integrated fiber, wireless, and satellite
network. Mr. Thompson has also been the Chief Executive
Officer of Universal Telecommunications, Inc., a private equity
investment and advisory firm, focused on consolidations and
start-up
companies in the communications industry, since he formed it in
June 1991. Since October 1998, Mr. Thompson has also served
as the Co-Chairman for the Americas of the Global Information
Infrastructure Commission, a multinational organization
comprised of international communication industry professionals,
the strategic objective of which is to chart the role of the
private sector in the developing global information and
telecommunications infrastructure. From March 1999 to September
2000, Mr. Thompson was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Global TeleSystems, Inc. (formerly Global TeleSystems Group,
Inc.), a provider of broadband, internet and voice services,
serving businesses and carriers throughout Europe. In November
2001, Global TeleSystems filed a petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in response
to an involuntary petition previously filed by certain of its
debenture holders. From June 1999 to September 2000,
Mr. Thompson served as Chairman of Golden Telecom, Inc.
(NASDAQ: GLDN), which completed its initial public offering in
September 1999 after being formed in June 1999 to be the holding
company for all of Global TeleSystems businesses in Russia
and other countries in the former Soviet Union. From 1991 to
June 1998, Mr. Thompson served as Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of LCI International, Inc., which became a
leading telecommunications provider during his tenure. In June
1998, LCI merged with Qwest Communications International Inc.
and until December 1998, Mr. Thompson served as Vice
Chairman of the board of Qwest. From 1981 to 1990,
Mr. Thompson served as Executive Vice President of MCI
Communications Corporation, with responsibility for eight
operating divisions, including MCI International.
Mr. Thompson was previously a management consultant
specializing in telecommunications and technology enterprises
with McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm.
Mr. Thompson currently serves as a member of the board of
directors of the following public companies: Sonus Networks,
Inc. (NASDAQ: SONS), United Auto Group Inc. (NYSE: UAG), Axcelis
Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACLS), and Bell Canada
International, Inc. (NEX: BI.H). Mr. Thompson serves as a
member of
131
the Irish Prime Ministers
Ireland-America
Economic Advisory Board. From January 1999 to March 1999,
Mr. Thompson was the non-executive Chairman of Telecom
Eireann, Irelands incumbent telephone company.
Mr. Thompson received a B.S. from the University of
Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
D. Michael Keenan
co-founded GII and has been its Chief
Executive Officer since its inception. From 1996 to 1998,
Mr. Keenan actively managed a portfolio of commercial and
residential real estate assets as well as investments in various
early-stage technology companies. From 1980 to 1995,
Mr. Keenan founded and served as chairman and chief
executive officer of a multi-state mechanical contracting
service business and a residential HVAC service company, both of
which were ultimately sold in an industry roll-up.
Mr. Keenan holds a B.S.B.A. in Finance from the University
of Colorado.
Rhodric C. Hackman
has been our President, Secretary and
a Director since our inception. In October 1999,
Mr. Hackman co-founded Mercator Capital L.L.C., a merchant
and investment bank focused on communications, media and
technology. Mr. Hackman has been a partner of Mercator
Capital and its affiliates since formation. In January 1991,
Mr. Hackman co-founded Hackman, Baring & Co.
Incorporated, a boutique investment bank specializing in the
communications industry. Mr. Hackman served as a principal
of Hackman, Baring & Co. until it was sold to
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities in September 1997. From the
date of the sale until September 1999, Mr. Hackman served
as Co-Head of Communications & Media in the investment
banking group at PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities. From June
1993 to March 1995, Mr. Hackman was President and a member
of the board of directors of HB Communications Acquisition
Corp., a blank check company with an objective to acquire an
operating business in the communications industry. From 1981 to
1990, Mr. Hackman served as Co-Head of Communications in
the investment banking group at Kidder, Peabody & Co.,
an investment banking firm. Mr. Hackman received a B.S.
from the United States Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from Cornell
University.
David Ballarini
has been our Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and a Director since our inception. In October 1999,
Mr. Ballarini co-founded Mercator Capital L.L.C. and has
been a partner of it and its affiliates since formation. From
1997 to 1999, Mr. Ballarini served as Director of Strategy
and Corporate Development at PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities.
From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Ballarini served as an engagement
manager of McKinsey & Company, a management consulting
firm, where he specialized in advising companies across various
industries on growth strategy development, including executing
strategic acquisitions and divestitures as well as leading
post-merger integration activities. From 1991 to 1993,
Mr. Ballarini attended business school. From 1985 until
1991, Mr. Ballarini was involved in several key defense
technology programs including aircraft and aerospace system
development initiatives as a senior project manager at Atlantic
Research Corporation and the United States Naval Air Development
Center. Mr. Ballarini received a B.S.E. from Princeton
University, an M.S.A.E. from Georgia Tech as well as an
M.B
.
A. from The Wharton School.
Christopher Britton
founded ETT and has been its Chief
Executive Officer and a member of its board of directors since
1998. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Britton served as Sales and
Marketing Director for TMI, the international arm of Telecom
Italia. Prior to that, he served as Head of Sales Operations for
Energis from 1994 to 1996.
Steven Sanderson
has been ETTs Finance Director and
a member of its board of directors since 2000. From 1992 to
2000, Mr. Sanderson served as Finance Director and Company
Secretary of the VEGA Group PLC. From 1989 to 1992,
Mr. Sanderson was a Financial Controller at SEMA Group PLC.
From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Sanderson was a Finance Manager at
Dixons Group PLC. Mr. Sanderson qualified as a Chartered
Accountant in 1985 while working for Price Waterhouse (London).
John Cruickshank
has been ETTs Global Sales
Director since May 2005 and is responsible for the ETT sales
teams in France, Germany, India, the United Kingdom and the
United States. Prior to joining ETT, Mr. Cruickshank worked
at Equant, where he was Sales Director for the Financial and
Services sectors from 2004 to 2005. In 2003,
Mr. Cruickshank was Head of Equants UK Enterprise
Sales. In 2002, Mr. Cruickshank was Equants Head of
Sales for Western Europe and its Country Manager for Iberia.
From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Cruickshank was Equants UK Sales
Manager responsible for new business.
Todd Vecchio
co-founded
GII and has served as its President since 2005. From the
founding of the company in 1998 until his promotion to
President, Mr. Vecchio served as Executive Vice President
of Sales. From 1997 to 1998,
132
Mr. Vecchio was Vice President of Sales for Atlantic Media,
Inc., a competitive local exchange carrier that was subsequently
acquired by Looking Glass Networks. From 1992 to 1997,
Mr. Vecchio was a Senior Account Manager with Bell
Atlantic (later Verizon), where he was responsible for sales to
enterprise business accounts. Mr. Vecchio holds a B.S. in
Business Administration from Mary Washington College.
Morgan OBrien
has served as a Special Advisor to us
since January 2005. Mr. OBrien is a co-founder and
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cyren Call
Communications, a new venture seeking to create a nationwide,
seamless, ultra-broadband network for public safety
communications. Mr. OBrien was the co-founder of
Nextel Communications, Inc. in 1987 and served as its Chairman
from 1987 to 1995, and then as Vice-Chairman until its merger
with Sprint Communications in 2005. Mr. OBrien began
his career as a lawyer with the Mobile Services Division of the
FCC in 1970 where he assisted in establishing the rules and
procedures for all land mobile services. Later,
Mr. OBrien practiced communications law and from 1986
to 1990 was the partner-in-charge of the telecommunications
practice at Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue. Recently he was
inducted into the Washington Business Hall of Fame. He currently
serves as a chairman of the board of trustees of The Field
School in Washington, D.C. and as a member of the Law Board of
Northwestern University School of Law. Mr. OBrien
received an A.B. in Classical Studies from Georgetown University
and a law degree from Northwestern University.
Alex J. Mandl
has served as a Special Advisor to us since
January 2005. Mr. Mandl has served as Executive Chairman of
the Board of Gemalto N.V., a newly formed digital security
provider resulting from the merger of Gemplus International S.A.
and Axalto Holding, N.V., since June 2006. From September 2002
to June 2006, Mr. Mandl served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Gemplus International S.A., a smart card
technologies and secure platforms provider. From April 2001 to
August 2002, Mr. Mandl was a principal in ASM Investments,
an investment company focused on early stage funding for
technology companies. Mr. Mandl founded Teligent, Inc., a
provider of local and long distance telephony and high-speed
data and dedicated internet access in August 1996 and served as
its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until March 2001.
Mr. Mandl currently serves on the boards of directors of
Gemalto, Dell Computer Corporation and Willamette University.
Mr. Mandl has previously served on the boards of directors
of AT&T, Sea-Land Services, Warner Lambert, Pfizer,
In-Q-Tel, the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy
Research and the Council on Competitiveness. Mr. Mandl
holds an M.B.A degree from the University of California at
Berkeley and a B.A. degree in economics from Willamette
University in Salem, Oregon.
Didier Delepine
served as president and Chief Executive
Officer of Equant N.V., a global networking and managed
communications solution provider from 1998 to 2003.
Mr. Delepine is a member of the board of directors of
Viatel Ltd. and is a member of the board of advisors of Ciena
Corporation. Mr. Delepine has previously served on the
boards of directors of Intelsat and Eircom Group plc and on the
board of advisors of Adventis Communications Engineering S.A.
Howard E. Janzen
served as President of Sprints
Business Solutions Group, a division of Sprint Corporation
serving business customers, from January 2004 to September 2005.
From May 2003 to January 2004, Mr. Janzen served as
President of Sprints Global Markets Group, a division of
Sprint serving both consumer and business customers. From
October 2002 to May 2003, Mr. Janzen served as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Janzen Ventures, Inc., a private
equity firm. From 1994 to October 2002, Mr. Janzen served
as President and Chief Executive Officer, and from 2001 to
October 2002 as Chairman, of Williams Communications Group,
Inc., a technology company, which emerged from bankruptcy in
October 2002 as WilTel Communications Group, Inc. Williams
Communications Group, Inc. filed a voluntary petition for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code in April 2002. Mr. Janzen currently serves
on the board of directors of Sonus Networks, Inc.
Mr. Janzen holds B.S. and M.S degrees in Metallurgical
Engineering from the Colorado School of Mines.
Sudhakar Shenoy
has been the Founder, Chairman and CEO of
Information Management Consulting, Inc., a business solutions
and technology provider to the government, business, health and
life science sectors, since January 1981. Mr. Shenoy is a
member of the Non Resident Indian Advisory Group that advises
the Prime Minister of India on strategies for attracting foreign
direct investment. Mr. Shenoy was selected for the United
States Presidential Trade and Development Mission to India in
1995. From 2002 to June 2005 he served as the chairman of the
Northern Virginia Technology Council. Since 1998 Mr. Shenoy
has served on the board of directors of Startec Global
Communications, a telecommunication company, and since May 2005
he has served on the board of
133
directors of India Global Capitalization, Inc., a blank check
company formed the purpose of acquiring one or more businesses
with operations primarily in India. In 1970, Mr. Shenoy
received a B. Tech (Hons.) in electrical engineering from the
Indian Institute of Technology (IIT). In 1971 and 1973 he
received an M.S. in electrical engineering and an M.B.A. from
the University of Connecticut Schools of Engineering and
Business Administration, respectively.
Board of
Directors
Currently, our board of directors is divided into three classes
with only one class of directors being elected in each year and
each class serving a three-year term. Under the current board
classification, the term of office of the first class of
directors, consisting of Lior Samuelson, is to expire at the
annual meeting to be held in 2006. The term of office of the
second class of directors, consisting of David Ballarini, is to
expire at the annual meeting to be held in 2007. The term of
office of the third class of directors, consisting of Rhodric C.
Hackman and H. Brian Thompson, is to expire at the annual
meeting to be held in 2008. Upon the consummation of the
Acquisition, the provisions of our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation that provide for a classified board
will terminate. Accordingly, if the Acquisition Proposal is
approved and the Acquisition is completed, all of the members of
our board will be in a single class, and their terms will expire
at the annual meeting to be held in 2007.
In anticipation of being listed on The Nasdaq Global Market,
following the completion of the Acquisition we intend to adhere
to the rules of Nasdaq in determining whether a director is
independent. Our board of directors will consult with counsel to
ensure that the board of directors determinations are
consistent with those rules and all relevant securities laws and
regulations regarding the independence of directors. The Nasdaq
listing standards define an independent director
generally as a person, other than an officer of a company, who
does not have a relationship with the company that would
interfere with the directors exercise of independent
judgment. Consistent with these standards, the board of
directors has determined that Messrs. OBrien, Mandl,
Delepine, Janzen and Shenoy are independent.
Audit
Committee
Currently, we do not have an audit committee of our board of
directors nor do we have an audit committee financial expert,
because we do not believe the nature of our business is such
that an audit committee or audit committee financial expert
would be useful or necessary. Furthermore, our equity securities
are not listed on an exchange or automated quotation system that
requires its listed companies to appoint an audit committee.
Currently, the full board of directors carries out the functions
customarily undertaken by an audit committee. We intend to
create an audit committee following the completion of the
Acquisition.
Compensation
Committee
Upon the completion of the Acquisition, we intend to establish a
compensation committee composed entirely of independent
directors. The compensation committees purpose will be to
review and approve compensation paid to our officers and
directors and to administer the Stock Plan, if approved by our
stockholders.
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
Upon the completion of the Acquisition, we intend to establish a
nominating and corporate governance committee. The primary
purpose of the nominating and corporate governance committee
will be to identify individuals qualified to become directors,
recommend to the board of directors the candidates for election
by stockholders or appointment by the board of directors to fill
a vacancy, recommend to the board of directors the composition
and chairs of board of directors committees, develop and
recommend to the board of directors guidelines for effective
corporate governance, and lead an annual review of the
performance of the board of directors and each of its committees.
We do not have any formal process for stockholders to nominate a
director for election to our board of directors. Currently, the
entire board of directors decides on nominees, on the
recommendation of one or more members of the board of directors.
Any stockholder wishing to recommend an individual to be
considered by our board of directors as a nominee for election
as a director should send a signed letter of recommendation to
the following address: Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.,
c/o Corporate Secretary, One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom
Drive, Suite 590, Reston, Virginia 20190. Recommendation
letters must state the reasons for the recommendation and
contain the full name and address of each proposed nominee as
well as a brief biographical
134
history setting forth past and present directorships,
employments, occupations and civic activities. Any such
recommendation should be accompanied by a written statement from
the proposed nominee consenting to be named as a candidate and,
if nominated and elected, consenting to serve as a director. We
may also require a candidate to furnish additional information
regarding his or her eligibility and qualifications. The board
of directors does not intend to evaluate candidates proposed by
stockholders differently than it evaluates candidates that are
suggested by our board members, execution officers or other
sources.
Board
Meetings
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, our board
of directors held one meeting. Although we do not have any
formal policy regarding director attendance at our annual
meetings, we will attempt to schedule our annual meetings so
that all of our directors can attend. During the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2005, all of our directors attended at
least 75% of the meetings of the board of directors.
Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, requires our officers, directors and persons who
beneficially own more than ten percent of our common stock to
file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC.
These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with
copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely
upon our review of the copies of such forms received by us
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, and written
representations that no other reports were required, we believe
that each person who, at any time during such fiscal year, was a
director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 10% of our
common stock complied with all Section 16(a) filing
requirements during such fiscal year.
Code of
Ethics
We have not adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our
principal executive officer or principal financial officer, or
persons performing similar functions, primarily because we do
not and will not have any operations until such time as we enter
into a business combination. We intend to adopt a Code of Ethics
in connection with the Acquisition.
Director
Compensation
Our directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for
their service as members of the board of directors. As described
under the heading Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions, below, we pay certain fees to Mercator
Capital, L.L.C., an affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson
and Ballarini.
Upon completion of the Acquisition, the current and newly
elected non-employee directors will receive varying levels of
compensation for their services as directors based on their
eligibility to be members of our audit and compensation
committees. We anticipate determining director compensation in
accordance with industry practice and standards
Executive
Compensation
No executive officer has received any cash compensation for
services rendered. We pay Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate
of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini, a fee of
$7,500 per month for providing us with office space and
certain office and secretarial services. However, this
arrangement is solely for our benefit and is not intended to
provide any of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini
compensation in lieu of a salary. No other executive officer or
director has a relationship with or interest in Mercator Capital
L.L.C. Other than this $7,500 per month fee, no
compensation of any kind, including finders and consulting
fees, will be paid to any of our officers and directors, or any
of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to
or in connection with a business combination. However, our
officers and directors will be reimbursed for any
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf
such as identifying potential target businesses and performing
due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no
limit on the amount of these
out-of-pocket
expenses and there will be no review of the reasonableness of
the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors, which
includes persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of
competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged.
Because
135
none of our directors are deemed independent, we
will generally not have the benefit of independent directors
examining the propriety incurred on our behalf and subject to
reimbursement.
Upon the completion of the Acquisition, we expect to enter into
employment agreements with H. Brian Thompson, D. Michael Keenan
and Christopher Britton as described below under the heading
Employment Agreements.
The following table shows information regarding the compensation
earned by Mr. Britton as chief executive officer of ETT
during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and
2003 and Mr. Keenan as chief executive officer of GII
during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and
2003. In accordance with the rules of the SEC, this table does
not include various perquisites and other personal benefits
received by the executive officers that do not exceed the lesser
of $50,000 or 10% of such officers salary and bonuses
disclosed in this table. We do not anticipate that any of the
current officers of ETT or GII other than Messrs. Britton
and Keenan will be executive officers of us following the
Acquisition.
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation
|
|
Underlying
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary ($)
|
|
Bonus ($)
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Christopher Britton
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
228,407
|
|
|
|
145,655
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, ETT
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
230,929
|
|
|
|
87,973
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
206,078
|
|
|
|
130,588
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
D. Michael Keenan
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
219,279
|
|
|
|
57,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, GII
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
205,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
166,115
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes accrued but unpaid bonuses of $78,896, $14,662 and
$48,157 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2004
and 2003, respectively.
|
Employment
Agreements
H. Brian
Thompson
We expect to enter into an employment agreement with H. Brian
Thompson, to be effective upon the consummation of the
Acquisition, pursuant to which Mr. Thompson will serve as
our executive chairman, on an at-will basis.
Mr. Thompsons duties as executive chairman will
include:
|
|
|
|
|
serving as chairman of our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
overseeing our other executive and senior officers;
|
|
|
|
assisting in the development of and overseeing our strategic
plan;
|
|
|
|
coordinating and overseeing the integration of our business
units and subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
accessing industry contacts to promote our business;
|
|
|
|
overseeing our efforts in connection with potential
acquisitions; and
|
|
|
|
such other duties as our board of directors may reasonably
assign to him from time to time.
|
Pursuant to the terms of the proposed employment agreement,
Mr. Thompson will receive an initial salary of
$150,000 per year, and will also receive a grant of
50,000 shares of restricted stock, with vesting to occur in
equal installments on the first four anniversary dates of the
commencement of the employment term.
The employment agreement will provide that Mr. Thompson
will devote his best efforts and as much time as is required to
execute his responsibilities and duties under the agreement.
Mr. Thompson will be permitted to accept engagements with
other companies during the term of the employment agreement,
provided that the engagements to
136
not interfere with his responsibilities and duties under the
employment agreement. The employment agreement will also provide
that Mr. Thompson will enter into a confidentiality and
noncompetition agreement with us upon the commencement of his
employment.
D.
Michael Keenan
Pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase agreement for the
acquisition of GII, we will enter into an employment agreement
with D. Michael Keenan upon the closing of the Acquisition.
Pursuant to the terms of the proposed employment agreement,
Mr. Keenan will serve as our chief executive officer and
will receive an initial salary of $250,000 per year.
Mr. Keenan will also be eligible to earn a bonus of up to
$250,000 during his first year of employment with us, with
one-half of the bonus to be based upon an evaluation of his
performance against reasonable performance criteria set by our
board of directors and communicated to Mr. Keenan, and
one-half to be awarded in the boards sole discretion.
Mr. Keenan will also receive a grant of 150,000 shares
of restricted stock, with vesting to occur in equal installments
on the first four anniversary dates of the effective date of the
employment agreement.
The employment agreement will provide that Mr. Keenan will
not compete with us during the period of his employment and
continuing until the later of three years from the closing date
or one year following the termination of his employment with us.
In addition, he will agree not to solicit our customers,
employees or consultants during the same period. Furthermore,
Mr. Keenan will enter into an assignment of inventions and
confidentiality agreement, pursuant to which he will agree to
maintain in confidence all of our proprietary information, and
to assign to us any inventions conceived by the executive in the
course of his employment with us.
The employment agreement will remain in effect until it is
terminated under any of the following circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
upon the death of the executive;
|
|
|
|
upon the disability of the executive that prevents him from
performing his duties to us for a period of more than
180 days in the aggregate in any
12-month
period;
|
|
|
|
upon written notice from us, terminating his employment for
cause, as defined in the employment agreement;
|
|
|
|
upon notice from us, terminating his employment without
cause;
|
|
|
|
upon written notice from the executive, terminating his
employment for good reason, as defined in the
employment agreement; or
|
|
|
|
upon not less than 30 days notice from the executive,
terminating his employment other than for good
reason.
|
Mr. Keenan or his beneficiaries or estate will be entitled
to severance payments upon the termination of his employment
under some circumstances, as follows. In the event of
Mr. Keenans death, his beneficiaries or estate would
be entitled to receive an amount equal to the average of the
annual bonuses paid to Mr. Keenan on account of the last
three completed fiscal years, plus vesting of a pro rata portion
of the restricted stock granted to Mr. Keenan pursuant to
the employment agreement, calculated as if vesting was on a
monthly basis over a
48-month
period. In the event of Mr. Keenans disability, he
would be entitled to receive those same benefits, as well as
continuation of health benefits for 12 months following the
termination of his employment. In the event
Mr. Keenans employment is terminated by us without
cause, or by Mr. Keenan for good reason, he would be
entitled to receive the continuation of salary and health
benefits for 12 months following the termination of his
employment, plus an amount equal to the average of the annual
bonuses paid to Mr. Keenan on account of the last three
completed fiscal years (but in any event not less than
two-thirds of the maximum bonus payable under the employment
agreement), as well as vesting of all restricted stock granted
to Mr. Keenan pursuant to the employment agreement.
137
Christopher
Britton
We expect that ETT will enter into an employment agreement with
Christopher Britton upon the closing of the Acquisition.
Pursuant to the terms of the proposed employment agreement,
Mr. Britton will serve as Executive Vice President, Europe,
Middle East and Asia operations of ETT and will receive an
initial salary of $225,000 per year (paid in the equivalent
amount of British pounds sterling). Mr. Britton will also
be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 80% of his base
salary, with one-half of the bonus to be based upon an
evaluation of his performance against performance criteria set
by our board of directors and communicated to Mr. Britton,
and one-half to be awarded in the boards sole discretion.
The board will have the right to pay any such bonus in cash or
shares of our common stock. Mr. Britton will also receive a
grant of 135,000 shares of restricted stock of Mercator,
with vesting to occur in equal installments on the first four
anniversary dates of the effective date of the employment
agreement.
The employment agreement will provide that Mr. Britton will
not compete with ETT during the period of his employment and
continuing until one year following the termination of his
employment with us. In addition, he will agree not to solicit
our customers, senior employees or consultants during the same
period. Furthermore, Mr. Britton will be obligated to
maintain in confidence all of our proprietary information, and
to assign to us any inventions conceived by him in the course of
his employment with us.
The employment agreement will remain in effect until it is
terminated by either party, upon not less than
12 months notice to the other, after the second
anniversary of the effective date. In addition, ETT may
terminate Mr. Brittons employment upon written notice
upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the
employment agreement, such as the commission by Mr. Britton
of a criminal offence or his bankruptcy or incapacity.
In the event Mr. Brittons employment is terminated by
ETT other than as expressly permitted in the employment
agreement, Mr. Britton would be entitled to receive a
payment in an amount equal to 12 months of his base salary.
In addition, if ETT terminates Mr. Britton for any reason
other than as a result of one of the specific events specified
in the employment agreement, Mr. Britton would be entitled
to immediate vesting of the restricted stock granted to him
pursuant to the employment agreement.
Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
J.H. Cohn LLP is currently our independent registered public
accounting firm. Representatives of J.H. Cohn LLP will not be
present at the special meeting. Fees incurred by us for
professional services provided by our independent registered
public accounting firm from our inception (January 3,
2005) to December 31, 2005, in each of the following
categories are approximately as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inception
|
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005)
|
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Audit Fees
|
|
$
|
41,000
|
|
Audit-related Fees
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees for audit services include fees associated with the audit
of our financial statements and services provided by our
auditors in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or
engagements. Fees for audit-related services relate to reviews
of financial statements included in our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q.
Stockholder
Communications with the Board of Directors
Stockholders may send communications to our board of directors
by mail or courier delivery addressed as follows: Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp., c/o Corporate Secretary, One
Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 590, Reston,
Virginia 20190. In general, the Corporate Secretary will forward
all such communications to the board of directors. However, for
communications addressed to a particular member of the board of
directors, the Corporate Secretary forwards those communications
directly to the board member so addressed.
138
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
On April 11, 2005, we issued 100 shares of common
stock for $500 in cash, or a purchase price of $5.00 per
share. We also issued 2,475,000 Class W warrants and
2,475,000 Class Z warrants for $247,500 in cash, at a
purchase price of $0.05 per warrant. These securities were
issued to the individuals set forth below, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
Class W
|
|
|
Class Z
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Relationship to Us
|
|
H. Brian Thompson
|
|
|
25
|
(1)
|
|
|
618,750
|
(1)
|
|
|
618,750
|
(1)
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
Rhodric C. Hackman
|
|
|
25
|
(2)
|
|
|
495,000
|
(2)(3)
|
|
|
495,000
|
(2)(3)
|
|
President, Secretary and Director
|
Lior Samuelson
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
495,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
495,000
|
(3)
|
|
Executive Vice President and
Director
|
David Ballarini
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
495,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
495,000
|
(3)
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director
|
Mercator Capital L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371,250
|
|
|
|
371,250
|
|
|
Warrant holder
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Shares and warrants were acquired and are held by Universal
Telecommunications, Inc. Does not include 4,000 shares of
our common stock, 4,000 shares of our Class B common
stock, 12,000 Class W warrants and 12,000 Class Z
warrants which were acquired by Mr. Thompson upon his
purchase of 2,000 Series A Units and 2,000 Series B
Units.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Shares and warrants were acquired and are held by the Hackman
Family Trust.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Does not include 371,250 Class W warrants and 371,250
Class Z warrants purchased by Mercator Capital L.L.C., an
affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini.
|
Subsequent to the purchase by the individuals and entities of
the securities referenced in the above table, Mercator Capital
and Universal Telecommunications sold at fair market value, in
the aggregate, 25,000 Class W warrants and 25,000
Class Z warrants to each of Morgan OBrien and a third
party.
Each of the holders of the securities referenced in the above
table and Mr. OBrien are parties to a registration
rights agreement with us, pursuant to which they are entitled to
make up to two demands that we register these shares and
warrants. The holders of the majority of these securities can
elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after
the consummation of a business combination. In addition, these
stockholders have certain piggy-back registration
rights on registration statements filed subsequent to such date.
We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing
of any such registration statements.
Mercator Capital L.L.C. makes available to us a small amount of
office space and certain office and secretarial services, as we
may require from time to time. We pay Mercator Capital L.L.C.
$7,500 per month for these services. Messrs. Hackman,
Samuelson and Ballarini are each principals and, in the
aggregate, 95% owners of Mercator Capital L.L.C. and as a
result, will benefit from the transaction to the extent of their
interests in Mercator Capital L.L.C. However, this arrangement
is solely for our benefit and is not intended to provide
Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini compensation in
lieu of a salary. We believe, based on rents and fees for
similar services in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area,
that the fee charged by Mercator Capital L.L.C. is at least as
favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person.
However, as our directors may not be deemed
independent, we did not have the benefit of
disinterested directors approving this transaction.
We reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable
out-of-pocket
business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain
activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating
possible target businesses and business combinations, including
the GII and ETT acquisition. There is no limit on the amount of
accountable
out-of-pocket
expenses reimbursable by us, which will be reviewed only by our
board or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement
is challenged.
Other than the $7,500 per-month administrative fee payable to
Mercator Capital, L.L.C., and reimbursable
out-of-pocket
expenses payable to our officers and directors, no compensation
or fees of any kind, including finders and consulting fees, will
be paid to any of our officers or directors, or to any of their
respective affiliates for services rendered to us prior to or
with respect to the Acquisition.
There are no transactions between GII or ETT and any of their
related parties that would require disclosure pursuant to
Item 404 of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act if those companies were to be
considered a registrant.
139
All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our
officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on
terms believed by us to be no less favorable than are available
from unaffiliated third parties, and such transactions or loans,
including any forgiveness of loans, will require prior approval,
in each instance by a majority of our uninterested
independent directors or the members of our board
who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case
who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent
legal counsel.
140
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock or Class B common
stock as of September 20, 2006, and assuming that the
transactions contemplated by the Acquisition are consummated,
the beneficial ownership of our common stock after the
Acquisition by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person known by us to be or is expected to be the
beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of
common stock or Class B common stock;
|
|
|
|
each director and director-nominee; and
|
|
|
|
all officers, directors and director-nominees as a group.
|
The numbers and percentages of shares of common stock and
Class B common stock beneficially owned as of
August 1, 2006 are based on 1,150,100 shares of common
stock and 10,580,000 shares of Class B common stock
outstanding. The numbers and percentages of shares of common
stock beneficially owned after the consummation of the
Acquisition are based on the aggregate of:
(i) 1,150,100 shares of common stock outstanding on
the date hereof; (ii) 10,580,000 shares of
Class B common stock that are to be converted into
10,580,000 shares of common stock upon the consummation of
the Acquisition (assuming that no holders of Class B common
stock exercise their right to convert their shares into a
portion of the trust fund); (iii) 1,300,000 shares of
common stock to be issued to GII in connection with the
Acquisition and (iv) 455,000 shares of restricted
common stock that are to be granted to certain executives upon
the closing of the Acquisition, pursuant to employment
agreements with such executives. The table also assumes that
none of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of our
warrants are issued, other than as set forth in the footnotes to
the table with respect to specific holders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock after the
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock and Class B
|
|
|
Consummation
|
|
|
|
Common Stock as of August 1, 2006
|
|
|
of the Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Address of
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Beneficial Owner
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Pentagram Partners, L.P.(1)
|
|
|
113,800
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,800
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
630 Fifth Avenue,
20th Floor
New York, NY 10111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sapling, LLC and Fir Tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
796,400
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
796,400
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
Recovery Master Fund, L.P.(2)
35 Fifth Avenue, 31st Floor
New York, NY 10017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amaranth LLC and affiliated
persons(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
662,700
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
|
662,700
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
c/o Amaranth Advisors,
L.L.C.
One America Lane
Greenwich, CT 06831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David M. Knott and Dorset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
545,000
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
545,000
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
Management Company(4)
485 Underhill Boulevard
Suite 205
Syosset, NY 11791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Brian Thompson
|
|
|
4,025
|
(5)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
1,294,525(5
|
)
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
1950 Old Gallows Road
Vienna, VA 22182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rhodric C. Hackman(6)
|
|
|
25
|
(7)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,657,525
|
(7)
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Lior Samuelson(6)
|
|
|
25
|
(8)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,657,525
|
(8)
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
David Ballarini(6)
|
|
|
25
|
(9)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,657,525
|
(9)
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Morgan E. OBrien(6)
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
(10)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Alex Mandl(6)
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
(10)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Didier Delepine(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Howard Janzen(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sudhakar Shenoy(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock after the
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock and Class B
|
|
|
Consummation
|
|
|
|
Common Stock as of August 1, 2006
|
|
|
of the Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Address of
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Beneficial Owner
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Christopher Britton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
(11)
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
1st Floor, Morley House
26 Holborn Viaduct
London, EC1A 2AT, United Kingdom
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Michael Keenan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,040,000
|
(12)
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
8484 Westpark Drive
Suite 720
McLean, VA 22102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Todd J. Vecchio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,010,000
|
(13)
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
8484 Westpark Drive
Suite 720
McLean, VA 22102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All executive officers, directors
and director-nominees as a group (11 persons)
|
|
|
4,100
|
(13)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
7,207,100
|
(14)
|
|
|
40.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Less than 1%
|
|
(1)
|
|
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed by
Pentagram Partners, L.P. on April 15, 2005, Pentagram
Partners, L.P. has sole power to vote or to direct the vote, and
sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of, all
113,800 shares of our common stock. Pursuant to the
Schedule 13G, Richard Jacinto, II is the general
partner of Pentagram Partners, L.P., and may be deemed to have
voting and dispositive control with respect to these shares.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed by
Sapling, LLC (Sapling) and Fir Tree Recovery Master
Fund, L.P. (Fir Tree Recovery) on April 29,
2005, Sapling has shared power to vote or to direct the vote,
and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of,
496,498 of the shares of Class B common stock, and Fir Tree
Recovery has shared power to vote or to direct the vote, and
shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of, 299,902 of
the shares of Class B common stock. Fir Tree Recovery, as
the sole member of Sapling, has the right to receive dividends
from and the proceeds from the sale of the Class B common
stock. Pursuant to the Schedule 13G, Fir Tree, Inc. is the
manager of both Sapling, LLC and Fir Tree Recovery Master Fund,
L.P. Jeffrey Tannenbaum is the President of Fir Tree, Inc. and
may be deemed to have voting or dispositive control with respect
to these shares.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed by
Amaranth L.L.C., Amaranth Advisors L.L.C. and Nicholas M.
Maounis on December 23, 2005, as amended by Amendment
No. 1 to Schedule 13G filed on February 10, 2006,
Amaranth Advisors L.L.C. is the trading advisor for Amaranth LLC
and has been granted investment discretion over portfolio
investments, including the 622,700 shares of our
Class B common stock held by Amaranth LLC. Mr. Maounis
is the managing member of Amaranth Advisors L.L.C. and may be
deemed to have power to direct the vote and disposition of the
622,700 shares of our Class B common stock held by
Amaranth LLC.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed by
David M. Knott and Dorset Management Corporation on May 5,
2006, Mr. Knott and Dorset Management Corporation have sole
power to vote or to direct the vote of 409,200 of the shares of
our Class B common stock, shared power to vote or to direct
the vote of 130,700 of the shares of our Class B common
stock, sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of
436,000 of the shares of our Class B common stock, and
shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 109,000 of
the shares of our Class B common stock. Pursuant to the
Schedule 13G, Mr. Knott is the President of Dorset
Management Corporation and may be deemed to have voting and
dispositive control with respect to these shares.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Includes 25 shares of common stock owned by Universal
Telecommunications, Inc. Mr. Thompson is the Chief
Executive Officer and majority shareholder of Universal
Telecommunications, Inc. The shares of
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Telecommunications, Inc. not held by Mr. Thompson
are owned by members of his family. The pre-Acquisition
beneficial ownership information does not include
1,236,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
Class W and Class Z warrants held by Universal
Telecommunications, Inc. which are not exercisable and will not
be exercisable within the next 60 days unless the
Acquisition is consummated. The post-Acquisition beneficial
ownership information includes the 1,236,500 shares
issuable upon the exercise of the Class W and Class Z
warrants. The post-Acquisition information also includes
50,000 shares of restricted common stock that are expected
to be granted to Mr. Thompson upon the consummation of the
Acquisition pursuant to the employment agreement we expect to
enter into with Mr. Thompson.
|
|
(6)
|
|
The beneficial owners address is c/o Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp., One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom
Drive, Suite 590, Reston, Virginia 20190.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Includes 25 shares of common stock owned by the Hackman
Family Trust. Mr. Hackman and his spouse are the trustees
of the Hackman Family Trust, the beneficiaries of which are
members of the Hackman family. The pre-Acquisition beneficial
ownership information does not include 990,000 shares of
common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and
Class Z warrants held by the Hackman Family Trust or
667,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mercator Capital
L.L.C., all of which are not exercisable and will not be
exercisable within the next 60 days unless the Acquisition
is consummated. The post-Acquisition beneficial ownership
information includes all of the 1,657,500 shares issuable
upon the exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants,
including the warrants held by Mercator Capital, L.L.C., over
which the Hackman Family Trust exercises joint control with
Messrs. Samuelson and Ballarini.
|
|
(8)
|
|
The pre-Acquisition beneficial ownership information does not
include 990,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by
Mr. Samuelson or 667,500 shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants
held by Mercator Capital L.L.C., all of which are not
exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next
60 days unless the Acquisition is consummated. The
post-Acquisition beneficial ownership information includes all
of the 1,657,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of the
Class W and Class Z warrants, including the warrants
held by Mercator Capital, L.L.C., over which Mr. Samuelson
exercises joint control with the Hackman Family Trust and
Mr. Ballarini.
|
|
(9)
|
|
The pre-Acquisition beneficial ownership information does not
include 990,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by
Mr. Ballarini or 667,500 shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants
held by Mercator Capital L.L.C., all of which are not
exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next
60 days unless the Acquisition is consummated. The
post-Acquisition beneficial ownership information includes all
of the 1,657,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of the
Class W and Class Z warrants, including the warrants
held by Mercator Capital, L.L.C., over which Mr. Ballarini
exercises joint control with the Hackman Family Trust and
Mr. Samuelson.
|
|
(10)
|
|
The post-Acquisition beneficial ownership information does not
include 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by the
director-nominee which are not exercisable and will not be
exercisable within the next 60 days unless the Acquisition
is consummated. The post-Acquisition beneficial ownership
information includes the 50,000 shares issuable upon the
exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants.
|
|
(11)
|
|
The post-Acquisition beneficial ownership consists of
135,000 shares of restricted common stock that are expected
to be granted to Mr. Britton upon the consummation of the
Acquisition pursuant to the employment agreement we expect to
enter into with Mr. Britton.
|
143
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
The post-Acquisition beneficial ownership information assumes
that Mr. Keenan will receive (i) 585,000 shares
of common stock as consideration for selling his shares of GII
in connection with the Acquisition,
(ii) 1,305,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants to be
issued to him as further consideration for selling his shares of
GII in connection with the Acquisition and
(iii) 150,000 shares of restricted common stock that
are expected to be granted to Mr. Keenan upon the
consummation of the Acquisition pursuant to the employment
agreement we expect to enter into with Mr. Keenan.
|
|
(13)
|
|
The post-Acquisition beneficial ownership information assumes
that Mr. Vecchio will receive (i) 585,000 shares
of common stock as consideration for selling his shares of GII
in connection with the Acquisition,
(ii) 1,305,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants to be
issued to him as further consideration for selling his shares of
GII in connection with the Acquisition and
(iii) 120,000 shares of restricted common stock that
are expected to be granted to Mr. Vecchio upon the
consummation of the Acquisition pursuant to the employment
agreement we expect to enter into with Mr. Vecchio.
|
|
(14)
|
|
Please refer to footnotes (5), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and
(12).
|
144
PRICE
RANGE OF SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS
Our
Securities
Shares of our Series A units, Series B units, common
stock, Class B common stock, Class W warrants and
Class Z warrants are listed on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board under the symbols MPAQU, MPABU, MPAQ, MPAQB,
MPAQW and MPAQZ, respectively. Each Series A unit consists
of two shares of common stock, five Class W warrants and
five Class Z warrants. Each Series B unit consists of
two shares of Class B common stock, one Class W
warrant and one Class Z warrant. Each Class W and
Class Z warrant entitles the holder to purchase from us one
share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 commencing
on the completion of the GII and ETT acquisition (or if the GII
and ETT transaction is not consummated, the first acquisition
which is consummated). The Class W warrants will expire at
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 10, 2010, or
earlier upon redemption. The Class Z warrants will expire
at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 10, 2012,
or earlier upon redemption. Prior to April 11, 2005, there
was no established public trading market for our common stock.
The closing prices per share of our Series A units,
Series B units, common stock, Class B common stock,
Class W warrants and Class Z warrants on May 23,
2006 (or, if there was no trading in that security on that date,
the most recent day prior to that date on which trading
occurred), the last trading day before the announcement of the
execution of the stock purchase agreement and the terms of the
offer, were $10.55, $11.00, $3.45, $5.20, $0.45 and $0.47,
respectively.
The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarter
indicated, the quarterly high and low bid information of our
common stock, warrants and units as reported on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board. The quotations listed below reflect
interdealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or
commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B Common
|
|
|
Class W
|
|
|
Class Z
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Series A Units
|
|
|
Series B Units
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
2.75
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
4.85
|
|
|
$
|
4.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.45
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
11.10
|
|
|
$
|
9.16
|
|
|
$
|
10.75
|
|
|
$
|
10.20
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
3.00
|
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
$
|
4.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
9.70
|
|
|
$
|
9.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.60
|
|
|
$
|
10.15
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
5.03
|
|
|
$
|
4.88
|
|
|
$
|
0.45
|
|
|
$
|
0.345
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
13.50
|
|
|
$
|
8.85
|
|
|
$
|
10.90
|
|
|
$
|
10.20
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
3.30
|
|
|
$
|
2.45
|
|
|
$
|
5.28
|
|
|
$
|
5.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
13.10
|
|
|
$
|
9.25
|
|
|
$
|
11.60
|
|
|
$
|
10.55
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
|
$
|
5.31
|
|
|
$
|
5.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
13.00
|
|
|
$
|
8.40
|
|
|
$
|
11.55
|
|
|
$
|
10.75
|
|
Holders of our Series A units, Series B units, common
stock, Class B common stock, Class W warrants and
Class Z warrants should obtain current market quotations
for their securities. The market price of our Series A
units, Series B units, common stock, Class B common
stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants could
vary at any time before the Acquisition.
Holders
of Common Equity
As of the record date, there were five holders of record of our
common stock and one holder of record of our Class B common
stock.
Dividends
We have not paid any dividends on our common stock to date and
do not intend to pay dividends prior to the completion of the
Acquisition.
GII and
ETT
There is no established public trading market for the shares of
common stock of GII and ETT. There are currently three holders
of the shares of GII class A common stock, and there are no
shares issued or outstanding of
145
GII class B common stock. There are currently 45 holders of
ordinary shares of ETT and eight holders of preferred ordinary
shares of ETT.
GII previously established a 2000 Stock Incentive Plan pursuant
to which certain employees and advisors may receive
non-qualified options to purchase shares of GIIs
Class B common stock, Management determines who will
receive options under the plan and determines the vesting period
pursuant to authority granted to GIIs board of directors.
Exercise prices are no less than the fair market value of the
Class B common stock at the grant dates. The fair market
value of the Class B common stock was determined in good
faith in accordance with the Stock Incentive Plan, taking into
account factors as indicated in the Plan, such as revenues,
earnings and cash flows, the underlying value of the
companys assets and liabilities, liquidation and
going-concern values, market conditions, the non-voting nature
of the stock, and its lack of liquidity. As of May 31,
2006, 12 individuals held effective options for
232,600 shares of GII Class B common stock. As of that
date, 189,600 of these granted options were vested, and none had
been exercised.
ETT has established three separate share option plans. Under the
plans, an option holder may exercise all or any of his options,
subject to meeting any performance conditions that may apply, in
whole or in part only on or after: (i) ETTs making an
application for a public listing (as defined in the rules of the
plans), (ii) the receipt of a notice from the directors
that negotiations for a disposal (as defined in the rules of the
plans) are proceeding and (iii) the receipt of a notice
from the directors that negotiations are proceeding which may
give rise to a person becoming an acquiring group or an
acquiring person (as defined in the rules of the plans).
Accordingly, there were no options vested or exercisable as of
May 31, 2006. As of that date, 25 individuals held options
for a total of 6,329,000 shares of ETT. All of these
options will become fully exercisable immediately prior to the
closing of the Acquisition.
Dividends
Upon Completion of the Acquisition
Upon completion of the Acquisition of GII and ETT, the payment
of dividends in the future will be contingent upon our revenues
and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial
condition. The payment of any dividends subsequent to the
Acquisition will be within the discretion of our then board of
directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors
to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business
operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate
declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.
DESCRIPTION
OF SECURITIES
General
We are authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of common
stock, par value $0.0001, 12,000,000 shares of Class B
common stock, par value $.0001, and 5,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.0001. As of September 20,
2006, 1,150,100 shares of our common stock were
outstanding, held by five recordholders, and
10,580,000 shares of our Class B common stock were
outstanding, held by one recordholder. No shares of our
preferred stock are currently outstanding.
If both the Acquisition Proposal and the Charter Amendment
Proposal are approved, upon the consummation of the Acquisition
we will be authorized to issue 80,000,000 shares of common
stock, par value $0.0001, and 5,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $0.0001. Upon the consummation of the
Acquisition, each outstanding share of our Class B common
stock will automatically be converted into one share of our
common stock.
Units
Each Series A unit consists of two shares of common stock,
five Class W warrants and five Class Z warrants. Each
Series B unit consists of two shares of Class B common
stock, one Class W warrant and one Class Z warrant.
Each Class W warrant and each Class Z warrant entitles
the holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise
price of $5.00 per share.
146
Common
Stock
We have two classes of common stock. Holders of common stock and
Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each
share held of record on all matters to be voted on by
stockholders other than a vote in connection with a proposed
business combination. Only holders of our Class B common
stock are entitled to vote in connection with a proposed
business combination. In the event of a business combination,
all outstanding Class B common stock will be automatically
converted into common stock unless the holder exercises the
conversion rights described elsewhere herein. In the event we
are unable to complete a business combination, the trust fund
will be distributed to the holders of our Class B common
stock and all then outstanding shares of Class B common
stock will be automatically cancelled. Accordingly, following
the completion of a business combination or the distribution of
the trust fund to the Class B stockholders, we will have
only one class of common stock outstanding.
We will proceed with a business combination only if the holders
of a majority of the Class B Shares cast at the meeting to
approve the business combination vote in favor of the business
combination and Class B stockholders owning less than 20%
of the Class B Shares both vote against the business
combination and exercise their conversion rights discussed
below. In connection with the vote required for any business
combination, all of our officers and directors who purchase
Class B shares in this offering or following this offering
in the open market, may vote their Class B shares in any
manner they determine, in their sole discretion.
There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of
directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of
the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of
the directors.
If we do not complete a business combination by October 15,
2006, we will liquidate. In any liquidation, we will distribute
to all of our Class B stockholders, in proportion to the
number of Class B shares held by each stockholder, an
aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust fund, inclusive
of any interest, and all then outstanding shares of Class B
common stock will be automatically cancelled. Holders of our
common stock will not be entitled to receive any of the proceeds
held in the trust fund. Other than the automatic conversion of
Class B common to common discussed above, our stockholders
have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and
there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to
the common stock, except that Class B stockholders have the
right to have their shares of Class B common stock
converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust
fund if they vote against the business combination and the
business combination is approved and completed. Class B
stockholders who convert their stock into their share of the
trust fund still have the right to exercise the warrants that
they received as part of the units.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides
for mandatory liquidation in the event that we do not consummate
a business combination within 12 months after the
completion of this offering, or within 18 months if certain
extension criteria have been satisfied.
Preferred
Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes
the issuance of 5,000 shares of blank check preferred stock
with such designation, rights and preferences as may be
determined from time to time by our board of directors. No
shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in this
offering. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered,
without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with
dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights which
could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the
holders of common stock, although the underwriting agreement
prohibits us, prior to a business combination, from issuing
preferred stock which participates in any manner in the proceeds
of the trust fund, or which votes as a class with the
Class B common stock on a business combination. We may
issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect a business
combination. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized
as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in
control of us. Although we do not currently intend to issue any
shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not
do so in the future.
Warrants
We currently have Class W and Class Z warrants
outstanding.
147
Each Class W warrant entitles the registered holder to
purchase one share of our common stock at a price of
$5.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below,
at any time commencing on the later of:
|
|
|
|
|
the completion of a business combination; or
|
|
|
|
April 11, 2006.
|
The Class W warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New
York City time on April 10, 2010.
We may call the Class W warrants (except as set forth
below), with HCFP/Brenner Securities prior consent, for
redemption,
|
|
|
|
|
in whole and not in part,
|
|
|
|
at a price of $.05 per Class W warrant at any time
after the Class W warrants become exercisable,
|
|
|
|
upon not less than 30 days prior written notice of
redemption to each Class W warrantholder, and
|
|
|
|
if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common
stock equals or exceeds $7.50 per share, for any 20 trading
days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business
day prior to the notice of redemption to the Class W
warrantholders.
|
The Class W warrants outstanding prior to the initial
public offering, all of which are held by our officers and
directors or their affiliates, shall not be redeemable by us as
long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.
Each Class Z warrant entitles the registered holder to
purchase one share of our common stock at a price of
$5.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below,
at any time commencing on the later of:
|
|
|
|
|
the completion of a business combination; or
|
|
|
|
April 11, 2006.
|
The Class Z warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New
York City time on April 10, 2012.
We may call the Class Z warrants (except as set forth
below), with HCFP/Brenner Securities prior consent, for
redemption,
|
|
|
|
|
in whole and not in part,
|
|
|
|
at a price of $.05 per Class Z warrant at any time
after the Class Z warrants become exercisable,
|
|
|
|
upon not less than 30 days prior written notice of
redemption to each Class Z warrantholder, and
|
|
|
|
if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common
stock equals or exceeds $8.75 per share, for any 20 trading
days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business
day prior to the notice of redemption to the Class Z
warrantholders.
|
The Class Z warrants outstanding prior to the initial
public offering, all of which are held by our officers and
directors or their affiliates, shall not be redeemable by us as
long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.
The Class W and Class Z warrants are issued in
registered form under a warrant agreement between American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us.
The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable
on exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants may be
adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a
stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger
or consolidation. However, the Class W and Class Z
warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a
price below their respective exercise prices.
The Class W and Class Z warrants may be exercised upon
surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the
expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the
exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate
completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment
of the exercise price, by certified check payable to us, for the
number of warrants being exercised. The Class W and
Class Z warrantholders do not have the rights or
148
privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights
until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common
stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon
exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one
vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on
by stockholders.
No warrants will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise a
prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of
the warrants is current and the common stock has been registered
or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of
the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the
terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to meet these
conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to
common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the
expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that
we will be able to do so. The warrants may be deprived of any
value and the market for the warrants may be limited if the
prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the
exercise of the warrants is not current or if the common stock
is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the
jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.
No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the
Class W and Class Z warrants. If, upon exercise of the
warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional
interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the
nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be
issued to the warrant holder.
Transfer
Agent and Warrant Agent
The transfer agent for our securities and warrant agent for our
warrants is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 59
Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038.
STOCKHOLDER
PROPOSALS
If you are a stockholder and you want to include a proposal in
the proxy statement for the 2007 annual meeting, you need to
provide it to us by no later than June 4, 2007.
149
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file reports, proxy statements and other information with the
SEC as required by the Exchange Act. You may read and copy
reports, proxy statements and other information filed by us with
the SEC at the Securities and Exchange Commission public
reference room located at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. You
may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at
1-800-SEC-0330.
You may also obtain copies of the materials described above at
prescribed rates by writing to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, Public Reference Section, 100 F Street,
N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
We file our reports, proxy statements and other information
electronically with the SEC. You may access information on us at
the SEC web site containing reports, proxy statements and other
information at: http://www.sec.gov.
Information and statements contained in this proxy statement, or
any annex to this proxy statement, are qualified in all respects
by reference to the copy of the relevant contract or other annex
filed as an exhibit to this proxy statement.
All information contained in this proxy statement relating to us
has been supplied by us, and all such information relating to
GII and ETT has been supplied by GII and ETT. Information
provided by either of us or GII and ETT does not constitute any
representation, estimate or projection of the other.
If you would like additional copies of this proxy statement, or
if you have questions about the Acquisition, you should contact:
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
One Fountain Square
11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 590
Reston, Virginia 20190
(703) 995-5534
150
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Mercator Partners Acquisition
Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Balance Sheet as of
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Statement of Operations for the
period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Statement of Stockholders
Equity for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Statement of Cash Flows for the
period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Notes to Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Interim
Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-15
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheets
as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-16
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Statements of
Operations for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and
2005, for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and for the
period from inception (January 3, 2005) to June 30,
2005
|
|
|
F-17
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Statement of
Stockholders Equity for the six months ended June 30,
2006
|
|
|
F-18
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Statements of
Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and for
the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
F-19
|
|
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-20
|
|
Global Internetworking,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Independent Auditors Report
|
|
|
F-29
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
F-30
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Operations
|
|
|
F-31
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
F-32
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows
|
|
|
F-33
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-34
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated
Interim Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-49
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2006 and September 30,
2005
|
|
|
F-50
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended
June 30, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
F-51
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Statements of
Changes in Shareholders Equity (Deficit) for the three
months ended June 30, 2006
|
|
|
F-52
|
|
Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows
for the nine months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
F-53
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Condensed
Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-54
|
|
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
|
|
|
|
|
Report of BDO Stoy Hayward LLP,
Independent Auditors
|
|
|
F-70
|
|
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, Independent Auditors
|
|
|
F-71
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
F-72
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Operations
|
|
|
F-73
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes
in Stockholders Deficit
|
|
|
F-74
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows
|
|
|
F-75
|
|
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-76
|
|
Unaudited Consolidated Interim
Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-89
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheets
as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-90
|
|
Unaudited Consolidated Statements
of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30,
2006 and 2005
|
|
|
F-91
|
|
Unaudited Consolidated Statements
of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and
2005
|
|
|
F-92
|
|
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-93
|
|
F-1
REPORT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp. (a Delaware corporation) as of
December 31, 2005, and the related statements of
operations, stockholders equity and cash flows for the
period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. as of December 31,
2005, and its results of operations and cash flows for the
period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the
Company has restated the accompanying financial statements to
reflect the warrants issued in connection with the
Companys initial public offering as a liability.
/s/ J.H.
Cohn
LLP
Jericho, New York
April 7, 2006 (except for Note 2, as to
which the date is August 21, 2006)
F-2
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Balance
Sheet
December 31,
2005
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,383,204
|
|
Restricted investments held in
Trust Fund
|
|
|
54,657,439
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
60,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
56,100,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
56,100,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses
|
|
$
|
148,033
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
56,000
|
|
Derivative liabilities
|
|
|
6,507,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
liabilities
|
|
|
6,711,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, subject to possible
conversion to cash (2,114,942 shares at conversion value)
|
|
|
10,926,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, par value
$.0001 per share, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares
issued
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value
$.0001 per share, 40,000,000 shares authorized,
1,150,100 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
115
|
|
Common stock, Class B, par
value $.0001 per share, 12,000,000 shares authorized,
8,465,058 shares issued and outstanding (excluding
2,114,942 shares subject to possible conversion to cash)
|
|
|
847
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
37,087,542
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,369,061
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
5,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders
equity
|
|
|
38,463,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
56,100,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-3
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Statement
of Operations
Period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
82,417
|
|
Other operating costs
|
|
|
276,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(358,892
|
)
|
Interest Income
|
|
|
1,258,203
|
|
Gain on derivative liabilities
|
|
|
776,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for
income taxes
|
|
|
1,676,061
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
307,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,369,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of
shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
8,434,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share,
basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-4
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Statement
of Stockholders Equity
Period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock,
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
Balance, January 3, 2005
(inception)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Issuance of 4,950,000 warrants for
cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247,500
|
|
Sale of 575,000 Series A units
and 5,290,000 Series B units through public offering, net
of underwriters discount and offering expenses and net
proceeds of $10,680,457 allocable to 2,114,942 shares of
common stock, Class B subject to possible conversion to cash
|
|
|
1,150,000
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
8,465,058
|
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
44,369,457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,370,419
|
|
Proceeds from sale of
underwriters purchase option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Reclassification to derivative
liabilities for portion of proceeds from sale of units in public
offering relating to warrants and for value of underwriter
purchase option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,284,450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,284,450
|
)
|
Allocation of value to Class B
shares subject to possible conversion to cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(245,565
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(245,565
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,369,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,369,061
|
|
Change in unrealized gain on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,567
|
|
|
|
5,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,374,628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
2005
|
|
|
1,150,100
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
|
|
8,465,058
|
|
|
$
|
847
|
|
|
$
|
37,087,542
|
|
|
$
|
1,369,061
|
|
|
$
|
5,567
|
|
|
$
|
38,463,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-5
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Statement
of Cash Flows
Period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,369,061
|
|
Adjustment to reconcile net loss
to net cash used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of discount on
U.S. Government Securities held in Trust Fund
|
|
|
(1,222,872
|
)
|
Gain on derivative liabilities
|
|
|
(776,750
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(60,244
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses
|
|
|
148,033
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
56,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating
activities
|
|
|
(486,772
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of U.S. Government
Securities held in Trust Fund
|
|
|
(161,441,000
|
)
|
Maturity of U.S. Government
Securities held in Trust Fund
|
|
|
108,012,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(53,429,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales of common
stock and warrants to initial stockholders
|
|
|
248,000
|
|
Portion of net proceeds from sale
of Series B units through public offering allocable to
shares of common stock, Class B subject to possible
conversion to cash
|
|
|
10,680,457
|
|
Net proceeds from sale of units
through public offering
|
|
|
44,370,419
|
|
Proceeds from sale of
underwriters purchase option
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
55,298,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
1,383,204
|
|
CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$
|
1,383,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
251,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-6
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements
NOTE 1
ORGANIZATION AND ACTIVITIES
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (the Company)
was incorporated in Delaware on January 3, 2005 to serve as
a vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset
acquisition or other similar business combination with a
currently unidentified operating business (a Business
Combination). The Company is a shell company
as that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the
Securities Act of 1933 and
Rule 12b-2
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act. As such, the
Company is subject to rules adopted by the Securities and
Exchange Commission applicable to shell companies. In
particular, upon completion of a Business Combination which
causes the Company to cease being a shell company, the Company
will be obligated to disclose the same type of information it
would be required to provide in registering a class of
securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
As further discussed in Note 3, on April 11, 2005, the
Company effected an initial public offering of its securities
(the Offering) which closed on April 15, 2005.
Although substantially all of the proceeds of the Offering are
intended to be utilized to effect a Business Combination, the
proceeds are not specifically designated for this purpose. The
gross proceeds from the sale of the Series B units of
$53,429,000 are held in a trust fund (the
Trust Fund) until the earlier of the completion
of a Business Combination or the distribution of proceeds to
Class B stockholders. If a Business Combination is
consummated, the conversion rights afforded to the Class B
stockholders may result in the conversion of up to approximately
19.99% of the aggregate number of Class B shares sold into
a pro-rata distribution from the Trust Fund, as further
described below. If a Business Combination is not consummated in
12 months, or within 18 months from April 15,
2005 if a letter of intent, agreement in principal or definitive
agreement has been executed within 12 months after the
Offering and the Business Combination has not been consummated
within such 12 month period (the Target Business
Acquisition Period), all of the proceeds of the
Trust Fund will be returned to Class B stockholders,
subject to potential claims by creditors.
As a result of its limited resources, the Company will, in all
likelihood, have the ability to effect only a single Business
Combination. Accordingly, the prospects for the Companys
success will be entirely dependent upon the future performance
of a single business.
The Company will not effect a Business Combination unless the
fair market value of the target, as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company in its sole discretion, based upon
valuation standards generally accepted by the financial
community including, among others, book value, cash flow, and
both actual and potential earnings, is at least equal to 80% of
the net assets of the Company at the time of such acquisition.
Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able
to successfully effect a Business Combination. As discussed
previously, if the Company is unable to effect a Business
Combination during the Target Business Acquisition Period, the
Companys Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
Companys officers will liquidate the Company as soon as
practicable. If the Company were to expend all of the net
proceeds of the Offering not held in the Trust Fund prior
to liquidation, but recognizing that such net proceeds could
become subject to the claims of creditors of the Company which
could be prior to the claims of stockholders of the Company, it
is possible that the Companys liquidation value may be
less than the amount in the Trust Fund, inclusive of any
net interest income thereon. Moreover, all of the Companys
initial stockholders have agreed to waive their respective
rights to participate in any such liquidation distribution on
shares owned prior to the Offering.
The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a Business
Combination, is obliged to submit such transaction for approval
by a majority of the Class B common stockholders of the
Company. The information presented to the Class B
stockholders will include substantially all of the information
that the Company would be required to include in its filing on
Form 8-K
upon consummation of the proposed Business Combination.
Class B stockholders that vote against such proposed
Business Combination are, under certain conditions, entitled to
convert their shares into a pro-rata distribution from the
Trust Fund (the Conversion Right). In the event
that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Class B common stock vote for the approval of the Business
Combination and that holders owning 20% or more of the
outstanding Class B common stock do not exercise their
F-7
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements (Continued)
Conversion Rights, the Business Combination may then be
consummated. Upon completion of such Business Combination and
the payment of any Conversion Rights (and related cancellation
of Class B common stock), the remaining shares of
Class B common stock would be converted to common stock.
At the time the Company seeks Class B stockholder approval
of any Business Combination, the Company will offer each
Class B stockholder who acquired Class B shares
through the Offering or subsequently in the after-market the
right to exercise his or her Conversion Right if such
Class B stockholder votes against the Business Combination
and the Business Combination is approved and completed. The
holders of the Companys common stock are not entitled to
seek conversion of their shares. The actual per-share conversion
price will be equal to the amount in the Trust Fund
(inclusive of any interest thereon) as of two business days
prior to the proposed Business Combination, divided by the
number of Class B shares sold in the Offering, or
approximately $5.17 per share based on the value of the
Trust Fund as of December 31, 2005. There will be no
distribution from the Trust Fund with respect to the
warrants included in the Series A Units (defined in
Note 3 below) and Series B Units (defined in
Note 3 below). A Class B stockholder may request
conversion of his or her shares at any time prior to the vote
taken with respect to a proposed Business Combination at a
meeting held for that purpose, but such request will not be
granted unless such Class B stockholder votes against the
Business Combination and the Business Combination is approved
and consummated.
It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to
Class B stockholders who have shares converted will be
distributed promptly after consummation of a Business
Combination. Any Class B stockholder who converts his or
her stock into his or her share of the Trust Fund still has
the right to exercise the Class W Warrants (defined in
Note 7 below) and Class Z Warrants (defined in
Note 7 below) that were received as part of the
Series B Units. The Company will not consummate any
Business Combination if 20% or more of the Class B
stockholders exercise their conversion rights. Accordingly, the
redemption value of $10,926,022 (2,114,942 shares, or
19.99% of the Class B shares sold in the public offering)
has been included as temporary capital on the accompanying
balance sheet at December 31, 2005.
|
|
NOTE 2
|
RESTATEMENT
AND RECLASSIFICATIONS OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
|
Summary
of Restatement Items
In August 2006, the Company concluded that it was necessary to
restate its financial results for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 and for
the interim period ended March 31, 2006 to reflect
liabilities and additional gains and losses related to the
classification of and accounting for: (1) the warrants to
purchase common stock included in the Series A Units and
Series B Units sold in the Offering and (2) the option
to purchase Series A Units and Series B Units issued
to the underwriters in connection with the Offering
(Note 3). The Company had previously classified the value
of the warrants to purchase common stock sold in the Offering
and the option issued to the underwriters as permanent equity.
After further review, the Company has determined that these
instruments should have been classified as derivative
liabilities and, therefore, the fair value of each instrument
must be recorded as a derivative liability on the Companys
balance sheet. Changes in the fair values of these instruments
will result in adjustments to the amount of the recorded
derivative liabilities and the corresponding gain or loss will
be recorded in the Companys statement of operations. At
the date of the conversion of each respective instrument or
portion thereof (or exercise of the options or warrants or
portion thereof, as the case may be), the corresponding
derivative liability will be reclassified as equity.
The Company had previously issued financial statements which did
not present the derivative liability. The accompanying
December 31, 2005 financial statements have been restated
to effect the changes described above.
F-8
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements (Continued)
The impact of the adjustments related to the classification of
and accounting for the derivative liability on the previously
reported financial statements is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for the period from inception (January 3,
2005) to December 31, 2005
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
|
|
As Restated
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
56,100,887
|
|
|
$
|
56,100,887
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
204,033
|
|
|
|
6,711,733
|
|
Common stock subject to conversion
|
|
|
10,926,022
|
|
|
|
10,926,022
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
44,970,832
|
|
|
|
38,463,132
|
|
Gain (loss) from derivative
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
776,750
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,258,203
|
|
|
|
1,258,203
|
|
Income before provision for income
taxes
|
|
|
899,311
|
|
|
|
1,676,061
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
307,000
|
|
|
|
307,000
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
592,311
|
|
|
|
1,369,061
|
|
Weighted average
shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted
|
|
|
8,434,067
|
|
|
|
8,434,067
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 3
PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES
In its initial public offering, effective April 11, 2005
(closed on April 15, 2005), the Company sold to the public
575,000 Series A Units (the Series A Units
or a Series A Unit) and 5,290,000 Series B
Units (the Series B Units or a
Series B Unit) at a price of $10.50 and
$10.10 per unit, respectively, inclusive of an over
allotment option issued to the underwriters to purchase
additional Series A Units and Series B Units, which
was exercised in full. Net proceeds from the initial public
offering, including the exercise of the over allotment option,
totaled $55,050,876 which was net of $4,415,624 in underwriting
and other expenses. Each Series A Unit consists of two
shares of the Companys common stock, five Class W
Warrants, and five Class Z Warrants. Each Series B
unit consists of two shares of the Companys Class B
common stock, one Class W Warrant, and one Class Z
Warrant.
Both the common stock and the Class B common stock have one
vote per share. However, the Class B stockholders may, and
the common stockholders may not, vote in connection with a
Business Combination. Further, should a Business Combination not
be consummated during the Target Business Acquisition Period,
the Trust Fund would be distributed pro-rata to all of the
Class B common stockholders, subject to potential claims by
creditors, and their Class B common shares would be
cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued
shares. Any remaining net assets would be distributed to the
holders of the Companys common stock and the Company would
be dissolved and liquidated.
Each Class W Warrant entitles the holder to purchase from
the Company one share of common stock at an exercise price of
$5.00, commencing on the later of (a) April 11, 2006
or (b) the completion of a Business Combination with a
target business. The Class W Warrants will expire on
April 11, 2010 or earlier upon redemption. Each
Class Z Warrant entitles the holder to purchase from the
Company one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00,
commencing on the later of (a) April 11, 2006 or
(b) the completion of a Business Combination with a target
business. The Class Z Warrants will expire on
April 11, 2012 or earlier upon redemption. The Company may
redeem the outstanding Class W Warrants
and/or
Class Z Warrants with the prior consent of HCFP/ Brenner
Securities LLC (HCFP), the representative of the
underwriters of the Offering, in whole and not in part, at a
price of $.05 per warrant at any time after the warrants
become exercisable, upon a minimum of 30 days prior
written notice of redemption, and if, and only if, the last sale
price of the Companys common stock equals or exceeds
F-9
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements (Continued)
$7.50 per share and $8.75 per share, for a
Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant, respectively, for
any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three
business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption.
Upon closing of the public offering, the Company sold and issued
an option, for $100, to HCFP (the Underwriters Purchase
Option or UPO), to purchase up to 25,000
Series A units at an exercise price of $17.325 per
unit
and/or
up to 230,000 Series B units at an exercise price of
$16.665 per unit (Note 7).
NOTE 4
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Included in cash
and cash equivalents are deposits with financial institutions as
well as short-term money market and debt instruments with
maturities of three months or less when purchased.
Investments
Investment held in the
Trust Fund consist of investments acquired with maturities
exceeding three months but less than three years. Consistent
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the Company
classifies all debt securities and all investments in equity
securities that have readily determinable fair values as
available-for-sale,
as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity
to implement management strategies. Such securities are reported
at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses excluded from
earnings and included in other comprehensive income, net of
applicable taxes. Discounts from the face value of restricted
investments are amortized using the interest method over the
period from the date of purchase to maturity and are included in
interest income on the accompanying statement of operations.
The Companys investment held in the Trust Fund at
December 31, 2005 consists of United States of America
Government treasury securities, with a maturity date of
January 12, 2006, and are stated at amortized cost. The
fair market value of the restricted investment was $54,657,439
as of December 31, 2005, including $5,567 of unrealized
gains, which are reported as a component of other income as of
December 31, 2005. The Company recognized interest income
of $1,222,872 from amortization of the discount on the
investment during the period from inception (January 3,
2005) to December 31, 2005, which is included in
interest income on the accompanying statement of operations.
Accounting for Derivative Instruments
SFAS
No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities,
as amended, requires all
derivatives to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.
However, paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 provides
that contracts issued or held by a reporting entity that are
both (1) indexed to its own stock and (2) classified
as stockholders equity in its statement of financial
position are not treated as derivative instruments. The Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) EITF 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed
to and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own Stock
(EITF 00-19), provides criteria for determining
whether freestanding contracts that are settled in a
companys own stock, including common stock warrants,
should be designated as either an equity instrument, an asset or
as a liability under SFAS No. 133. Under the
provisions of EITF 00-19, a contract designated as an asset or a
liability must be carried at fair value on a companys
balance sheet, with any changes in fair value recorded in a
companys results of operations. A contract designated as
an equity instrument is included within equity, and no fair
value adjustments are required from period to period. In
accordance with EITF 00-19, the Companys 8,165,000
Class W and 8,165,000 Class Z Warrants to purchase
Common Stock included in the Series A Units and
Series B Units sold in the Offering and the UPO to purchase
up to 25,000 Series A units and/or up to 230,000
Series B units are separately accounted for as liabilities.
The agreements related to the Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants and the UPO provide for the Company to
attempt to register and maintain the registration of the shares
underlying the securities and are silent as to the penalty to be
incurred in the absence of the Companys ability to deliver
registered shares to the holders upon exercise of the
securities. Under EITF 00-19, registration of the common stock
underlying the warrants and UPO is not within the Companys
control and, as a result, the Company must assume that it could
be required to settle the securities on a net-cash basis,
thereby necessitating the treatment of the potential settlement
obligation as a liability. The fair values of these securities
are presented on the Companys balance sheet as
Derivative liabilities and the changes in the values
of these derivatives are shown in the Companys statement
of
F-10
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements (Continued)
operations as Gain (loss) on derivative liabilities.
Such gains and losses are non-operating and do not result in
cash flows from operating activities.
Fair values for traded securities and derivatives are based on
quoted market prices. Where market prices are not readily
available, fair values are determined using market based pricing
models incorporating readily observable market data and
requiring judgment and estimates. The Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants sold in the Offering are publicly traded,
and consequently, the fair value of these warrants are based on
the market price of the applicable class of warrant at each
period end. To the extent that the market price increases or
decreases, the Companys derivative liabilities will also
increase or decrease, with a corresponding impact on the
Companys statement of operations.
The UPO issued to the underwriters to purchase up to 25,000
Series A units and/or up to 230,000 Series B units is
a derivative that is separately valued and accounted for on the
Companys balance sheet. While the underlying shares and
warrants are indexed to the Companys common stock, because
the UPO contains certain registration rights with respect to the
UPO and the securities issuable upon exercise of the UPO, the
Company has classified these instruments as a liability in
accordance with EITF 00-19. This derivative liability has been,
and will continue to be, adjusted to fair value at each period
end.
The pricing model the Company uses for determining the fair
value of the UPO at the end of each period is the Black Scholes
option-pricing model. Valuations derived from this model are
subject to ongoing internal and external verification and
review. The model uses market-sourced inputs such as interest
rates, market prices and volatilities. Selection of these inputs
involves managements judgment. The Company uses a
risk-free interest rate, which is the rate on U. S. Treasury
instruments, for a security with a maturity that approximates
the estimated remaining contractual life of the derivative. The
Company uses volatility rates based upon a sample of comparable
special purpose acquisition corporations. If and when the
Company consummates a Business Combination, the volatility rates
will then be based on comparable companies to the acquired
company. The volatility factor used in the Black Scholes model
has a significant effect on the resulting valuation of the
derivative liabilities on the Companys balance sheet. The
volatility for the calculation of the UPO was 34.99% as of
December 31, 2005. This volatility rate will continue to
change in the future. The Company uses the closing market price
of the Companys Series A units and Series B
units at the end of a period in the Black Scholes model. The
Companys Series A Unit and Series B Unit prices
will also change in the future. To the extent that the
Companys Series A unit and Series B unit prices
increase or decrease, the Companys UPO derivative
liability will also increase or decrease, absent any change in
volatility rates and risk-free interest rates.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial
instruments that potentially subject the Company to a
significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of
cash and cash equivalents. However, management believes the
Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the
financial position of the depository institutions in which those
deposits are held.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Net income (loss)
per share is computed based on the weighted average number of
shares of common stock and Class B common stock outstanding.
Basic income (loss) per share excludes dilution and is computed
by dividing income (loss) available to common and common,
Class B stockholders by the weighted average common shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted income per share reflects
the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other
contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into
common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that
then shared in the earnings of the entity.
For all periods presented, since the effect of the assumed
exercise of 21,280,000 of outstanding warrants to purchase
common stock and the outstanding UPO to purchase 25,000
Series A Units and 230,000 Series B Units is
anti-dilutive, as their exercise prices are greater than the
average market price of common stock during the period, they
have been excluded from the Companys computation of fully
diluted net income per share. Therefore, basic and diluted
income per share were the same for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005.
F-11
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements (Continued)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments and
Derivatives
The fair values of the
Companys assets and liabilities that qualify as financial
instruments under SFAS No. 107 approximate their
carrying amounts presented in the balance sheet at
December 31, 2005.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The
preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can,
and in many cases will, differ from those estimates.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are computed for differences between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will
result in future taxable or deductible amounts and are based on
enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which
the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation
allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred
income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
New Accounting Pronouncements
The Company
does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet
effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have
a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.
NOTE 5
COMMITMENTS
The Company has agreed to pay Mercator Capital L.L.C.
(Mercator Capital), an affiliate of certain
stockholders, directors and officers, $7,500 per month,
commencing on consummation of the Offering, for office,
secretarial and administrative services. Through
December 31, 2005 $67,500 of expense for such services was
recorded in the accompanying statement of operations. Included
in accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31,
2005, is $22,500 owed to Mercator Capital for such services.
The Company has engaged HCFP, on a non-exclusive basis, to act
as its agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the
Companys Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants.
In consideration for solicitation services, the Company has
agreed to pay HCFP a commission equal to 5% of the exercise
price for each Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant
exercised more than one year after the date of the Offering if
the exercise is solicited by HCFP. No solicitation services were
provided by HCFP during the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005.
HCFP has also been engaged by the Company to act as the
Companys non exclusive investment banker in connection
with a proposed Business Combination (Note 1). For
assisting the Company in structuring and negotiating the terms
of a Business Combination, the Company is obligated to pay HCFP
a cash transaction fee equal to 5% of the first $5 million
of Total Consideration, as defined in the Underwriting
Agreement, paid and 4% of Total Consideration paid over
$5 million, with a maximum fee to be paid of $500,000.
NOTE 6
INCOME TAXES
Provision for income taxes consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From Inception
|
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005) to
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Current- Federal
|
|
$
|
307,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys effective tax rate approximates the federal
statutory rate.
F-12
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements (Continued)
The differences between the statutory rate and the
Companys effective income tax rate for the period from
inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal tax benefit at the
statutory rate
|
|
$
|
570,000
|
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
Non-taxable gain on derivative
liabilities
|
|
|
(264,000
|
)
|
|
|
−15.8
|
%
|
Permanent differences
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
$
|
307,000
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 7
CAPITAL STOCK
Preferred
Stock
The Company is authorized to issue up to 5,000 shares of
Preferred Stock with such designations, voting, and other rights
and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the
Board of Directors.
Common
Stock and Class B Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of
common stock and 12,000,000 shares of Class B common
stock (Note 3). As of December 31, 2005, there are
1,150,100 shares of the Companys common stock issued
and outstanding and 10,580,000 shares of the Companys
Class B common stock issued and outstanding, including
2,114,942 Class B common shares subject to possible
conversion to cash.
As of December 31, 2005, there are 5,769,900 and 960,000
authorized but unissued shares of the Companys common
stock and the Companys Class B common stock,
respectively, available for future issuance, after appropriate
reserves for the issuance of common stock in connection with the
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants sold in the
offering, the Underwriters Purchase Option and the
officers and directors Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants.
The Company currently has no commitments to issue any shares of
common stock other than as described herein; however, the
Company will, in all likelihood, issue a substantial number of
additional shares in connection with a Business Combination. To
the extent that additional shares of common stock are issued,
dilution to the interests of the Companys stockholders who
participated in the Offering will occur.
Warrants
In January 2005, the Company sold and issued to its initial
security holders Class W Warrants (a Class W
Warrant), to purchase 2,475,000 shares of the
Companys common stock, and Class Z Warrants (a
Class Z Warrant) to purchase
2,475,000 shares of the Companys common stock, for an
aggregate purchase price of $247,500, or $0.05 per warrant.
In connection with the Offering, the Company sold and issued
Class W warrants to purchase 8,165,000 shares of the
Companys common stock. Except as set forth below, the
Class W Warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in
certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase shares
at $5.00 per share for a period commencing on the later of:
(a) completion of a Business Combination, or
(b) April 11, 2006 and ending April 10, 2010. As
of December 31, 2005 there were 10,640,000 Class W
Warrants outstanding.
In connection with the Offering, the Company sold and issued
Class Z warrants to purchase 8,165,000 shares of the
Companys common stock. Except as set forth below, the
Class Z Warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in
certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase shares
at $5.00 per share for a period commencing on the later of:
(a) completion of a Business Combination, or
(b) April 11, 2006 and ending April 10, 2010. As
of December 31, 2005, there were 10,640,000 Class Z
Warrants outstanding.
F-13
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to
Financial Statements (Continued)
The Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants issued in
the Offering are subject to registration provisions which
require the Company to file a registration statement with
respect to the shares of common stock underlying the warrants,
and to use its best efforts to cause the registration statement
to become effective and to maintain its effectiveness. The
warrants also provide that the Company is not obligated to
deliver any securities upon exercise of a warrant unless a
registration statement covering those securities is effective.
The 2,475,000 Class W Warrants and 2,475,000 Class Z
Warrants outstanding prior to the Offering, all of which are
held by the Companys officers and directors or their
affiliates, shall not be redeemable by the Company as long as
such warrants continue to be held by such individuals. These
warrants are also subject to registration rights. If the Company
is unable to register the underlying shares, however, it may
satisfy its obligations to the initial securityholders by
delivering unregistered shares of common stock.
As the proceeds from the exercise of the Class W and
Class Z Warrants will not be received until after the
completion of a Business Combination, the expected proceeds from
exercise will not have any effect on the Companys
financial condition or results of operations prior to a Business
Combination.
Purchase
Option
Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company sold and issued
the UPO, for $100, to purchase up to 25,000 Series A units
and/or
up to
230,000 Series B units. The Company accounted for the fair
value of the UPO, inclusive of the receipt of the $100 cash
payment, as an expense of the public offering. The Company
estimated the fair value of this UPO at the date of issuance,
$752,450, using a Black Scholes option-pricing model. The fair
value of the UPO granted was estimated as of the date of grant
and issuance using the following assumptions: (1) expected
volatility of 44.5%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 4.02%
and (3) contractual life of 5 years. The UPO may be
exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the
holders option, such that the holder may use the
appreciated value of the UPO (the difference between the
exercise prices of the option and the underlying warrants and
the market price of the units and underlying securities) to
exercise the UPO without the payment of any cash. The
Series A Units and Series B Units issuable upon
exercise of this option are identical to those in the Offering,
except that the exercise price of the warrants included in the
units are $5.50 per share and the Class Z Warrants
shall be exercisable for a period of only five years from the
date of the Offering. The UPO is exercisable at $17.325 per
Series A Unit and $16.665 per Series B Unit
commencing on the later of (a) April 11, 2006 or
(b) the completion of a Business Combination with a target
business, and expires on April 11, 2010.
The UPO is classified as a derivative liability on the
accompanying financial statements. Accordingly the Company uses
the Black Scholes option-pricing model for determining fair
value of the UPO at the end of each period. The fair value of
the UPO at December 31, 2005 of $547,250 was estimated
using the following assumptions: (1) quoted fair value of a
Series A Unit of $10.00 and quoted fair value of a
Series B Unit of $10.90, (2) expected volatility of
34.99%, (3) risk-free interest rate of 4.35% and
(4) contractual life of 4.29 years.
NOTE 8
DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES
The Companys derivative liabilities are the following at
issuance on April 15, 2005 and at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
At Issuance
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Fair value of 8,165,000
Class W Warrants and 8,165,000 Class Z Warrants issued
as part of Series A and Series B Units sold in the
Offering
|
|
$
|
6,532,000
|
|
|
$
|
5,960,450
|
|
Fair value of Underwriter Purchase
Option
|
|
|
752,450
|
|
|
|
547,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
7,284,450
|
|
|
$
|
6,507,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
December 31, 2005 the Company recognized $776,750 of gains
on derivative liabilities as a result of a decline in the fair
value of the warrants and the UPO.
F-14
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements
F-15
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Condensed
Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Unaudited
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
877,172
|
|
|
$
|
1,383,204
|
|
Restricted investment held in
Trust Fund
|
|
|
55,871,783
|
|
|
|
54,657,439
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
36,668
|
|
|
|
60,244
|
|
Deferred acquisition costs
|
|
|
632,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
57,418,143
|
|
|
|
56,100,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
57,418,143
|
|
|
$
|
56,100,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses
|
|
$
|
181,108
|
|
|
$
|
148,033
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
335,000
|
|
|
|
56,000
|
|
Accrued acquisition costs
|
|
|
468,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities
|
|
|
5,948,850
|
|
|
|
6,507,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
liabilities
|
|
|
6,933,096
|
|
|
|
6,711,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, subject to possible
conversion to cash (2,114,942 shares at conversion value)
|
|
|
11,168,769
|
|
|
|
10,926,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, par value
$.0001 per share, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares
issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value
$.0001 per share, 40,000,000 shares authorized,
1,150,100 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
Common stock, Class B, par
value $.0001 per share, 12,000,000 shares authorized,
8,465,058 shares issued and outstanding (excluding
2,114,942 shares subject to possible conversion to cash)
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
847
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
36,844,795
|
|
|
|
37,087,542
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
2,466,771
|
|
|
|
1,369,061
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
(loss) income
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
5,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders
equity
|
|
|
39,316,278
|
|
|
|
38,463,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
57,418,143
|
|
|
$
|
56,100,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
F-16
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Condensed
Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three
|
|
|
For the Three
|
|
|
For the Six
|
|
|
Period from Inception
|
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005) to
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
23,382
|
|
|
|
28,500
|
|
|
|
264,307
|
|
|
|
38,000
|
|
Other operating costs
|
|
|
80,774
|
|
|
|
81,267
|
|
|
|
157,368
|
|
|
|
81,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(104,156
|
)
|
|
|
(109,767
|
)
|
|
|
(421,675
|
)
|
|
|
(119,736
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
651,350
|
|
|
|
315,272
|
|
|
|
1,239,535
|
|
|
|
315,576
|
|
Gains on derivative
liabilities
|
|
|
4,241,050
|
|
|
|
229,200
|
|
|
|
558,850
|
|
|
|
229,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for
income taxes
|
|
|
4,788,244
|
|
|
|
434,705
|
|
|
|
1,376,710
|
|
|
|
425,040
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
186,000
|
|
|
|
67,000
|
|
|
|
279,000
|
|
|
|
67,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,602,244
|
|
|
$
|
367,705
|
|
|
$
|
1,097,710
|
|
|
$
|
358,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of
shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
11,730,100
|
|
|
|
9,925,485
|
|
|
|
11,730,100
|
|
|
|
5,045,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share,
basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
F-17
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Condensed
Statement of Stockholders Equity
For the
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock,
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2005
(As Restated)
|
|
|
1,150,100
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
|
|
8,465,058
|
|
|
$
|
847
|
|
|
$
|
37,087,542
|
|
|
$
|
1,369,061
|
|
|
$
|
5,567
|
|
|
$
|
38,463,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation of value to Class B
shares subject to possible conversion to cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(242,747
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(242,747
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,097,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,097,710
|
|
Change in unrealized gain on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,817
|
)
|
|
|
(1,817
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,095,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 30, 2006
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
1,150,100
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
|
|
8,465,058
|
|
|
$
|
847
|
|
|
$
|
36,844,795
|
|
|
$
|
2,466,771
|
|
|
$
|
3,750
|
|
|
$
|
39,316,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
F-18
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Condensed
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Six
|
|
|
Period from Inception
|
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005) to
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,097,710
|
|
|
$
|
358,040
|
|
Adjustment to reconcile net income
to net cash used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gains on derivative liabilities
|
|
|
(558,850
|
)
|
|
|
(229,200
|
)
|
Amortization of discount on
U.S. Government Securities held in Trust Fund
|
|
|
(1,216,161
|
)
|
|
|
(306,995
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease (increase) in prepaid
expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
23,576
|
|
|
|
(94,583
|
)
|
Increase in accounts payable and
accrued expenses
|
|
|
33,075
|
|
|
|
103,036
|
|
Increase in income taxes payable
|
|
|
279,000
|
|
|
|
67,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating
activities
|
|
|
(341,650
|
)
|
|
|
(102,702
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of U.S. Government
Securities held in Trust Fund
|
|
|
(110,030,180
|
)
|
|
|
(53,429,000
|
)
|
Maturity of U.S. Government
Securities held in Trust Fund
|
|
|
110,030,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for deferred acquisition
costs
|
|
|
(164,382
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(164,382
|
)
|
|
|
(53,429,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales of common
stock and warrants to initial stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
248,000
|
|
Portion of net proceeds from sale
of Series B units through public offering allocable to
shares of common stock, Class B subject to possible
conversion to cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,680,457
|
|
Net proceeds from sale of units
through public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,370,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,298,876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(506,032
|
)
|
|
|
1,767,174
|
|
CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
1,383,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$
|
877,172
|
|
|
$
|
1,767,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of
non-cash investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued acquisition costs
|
|
$
|
468,138
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
F-19
Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
NOTE 1
ORGANIZATION AND ACTIVITIES
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (the Company)
was incorporated in Delaware on January 3, 2005 to serve as
a vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset
acquisition or other similar business combination with a
currently unidentified operating business (a Business
Combination) (See
Recent Events
below). The
Company is a shell company as that term is defined
in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933
and
Rule 12b-2
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act. As such, the
Company is subject to rules adopted by the Securities and
Exchange Commission applicable to shell companies. In
particular, upon completion of a Business Combination which
causes the Company to cease being a shell company, the Company
will be obligated to disclose the same type of information it
would be required to provide in registering a class of
securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
As further discussed in Note 3, on April 11, 2005, the
Company effected an initial public offering of its securities
(the Offering) which closed on April 15, 2005.
Although substantially all of the proceeds of the Offering are
intended to be utilized to effect a Business Combination, the
proceeds are not specifically designated for this purpose. The
gross proceeds from the sale of the Series B units of
$53,429,000 are held in a trust fund (the
Trust Fund) until the earlier of the completion
of a Business Combination or the distribution of proceeds to
Class B stockholders. If a Business Combination is
consummated, the conversion rights afforded to the Class B
stockholders may result in the conversion of up to approximately
19.99% of the aggregate number of Class B shares sold into
a pro-rata distribution from the Trust Fund, as further
described below. If a Business Combination is not consummated by
October 15, 2006 (the Target Business Acquisition
Period), all of the proceeds of the Trust Fund will
be returned to Class B stockholders, subject to potential
claims by creditors.
The Company will not effect a Business Combination unless the
fair market value of the target, as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company in its sole discretion, based upon
valuation standards generally accepted by the financial
community including, among others, book value, cash flow, and
both actual and potential earnings, is at least equal to 80% of
the net assets of the Company at the time of such acquisition.
Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able
to successfully effect a Business Combination. As discussed
previously, if the Company is unable to effect a Business
Combination during the Target Business Acquisition Period, the
Companys Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
Companys officers will liquidate the Company as soon as
practicable. If the Company were to expend all of the net
proceeds of the Offering not held in the Trust Fund prior
to liquidation, but recognizing that such net proceeds could
become subject to the claims of creditors of the Company which
could be prior to the claims of stockholders of the Company, it
is possible that the Companys liquidation value may be
less than the amount in the Trust Fund, inclusive of any
net interest income thereon. Moreover, all of the Companys
initial stockholders have agreed to waive their respective
rights to participate in any such liquidation distribution on
shares owned prior to the Offering.
The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a Business
Combination, is obliged to submit such transaction for approval
by a majority of the Class B common stockholders of the
Company. The information presented to the Class B
stockholders will include substantially all of the information
that the Company would be required to include in its filing on
Form 8-K
upon consummation of the proposed Business Combination.
Class B stockholders that vote against such proposed
Business Combination are, under certain conditions, entitled to
convert their shares into a pro-rata distribution from the
Trust Fund (the Conversion Right). In the event
that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Class B common stock vote for the approval of the Business
Combination and that holders owning 20% or more of the
outstanding Class B common stock do not exercise their
Conversion Rights, the Business Combination may then be
consummated. Upon completion of such Business Combination and
the payment of any Conversion Rights (and related cancellation
of Class B common stock), the remaining shares of
Class B common stock would be converted to common stock.
F-20
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
At the time the Company seeks Class B stockholder approval
of any Business Combination, the Company will offer each
Class B stockholder who acquired Class B shares
through the Offering or subsequently in the after-market the
right to exercise his or her Conversion Right if such
Class B stockholder votes against the Business Combination
and the Business Combination is approved and completed. The
holders of the Companys common stock are not entitled to
seek conversion of their shares. The actual per-share conversion
price will be equal to the amount in the Trust Fund
(inclusive of any interest thereon) as of two business days
prior to the proposed Business Combination, divided by the
number of Class B shares sold in the Offering, or
approximately $5.28 per share based on the value of the
Trust Fund as of June 30, 2006. There will be no
distribution from the Trust Fund with respect to the
warrants included in the Series A Units (defined in
Note 3 below) and Series B Units (defined in
Note 3 below). A Class B stockholder may request
conversion of his or her shares at any time prior to the vote
taken with respect to a proposed Business Combination at a
meeting held for that purpose, but such request will not be
granted unless such Class B stockholder votes against the
Business Combination and the Business Combination is approved
and consummated.
It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to
Class B stockholders who have shares converted will be
distributed promptly after consummation of a Business
Combination. Any Class B stockholder who converts his or
her stock into his or her share of the Trust Fund still has
the right to exercise the Class W Warrants (defined in
Note 6 below) and Class Z Warrants (defined in
Note 6 below) that were received as part of the
Series B Units. The Company will not consummate any
Business Combination if 20% or more of the Class B
stockholders exercise their conversion rights. Accordingly, the
redemption value of $11,168,769 (2,114,942 shares, or
19.99% of the Class B shares sold in the public offering)
has been included as temporary capital on the accompanying
balance sheet at June 30, 2006.
Recent
Events
On May 23, 2006, the Company entered into a stock purchase
agreement with Global Internetworking, Inc. (GII)
and its three shareholders to acquire all of the outstanding
shares of common stock of GII. The agreement with GII specifies
that the total purchase price for the GII shares will be cash of
$14,000,000, $4,000,000 in 6% subordinated promissory notes
issued by the Company due on December 29, 2008,
1,300,000 shares of common stock and 1,450,000 of each of
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants. Of these
warrants, 966,666 warrants of each class will be escrowed
subject to release upon certain conditions. Additionally, on
May 24, 2006, the Company reached agreement with U.K. based
European Telecommunications & Technology, Ltd.
(ETT) for the Company to purchase all of the
outstanding ETT shares for a total purchase price of
$37,000,000. The GII and ETT acquisitions are referred to
collectively as the Transactions.
After giving effect to the Transactions, the Companys
current stockholders will own approximately 90% of the
Companys outstanding common stock. The proposed
Transactions are subject to, among other things, the filing of
definitive proxy materials with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and approval of the Transactions by the
Companys Class B stockholders. The Company filed a
Joint Proxy
Statement/Form S-4
Registration Statement on June 21, 2006. There can be no
assurance that the Transactions will be consummated.
Liquidity
Management had previously believed that the Company would have
sufficient available cash resources outside of the Trust Fund to
operate through October 15, 2006. Based on further
evaluation of the Companys current liabilities and
anticipated additional costs likely to be incurred in order to
complete the Transactions, management now does not believe that
the Company has sufficient available cash resources outside of
the Trust Fund to operate until the Transactions are
consummated, without accruing for certain professional expenses,
such as legal and accounting costs. To date, the Company has not
taken any steps to attempt to reach agreement with any of its
service providers to defer their fees. To the extent that these
costs exceed amounts available outside the Trust Fund, it may
F-21
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
use trust assets to fund the excess costs of the Transactions if
the Transactions are completed and the Trust Fund assets are
released to the Company. If the Transactions are not approved by
our Class B stockholders by October 15, 2006 and,
accordingly, the entire Trust Fund is required to be
distributed to such Class B stockholders, the Company may
not have sufficient funds available to satisfy all of its
obligations.
|
|
2.
|
RESTATEMENT
AND RECLASSIFICATIONS OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
|
Summary
of Restatement Items
In August 2006, the Company concluded that it was necessary to
restate its financial results for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 and for
the interim period ended March 31, 2006 to reflect
liabilities and additional gains and losses related to the
classification of and accounting for: (1) the warrants to
purchase common stock included in the Series A units and
Series B units sold in the Offering and (2) the option
to purchase Series A units and Series B units issued
to the underwriters in connection with the Offering
(Note 3). The Company had previously classified the value
of the warrants to purchase common stock sold in the Offering
and the option issued to the underwriters as permanent equity.
After further review, the Company has determined that these
instruments should have been classified as derivative
liabilities and, therefore, the fair value of each instrument
must be recorded as a derivative liability on the Companys
balance sheet. Changes in the fair values of these instruments
will result in adjustments to the amount of the recorded
derivative liabilities and the corresponding gain or loss will
be recorded in the Companys statement of operations. At
the date of the conversion of each respective instrument or
portion thereof (or exercise of the options or warrants or
portion thereof, as the case may be), the corresponding
derivative liability will be reclassified as equity.
The Company had previously issued financial statements which did
not present the derivative liability. The accompanying financial
statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005
have been restated to effect the changes described above. The
impact of the adjustments related to the classification of and
accounting for the derivative liability on the previously
reported June 30, 2005 financial statements are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
As Previously
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Gain from derivative liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
229,200
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
315,272
|
|
|
|
315,272
|
|
Income before provision for income
taxes
|
|
|
205,505
|
|
|
|
434,705
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
67,000
|
|
|
|
67,000
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
138,505
|
|
|
|
367,705
|
|
Weighted average
shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted
|
|
|
9,925,485
|
|
|
|
9,925,485
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Period from Inception
|
|
|
|
(January 3, 2005 to June 30,, 2005
|
|
|
|
As Previously
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Gain from derivative liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
229,200
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
315,576
|
|
|
|
315,576
|
|
Income before provision for income
taxes
|
|
|
195,840
|
|
|
|
425,040
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
67,000
|
|
|
|
67,000
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
128,840
|
|
|
|
358,040
|
|
Weighted average
shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted
|
|
|
5,045,966
|
|
|
|
5,045,966
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 3
PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES
In its initial Offering, effective April 11, 2005 (closed
on April 15, 2005), the Company sold to the public 575,000
Series A Units (the Series A Units or a
Series A Unit) and 5,290,000 Series B
Units (the Series B Units or a
Series B Unit) at a price of $10.50 and
$10.10 per unit, respectively, inclusive of an over
allotment option issued to the underwriters to purchase
additional Series A Units and Series B Units, which
was exercised in full. Net proceeds from the initial public
offering, including the exercise of the over allotment option,
totaled $55,050,876 which was net of $4,415,624 in underwriting
and other expenses. Each Series A Unit consists of two
shares of the Companys common stock, five Class W
Warrants, and five Class Z Warrants. Each Series B
Unit consists of two shares of the Companys Class B
common stock, one Class W Warrant, and one Class Z
Warrant.
Both the common stock and the Class B common stock have one
vote per share. However, the Class B stockholders may, and
the common stockholders may not, vote in connection with a
Business Combination. Further, should a Business Combination not
be consummated during the Target Business Acquisition Period,
the Trust Fund would be distributed pro-rata to all of the
Class B common stockholders, subject to potential claims by
creditors, and their Class B common shares would be
cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued
shares. Any remaining net assets would be distributed to the
holders of the Companys common stock and the Company would
be dissolved and liquidated.
Upon closing of the public Offering, the Company sold and issued
an option, for $100, to HCFP/Brenner Securities, LLC
(HCFP), the representative for the underwriters in
the Offering (the Underwriters Purchase Option or
UPO), to purchase up to 25,000 Series A units
at an exercise price of $17.325 per unit
and/or
up to
230,000 Series B units at an exercise price of
$16.665 per unit (Note 6).
NOTE 4
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying
unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared
pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) and should be read in
conjunction with the Companys audited financial statements
and footnotes thereto for the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 included
elsewhere in this proxy statement. Certain information and
footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America have been omitted
pursuant to such rules and regulations. However, the Company
believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the
information presented not misleading. The financial statements
reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) that are, in the opinion of management necessary
for a fair presentation of the Companys financial position
and
F-23
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
results of operations. The operating results for the three and
six months ended June 30, 2006 are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for any other interim
period or any future year.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Included in cash
and cash equivalents are deposits with financial institutions as
well as short-term money market and debt instruments with
maturities of three months or less when purchased.
Investments
Investment held in the
Trust Fund consist of investments acquired with maturities
exceeding three months but less than three years. Consistent
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the Company
classifies all debt securities and all investments in equity
securities that have readily determinable fair values as
available-for-sale,
as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity
to implement management strategies. Such securities are reported
at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses excluded from
earnings and included in other comprehensive income, net of
applicable taxes. Discounts from the face value of restricted
investments are amortized using the interest method over the
period from the date of purchase to maturity and are included in
interest income on the accompanying condensed statement of
operations.
The Companys investment held in Trust Fund at
June 30, 2006 consists of United States of America
Government treasury securities, with a maturity date of
July 20, 2006, and are stated at amortized cost. The fair
market value of the restricted investments was $55,871,783 as of
June 30, 2006, including $3,750 of unrealized gains, which
are reported as a component of other comprehensive income as of
June 30, 2006. The Company recognized interest income of
$641,086 and $1,216,161 from amortization of the discount on the
investment during the three and six months ended June 30,
2006, respectively, which is included in interest income on the
accompanying statement of operations.
Deferred Acquisition Costs
Deferred
acquisition costs consist principally of accounting fees, legal
fees and other fees incurred through the balance sheet date that
are related to the proposed Transactions discussed in
Note 1. Deferred acquisition costs related to the proposed
Transactions will be charged to expense if the acquisition is
not consummated or included in the allocation of purchase price
should the Transactions be consummated. At June 30, 2006,
the Company had incurred acquisition costs of $632,520 relating
to the proposed Transactions on the accompanying balance sheets.
Accounting for Derivative Instruments
SFAS
No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities
, as amended, requires all
derivatives to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.
However, paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 provides
that contracts issued or held by a reporting entity that are
both (1) indexed to its own stock and (2) classified
as stockholders equity in its statement of financial
position are not treated as derivative instruments. The Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) 00-19,
Accounting
for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to and Potentially
Settled in, a Companys Own Stock
(EITF 00-19)
provides criteria for determining whether freestanding contracts
that are settled in a companys own stock, including common
stock warrants, should be designated as either an equity
instrument, an asset or as a liability under
SFAS No. 133. Under the provisions of
EITF 00-19,
a contract designated as an asset or a liability must be carried
at fair value on a companys balance sheet, with any
changes in fair value recorded in a companys results of
operations. A contract designated as an equity instrument is
included within equity, and no fair value adjustments are
required from period to period. In accordance with
EITF 00-19,
the Companys 8,165,000 Class W and 8,165,000
Class Z Warrants to purchase Common Stock included in the
Series A Units and Series B Units sold in the Offering
and the UPO to purchase up to 25,000 Series A units
and/or
up to
230,000 Series B units are separately accounted for as
liabilities. The agreements related to the Class W Warrants
and Class Z Warrants and the UPO provide for the Company to
attempt to register and maintain the registration of the shares
underlying the securities and are silent as to the penalty to be
incurred in the absence of the Companys ability to deliver
registered shares to the holders upon exercise of the
securities. Under
EITF 00-19,
registration of the common stock underlying the warrants and UPO
is not within the Companys control and, as a result, the
Company must assume that it could be required to settle the
securities on a net-cash basis, thereby necessitating the
treatment of the potential settlement
F-24
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
obligation as a liability. The fair values of these securities
are presented on the Companys balance sheet as
Derivative liabilities and the changes in the values
of these derivatives are shown in the Companys statement
of operations as Gain (loss) on derivative
liabilities. Such gains and losses are non-operating and
do not result in cash flows from operating activities.
Fair values for traded securities and derivatives are based on
quoted market prices. Where market prices are not readily
available, fair values are determined using market based pricing
models incorporating readily observable market data and
requiring judgment and estimates. The Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants sold in the Offering are publicly traded
and, consequently, the fair value of these warrants is based on
the market price of the applicable class of warrant at each
period end. To the extent that the market price increases or
decreases, the Companys derivative liabilities will also
increase or decrease, with a corresponding impact on the
Companys statement of operations.
The UPO issued to the underwriters to purchase up to 25,000
Series A units
and/or
up to
230,000 Series B units is a derivative that is separately
valued and accounted for on the Companys balance sheet.
While the underlying shares and warrants are indexed to the
Companys common stock, because the UPO contains certain
registration rights with respect to the UPO and the securities
issuable upon exercise of the UPO, the Company has classified
these instruments as a liability in accordance with
EITF 00-19.
This derivative liability has been, and will continue to be,
adjusted to fair value at each period end.
The pricing model the Company uses for determining the fair
value of the UPO at the end of each period is the Black Scholes
option-pricing model. Valuations derived from this model are
subject to ongoing internal and external verification and
review. The model uses market-sourced inputs such as interest
rates, market prices and volatilities. Selection of these inputs
involves managements judgment. The Company uses a
risk-free interest rate, which is the rate on U.S. Treasury
instruments, for a security with a maturity that approximates
the estimated remaining contractual life of the derivative. The
Company uses volatility rates based upon a sample of comparable
special purpose acquisition corporations. If and when the
Company consummates a Business Combination, the volatility rates
will then be based on comparable companies to the acquired
company. The volatility factor used in the Black Scholes model
has a significant effect on the resulting valuation of the
derivative liabilities on the Companys balance sheet. The
volatility for the calculation of the UPO was 46.63% as of
June 30, 2006. This volatility rate will continue to change
in the future. The Company uses the closing market price of the
Companys Series A units and Series B units at
the end of a period in the Black Scholes model. The
Companys Series A Unit and Series B Unit prices
will also change in the future. To the extent that the
Companys Series A unit and Series B unit prices
increase or decrease, the Companys UPO derivative
liability will also increase or decrease, absent any change in
volatility rates and risk-free interest rates.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial
instruments that potentially subject the Company to a
significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of
cash and cash equivalents. However, management believes the
Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the
financial position of the depository institutions in which those
deposits are held.
Net Income Per Share
Net income per share is
computed based on the weighted average number of shares of
common stock and Class B common stock outstanding.
Basic income per share is computed by dividing income available
to common and common, Class B stockholders by the weighted
average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could
occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock
were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the
issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the
entity. For all periods presented, since the effect of the
assumed exercise of 21,280,000 of outstanding warrants to
purchase common stock and the outstanding UPO to purchase 25,000
Series A Units and 230,000 Series B Units is
anti-dilutive, as their exercise prices are greater than the
average market price of common stock during the period,
F-25
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
they have been excluded from the Companys computation of
fully diluted net income per share. Therefore, basic and diluted
income (loss) per share were the same for the three and six
months ended June 30, 2006 and for the three months ended
June 30, 2005 and the period from inception
(January 3, 2005) to June 30, 2005.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments and
Derivatives
The fair values of the
Companys assets and liabilities that qualify as financial
instruments under SFAS No. 107 approximate their
carrying amounts presented in the balance sheet at June 30,
2006.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The
preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can,
and in many cases will, differ from those estimates.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are computed for differences between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will
result in future taxable or deductible amounts and are based on
enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which
the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation
allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred
income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
New Accounting Pronouncements
The Company
does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet
effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have
a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.
NOTE 5
COMMITMENTS
The Company has agreed to pay Mercator Capital L.L.C.
(Mercator Capital), an affiliate of certain
stockholders, directors and officers, $7,500 per month,
commencing on consummation of the Offering, for office,
secretarial and administrative services. During the three and
six months ended June 30, 2006 $22,500 and $45,000,
respectively, of expense for such services was recorded in the
accompanying condensed statements of operations.
The Company has engaged HCFP, on a non-exclusive basis, to act
as its agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the
Companys Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants.
In consideration for solicitation services, the Company has
agreed to pay HCFP a commission equal to 5% of the exercise
price for each Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant
exercised more than one year after the date of the Offering if
the exercise is solicited by HCFP. No solicitation services were
provided by HCFP during the three and six months ended
June 30, 2006, the three months ended June 30, 2005 or
for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to
June 30, 2005.
HCFP has also been engaged by the Company to act as the
Companys non exclusive investment banker in connection
with a proposed Business Combination (Note 1). For
assisting the Company in structuring and negotiating the terms
of a Business Combination, the Company is obligated to pay HCFP
a cash transaction fee equal to 5% of the first $5,000,000 of
Total Consideration, as defined in the Underwriting Agreement,
paid and 4% of Total Consideration paid over $5,000,000, with a
maximum fee to be paid of $500,000.
NOTE 6
CAPITAL STOCK
Preferred
Stock
The Company is authorized to issue up to 5,000 shares of
Preferred Stock with such designations, voting, and other rights
and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the
Board of Directors.
F-26
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
Common
Stock and Class B Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of
common stock and 12,000,000 shares of Class B common
stock (Note 3). As of June 30, 2006, there are
1,150,100 shares of the Companys common stock issued
and outstanding and 10,580,000 shares of the Companys
Class B common stock issued and outstanding, including
2,114,942 Class B common shares subject to possible
conversion to cash.
As of June 30, 2006, there are 5,769,900 and 960,000
authorized but unissued shares of the Companys common
stock and the Companys Class B common stock,
respectively, available for future issuance, after appropriate
reserves for the issuance of common stock in connection with the
Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants sold in the
offering, the Underwriters Purchase Option and the
officers and directors Class W Warrants and
Class Z Warrants.
The Company will issue a substantial number of additional shares
of common stocks and warrants in connection with the
Transactions. If the Transactions are consummated, dilution to
the interests of the Companys stockholders who
participated in the Offering will occur.
Warrants
In January 2005, the Company sold and issued to its initial
stockholders Class W Redeemable Warrants (a
Class W Warrant), to purchase
2,475,000 shares of the Companys common stock, and
Class Z Redeemable Warrants (a Class Z
Warrant) to purchase 2,475,000 shares of the
Companys common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of
$247,500, or $0.05 per warrant.
In connection with the Offering, the Company sold and issued
Class W warrants to purchase 8,165,000 shares of the
Companys common stock. Except as set forth below, the
Class W Warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in
certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase shares
at $5.00 per share for a period commencing on the later of:
(a) completion of a Business Combination, or
(b) April 11, 2006 and ending April 10, 2010. As
of June 30, 2006, there were 10,640,000 Class W
Warrants outstanding.
In connection with the Offering, the Company sold and issued
Class Z warrants to purchase 8,165,000 shares of the
Companys common stock. Except as set forth below, the
Class Z Warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in
certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase shares
at $5.00 per share for a period commencing on the later of:
(a) completion of a Business Combination, or
(b) April 11, 2006 and ending April 10, 2010. As
of June 30, 2006, there were 10,640,000 Class Z
Warrants outstanding.
The Company may redeem the outstanding Class W Warrants
and/or
Class Z Warrants with the prior consent of HCFP, in whole
and not in part, at a price of $.05 per warrant at any time
after the warrants become exercisable, upon a minimum of
30 days prior written notice of redemption, and if,
and only if, the last sale price of the Companys common
stock equals or exceeds $7.50 per share and $8.75 per
share, for a Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant,
respectively, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day
period ending three business days before the Company sends the
notice of redemption.
The Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants issued in
the Offering are subject to registration provisions which
require the Company to file a registration statement with
respect to the shares of common stock underlying the warrants,
and to use its best efforts to cause the registration statement
to become effective and to maintain its effectiveness. The
warrants also provide that the Company is not obligated to
deliver any securities upon exercise of a warrant unless a
registration statement covering those securities is effective.
The 2,475,000 Class W Warrants and 2,475,000 Class Z
Warrants outstanding prior to the Offering, all of which are
held by the Companys officers and directors or their
affiliates, shall not be redeemable by the Company as long as
such warrants continue to be held by such individuals. These
warrants are also subject to registration
F-27
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Financial
Statements (Continued)
rights. If the Company is unable to register the underlying
shares, however, it may satisfy its obligations to the initial
security holders by delivering unregistered shares of common
stock.
As the proceeds from the exercise of the Class W and
Class Z Warrants will not be received until after the
completion of a Business Combination, the expected proceeds from
exercise will not have any effect on the Companys
financial condition or results of operations prior to a Business
Combination.
Purchase
Option
Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company sold and issued
the UPO, for $100, to purchase up to 25,000 Series A units
and/or
up to
230,000 Series B units. The Company accounted for the fair
value of the UPO, inclusive of the receipt of the $100 cash
payment, as an expense of the public offering. The Company
estimated the fair value of this UPO at the date of issuance,
$752,450, using a Black Scholes option-pricing model. The fair
value of the UPO granted was estimated as of the date of grant
and issuance using the following assumptions: (1) expected
volatility of 44.5%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 4.02%
and (3) contractual life of 5 years. The UPO may be
exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the
holders option, such that the holder may use the
appreciated value of the UPO (the difference between the
exercise prices of the option and the underlying warrants and
the market price of the units and underlying securities) to
exercise the UPO without the payment of any cash. The
Series A Units and Series B Units issuable upon
exercise of this option are identical to those in the Offering,
except that the exercise price of the warrants included in the
units are $5.50 per share and the Class Z Warrants
shall be exercisable for a period of only five years from the
date of the Offering. The UPO is exercisable at $17.325 per
Series A Unit and $16.665 per Series B Unit
commencing on the later of (a) April 11, 2006 or
(b) the completion of a Business Combination with a target
business, and expires on April 11, 2010.
The UPO is classified as a derivative liability on the
accompanying financial statements. Accordingly the Company uses
the Black Scholes option-pricing model for determining fair
value of the UPO at the end of each period. The fair value of
the UPO of $723,250 at June 30, 2006 of was estimated using
the following assumptions: (1) quoted fair value of a
Series A Unit of $8.75 and quoted fair value of a
Series B Unit of $10.77, (2) expected volatility of
46.63%, (3) risk-free interest rate of 5.13% and
(4) contractual remaining life of 3.79 years. The fair
value of the UPO at December 31, 2005 of $547,250 was
estimated using the following assumptions: (1) quoted fair
value of a Series A Unit of $10.00 and quoted fair value of
a Series B Unit of $10.90, (2) expected volatility of
34.99%, (3) risk-free interest rate of 4.35% and
(4) contractual life of 4.29 years.
NOTE 7
DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES
The Companys derivative liabilities are the following at
December 31, 2005 and June 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
At June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Fair value of 8,165,000
Class W Warrants and 8,165,000 Class Z Warrants issued
as part of Series A and Series B Units sold in the
Offering
|
|
$
|
5,960,450
|
|
|
$
|
5,225,600
|
|
Fair value of Underwriter Purchase
Option
|
|
|
547,250
|
|
|
|
723,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,507,700
|
|
|
$
|
5,948,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 the
Company recognized gains of $4,241,050 and $229,200,
respectively on derivative liabilities as a result of declines
in the fair values of the warrants and the UPO. During the six
months ended June 30, 2006 and the period from
inception(January 3, 2005) to June 30, 2005 the
Company recognized gains of $558,850 and $229,200, respectively
on derivative liabilities as a result of declines in the fair
values of the warrants and the UPO.
F-28
Independent
Auditors Report
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders,
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Global Internetworking, Inc. as of September 30, 2005 and
2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash
flows, shareholders equity and other comprehensive income
(loss) for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the consolidated financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, certain
errors resulting in the understatement or overstatement of the
Deferred Tax Asset, Deferred Contract Costs, Other Assets,
Deferred Revenue, Retained Earnings (Deficit),
Telecommunications Services Sold, Cost of Telecommunications
Services Provided, and Income Tax Provision (Benefit) accounts
and the related Earnings per Share Calculation as of
September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2005 were
discovered during the current year. Accordingly, the fiscal 2004
and 2005 financial statements have been restated to correct the
errors.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Global Internetworking, Inc. at
September 30, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended September 30, 2005, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/
Schwartz
Weissman Myerson, PC
Fairfax, Virginia
September 27, 2006
F-29
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
September 30,
2005 and 2004
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
141,900
|
|
|
$
|
798,633
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
|
479,120
|
|
|
|
468,078
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,353,966
|
|
|
|
657,745
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
|
|
166,326
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
200,063
|
|
|
|
145,310
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
455,924
|
|
|
|
361,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
3,002,488
|
|
|
|
2,597,298
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
422,045
|
|
|
|
121,523
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
546,748
|
|
|
|
384,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,971,281
|
|
|
$
|
3,103,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
476,743
|
|
|
$
|
211,978
|
|
Accrued carrier expenses
|
|
|
891,223
|
|
|
|
421,643
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
267,457
|
|
|
|
322,967
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
1,381,974
|
|
|
|
993,446
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
249,495
|
|
|
|
191,654
|
|
Regulatory and sales taxes payable
|
|
|
317,424
|
|
|
|
140,983
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
14,176
|
|
|
|
75,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
liabilities
|
|
|
3,598,492
|
|
|
|
2,357,929
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
90,665
|
|
|
|
19,175
|
|
Commitments and
Contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $.01 par value;
9,000,000 shares authorized, 2,500,000 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Class B, $.01 par value;
1,000,000 shares authorized, No shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
Stock subscription receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
(22,337
|
)
|
|
|
422,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders
equity
|
|
|
282,124
|
|
|
|
726,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,971,281
|
|
|
$
|
3,103,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-30
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
For the
Years Ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
$
|
14,167,849
|
|
|
$
|
9,263,497
|
|
|
$
|
8,671,583
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
9,424,964
|
|
|
|
6,062,912
|
|
|
|
5,585,370
|
|
Operations and administration
|
|
|
5,335,053
|
|
|
|
3,571,549
|
|
|
|
2,482,752
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
109,135
|
|
|
|
58,224
|
|
|
|
42,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(701,303
|
)
|
|
|
(429,188
|
)
|
|
|
560,903
|
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net of expense
|
|
|
32,008
|
|
|
|
23,273
|
|
|
|
26,817
|
|
Other
|
|
|
19,142
|
|
|
|
16,029
|
|
|
|
19,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income
|
|
|
51,150
|
|
|
|
39,302
|
|
|
|
45,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) income before
benefit (provision) for income taxes:
|
|
|
(650,153
|
)
|
|
|
(389,886
|
)
|
|
|
606,817
|
|
Income tax benefit (provision)
|
|
|
205,189
|
|
|
|
166,326
|
|
|
|
(227,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
$
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
$
|
379,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share
calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per
share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding basic and diluted
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-31
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity
For the
Years Ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Subscription
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance, September 30,
2002
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
279,461
|
|
|
$
|
(500
|
)
|
|
$
|
266,731
|
|
|
$
|
570,692
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
379,456
|
|
|
|
379,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, September 30,
2003
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
646,187
|
|
|
|
950,148
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, September 30,
2004
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
422,627
|
|
|
|
726,588
|
|
Stock subscription paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, September 30,
2005
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
279,461
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(22,337
|
)
|
|
$
|
282,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-32
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
For the
Years Ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
$
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
$
|
379,456
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net
income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
109,135
|
|
|
|
58,224
|
|
|
|
42,558
|
|
Provision for bad debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,482
|
|
|
|
45,976
|
|
Gain on sale of property and
equipment
|
|
|
3,692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(696,221
|
)
|
|
|
(266,491
|
)
|
|
|
115,960
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
(205,189
|
)
|
|
|
(166,326
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
(54,753
|
)
|
|
|
(145,310
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(94,718
|
)
|
|
|
(148,375
|
)
|
|
|
47,451
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
(161,880
|
)
|
|
|
(384,869
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
264,765
|
|
|
|
106,225
|
|
|
|
(107,120
|
)
|
Accrued carrier expenses
|
|
|
469,580
|
|
|
|
(165,616
|
)
|
|
|
230,112
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
(55,510
|
)
|
|
|
155,802
|
|
|
|
31,215
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
388,528
|
|
|
|
(12,017
|
)
|
|
|
102,752
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
89,826
|
|
|
|
210,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regulatory and sales taxes payable
|
|
|
176,441
|
|
|
|
(24,001
|
)
|
|
|
43,753
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
(61,082
|
)
|
|
|
75,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,602
|
)
|
|
|
(193,732
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
(272,350
|
)
|
|
|
(914,349
|
)
|
|
|
738,381
|
|
Cash flows from investing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(413,348
|
)
|
|
|
(81,105
|
)
|
|
|
(76,261
|
)
|
Loans repaid
Shareholder
|
|
|
39,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Purchases) redemptions of
certificates of deposit
|
|
|
(11,043
|
)
|
|
|
815,204
|
|
|
|
(1,015,218
|
)
|
Purchase of certificate of deposit
backing letter of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(268,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
investing activities
|
|
|
(384,883
|
)
|
|
|
466,099
|
|
|
|
(1,091,479
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment received for stock
subscription
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
(656,733
|
)
|
|
|
(448,250
|
)
|
|
|
(353,098
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents,
beginning of year
|
|
|
798,633
|
|
|
|
1,246,883
|
|
|
|
1,599,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end
of year
|
|
$
|
141,900
|
|
|
$
|
798,633
|
|
|
$
|
1,246,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplementary cash flow
information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,748
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
209,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-33
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and
2003
Note 1
Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies
The
Company
Founded in 1998, Global Internetworking, Inc. (the
Company) is a knowledge-based, facilities-neutral,
high capacity communications network solutions provider for
carriers, service providers, systems integrators, government
agencies and communications-intensive enterprise customers. The
Companys fiscal year end is
September 30
th.
Within the wholesale telecom market, the Company helps customers
obtain diverse, cost-effective, off-net connectivity, from
anywhere to anywhere in the United States and in over 40
overseas markets. Within the enterprise and government sectors,
the Company specializes in providing diverse, high-capacity
solutions for wide area network applications. The Company offers
a turn-key,
single-point-of-contact
approach which allows customers to achieve optimal
end-to-end
solutions without having to find, manage and interconnect
multiple local and long-haul telecom carriers.
Restatement
of Prior Financial Statements
Adjustments required to properly account for current and
deferred non-recurring revenues and costs and the valuation
allowance regarding GIIs deferred tax asset were
discovered in GIIs previously issued financial statements.
Accordingly, GII has restated its fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005
financial statements to reflect the corrections.
Previously, GII recognized non-recurring provisioning revenues
and associated costs at the time the services were rendered and
the costs were incurred. The restated financial statements
reflect non-recurring provisioning revenues as a single unit of
accounting with the ongoing service revenue, and as a result the
provisioning revenues and the direct incremental costs
associated with provisioning are recognized ratably over the
term of the contracted service starting upon commencement of the
service contract term.
In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, GII reported a
deferred tax asset for future income tax benefits expected as a
result of net operating loss carryforwards. GII has determined
that it lacks sufficient objective evidence to support the
assertions regarding future profitability and it is more likely
than not that such deferred asset will not be realizable.
Accordingly, a valuation allowance equal to 100% of the deferred
tax asset is recognized.
Correction of these errors had the following effects on the
financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
141,900
|
|
|
|
141,900
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
|
479,120
|
|
|
|
479,120
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,353,966
|
|
|
|
1,353,966
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
6,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,063
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
455,924
|
|
|
|
455,924
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
422,045
|
|
|
|
422,045
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
475,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
546,748
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
476,743
|
|
|
|
476,743
|
|
Accrued carrier expenses
|
|
|
891,223
|
|
|
|
891,223
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
$
|
267,457
|
|
|
$
|
267,457
|
|
F-34
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
1,381,974
|
|
|
|
1,381,974
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249,495
|
|
Regulatory and sales tax payable
|
|
|
317,424
|
|
|
|
317,424
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
14,176
|
|
|
|
14,176
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,665
|
|
Accrued long term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $.01 par value;
9,000,000 shares authorized, 2,500,000 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Class B, $.01 par value;
1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
Stock subscription receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
53,135
|
|
|
|
(22,337
|
)
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
|
14,297,183
|
|
|
|
14,167,849
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
9,535,664
|
|
|
|
9,424,964
|
|
Operations and administration
|
|
|
5,335,053
|
|
|
|
5,335,053
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
109,135
|
|
|
|
109,135
|
|
Interest income, net of expense
|
|
|
32,008
|
|
|
|
32,008
|
|
Other
|
|
|
19,142
|
|
|
|
19,142
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(246,314
|
)
|
|
|
(205,189
|
)
|
Net (loss) income per
share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2004
|
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
798,633
|
|
|
|
798,633
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
|
468,078
|
|
|
|
468,078
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
657,745
|
|
|
|
657,745
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
131,528
|
|
|
|
166,326
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145,310
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
361,206
|
|
|
|
361,206
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
121,523
|
|
|
|
121,523
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
369,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
384,869
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
211,978
|
|
|
|
211,978
|
|
Accrued carrier expenses
|
|
|
421,643
|
|
|
|
421,643
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
322,967
|
|
|
|
322,967
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
993,446
|
|
|
|
993,446
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191,654
|
|
Regulatory and sales tax payable
|
|
|
140,983
|
|
|
|
140,983
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
75,258
|
|
|
|
75,258
|
|
F-35
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2004
|
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,175
|
|
Accrued long term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $.01 par value;
9,000,000 shares authorized,
2,500,000 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Class B, $.01 par value;
1,000,000 shares authorized, No shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
Stock subscription receivable
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
438,340
|
|
|
|
422,625
|
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
|
9,474,324
|
|
|
|
9,263,497
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
6,223,228
|
|
|
|
6,062,912
|
|
Operations and administration
|
|
|
3,571,549
|
|
|
|
3,571,549
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
58,224
|
|
|
|
58,224
|
|
Interest income, net of expense
|
|
|
23,273
|
|
|
|
23,273
|
|
Other
|
|
|
16,029
|
|
|
|
16,029
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(131,528
|
)
|
|
|
(166,326
|
)
|
Net (loss) income per
share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
Basis
of Presentation
The Company has three wholly-owned
subsidiaries: Global Internetworking, LLC; Global
Internetworking Government Services, LLC; and Global
Internetworking of Virginia, Inc. These subsidiaries were formed
to provide the same products and services provided by Global
Internetworking, Inc., but in separate entities for marketing,
legal and regulatory purposes. The subsidiaries adhere to the
accounting policies of Global Internetworking, Inc. None of the
subsidiaries purchased assets, incurred liabilities, earned
revenue or incurred expenses in the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003.
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
Revenue
Recognition
GII provides data connectivity solutions (i.e., dedicated
circuit access, access aggregation, and hubbing), managed
network services, and professional services to its customers. It
recognizes revenue in connection with each service as follows:
Data Connectivity:
Data connectivity services
are provided pursuant to service contracts that typically
provide for payments of recurring charges on a monthly basis for
use of the services over a committed term.
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring Revenue:
Recurring charges for data
connectivity are generally billed pursuant to fixed price
contracts one month in advance and are recorded as unearned
revenue when billed. This unearned revenue is recognized monthly
for as long as such service is provided and collectibility is
reasonably assured, in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 104. Pursuant to the service contracts,
service is first considered provided upon the issuance of a
start of service notice.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-recurring Fees.
Non-recurring fees for
data connectivity typically take the form of one-time,
non-refundable provisioning fees established pursuant to service
contracts. The amount of the provisioning fee included in each
contract is generally determined by marking up or passing
through the corresponding charge from GIIs supplier
imposed pursuant to GIIs purchase agreement. Starting with
the fiscal year
|
F-36
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
ending September 30, 2004, non-recurring revenues related
to provisioning in connection with the delivery of recurring
communications services are recognized ratably over the term of
service starting upon commencement of the service contract term.
Installation costs related to provisioning that are incurred by
GII from independent third party suppliers, that are directly
attributable and necessary to fulfill a particular service
contract, and which costs would not have been incurred but for
the occurrence of that service contract, are capitalized as
deferred contract costs and expensed proportionally over the
term of service in the same manner as the deferred revenue
arising from that contract.
Prior to fiscal 2004, GII treated non-recurring revenue as a
separate unit of accounting, recognizing such revenue when it
initiated procurement of the underlying service from its
suppliers if collectibility was reasonably assured, and GII
recognized the costs of the underlying service at the same time
as it recognized non-recurring revenues. GII estimates that
non-recurring revenues for the fiscal years ending
September 30, 2001 through September 30, 2003 would
have been $82,717 less, non-recurring costs of revenue would
have been $53,257 less, and pre-tax net income would have been
$29,460 less over the three-year period (during which period GII
reported total net income of $961,935) had the method adopted in
fiscal 2004 been adopted as of the start of fiscal 2001. GII
estimates that deferred revenue at September 30, 2005 would
have been $3,158 less had the method been implemented as of
October 1, 2000 through September 30, 2005. GII
therefore believes this prior method of revenue and expense
recognition did not result in net income calculations materially
different from the method adopted beginning with fiscal 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
Other Revenue:
From time to time, GII
recognizes revenue in the form of fixed or determinable
cancellation (pre-installation) or termination
(post-installation) charges imposed pursuant to the service
contract. These revenues are earned when a customer cancels or
terminates a service agreement prior to the end of its committed
term. These revenues are recognized when billed if
collectibility is reasonably assured. In addition, GII
occasionally sells equipment in connection with data networking
applications. GII recognizes revenue from the sale of equipment
at the contracted selling price when title to the equipment
passes to the customer (generally F.O.B. origin) and when
collectibility is reasonably assured.
|
Managed Network Services:
Because the same
general contract terms apply to these services and because the
services are typically billed in the same manner, GII recognizes
revenue for managed network services in the same manner as it
does for data connectivity.
Professional Services:
Fees for professional
services are typically specified as applying on a fee per hour
basis pursuant to agreements with customers and are computed
based on the hours of service provided by GII. Invoices for
professional services performed on an hourly basis are rendered
in the month following that in which the professional services
have been performed. Because such invoices for hourly fees are
for services that have already been performed by GII and because
such work is undertaken pursuant to an executed statement of
work with the customer that specifies the applicable hourly
rate, GII recognizes revenues based upon hourly fees as billed
if collectibility is reasonably assured.
In certain circumstances, GII engages in professional services
projects pursuant to master agreements and statements of work
for each project. Fees from the performance of projects by GII
are specified in each executed statement of work by reference to
certain agreed-upon and defined milestones
and/or
the
project as a whole. Invoices for professional services projects
are rendered pursuant to the payment plans that are specified in
the executed statement of work with the customer.
Recognition of revenue is determined independently of issuance
of the invoice to the customer or receipt of payment from the
customer. Instead, revenue is recognized based upon the degree
of delivery, performance and completion of such professional
services projects as stated expressly in the contractual
statement of work. The performance, completion and delivery of
obligations on projects are determinable by GII based upon the
underlying contract or statement of work terms, particularly by
reference to any customer acceptance provisions or other
performance criteria that may be defined in the contract or
statement of work. Furthermore, even if a project has been
performed, completed and delivered in accordance with all
applicable contractual requirements and an invoice
F-37
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
has been issued consistent with those contractual requirements,
professional services revenues are not recognized unless
collectibility is reasonably assured (assuming payment has not
already been made).
In cases where a project is billed on a milestone or other
partial basis, revenue is allocated for recognition purposes
based upon the fair market value of the individual milestone or
deliverable. For this purpose, fair market value is determined
by reference to factors such as how GII would price the
particular deliverable on a standalone basis
and/or
what
competitors may charge for a similar standalone product. Where
GII is unable for whatever reason to make an objective
determination of fair market value of a deliverable by reference
to such factors, the amount paid will only be recognized upon
performance, completion and delivery of the project as a whole.
GII does not use estimates in determining amounts of revenue to
be recognized. Each service contract for data connectivity and
managed services has a fixed monthly cost and a fixed term, in
addition to a fixed installation charge (if applicable). At the
end of the initial term of most service contracts for data
connectivity and managed services, the contracts roll forward on
a
month-to-month
basis and continue to bill at the same fixed recurring rate. If
any cancellation or termination charges become due from the
customer as a result of early cancellation or termination of a
service contract, those amounts are calculated pursuant to a
formula specified in each contract. With respect to professional
services, each service contract has a specified project scope
and terms for payments on either an hourly basis or on a project
milestone basis.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and money market
funds.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of current assets and liabilities
approximated their fair values at the respective balance sheet
dates.
Accounts
Receivable
For the years ending September 30, 2005 and 2004, the
Company accrued $23,034 and $73,074, respectively, as allowance
for doubtful accounts. These estimates are based upon
managements assessment of the Companys ability to
collect its outstanding accounts receivable. The Company,
pursuant to its standard service contracts, is entitled to
impose a finance charge of 1.5% per month with respect to
all amounts that are past due. The Companys standard terms
require payment within 30 days of the date of the invoice.
The Company treats invoices as past due when they remain unpaid,
in whole or in part, beyond the payment time set forth in the
applicable service contract. At such time as an invoice becomes
past due the Company applies the finance charge as stated in the
applicable service contract.
The Company utilizes the allowance method of accruing for bad
debt expense. The Company accrues for bad debt expense at a rate
of 0.55% of billed revenue on a monthly basis; this percentage
is based upon managements historical experiences with
respect to bad debt. Actual bad debts, when determined, reduce
the allowance, the adequacy of which management then reassesses.
The Company writes off accounts after a determination by
management that the amounts at issue are no longer likely to be
collected, following the exercise of reasonable collection
efforts and upon managements determination that the costs
of pursuing collection outweigh the likelihood of recovery.
F-38
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Information related to the activity of the allowance for
doubtful accounts is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Beginning Balance
|
|
|
(73,074
|
)
|
|
|
(58,476
|
)
|
|
|
(12,500
|
)
|
Provision for bad debt
|
|
|
(78,635
|
)
|
|
|
(52,109
|
)
|
|
|
(47,694
|
)
|
Reversals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specific charges against allowance
|
|
|
128,675
|
|
|
|
37,511
|
|
|
|
1,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
|
(23,034
|
)
|
|
|
(73,074
|
)
|
|
|
(58,476
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
and Equipment, Software Capitalization
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation computed using the straight-line method.
Depreciation on these assets was computed over the estimated
useful lives of the assets ranging from three to seven years.
Leasehold Improvements are amortized over the life of the lease,
10 years, excluding optional extensions.
The Company purchases software for internal use. The Company
accounts for these costs, including employee compensation and
related costs, in accordance with AICPA
SOP 98-1,
Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use.
Software costs are amortized on a
straight-line basis over a three year period.
Depreciable lives used by the Company for its classes of asset
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and Fixtures
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
Computer Hardware and Software
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
Office and telephone equipment
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
Gains or losses on disposition of property and equipment are
recognized currently in the Statement of Operations with the
related cost and accumulated depreciation removed from the
Balance Sheet. Repairs and maintenance, which do not
significantly extend the life of the related assets are expensed
as incurred.
Total depreciation expense was $109,135, $58,224, and $42,558
for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003,
respectively.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews its long-lived assets, primarily property,
equipment and security deposits, whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. The Company estimates, where applicable, the future
cash flows expected from the asset. If the sum of the expected
undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the
long-lived asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss by
reducing the depreciated or amortized cost of the long-lived
asset to its estimated fair value.
Accrued
Carrier Expenses
The Company accrues for estimated charges owed to its suppliers
for services. The Company bases this accrual on the supplier
contract, the individual service order executed with the
supplier for that service, the length of time the service has
been active, and the overall supplier relationship. It is common
in the telecommunications industry for users and suppliers to
engage in disputes over amounts billed (or not billed) in error
or over interpretation of contract terms. The Accrued Costs of
Revenue category on the Companys financial statements
includes disputed but unresolved amounts claimed as due by
suppliers, unless management is confident, based upon its
experience and its review of the relevant facts and contract
terms, that the outcome of the dispute will not result in
liability for
F-39
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
the Company. Management estimates this liability monthly, and
reconciles the estimates with actual results quarterly as the
liabilities are paid, as disputes are resolved, or as the
appropriate statute of limitations with respect to a given
dispute expires.
As of September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, open disputes
totaled $1,006,460, $564,217 and $347,615, respectively. As of
September 30, 2005, 2004 & 2003, based upon its
experience with each vendor and similar disputes in the past,
and based upon its individual review of the facts and contract
terms applicable to each dispute, management has determined that
the most likely outcome is that the Company will be liable for
$138,366, $95,824 and $66,355, respectively in connection with
these disputes, for which accruals were recorded.
The summary below reflects the reserve account balances and
activity in the accounts for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unresolved Billing
|
|
|
|
Beginning Reserve
|
|
|
Charges against
|
|
|
Reserves for New
|
|
|
Ending Reserve
|
|
|
Errors at End of
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
Billing Errors
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
2003
|
|
$
|
63,853
|
|
|
$
|
(54,331
|
)
|
|
$
|
56,833
|
|
|
$
|
66,355
|
|
|
$
|
347,615
|
|
2004
|
|
|
66,355
|
|
|
|
(45,485
|
)
|
|
|
74,953
|
|
|
|
95,823
|
|
|
|
564,217
|
|
2005
|
|
|
95,823
|
|
|
|
(51,691
|
)
|
|
|
94,235
|
|
|
|
138,367
|
|
|
|
1,006,460
|
|
Net
Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic Net Income (Loss) per share is computed using the weighted
average number of shares of Class A and Class B common
stock outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per
share does not differ from basic loss per share since the
potential dilutive effect of common shares issuable from the
exercise of stock options are anti-dilutive for all periods
presented.
F-40
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Stock
Based Compensation
At September 30, 2005, the Company has a stock-based
employee compensation plan, which is more fully described in
Note 9. The Company accounts for stock-based employee
compensation arrangements in accordance with the recognition and
measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
(APB 25). Under APB 25, compensation
expense is based on the difference, if any, between the fair
value of the Companys stock at the grant date and the
exercise price of the option. No compensation expense has been
reflected for options issued to employees or directors as these
options were granted at exercise prices no less than the fair
market value of the Companys stock at the date of the
grant. As permitted, the Company elected not to adopt the fair
value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
(FAS No. 123). In accordance with the
provisions of FASB Statement No. 148,
Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure
, the
following table illustrates the effect on net income and
earnings per share if the fair value method of
SFAS No. 123 had been applied to all outstanding and
unvested awards in each period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended September 30
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Net (loss) income as reported
|
|
$
|
(444,964
|
)
|
|
$
|
(223,560
|
)
|
|
$
|
379,456
|
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair value method for all
awards, net of related tax effects
|
|
|
(60,679
|
)
|
|
|
(36,352
|
)
|
|
|
(24,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proforma net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(505,643
|
)
|
|
$
|
(259,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
355,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/Earnings per share: basic
and diluted as reported
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/Earnings per share: basic
and diluted, proforma
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.10
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
.01
|
%
|
|
|
.01
|
%
|
|
|
.01
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.85
|
%
|
|
|
4.88
|
%
|
|
|
5.03
|
%
|
Expected life in years
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
As permitted for privately held companies, the Company uses the
minimum value method to estimate volatility for all employee and
director options.
Reclassifications
Certain accounts were reclassified from the prior year to give a
more accurate representation of the Companys operations,
and do not affect the representation of the Companys
overall performance.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
During December 2004, the FASB issued
Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share Based Payment
,
(SFAS 123R), which requires all share based
payments to employees, including grants of employee stock
options, to be recognized as compensation expense in the
consolidated financial statements based on their fair value. As
amended by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107
(SAB 107), in March, 2005,
F-41
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
SFAS No. 123R is effective for annual periods
beginning after December 15, 2005, and includes two
transition methods. Upon adoption, the Company will be required
to use either the modified prospective or the modified
retrospective transition method. Under the modified
retrospective approach, the previously reported amounts are
restated for all periods presented to reflect the
SFAS No. 123 amounts on the income statement. Under
the modified prospective method, awards that are granted,
modified or settled after the date of adoption should be
measured and accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 123R. Unvested equity-classified awards that
were granted prior to the effective date should continue to be
accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123 except
that amounts must be recognized in the income statement. The
Company will adopt SFAS No. 123R on October 1,
2006, the beginning of its fiscal year, and will utilize the
modified prospective application transition alternative.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion
No. 29
, (SFAS No. 153). The
guidance in APB Opinion No. 29,
Accounting for
Nonmonetary Transaction
s is based on the principle that
exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the
fair value of assets exchanged. The guidance in that Opinion,
however, included certain exceptions to that principle.
SFAS No. 153 amends APB No. 29 to eliminate the
exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets
that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary transaction
has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity
are expected to change significantly as a result of the
exchange. SFAS No. 153 was effective for nonmonetary
exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after
June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 did
not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial position and results of operations.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections a
Replacement of APB No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3
(SFAS No. 154). SFAS No. 154
changes the requirements for the accounting for, and reporting
of, a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154
requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be
applied retrospectively with all prior period financial
statements presented using the new accounting principle.
SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and
correction of errors in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2005. The implementation of
SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material impact
on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2005, the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force reached
a consensus on Issue
No. 05-6,
Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold
Improvements
(EITF 05-6).
The guidance requires that leasehold improvements acquired in a
business combination or purchased subsequent to the inception of
a lease be amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the
assets or a term that includes renewals that are reasonably
assured at the date of the business combination or purchase. The
guidance was effective for fiscal periods beginning after
June 29, 2005. The adoption of
EITF 05-6
did not have a material impact on the Companys
consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows.
Note 2
Certificates of Deposit
As of September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company had three
current certificates of deposits totaling $479,120 and $468,078.
All certificates of deposit included in current assets either
mature within 12 months of the date of these statements, or
and have a non-penalty withdrawal feature, or both.
Note 3
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following at
September 30, 2005 and 2004.
F-42
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$
|
134,048
|
|
|
$
|
56,664
|
|
Computer hardware and software
|
|
|
218,611
|
|
|
|
172,103
|
|
Telecomunications equipment
|
|
|
223,270
|
|
|
|
56,396
|
|
Leashold improvements
|
|
|
109,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, gross
|
|
|
685,787
|
|
|
|
285,163
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(263,742
|
)
|
|
|
(163,640
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
422,045
|
|
|
$
|
121,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4
Other Assets
Other assets at September 30, 2005 and 2004 include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted certificates of deposit
securing facilities lease (see Note 8)
|
|
$
|
281,784
|
|
|
$
|
268,000
|
|
Security deposits placed with
vendors
|
|
|
73,616
|
|
|
|
101,863
|
|
Receivable from vendor net of
$23,682 allowance
|
|
|
120,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deferred contract costs
|
|
|
70,952
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Assets
|
|
$
|
546,748
|
|
|
$
|
384,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5
Related Party Transactions
During the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
the Company rented storage space on a
month-to-month
basis from a shareholder at a rate approximating market rental
rates for similar space. Related party expense for the years
ended September 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $3,600, $7,200
and $7,200, respectively. This rental terminated in February,
2005.
Note 6
Taxes
Income
Taxes
The Company reports its income taxes in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
Under this method, a
deferred tax asset or liability is recognized based on the
difference between the financial statement and income tax basis
of accounting for assets and liabilities, then measured using
existing income tax rates. At September 30, 2005, the
deferred tax asset was comprised principally of net operating
loss (NOL) carryforwards and differences in depreciation for
book purposes versus tax depreciation.
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004,
the Company incurred taxable losses of $650,153 and $389,886,
respectively. The fiscal 2005 NOL creates $277,355 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate, and the fiscal 2004 NOL creates $166,326 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate.
Under current tax law, tax NOLs must be carried back for two
years before being carried forward. In the event of a change in
ownership of the Company, these income tax benefits are
subjected to limitations described in Internal Revenue Code
Section 382 (b)(1), which require the Company to limit the
post-change-in-control
carryforwards to an amount not to exceed the value of the
Company immediately before the change of control, multiplied by
the Federal long-term tax-exempt rate.
F-43
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
$480,987 of the Companys tax loss in fiscal 2005 was
offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2003, and $169,166 will be offset by future
income, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax
depreciation differences. The Companys NOL in fiscal 2004
was fully offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2002. This NOL gives rise to income tax
refunds receivable of $205,189 arising from the fiscal 2005
loss, and $166,326 arising from the fiscal 2004 loss, totaling
$371,515 in tax refunds receivable at September 30, 2005.
The remaining $72,167 of tax benefit arising from the fiscal
2005 loss, less $9,985 of tax liability arising from the book to
tax depreciation difference, is the subject of a $62,182
valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable future value of
the remaining fiscal 2005 remaining net operating loss
carryforward to zero. In order for GII to recognize the tax
benefit arising from the fiscal 2005 NOL carryforward,
management is required to identify objective factors which
indicate that GII is more likely than not to achieve near-term
future profitability sufficient to absorb the previous losses.
The losses over the preceding two fiscal years were planned and
anticipated by management in connection with its strategic plan
to accelerate hiring to promote sales growth through additional
market penetration and operational capabilities. GII has
continued to manage carefully its expenses and its contract and
other business risks, and believes that it has made steady
progress toward future profitability beginning in fiscal 2006.
However, in recognition of the fact that these factors
constitute subjective evidence of future profitability,
GIIs management has elected to recognize a valuation
allowance of 100% with respect to the $62,182 tax benefit for
fiscal 2005 in the absence of more precise and objective
evidence.
Amended tax returns are being prepared for fiscal 2002 and
fiscal 2003 to claim the refunds from the NOL created in fiscal
2004, and are expected to be filed during the fourth calendar
quarter of 2006. The fiscal 2002 amendments are being made
currently following the recent discovery that previous income
tax accounting had not provided for the NOL carryback. Amended
tax returns are being prepared for fiscal 2003 to claim the
refunds from the NOL created in fiscal 2005, and are expected to
be filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006. The fiscal
2003 amendments are being made currently following completion of
the accounting for the fiscal year.
Components of the deferred income tax asset are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Asset-Beginning of
Year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Income tax expense from current
year operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(227,361
|
)
|
Deferred Income Tax Benefit
Arising from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryback to
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward to
2020
|
|
|
72,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Income Tax Liability
Arising from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation-book/tax differences
of $23,408, $41,032,
and -0- respectively
|
|
|
(9,985
|
)
|
|
|
(17,504
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation
allowance
|
|
|
(62,182
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Asset-End of
Year
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Refunds
Due
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carryback to 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,528
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carryback to 2003
|
|
|
205,189
|
|
|
|
34,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Year Income Tax Benefit
(Provision)
|
|
|
205,189
|
|
|
|
166,326
|
|
|
|
(227,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Other
Taxes
The Company is liable for collecting Universal Service Fees and
certain sales taxes from its customers and remitting the fees
and taxes to the governing authorities. Estimates of the
liability and associated receivables are presented in the
financial statements.
Note 7
Concentrations
Concentration
Revenue and Accounts Receivable
For the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003,
four customers represent an aggregate of 38%, 43% and 63% of
revenue, in each year, respectively. At September 30, 2005,
one customer represented 15% of accounts receivable and at
September 30, 2004, two customers represented 34% of
accounts receivable. If these individually significant customers
ceased to be customers or became unable to meet their financial
obligations, results of operations of the Company could be
adversely affected.
Concentration
Cash Balances
At times during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005
and 2004, the Company had funds in excess of the $100,000
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on deposit
at financial institutions. At September 30, 2005 and 2004,
the uninsured amounts, including the CD backing the letter of
credit, were $1,168,056 and $1,231,302, respectively.
Note 8
Commitments and Contingencies
Commitment
Security Interest Granted to Vendor
In October 2001, the Company entered into a Wholesale Services
Agreement with a vendor. As security for the Companys
financial performance under that agreement, the Company granted
the vendor a security interest and continuing lien upon all of
the Companys accounts receivable, accounts (customer
base), negotiable instruments, contract rights, general
intangibles and chattel paper then owned or thereafter acquired,
and the products, proceeds, and substitutions, of all of the
foregoing, including but not limited to insurance proceeds
(collectively, the Collateral). The vendor, in
accordance with the agreement and for no reason of the
Companys credit performance, filed a UCC lien on
August 26, 2002 with respect to the Collateral. This
Collateral may be used by the vendor to offset defaults by the
Company under the agreement should such defaults occur and not
be cured within the time frames called for under the agreement.
The Company had a payable of $136,673 to the vendor as of
September 30, 2005, none of which was past due under the
terms of the agreement. The Company is in compliance with all
material terms of the agreement. The vendor has become one of
the Companys largest suppliers, and has also been a
competitor to the Company for certain business opportunities
from time to time over the term of the contract. The existing
agreement is currently in
month-to-month
status. A new contract, which supersedes the prior agreement and
does not require a lien as additional security, has been
executed by the Company and is pending execution by the vendor.
Commitment
Capacity Purchases
The Companys purchases of communications capacity can
generally be divided into two types of purchases:
a) Take-or-Pay
Purchase Commitments; or
b) Service-by-Service
Commitments.
a) Take-or-Pay
Purchase Commitments
Some of the Companys capacity purchase contracts call for
the Company to make payments to suppliers whether or not the
Company is currently utilizing the underlying capacity (commonly
referred to in the industry as
take-or-pay
commitments). As of September 30, 2005 and 2004, the
Companys aggregate
F-45
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
obligations under such
take-or-pay
commitments over the remaining term of all of those contracts
totaled $1,725,000 and $285,000, respectively. All of the
$1,725,000 in aggregate commitments as of September 30,
2005 expire by May 2008. All capacity purchase commitments under
take-or-pay
contracts were fully utilized by the Companys customers
throughout the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and
2003.
b) Service-by-Service
Commitments Early Termination Liability
The Company, to the extent practicable, matches the quantity,
duration and other terms of individual purchases of
communications capacity with agreements to supply communications
to individual customers on a
service-by-service
basis. The Company recognizes profit on communications sales to
the extent its revenue from supplying communications exceeds its
cost to purchase the underlying capacity. In the year ended
September 30, 2004, the Company began purchasing capacity
under five-year commitments from one of its vendors in order to
secure more competitive pricing. These five-year purchase
commitments are not, in all cases, matched with five-year supply
agreements to customers. In such cases, if a customer
disconnects its service before the five-year term ordered from
the vendor expires, and if the Company is unable to find another
customer for the capacity, the Company would be subject to an
early termination liability. Under standard telecommunications
industry practice (commonly referred to in the industry as
portability), this early termination liability may
be waived by the vendor if the Company orders replacement
service with the vendor of equal or greater revenue to the
service cancelled. As of September 30, 2005 and 2004, the
total potential early termination liability exposure to the
Company was $288,119 and $198,500, respectively.
Commitment
Leases
Office
Lease, letter of credit
In November 2001, the Company entered into a thirty-six month
(36) lease for office space in Vienna, Virginia which
expired November 30, 2004. In June 2004, the Company
entered into a ten-year lease for office space in McLean,
Virginia. Rent payments commenced on January 1, 2005. Under
the terms of the 2005 office lease, the Company is required to
provide the landlord with a letter of credit to provide
protection from default under the lease. The Company has
provided the landlord with a letter of credit in the amount of
$268,000 supported by hypothecation of a CD held by the bank in
the same amount. Office lease expense for the years ended
September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $164,081, $122,503
and $112,469, respectively.
Minimum
Future Office Lease Obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending
September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
214,590
|
|
2007
|
|
|
280,229
|
|
2008
|
|
|
287,234
|
|
2009
|
|
|
294,415
|
|
2010
|
|
|
301,776
|
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
1,368,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,746,487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automobile
Lease
In June 2005 the Company entered into a thirty-six
(36) month operating lease for an automobile.
F-46
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Minimum
Future Auto Lease Obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending
September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
10,668
|
|
2007
|
|
|
10,668
|
|
2008
|
|
|
8,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
29,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingency
Legal Proceedings
The Company is not a party to any material litigation and is not
aware of any pending or threatened litigation that could have a
material adverse effect upon the Companys business,
operating results or financial condition.
|
|
Note 9
|
Employee
Benefit Plans
|
Retirement
Plan
In 2002, the Company established a 401(k) plan for its
employees. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company matched 50% of
employees contributions to the plan. During the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2005, 401(k) expense was $87,560,
all of which was accrued at September 30, 2005. During the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, 401(k) expense was
$56,638, all of which was accrued at September 30, 2004.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, 401(k)
expense was $52,835, all of which was accrued at
September 30, 2003.
Stock
Option Plan and Options Outstanding
In 2001, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the
Plan). The total number of shares reserved for
issuance under the Plan is 300,000 effective January 31,
2005. Prior to January 31, 2005, 250,000 were reserved for
the Plan. Stock options granted under the Plan are non-qualified
stock options for its Class B common stock. Management
determines who will receive options under the Plan and
determines the vesting period pursuant to authority granted by
the Board of Directors. Exercise prices are no less than the
fair market value of the Class B common stock at the grant
dates, as determined by management. All options granted under
the Plan through September 30, 2005 were to employees or
members of the board of directors, with the exception of 75,000
fully vested options granted to a consultant in 2000. In the
event of a change of control of the Company, the Board of
Directors may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the awards,
pay a cash amount in exchange for cancellation of the awards,
and/or
require issuance of substitute awards. The weighted average fair
value of the options granted in 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $1.88,
$1.88 and $3.12, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Class B
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Option Shares
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2002
|
|
|
146,700
|
|
|
$
|
3.95
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
$
|
5.50
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2003
|
|
|
149,100
|
|
|
$
|
3.97
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
5.50
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-47
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes To
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Class B
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Option Shares
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2004
|
|
|
224,100
|
|
|
$
|
4.48
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
58,500
|
|
|
$
|
5.67
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2005
|
|
|
282,600
|
|
|
$
|
4.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The options outstanding at September 30, 2005 have exercise
prices ranging from $2.50 to $6.00 per share. Additional
information with regard to the outstanding options is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Fiscal Year End
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
$2.50
|
|
|
76,000
|
|
|
|
4.67 years
|
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
$5.50
|
|
|
186,600
|
|
|
|
6.80 years
|
|
|
$
|
5.50
|
|
$6.00
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
9.40 years
|
|
|
$
|
6.00
|
|
Note 10
Capital Stock
The Company has two classes of common stock authorized,
Class A and Class B common stock. At
September 30, 2005 and 2004 there were
2,500,000 shares of Class A common stock issued and
outstanding and no shares of Class B common stock issued
and outstanding. The Class A common stock and the
Class B common stock have identical rights except that the
Class B common shares are non-voting.
|
|
Note 11
|
Communication
Supply Arrangements
|
At September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company had entered
into agreements to supply communications capacity in the future
to 94 customers and 61 customers, respectively, at
fixed rates in the dollar amounts for the years shown, as
follows:
At
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FYE 2006
|
|
FYE 2007
|
|
FYE 2008
|
|
FYE 2009
|
|
FYE 2010
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
11,209,018
|
|
|
$
|
4,529,418
|
|
|
$
|
3,197,061
|
|
|
$
|
1,669,826
|
|
|
$
|
357,992
|
|
|
$
|
20,963,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At
September 30, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FYE 2005
|
|
FYE 2006
|
|
FYE 2007
|
|
FYE 2008
|
|
FYE 2009
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
8,183,830
|
|
|
$
|
3,467,969
|
|
|
$
|
2,454,956
|
|
|
$
|
1,948,045
|
|
|
$
|
1,371,350
|
|
|
$
|
17,426,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 12
Subsequent Events
On May 23, 2006, the Company entered into a definitive
agreement (the Agreement) to merge with Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corporation (MPAC). MPAC intends to acquire
the Company and European Telecommunications and Technology
(ETT), a UK-based company providing telecommunications
information services to the global access market. The Agreement
calls for the Companys shareholders to exchange 100%
of the outstanding shares of the Companys common stock for
consideration consisting of cash, notes, and equity of MPAC. The
name of the combined company is currently expected to be changed
to Global Telecommunications and Technology (GTT). Under the
Agreement, the merger would be conditioned upon, among other
things, certain regulatory and shareholder approvals. There
exists a material risk that the merger will not be consummated.
F-48
Global Internetworking, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial
Statements
F-49
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005
(As Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
Unaudited
|
|
|
Audited
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
516,402
|
|
|
$
|
141,900
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
|
487,805
|
|
|
|
479,120
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,217,487
|
|
|
|
1,353,966
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
226,525
|
|
|
|
200,063
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
654,149
|
|
|
|
455,924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
3,473,883
|
|
|
|
3,002,488
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
325,910
|
|
|
|
422,045
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
523,450
|
|
|
|
546,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
4,323,243
|
|
|
|
3,971,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS (DEFICIT) EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
959,577
|
|
|
|
476,743
|
|
Accrued carrier expenses
|
|
|
830,482
|
|
|
|
891,223
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
237,122
|
|
|
|
267,457
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
1,607,713
|
|
|
|
1,381,973
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
289,385
|
|
|
|
249,495
|
|
Regulatory and sales taxes payable
|
|
|
396,508
|
|
|
|
317,425
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
90,725
|
|
|
|
14,176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
liabilities
|
|
|
4,411,512
|
|
|
|
3,598,492
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
46,583
|
|
|
|
90,665
|
|
Accrued long term liabilities
|
|
|
75,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders (deficit)
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $.01 par value;
9,000,000 shares authorized, 2,500,000 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Class B, $.01 par value;
1,000,000 shares authorized, Shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(514,456
|
)
|
|
|
(22,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders
equity
|
|
|
(209,995
|
)
|
|
|
282,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
4,323,243
|
|
|
$
|
3,971,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-50
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(As
Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ending
|
|
|
Nine Months Ending
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
$
|
4,699,953
|
|
|
$
|
3,759,361
|
|
|
$
|
13,226,792
|
|
|
$
|
10,127,894
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
3,350,254
|
|
|
|
2,456,387
|
|
|
|
9,492,091
|
|
|
|
6,759,172
|
|
Operations and administration
|
|
|
1,313,846
|
|
|
|
1,359,436
|
|
|
|
4,055,937
|
|
|
|
3,863,769
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
30,876
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
111,460
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
4,977
|
|
|
|
(81,462
|
)
|
|
|
(432,697
|
)
|
|
|
(570,047
|
)
|
Other income
(expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net of expense
|
|
|
9,944
|
|
|
|
9,324
|
|
|
|
23,331
|
|
|
|
30,734
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5,862
|
|
|
|
6,795
|
|
|
|
(82,753
|
)
|
|
|
13,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
15,806
|
|
|
|
16,119
|
|
|
|
(59,422
|
)
|
|
|
43,847
|
|
Income (loss) before benefit
for income (taxes) benefit
|
|
|
20,783
|
|
|
|
(65,343
|
)
|
|
|
(492,119
|
)
|
|
|
(526,201
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
20,783
|
|
|
$
|
(65,343
|
)
|
|
$
|
(492,119
|
)
|
|
$
|
(321,012
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per
share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding basic and diluted
|
|
|
2,576,000
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Paid
|
|
|
Subscription
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
In Capital
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
September 30, 2004
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
279,461
|
|
|
$
|
(500
|
)
|
|
$
|
422,825
|
|
|
$
|
726,586
|
|
Comprehensive Income QE
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105,550
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
317,075
|
|
|
$
|
621,036
|
|
Comprehensive Income QE
March 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(158,705
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
March 31, 2005
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
158,370
|
|
|
$
|
462,331
|
|
Comprehensive Income QE
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,754
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
107,616
|
|
|
$
|
411,577
|
|
Comprehensive Income QE
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(129,953
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Subscription Paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,337
|
)
|
|
$
|
282,124
|
|
Comprehensive Income QE
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(434,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(457,299
|
)
|
|
$
|
(152,838
|
)
|
Comprehensive Income QE
March 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(77,940
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
March 31, 2006
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(535,239
|
)
|
|
$
|
(230,778
|
)
|
Comprehensive Income QE
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity,
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(514,456
|
)
|
|
$
|
(209,995
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-52
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Statements
of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ending
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss)
|
|
$
|
(492,119
|
)
|
|
$
|
(321,012
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net
income (loss) to net cash provided by operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
111,460
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
136,479
|
|
|
|
(597,527
|
)
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(205,189
|
)
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
(1,992
|
)
|
|
|
(92,268
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(187,472
|
)
|
|
|
12,171
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,744
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
482,834
|
|
|
|
255,309
|
|
Accrued carrier expense
|
|
|
(71,496
|
)
|
|
|
241,925
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
(30,335
|
)
|
|
|
34,337
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
225,739
|
|
|
|
316,367
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,838
|
|
|
|
115,062
|
|
Regulatory and sales tax payable
|
|
|
79,084
|
|
|
|
129,900
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
151,692
|
|
|
|
(22,388
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by
operating activities
|
|
|
409,713
|
|
|
|
(43,569
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(15,325
|
)
|
|
|
(369,100
|
)
|
(Purchase) or redemptions of
certificates of deposit
|
|
|
(19,886
|
)
|
|
|
(11,047
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(35,211
|
)
|
|
|
(380,147
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
374,502
|
|
|
|
(423,716
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents,
beginning of year
|
|
|
141,900
|
|
|
|
798,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end
of period
|
|
$
|
516,402
|
|
|
$
|
374,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplementary cash flow
information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-53
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
June 30,
2006
Note 1
Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies
The
Company
Founded in 1998, Global Internetworking, Inc. (the
Company) is a knowledge-based, facilities-neutral,
high capacity communications network solutions provider for
carriers, service providers, systems integrators, government
agencies and communications-intensive enterprise customers. The
Companys fiscal year end is September 30th.
Within the wholesale telecom market, the Company helps customers
obtain diverse, cost-effective, off-net connectivity, from
anywhere to anywhere in the United States and in over 40
overseas markets. Within the enterprise and government sectors,
the Company specializes in providing diverse, high-capacity
solutions for wide area network applications. The Company offers
a turn-key,
single-point-of-contact
approach which allows customers to achieve optimal
end-to-end
solutions without having to find, manage and interconnect
multiple local and long-haul telecom carriers.
Restatement
of Prior Financial Statements
Adjustments required to properly account for current and
deferred non-recurring revenues and costs and the valuation
allowance regarding GIIs deferred tax asset were
discovered in GIIs previously issued financial statements.
Accordingly, GII has restated its financial statements for
fiscal 2005 and the nine months ending June 30, 2006 to
reflect the corrections.
Previously, GII recognized non-recurring provisioning revenues
and associated costs at the time the services were rendered and
the costs were incurred. The restated financial statements
reflect non-recurring provisioning revenues as a single unit of
accounting with the ongoing service revenue, and as a result the
provisioning revenues and the direct incremental costs
associated with provisioning are recognized ratably over the
term of the contracted service starting upon commencement of the
service contract term.
In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 and in the nine
months ended June 30, 2006, GII reported deferred tax
assets for future income tax benefits expected as a result of
net operating loss carryforwards. GII has determined that it
lacks sufficient objective evidence to support the assertions
regarding future profitability and it is more likely than not
that such deferred assets will not be realizable. Accordingly,
valuation allowances equal to 100% of the deferred tax assets
are recognized.
F-54
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Correction of these errors had the following effects on the
financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Nine Months Ending June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
516,402
|
|
|
$
|
516,402
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
|
487,805
|
|
|
|
487,805
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,217,487
|
|
|
|
1,217,487
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
214,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
226,525
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
654,149
|
|
|
|
654,149
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
325,910
|
|
|
|
325,910
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
486,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
523,450
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
959,577
|
|
|
|
959,577
|
|
Accrued carrier expenses
|
|
|
830,482
|
|
|
|
830,482
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
237,122
|
|
|
|
237,122
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
1,607,713
|
|
|
|
1,607,713
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,385
|
|
Regulatory and sales tax payable
|
|
|
396,508
|
|
|
|
396,508
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
90,725
|
|
|
|
90,725
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,583
|
|
Accrued long term liabilities
|
|
|
75,143
|
|
|
|
75,143
|
|
Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $.01 par value;
9,000,000 shares authorized, 2,500,000 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Class B, $.01 par value;
1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
Stock subscription receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
(226,841
|
)
|
|
|
(514,456
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
|
13,222,599
|
|
|
|
13,226,792
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
9,484,052
|
|
|
|
9,492,091
|
|
Operations and administration
|
|
|
4,055,937
|
|
|
|
4,055,937
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
111,460
|
|
|
|
111,460
|
|
Interest income, net of expense
|
|
|
23,331
|
|
|
|
23,331
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(82,753
|
)
|
|
|
(82,753
|
)
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(208,297
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per
share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
F-55
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
141,900
|
|
|
$
|
141,900
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
|
479,120
|
|
|
|
479,120
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,353,966
|
|
|
|
1,353,966
|
|
Income tax refunds receivable
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
|
|
371,515
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
6,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,063
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
455,924
|
|
|
|
455,924
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
422,045
|
|
|
|
422,045
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
475,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
546,748
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
476,743
|
|
|
|
476,743
|
|
Accrued carrier expenses
|
|
|
891,223
|
|
|
|
891,223
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
267,457
|
|
|
|
267,457
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
1,381,974
|
|
|
|
1,381,974
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249,495
|
|
Regulatory and sales tax payable
|
|
|
317,424
|
|
|
|
317,424
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
14,176
|
|
|
|
14,176
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,665
|
|
Accrued long term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $.01 par value;
9,000,000 shares authorized, 2,500,000 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Class B, $.01 par value;
1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
|
|
279,461
|
|
Stock subscription receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
53,135
|
|
|
|
(22,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications services sold
|
|
|
14,297,183
|
|
|
|
14,167,849
|
|
Cost of telecommunications
services provided
|
|
|
9,535,664
|
|
|
|
9,424,964
|
|
Operations and administration
|
|
|
5,335,053
|
|
|
|
5,335,053
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
109,135
|
|
|
|
109,135
|
|
Interest income, net of expense
|
|
|
32,008
|
|
|
|
32,008
|
|
Other
|
|
|
19,142
|
|
|
|
19,142
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(246,314
|
)
|
|
|
(205,189
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per
share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
Basis
of Presentation
The Company has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: Global
Internetworking, LLC; Global Internetworking Government
Services, LLC; and Global Internetworking of Virginia, Inc.
These subsidiaries were formed to provide the same products and
services provided by Global Internetworking, Inc., but in
separate entities for
F-56
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
marketing, legal and regulatory purposes. The subsidiaries
adhere to the accounting policies of Global Internetworking,
Inc. None of the subsidiaries purchased assets, incurred
liabilities, earned revenue or incurred expenses in the fiscal
years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, or in the first
six months of fiscal 2006. During the three months ended
June 30, 2006, Global Internetworking, LLC and Global
Internetworking Government Services, LLC commenced operations.
Results of these subsidiaries operations have been
included in the financial statements. Intercompany transactions
and balances have been eliminated.
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
Interim
financial statements
The interim condensed consolidated financial statements
presented are unaudited, but in the opinion of management, have
been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America applied on a basis
consistent with those of the annual consolidated financial
statements. Such interim condensed consolidated financial
statements reflect all adjustments (consisting principally of
normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial position and results of operations for the
interim periods presented. The results of operations for the
interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for any other interim period or for the
year ending September 30, 2006. Interim condensed
consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction
with the audited annual financial statements as of
September 30, 2005 and 2004 and the accompanying notes
included elsewhere in this document.
Revenue
Recognition
GII provides data connectivity solutions (i.e., dedicated
circuit access, access aggregation, and hubbing), managed
network services, and professional services to its customers. It
recognizes revenue in connection with each service as follows:
Data Connectivity:
Data connectivity services
are provided pursuant to service contracts that typically
provide for payments of recurring charges on a monthly basis for
use of the services over a committed term.
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring Revenue:
Recurring charges for data
connectivity are generally billed pursuant to fixed price
contracts one month in advance and are recorded as unearned
revenue when billed. This unearned revenue is recognized monthly
for as long as such service is provided and collectibility is
reasonably assured, in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 104. Pursuant to the service contracts,
service is first considered provided upon the issuance of a
start of service notice.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-recurring Fees:
Non-recurring fees for
data connectivity typically take the form of one-time,
non-refundable provisioning fees established pursuant to service
contracts. The amount of the provisioning fee included in each
contract is generally determined by marking up or passing
through the corresponding charge from GIIs supplier
imposed pursuant to GIIs purchase agreement. Starting with
the fiscal year ending September 30, 2004, non-recurring
revenue related to provisioning in connection with the delivery
of recurring communications services are recognized ratably over
the term of service starting upon commencement of the service
contract term. Installation costs related to provisioning that
are incurred by GII from independent third party suppliers, that
are directly attributable and necessary to fulfill a particular
service contract, and which costs would not have been incurred
but for the occurrence of that service contract, are capitalized
as deferred contract costs and expensed proportionally over the
term of service in the same manner as the deferred revenue
arising from that contract.
|
Prior to fiscal 2004, GII treated non-recurring revenue as a
separate unit of accounting, recognizing such revenue when it
initiated procurement of the underlying service from its
suppliers if collectibility was reasonably assured, and GII
recognized the costs of the underlying service at the same time
as it recognized non-recurring revenues. GII estimates that
non-recurring revenues for the fiscal years ending
September 30, 2001 through September 30, 2003 would
have been $82,717 less, non-recurring
F-57
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
costs of revenue would have been $53,257 less, and pre-tax net
income would have been $29,460 less over the three-year period
(during which period GII reported total net income of $961,935)
had the method adopted in fiscal 2004 been adopted as of the
start of fiscal 2001. GII believes that deferred revenue at
September 30, 2005 would have been $3,158 less had the
method been implemented as of October 1, 2000 through
September 30, 2005. GII therefore believes this prior
method of revenue and expense recognition did not result in net
income calculations materially different from the method adopted
beginning with fiscal 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
Other Revenue:
From time to time, GII
recognizes revenue in the form of fixed or determinable
cancellation (pre-installation) or termination
(post-installation) charges imposed pursuant to the service
contract. These revenues are earned when a customer cancels or
terminates a service agreement prior to the end of its committed
term. These revenues are recognized when billed if
collectibility is reasonably assured. In addition, GII
occasionally sells equipment in connection with data networking
applications. GII recognizes revenue from the sale of equipment
at the contracted selling price when title to the equipment
passes to the customer (generally F.O.B. origin) and when
collectibility is reasonably assured.
|
Managed Network Services:
Because the same
general contract terms apply to these services and because the
services are typically billed in the same manner, GII recognizes
revenue for managed network services in the same manner as it
does for data connectivity.
Professional Services:
Fees for professional
services are typically specified as applying on a fee per hour
basis pursuant to agreements with customers and are computed
based on the hours of service provided by GII. Invoices for
professional services performed on an hourly basis are rendered
in the month following that in which the professional services
have been performed. Because such invoices for hourly fees are
for services that have already been performed by GII and because
such work is undertaken pursuant to an executed statement of
work with the customer that specifies the applicable hourly
rate, GII recognizes revenues based upon hourly fees as billed
if collectibility is reasonably assured.
In certain circumstances, GII engages in professional services
projects pursuant to master agreements and statements of work
for each project. Fees from the performance of projects by GII
are specified in each executed statement of work by reference to
certain agreed-upon and defined milestones
and/or
the
project as a whole. Invoices for professional services projects
are rendered pursuant to the payment plans that are specified in
the executed statement of work with the customer.
Recognition of revenue is determined independently of issuance
of the invoice to the customer or receipt of payment from the
customer. Instead, revenue is recognized based upon the degree
of delivery, performance and completion of such professional
services projects as stated expressly in the contractual
statement of work. The performance, completion and delivery of
obligations on projects are determinable by GII based upon the
underlying contract or statement of work terms, particularly by
reference to any customer acceptance provisions or other
performance criteria that may be defined in the contract or
statement of work. Furthermore, even if a project has been
performed, completed and delivered in accordance with all
applicable contractual requirements and an invoice has been
issued consistent with those contractual requirements,
professional services revenues are not recognized unless
collectibility is reasonably assured (assuming payment has not
already been made).
In cases where a project is billed on a milestone or other
partial basis, revenue is allocated for recognition purposes
based upon the fair market value of the individual milestone or
deliverable. For this purpose, fair market value is determined
by reference to factors such as how GII would price the
particular deliverable on a standalone basis
and/or
what
competitors may charge for a similar standalone product. Where
GII is unable for whatever reason to make an objective
determination of fair market value of a deliverable by reference
to such factors, the amount paid will only be recognized upon
performance, completion and delivery of the project as a whole.
GIIs professional service arrangements have typically
provided for the performance of services
and/or
provision of deliverables on a short-term (e.g., immediate to
21-day)
basis, and have involved services such as
F-58
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
providing technical support and guidance to clients within a
single day or performing assessment and analysis activities over
a multi-week period. During the nine months ended June 30,
2006, less than 1% of GIIs revenues were derived from
professional services provided to customers. During the
preceding fiscal years, GII did not operate its professional
services as a separately defined line of business, although it
from time to time had minor engagements in which it provided
consultative assistance or professional services to a customer.
GII believes that the revenue associated with such engagements
during the preceding fiscal years equaled less than 0.1% of
revenues for each such fiscal year.
GII does not use estimates in determining amounts of revenue to
be recognized. Each service contract for data connectivity and
managed services has a fixed monthly cost and a fixed term, in
addition to a fixed installation charge (if applicable). At the
end of the initial term of most service contracts for data
connectivity and managed services, the contracts roll forward on
a
month-to-month
basis and continue to bill at the same fixed recurring rate. If
any cancellation or termination charges become due from the
customer as a result of early cancellation or termination of a
service contract, those amounts are calculated pursuant to a
formula specified in each contract. With respect to professional
services, each service contract has a specified project scope
and terms for payments on either an hourly basis or on a project
milestone basis.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and money market
funds.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of current assets and liabilities
approximated their fair values at the respective balance sheet
dates.
Accounts
Receivable
At June 30, 2006, and September 30, 2005 the Company
had accrued $50,231 and $23,034, respectively, as allowance for
doubtful accounts. These estimates are based upon
managements assessment of the Companys ability to
collect its outstanding accounts receivable. The Company,
pursuant to its standard service contracts, is entitled to
charge a finance charge of 1.5% per month with respect to
all amounts that are past due. The Companys standard terms
require payment within thirty (30) days of the date of the
invoice. The Company treats invoices as past due when they
remain unpaid, in whole or in part, beyond the payment time set
forth in the applicable service contract. At such time as an
invoice becomes past due the Company applies the finance charge
as stated in the applicable service contract.
The Company utilizes the allowance method of accruing for bad
debt expense. The Company accrues for bad debt expense at a rate
of 0.55% of billed revenue on a monthly basis; this percentage
is based upon the Companys historical bad debt experience.
Actual bad debts, when determined, reduce the allowance, the
adequacy of which management then reassesses. The Company writes
off accounts after managements determination that the
amounts at issue are not likely to be collected, and following
the exercise of reasonable collection efforts, or upon
managements determination that the costs of pursuing
collection outweigh the likelihood of recovery.
F-59
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Information related to the activity of the allowance for
doubtful accounts is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
At June 30,
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Beginning Balance
|
|
|
(23,034
|
)
|
|
|
(73,074.00
|
)
|
|
|
(58,476
|
)
|
Provision for bad debt
|
|
|
(70,929
|
)
|
|
|
(78,635.00
|
)
|
|
|
(52,109
|
)
|
Reversals
|
|
|
18,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specific charges against allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,675.00
|
|
|
|
37,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
|
(50,231
|
)
|
|
|
(23,034
|
)
|
|
|
(73,074
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
and Equipment, Software Capitalization
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation computed using the straight-line method.
Depreciation on these assets was computed over the estimated
useful lives of the assets ranging from three to seven years.
Leasehold Improvements are amortized over the life of the lease,
10 years, excluding optional extensions.
Prior to 2003, the Company developed proprietary software, the
ultimate usefulness of which was not known at the time it was
developed. Subsequent to development the software was installed
and continues to be further modified and used. This software was
developed by Company employees; payroll and other related
expenses were charged to expense in the period incurred. The
Company purchases software for internal use. Since 2003, the
Company has accounted for these costs in accordance with AICPA
SOP 98-1,
Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use.
Software costs are
amortized on a straight-line basis over a three year period.
Depreciable lives used by the Company for its classes of asset
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and Fixtures
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
Computer Hardware and Software
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
Office and telephone equipment
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
Gains or losses on disposition of property and equipment are
recognized currently in the Statements of Operations with the
related cost and accumulated depreciation removed from the
Balance Sheet. Repairs and maintenance which do not
significantly extend the life of the related assets are expensed
as incurred.
For the nine months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
depreciation expense was $111,460 and $75,000. For the three
months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 depreciation expense
was $30,876 and $25,000 respectively.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews its long-lived assets, primarily property,
equipment and security deposits, whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable.
The Company estimates where applicable, the future cash flows
expected from the asset. If the sum of the expected undiscounted
cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the long-lived
asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss by reducing the
depreciated or amortized cost of the long-lived asset to its
estimated fair value.
Accrued
Carrier Expenses
The Company accrues for estimated charges owed to its suppliers
for services. The Company bases this accrual on the supplier
contract, the individual service order executed with the
supplier for that service, the length of time
F-60
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
the service has been active, and the overall supplier
relationship. It is common in the telecommunications industry
for users and suppliers to engage in disputes over amounts
billed (or not billed) in error or over interpretation of
contract terms. The Accrued Costs of Revenue category on the
Companys financial statements includes disputed but
unresolved amounts claimed as due by suppliers, unless
management is confident, based upon its experience and its
review of the relevant facts and contract terms, that the
outcome of the dispute will not result in liability for the
Company. Management estimates this liability monthly, and
reconciles the estimates with actual results quarterly as the
liabilities are paid, as disputes are resolved, or as the
appropriate statute of limitations with respect to a given
dispute expires.
As of June 30, 2006, the Company had 15 open disputed
issues with 6 vendors totaling $190,060. The three largest
disputed issues involve a total of $120,606. Of the total
disputed amounts, based upon its experience with each vendor and
similar disputes in the past, and based upon its individual
review of the facts and contract terms applicable to each
dispute, management has determined that the most likely outcome
is that the Company will be liable for $66,638, for which an
accrual has been recorded.
The summary below reflects the reserve account balances and
activity in the accounts for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unresolved Billing
|
|
Other Reporting
|
|
Beginning Reserve
|
|
|
Charges against
|
|
|
Reserves for New
|
|
|
Ending Reserve
|
|
|
Errors at End of
|
|
Period
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
Billing Errors
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$
|
95,823
|
|
|
$
|
(51,691
|
)
|
|
$
|
94,235
|
|
|
$
|
138,367
|
|
|
$
|
1,006,460
|
|
Nine months ended June 30, 2006
|
|
|
138,367
|
|
|
|
(126,632
|
)
|
|
|
54,903
|
|
|
|
66,638
|
|
|
|
190,060
|
|
Net
Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted
average number of shares of Class A and Class B common
stock outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per
share does not differ from basic loss per share since the
potential dilutive effect of common shares issuable from the
exercise of stock options are anti-dilutive for all periods
presented.
F-61
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Stock
Based Compensation
At June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005, the Company
had a stock-based employee compensation plan, which is more
fully described in Note 7. The Company accounts for
stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance
with the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees
(APB 25). Under
APB 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if
any, between the fair value of the Companys stock at the
grant date and the exercise price of the option. No compensation
expense has been reflected for options issued to employees or
directors as these options were granted at exercise prices no
less than the fair market value of the Companys stock at
the date of the grant. As permitted, the Company elected not to
adopt the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement
No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation
(FAS No. 123). In
accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and
Disclosure,
the following table illustrates the effect on
net income and earnings per share if the fair value method of
SFAS No. 123 had been applied to all outstanding and
unvested awards in each period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ending
|
|
|
Nine Months Ending
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
20,783
|
|
|
|
(65,343
|
)
|
|
|
(492,119
|
)
|
|
|
(321,012
|
)
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair value method for all
awards, net of related tax effects
|
|
|
(9,617
|
)
|
|
|
(30,392
|
)
|
|
|
(37,042
|
)
|
|
|
(65,804
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proforma net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
11,166
|
|
|
$
|
(95,735
|
)
|
|
$
|
(529,161
|
)
|
|
$
|
(386,816
|
)
|
Loss per share: basic and diluted
as reported
|
|
$
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proforma loss per share: basic and
diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.22
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.35
|
%
|
|
|
4.95
|
%
|
|
|
4.33
|
%
|
|
|
4.58
|
%
|
Expected life in years
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
As permitted for privately held companies, the Company uses the
minimum value method to estimate volatility for all employee and
director options.
Reclassifications
Certain accounts were reclassified from the prior year to give a
more accurate representation of the Companys operations,
and do not affect the representation of the Companys
overall performance.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
F-62
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
During December 2004, the FASB issued
Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share Based Payment,
(SFAS 123R), which requires all share based
payments to employees, including grants of employee stock
options, to be recognized as compensation expense in the
consolidated financial statements based on their fair value. As
amended by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107
(SAB 107), in March, 2005,
SFAS No. 123R is effective for annual periods
beginning after December 15, 2005, and includes two
transition methods. Upon adoption, the Company will be required
to use either the modified prospective or the modified
retrospective transition method. Under the modified
retrospective approach, the previously reported amounts are
restated for all periods presented to reflect the
SFAS No. 123 amounts on the income statement. Under
the modified prospective method, awards that are granted,
modified or settled after the date of adoption should be
measured and accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 123R. Unvested equity-classified awards that
were granted prior to the effective date should continue to be
accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123 except
that amounts must be recognized in the income statement. The
Company will adopt SFAS No. 123R on October 1,
2006, the beginning of its fiscal year, and will utilize the
modified prospective application transition alternative.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion
No. 29
, (SFAS No. 153). The
guidance in APB Opinion No. 29,
Accounting for
Nonmonetary Transaction
s is based on the principle that
exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the
fair value of assets exchanged. The guidance in that Opinion,
however, included certain exceptions to that principle.
SFAS No. 153 amends APB No. 29 to eliminate the
exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets
that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary transaction
has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity
are expected to change significantly as a result of the
exchange. SFAS No. 153 was effective for nonmonetary
exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after
June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 did
not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial position and results of operations.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections a
Replacement of APB No. 20 and FASB Statement
No. 3
(SFAS No. 154).
SFAS No. 154 changes the requirements for the
accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting
principle. SFAS No. 154 requires that a voluntary
change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with
all prior period financial statements presented using the new
accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for
accounting changes and correction of errors in fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2005. The implementation of
SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material impact
on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2005, the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force reached
a consensus on Issue
No. 05-6,
Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold
Improvements
(EITF 05-6).
The guidance requires that leasehold improvements acquired in a
business combination or purchased subsequent to the inception of
a lease be amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the
assets or a term that includes renewals that are reasonably
assured at the date of the business combination or purchase. The
guidance was effective for fiscal periods beginning after
June 29, 2005. The adoption of
EITF 05-6
did not have a material impact on the Companys
consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows.
Note 2
Certificates of Deposit
As of June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005, the
Company had four certificates of deposit totaling $487,805 and
$479,120. Certificates of deposit included in current assets
either mature within 12 months of the date of these
statements, or have a non-penalty withdrawal feature, or both.
F-63
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Note 3
Related Party Transactions
For the nine months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, the
Company rented storage space on a
month-to-month
basis from a shareholder at a rate approximating market rental
rates for similar space. Related party expenses for the nine
months then ended were -0- and $3,000, respectively. This rental
terminated February, 2005.
Note 4
Taxes
Income
Taxes
The Company reports its income taxes in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
Under this method, a
deferred tax asset or liability is recognized based on the
difference between the financial statement and income tax basis
of accounting for assets and liabilities, then measured using
existing income tax rates. At September 30, 2005, the
deferred tax asset was comprised principally of net operating
loss (NOL) carryforwards and differences in depreciation for
book purposes versus tax depreciation.
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004,
the Company incurred taxable losses of $650,153 and $389,886,
respectively. The fiscal 2005 NOL creates $277,355 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate, and the fiscal 2004 NOL creates $166,326 of
future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and
state tax rate. During the nine months ending June 30,
2006, the Company incurred a taxable loss of $492,119. This loss
creates $209,938 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66%
combined federal and state tax rate.
Under current tax law, tax NOLs must be carried back for two
years before being carried forward. In the event of a change in
ownership of the Company, these income tax benefits are
subjected to limitations described in Internal Revenue Code
Section 382 (b)(1), which require the Company to limit the
post-change-in-control
carryforwards to an amount not to exceed the value of the
Company immediately before the change of control, multiplied by
the Federal long-term tax-exempt rate.
$480,987 of the Companys tax loss in fiscal 2005 was
offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2003, and $169,166 will be offset by future
income, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax
depreciation differences. The Companys NOL in fiscal 2004
was fully offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2002. This NOL gives rise to income tax
refunds receivable of $205,189 arising from the fiscal 2005
loss, and $166,326 arising from the fiscal 2004 loss, totaling
$371,515 in tax refunds receivable at September 30, 2005.
The remaining $72,167 of tax benefit arising from the fiscal
2005 loss, less $9,985 of tax liability arising from the book to
tax depreciation difference, is the subject of a $62,182
valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable future value of
the remaining fiscal 2005 NOL carryforward to zero. In order for
GII to recognize the tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2005
NOL carryforward, management is required to identify objective
factors which indicate that GII is more likely than not to
achieve near-term future profitability sufficient to absorb the
previous losses.
The $209,938 of tax benefit arising from the loss during the
nine month period ending June 30, 2006, less $10,199 of tax
liability arising from the book to tax depreciation difference,
is the subject of a $199,739 valuation allowance, bringing the
net realizable future value of the remaining NOL carryforward
arising during the nine months ending June 30, 2006, to
zero. In order for GII to recognize the tax benefit arising from
this loss, management is required to identify objective factors
which indicate that GII is more likely than not to achieve
near-term future profitability sufficient to absorb the previous
losses.
The Companys losses over the preceding two fiscal years
and continuing into fiscal 2006 were planned and anticipated by
management in connection with its strategic plan to accelerate
hiring to promote sales growth through additional market
penetration and operational capabilities. GII has continued to
manage carefully its expenses and its contract and other
business risks, resulting in a profit during the three months
ended June 30, 2006.
F-64
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
However, even though recently returning to profitability,
GIIs management has recognized a valuation allowance of
100% with respect to the $199,739 deferred tax asset as of
June 30, 2006 pending the development of more precise and
objective evidence of future profitability.
Amended tax returns are being prepared for fiscal 2002 and
fiscal 2003 to claim the refunds from the NOL created in fiscal
2004, and are expected to be filed during the fourth calendar
quarter of 2006. These amendments are being made currently
following the recent discovery that previous income tax
accounting had not provided for the NOL carryback. Amended tax
returns are also being prepared for fiscal 2003 to claim the
refunds from the NOL created in fiscal 2005, and are expected to
be filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006. The fiscal
2003 amendments are being made currently following completion of
the accounting for the fiscal year.
Components of the deferred income tax asset are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30
|
|
|
At September 30
|
|
|
At September 30
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Asset-Beginning of
Year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Income tax expense from current
year operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Income Tax Benefit
Arising from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryback to
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,504
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward to
2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward to
2021
|
|
|
209,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Income Tax Liability
Arising from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation-book/tax differences
of $23,908, $23,408 and $41,032 respectively
|
|
|
(10,199
|
)
|
|
|
(9,985
|
)
|
|
|
(17,504
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation
allowance
|
|
|
(199,739
|
)
|
|
|
(62,182
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
Deferred Tax Asset-End of
Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Refunds
Due
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carryback to 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,528
|
|
Carryback to 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205,189
|
|
|
|
34,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Year Income Tax Benefit
(Provision)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205,189
|
|
|
|
166,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Taxes
The Company is liable for collecting Universal Service Fees and
certain sales taxes from its customers and remitting the fees
and taxes to the governing authorities. Estimates of the
liability and associated receivables are presented in the
financial statements.
Note 5
Concentrations
Concentration
Revenue and Accounts Receivable
For the nine months ending June 30, 2006, four customers
represented 36.4% of the Companys revenues. For the fiscal
year ending September 30, 2005, four customers represented
38% of the Companys revenues. At June 30, 2006, two
customers represented 15% of accounts receivable and at
September 30, 2005, two customers represented 28% of
accounts receivable. If these individually significant customers
became unable to meet their financial obligations, results of
operations of the Company would be materially adversely affected.
F-65
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Concentration
Cash Balances
Throughout the nine months ending June 30, 2006 and the
fiscal year ending September 30, 2005, the Company had
funds in excess of the $100,000 insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation on deposit at financial institutions. At
June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005, the uninsured
amounts, including the CD backing the letter of credit, were
$1,488,117 and $1,168,056, respectively.
Note 6
Commitments and Contingencies
Commitment
Security Interest Granted to Vendor
In October 2001, the Company entered into a Wholesale Services
Agreement with a vendor. As security for the Companys
financial performance under that agreement, the Company granted
the vendor a security interest and continuing lien upon all of
the Companys accounts receivable, accounts (customer
base), negotiable instruments, contract rights, general
intangibles and chattel paper then owned or thereafter acquired,
and the products, proceeds, and substitutions, of all of the
foregoing, including but not limited to insurance proceeds
(collectively, the Collateral). The vendor, in
accordance with the agreement and for no reason of the
Companys credit performance, filed a UCC lien on
August 26, 2002 with respect to the Collateral.
This Collateral may be used by the vendor to offset any defaults
by the Company under the agreement should such defaults occur
and not be cured within the time frames called for under the
agreement. The Company had accounts payable of $180,743 and
$136,673 to this vendor as of June 30, 2006 and
September 30, 2005, respectively. At June 30, 2006 and
September 30, 2005 the Company was in compliance with all
material terms of this agreement. The vendor has become one of
the Companys largest suppliers, and has also been a
competitor to the Company for certain business opportunities
from time to time over the term of the contract. The existing
agreement is currently in month-to-month status. A new contract,
which supersedes the prior agreement and does not require a lien
as additional security, has been executed by the Company and is
pending execution by the vendor.
Commitment
Capacity Purchases
The Companys purchases of communications capacity can
generally be divided into two types of purchases:
a) Take-or-Pay
Purchase Commitments; or
b) Service-by-Service
Commitments.
a) Take-or-Pay
Purchase Commitments
Some of the Companys capacity purchase contracts call for
the Company to make payments to suppliers whether or not the
Company is currently utilizing the underlying capacity. (These
are commonly referred to in the industry as
take-or-pay
commitments). At June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005,
the Companys aggregate contractual obligations under such
take-or-pay
commitments over the remaining term of all of those contracts
totaled $1,125,000 and $1,725,000, respectively. All of the
Companys capacity purchase commitments under
take-or-pay
contracts were fully utilized by the Companys customers
throughout the nine months ended June 30, 2006 and the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2005.
b) Service-by-Service
Commitments Early Termination Liability
The Company, to the extent practicable, matches the quantity,
duration and other terms of individual purchases of
communications capacity with agreements to supply communications
to individual customers on a
service-by-service
basis. The Company recognizes profit on communications sales to
the extent its revenue from supplying communications exceeds its
cost to purchase the underlying capacity. During the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2004, the Company began purchasing
capacity under five-year commitments from one of its vendors in
order to secure more competitive pricing. These five-year
purchase commitments are not, in all cases, matched with
five-year supply agreements to customers. In such cases, if a
customer disconnects its service before the five-
F-66
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
year term ordered from the vendor expires, and if the Company is
unable to find another customer for the capacity, the Company
would be subject to an early termination liability. Under
standard telecommunications industry practice (commonly referred
to in the industry as portability), this early
termination liability may be waived by the vendor if the Company
orders replacement service with the vendor of equal or greater
revenue to the service cancelled. At June 30, 2006 and
September 30, 2005, the Companys maximum potential
early termination liability exposure was $276,717 and $288,119,
respectively.
Note 7 Employee
Benefit Plans
Retirement
Plan
In 2002, the Company established a 401(k) plan for its
employees. Under the terms of the plan, management determines,
in its sole discretion, whether and in what amount, subject to
tax and employment regulations, employer contributions will be
made to the plan. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company matched
50% of employees contributions to the plan. During the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, 401(k) expense was
$87,560, all of which was accrued at September 30, 2005.
For the nine months ending June 30, 2006 and 2005, 401(k)
the companys retirement plan expense was $0, and $48,250,
respectively. For the three months ending June 30, 2006 and
2005 this expense was $0 and $25,500. Management does not
determine whether or not an employer contribution, if any, will
be made until year end operating results can be reasonably
predicted.
Stock
Option Plan and Options Outstanding
In 2001, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the
Plan). The total number of shares reserved for
issuance under the Plan is 300,000 effective January 31,
2005. Prior to January 31, 2005, 250,000 were reserved for
the Plan. Stock options granted under the Plan are non-qualified
stock options for its Class B common stock. Management
determines who will receive options under the Plan and
determines the vesting period pursuant to authority granted by
the Board of Directors. Exercise prices are no less than the
fair market value of the Class B common stock at the grant
dates, as determined by management. All options granted under
the Plan through June 30, 2006 were to employees or members
of the board of directors, with the exception of 75,000 fully
vested options granted to a consultant in 2001. In the event of
a change of control of the Company, the Board of Directors may,
in its sole discretion, accelerate the awards, pay a cash amount
in exchange for cancellation of the awards,
and/or
require issuance of substitute awards.
F-67
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Weighted average fair value of the options granted in 2006, 2005
and 2004 was $1.82, $1.88 and $1.88, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Class B
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Option Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Balance at October 1,
2003
|
|
|
149,100
|
|
|
$
|
3.97
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
5.50
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2004
|
|
|
224,100
|
|
|
$
|
4.48
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
58,500
|
|
|
|
5.67
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2005
|
|
|
282,600
|
|
|
$
|
4.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31,
2005
|
|
|
282,600
|
|
|
$
|
4.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31,
2006
|
|
|
282,600
|
|
|
$
|
4.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30,
2006
|
|
|
232,600
|
|
|
$
|
4.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The options outstanding at June 30, 2006 have exercise
prices ranging from $2.50 to $6.00 per share. Additional
information with regard to the outstanding options is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Fiscal Year End
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
$2.50
|
|
|
76,000
|
|
|
|
3.98 years
|
|
|
$
|
2.50
|
|
$5.50
|
|
|
186,600
|
|
|
|
6.11 years
|
|
|
$
|
5.50
|
|
$6.00
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
8.70 years
|
|
|
$
|
6.00
|
|
Note 8-Capital
Stock
The Company has two classes of common stock authorized,
Class A and Class B common stock. At June 30,
2006 and at September 30, 2005 and 2004, there were
2,500,000 shares of Class A common stock issued and
outstanding and no shares of Class B common stock issued or
outstanding. The Class A common stock and the Class B
common stock have identical rights except that the Class B
common shares are non-voting.
F-68
Global
Internetworking, Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Continued)
June 30,
2006
Note 9 Communication
Supply Arrangements
At June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005, the Company
had entered into agreements to supply communications capacity in
the future to its customers at fixed rates in the dollar amounts
for the years shown, as follows: Supply arrangements for the
period ending June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005
represent 113 and 96 customers respectively.
At
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FYE 2010 &
|
|
|
FYE 2006
|
|
FYE 2007
|
|
FYE 2008
|
|
FYE 2009
|
|
Beyond
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,773,124
|
|
|
|
8,837,601
|
|
|
|
4,119,242
|
|
|
|
2,654,958
|
|
|
|
1,910,965
|
|
|
$
|
21,295,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FYE 2006
|
|
FYE 2007
|
|
FYE 2008
|
|
FYE 2009
|
|
FYE 2010
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
11,209,018
|
|
|
$
|
4,529,418
|
|
|
$
|
3,197,061
|
|
|
$
|
1,669,826
|
|
|
$
|
357,992
|
|
|
$
|
20,963,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 10
Subsequent Events
On May 23, 2006, the Company entered into a definitive
agreement (the Agreement) to merge with Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corporation (MPAC). MPAC intends to acquire
the Company and European Telecommunications and Technology
(ETT), a UK-based company providing telecommunications
information services to the global access market. The Agreement
calls for the Companys shareholders to exchange 100%
of the outstanding shares of the Companys common stock for
consideration consisting of cash, notes, and equity of MPAC. The
name of the combined company is currently expected to be changed
to Global Telecommunications and Technology (GTT). Under the
Agreement, the merger would be conditioned upon, among other
things, certain regulatory and shareholder approvals. There
exists a material risk that the merger will not be consummated.
F-69
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and the related
consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income,
stockholders deficit, and cash flows for the period ended
December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of European Telecommunications & Technology
Limited and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the period
ended December 31, 2005
,
in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
Signed BDO Stoy Hayward LLP
London, England
June 1, 2006
F-70
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Report of Independent Auditors
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited (ETT Ltd):
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
ETT Ltd and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of
31 December, 2004 and the related consolidated statements
of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders
deficit, cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended 31 December, 2004. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America. Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position of ETT Ltd. at 31 December,
2004, and the consolidated results of its operations,
comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders deficit and
its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended
31 December 2004, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from
operations since inception and has a net capital deficiency.
Managements plans with regard to these matters are also
described in Note 1.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, England
21 June 2006
F-71
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
December 31,
2005 and 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
4,087,053
|
|
|
|
5,265,863
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of
allowance for doubtful accounts of $67,519 and $75,578 at
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
4,393,640
|
|
|
|
5,084,370
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
1,080,317
|
|
|
|
1,729,645
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
297,449
|
|
|
|
297,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
9,858,459
|
|
|
|
12,377,239
|
|
Property & equipment, net
|
|
|
440,572
|
|
|
|
469,671
|
|
Deferred contract costs and other
assets
|
|
|
977,756
|
|
|
|
1,447,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
11,276,787
|
|
|
|
14,294,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS DEFICIT
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term
obligations
|
|
|
899,244
|
|
|
|
691,895
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
8,963,031
|
|
|
|
10,269,042
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
|
|
|
2,104,549
|
|
|
|
2,381,026
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,039,332
|
|
|
|
2,530,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
14,006,156
|
|
|
|
15,872,666
|
|
Long-term obligations, less
current maturities
|
|
|
499,029
|
|
|
|
1,627,335
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
158,867
|
|
|
|
457,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
657,896
|
|
|
|
2,085,266
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
(Note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred ordinary shares; par
value $0.000172 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares
authorized; 72,366,941 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
Ordinary shares; par value
$0.000172 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares authorized;
64,445,538 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
A Ordinary shares; par value
$0.000172 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares authorized;
37,700,006 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(24,739,313
|
)
|
|
|
(24,508,313
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
2,653,843
|
|
|
|
2,146,388
|
|
Treasury shares, at cost
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders deficit
|
|
|
(3,387,265
|
)
|
|
|
(3,663,720
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders deficit
|
|
|
11,276,787
|
|
|
|
14,294,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-72
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
For the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
34,711,639
|
|
|
|
35,075,501
|
|
|
|
26,328,311
|
|
Costs of revenue
|
|
|
24,506,895
|
|
|
|
25,754,951
|
|
|
|
19,426,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
10,204,744
|
|
|
|
9,320,550
|
|
|
|
6,902,252
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
5,150,563
|
|
|
|
5,070,455
|
|
|
|
5,391,898
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,288,986
|
|
|
|
4,810,101
|
|
|
|
4,385,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
10,439,549
|
|
|
|
9,880,556
|
|
|
|
9,777,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(234,805
|
)
|
|
|
(560,006
|
)
|
|
|
(2,874,761
|
)
|
Other income
(expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
181,938
|
|
|
|
117,955
|
|
|
|
70,879
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(178,133
|
)
|
|
|
(48,147
|
)
|
|
|
(54,481
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
3,805
|
|
|
|
69,808
|
|
|
|
16,398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income
taxes
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
174,413,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
Foreign currency gain (loss) on
translation
|
|
|
507,455
|
|
|
|
(200,503
|
)
|
|
|
(394,209
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
(loss)
|
|
|
276,455
|
|
|
|
(690,701
|
)
|
|
|
(3,252,572
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-73
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Consolidated
Statements of changes in Shareholders Deficit
For the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares
|
|
|
A Ordinary shares
|
|
|
Preferred ordinary shares
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
deficit
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2003
|
|
|
64,319,846
|
|
|
|
10,152
|
|
|
|
37,700,006
|
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
|
|
72,366,941
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
19,265,188
|
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
2,741,100
|
|
|
|
(21,159,752
|
)
|
|
|
251,252
|
|
Issuance of Ordinary Common shares
|
|
|
125,692
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,301
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(394,209
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(394,209
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2003
|
|
|
64,445,538
|
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
|
|
37,700,006
|
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
|
|
72,366,941
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
2,346,891
|
|
|
|
(24,018,115
|
)
|
|
|
(2,973,019
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(200,503
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(200,503
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2004
|
|
|
64,445,538
|
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
|
|
37,700,006
|
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
|
|
72,366,941
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
2,146,388
|
|
|
|
(24,508,313
|
)
|
|
|
(3,663,720
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2005
|
|
|
64,445,538
|
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
|
|
37,700,006
|
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
|
|
72,366,941
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
2,653,843
|
|
|
|
(24,739,313
|
)
|
|
|
(3,387,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-74
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
For the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Operating
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(231,000
|
)
|
|
|
(490,198
|
)
|
|
|
(2,858,363
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
269,513
|
|
|
|
298,764
|
|
|
|
275,299
|
|
Other
|
|
|
21,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(118,562
|
)
|
|
|
(984,392
|
)
|
|
|
1,143,241
|
|
Deferred contract costs, prepaid
expenses and other assets
|
|
|
1,051,281
|
|
|
|
(667,933
|
)
|
|
|
(39,778
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(192,227
|
)
|
|
|
1,988,044
|
|
|
|
1,455,771
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
|
|
|
(35,006
|
)
|
|
|
554,279
|
|
|
|
(948,355
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(522,955
|
)
|
|
|
536,190
|
|
|
|
(396,919
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities
|
|
|
242,071
|
|
|
|
1,234,754
|
|
|
|
(1,369,104
|
)
|
Cash Flows From Investing
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment purchases
|
|
|
(291,167
|
)
|
|
|
(98,704
|
)
|
|
|
(425,579
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(291,167
|
)
|
|
|
(98,704
|
)
|
|
|
(425,579
|
)
|
Cash Flows From Financing
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on long-term
obligations
|
|
|
(637,760
|
)
|
|
|
(396,938
|
)
|
|
|
(170,587
|
)
|
Cash proceeds from long-term
obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,832,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities
|
|
|
(637,760
|
)
|
|
|
1,435,832
|
|
|
|
(137,876
|
)
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on
cash
|
|
|
(491,954
|
)
|
|
|
302,114
|
|
|
|
303,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in
cash
|
|
|
(1,178,810
|
)
|
|
|
2,873,996
|
|
|
|
(1,629,050
|
)
|
Cash at beginning of
year
|
|
|
5,265,863
|
|
|
|
2,391,867
|
|
|
|
4,020,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at end of year
|
|
|
4,087,053
|
|
|
|
5,265,863
|
|
|
|
2,391,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest during the
year
|
|
|
178,133
|
|
|
|
48,147
|
|
|
|
54,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of
non-cash financing:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
551,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-75
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited and
its subsidiaries (the Company), is a non-facilities
based supplier of dedicated managed data networks and
value-added services serving over 100 multinational enterprise
customers in 45 countries. The Company is headquartered in
London, England, and its customers are located throughout the
world.
The Company incurred a consolidated net loss of $231,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2005, and current liabilities
exceeded current assets by $4,147,697 at December 31, 2005.
In view of these matters, recoverability of a portion of the
recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying balance sheet
is dependent upon future profitable operations of the Company
and generation of cash flow sufficient to meet its obligations.
The directors have reviewed the current trading position,
forecasts and prospects of the Company, the funding position
from lenders and shareholders and the terms of trade in
operation with customers and suppliers. The Company believes
that current cash resources and bank facilities available to the
Company will provide the Company with adequate liquidity to
allow support for its business operations through
December 31, 2006.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited, and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company
held 100% of the ordinary share capital in the following
subsidiary undertakings at December 31, 2005 and 2004:
European Telecommunications & Technology SARL,
incorporated in France
European Telecommunications & Technology Inc.,
incorporated in the United States of America
ETT European Telecommunications & Technology
Deutschland GmbH, incorporated in Germany
ETT (European Telecommunications & Technology) Private
Limited, incorporated in India
European Telecommunications & Technology (S) Pte
Limited, incorporated in Singapore
ETT Network Services Limited, incorporated in UK
The subsidiary undertakings are telecommunication integration
companies and have December year-ends, except for India which
has a March year-end. All consolidation amounts are as of and
for the years ended December.
Translation
of foreign currencies
Foreign currency assets and liabilities of the Companys
foreign subsidiaries are translated using the exchange rates in
effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are
translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout the year. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations
on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities are
accumulated as part of the foreign currency translation
adjustment in shareholders deficit. The Company has
determined the functional currency to be the Great Britain pound.
These financial statements have been reported in United States
dollars by translating asset and liability amounts at the
closing exchange rate, the equity amounts at historical rates,
and the results of operations and cash flow at the average
exchange rate in effect during the periods reported. Certain per
share information is disclosed in the Great Britain pound as
well as the United States dollar.
A summary of exchange rates used is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Closing exchange rate
|
|
|
1.72079
|
|
|
|
1.92620
|
|
|
|
1.77850
|
|
Average exchange rate during the
period
|
|
|
1.82069
|
|
|
|
1.83277
|
|
|
|
1.63554
|
|
F-76
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at
the rates of exchange ruling at the time of the transaction.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the
balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising are recorded in
the statement of operations.
Use of
estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and
the effects of revisions are reflected in the period that they
are determined to be necessary. Actual results could differ from
those estimates. Significant estimates are used in the deferred
tax valuation allowance and impairment decisions. Significant
changes in the estimate of the deferred tax valuation allowance
could materially affect the financial statements.
Revenue
recognition
Revenue is primarily derived from arrangements with multiple
elements such as monthly connection charges, installation,
maintenance, equipment and usage charges. The arrangements are
separated into units of accounting based on the following
criteria; whether the delivered items have value to the customer
on a standalone basis, there is objective and reliable evidence
of the fair value of the undelivered items and there is a
general right of return and delivery or performance of the
undelivered items is considered probable and substantially
within the control of the Company. When the fair value of the
undelivered elements is unable to be determined revenue is
recognized evenly over the term of the contract from the date
that completion of the installation is verified by customer
acceptance. Deferred revenue relates to up-front payments
received on contracts and amounts received in advance from
customers for services yet to be rendered.
The Company also evaluates relevant facts and circumstances
regarding recording revenue at gross or net and records revenue
at the gross amount billed to customers because management has
determined the Company has earned the revenue from the sale of
the goods or services.
Installation costs that are directly attributable to a managed
service contract are capitalised as deferred contract costs and
expensed over the term of the contract from the date the
installation is verified by the customer.
Monthly connection charges and installation are determined to be
one unit of accounting as there is no stand alone value to the
customer and the revenue is recognized over the life of the
contract. Maintenance revenue is determined to be a separate
unit of accounting and the revenue is recognized over the life
of the contract.
Equipment revenue is recognized when there is persuasive
evidence of an agreement with the customer, the equipment is
shipped and title has passed, the amount due from the customer
is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably
assured.
Usage charge revenue is recognized as the connection is utilized
by the customer in accordance with the agreement.
Accounts
receivable
Credit extended is based on an evaluation of the customers
financial condition and is granted to customers on an unsecured
basis. Accounts receivable from sales of services and monthly
connection billings are typically due from customers within
30 days of invoicing.
Accounts receivable balances are stated at amounts due from the
customer net of an allowance for doubtful accounts listed below.
Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payments terms
are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by
considering a number of factors, including the length of time
trade
F-77
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
receivables are past due, the Companys previous loss
history, the customers current ability to pay its
obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general
economy and the industry as a whole. Specific reserves are also
established on a
case-by-case
basis by management. The Company writes-off accounts receivable
when they become uncollectible. Credit losses have historically
been within managements expectations.
Information related to the activity of the allowance for
doubtful accounts is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
|
75,578
|
|
|
|
130,521
|
|
|
|
117,744
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
9,255
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
Reversals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(52,175
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
(9,255
|
)
|
|
|
(10,465
|
)
|
|
|
(361
|
)
|
Foreign currency exchange
|
|
|
(8,059
|
)
|
|
|
7,648
|
|
|
|
12,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
|
67,519
|
|
|
|
75,578
|
|
|
|
130,521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Cash includes cash on hand and cash held in banks. The Company
does not maintain insurance for cash deposits. Foreign cash
balances held at various financial institutions located in
countries outside the UK totalled $1,172,724 and $525,627 at
December 31, 2005 and 2004.
Property
and equipment
Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are
recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Computer equipment and furniture is depreciated over
lives ranging from three to five years, and leasehold
improvements are depreciated over the term of the lease or
estimated useful life, whichever is shorter. Upon retirement or
other disposition of the assets, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the
resulting gain or loss, if any, is reflected in results of
operations. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals
of minor items are charged to expense as incurred. Major
renewals and improvements are capitalized when they increase the
estimated useful life of the asset.
Leased
assets
Where the Company retains substantially all the risks and
rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease
is treated as a capital lease. The amount capitalised in
property and equipment is the lesser of fair value or present
value of the minimum lease payments payable during the lease
term and is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or
its estimated useful life. The corresponding lease commitments
are recorded as capital lease obligations. Leases other than
capital leases are treated as operating leases. Costs in respect
of operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over
the lease term.
Impairment
of long-lived assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets to be
held-and-used
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be
recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its
estimated future undiscounted cash flows the asset is considered
to be impaired. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by
which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of
the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of
the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
F-78
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Income
taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability
method. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary
differences that will result in taxable amounts in future years.
Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary
differences and tax operating losses and tax credit
carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income
in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is
expected to be realized or settled. A valuation allowance is
provided to offset the net deferred tax assets if, based upon
the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company
has concluded that a full valuation allowance against its
deferred tax assets is appropriate.
Treasury
shares
The Company accounts for purchases of its own shares as treasury
shares under the cost method. All of the shares held as treasury
shares are expected to be used to meet exercises of share
options granted to employees.
Other
comprehensive income
In addition to net income, comprehensive income (loss) includes
charges or credits to equity that is not as a result of
transactions with shareholders. For the Company this consists of
foreign currency translation adjustments.
Fair
value of financial instruments
The Companys financial instruments including cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued
expenses are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due
to the short-term maturity of these instruments. Long-term
obligations approximate fair value as the instruments are stated
at a variable interest rate.
Defined
contribution plans
The Company does not operate a company sponsored pension plan
but makes discretionary contributions of up to 10% of the gross
salary to the defined contribution plans. The expense is charged
to the profit and loss account in the year to which it relates.
Share-based
compensation
The Company uses the intrinsic value method to value the share
options issued to employees and directors. Under the intrinsic
value method the difference between the market value of the
shares at the measurement date and the exercise price of the
option is credited to shareholders equity and charged to
the profit and loss account over the vesting period. Changes in
the fixed terms of share options require specific accounting
treatment and possible re-measurement. In the years presented,
no share-based employee compensation expense is reflected in net
loss.
Had the fair value method been applied, the compensation expense
would not have been different in the periods presented as all
options only vest upon a certain event (see Note 6).
The weighted average fair value of employee options granted
during December 31, 2005 was not calculated as the
cancellation and re-grant of options made the plan a variable
option plan. The weighted average fair value of employee share
options granted was £0.02 per share during the years
ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. The fair value of options
granted was estimated on the date of grant using the minimum
value model, with the following assumptions; average expected
life of 5 years, average risk-free interest rate of 2.82%,
and no dividend yield.
F-79
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Net
loss per share
Basic net loss per share is computed using the weighted daily
average number of shares of common shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted loss per common share incorporates the
incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of share
options and warrants, if dilutive. Share options totalling
14,175,000, 14,670,000 and 13,615,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, were excluded from the
diluted calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive.
Warrants for the purchase of shares were excluded from the
dilutive calculation because they are contingently convertible
(see note 5).
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Share-Based
Payments
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 123R,
Share-Based Payments
, that addresses the
accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an
enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either
equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are
based on the fair value of the enterprises equity
instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such
equity instruments. The statement eliminates the ability to
account for share-based compensation transactions using the
intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and generally requires that such transactions be
accounted for using a fair value based method and recognized as
expenses in the statement of operations. The statement requires
companies to assess the most appropriate model to calculate the
value of the options. There are a number of other requirements
under the new standard that will result in differing accounting
treatment than that currently required. These differences
include, but are not limited to, the accounting for the tax
benefit on employee stock options.
In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107. The
interpretations in this SAB express views of the SEC staff
regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123R and
certain SEC rules and regulations and provide the SEC
staffs views regarding the valuation of share-based
payment arrangements for public companies. In particular,
SAB No. 107 provides guidance related to share-based
payment transactions with non-employees, the transition from
non-public to public entity status, valuation methods (including
assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the
accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued
under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of
compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time
adoption of SFAS No. 123R in an interim period,
capitalization of compensation cost related to share-based
payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of
share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of
SFAS No. 123R, the modification of employee share
options prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123R and
disclosures in Managements Discussion and Analysis
subsequent to adoption of SFAS No. 123R.
The effective date of SFAS No. 123R for the Company is
for periods beginning after December 15, 2005. Management
has determined that there will be no impact on the
Companys results of operations from adopting
SFAS 123R and applying the interpretations of
SAB No. 107.
Accounting
for the Exchange of Non-monetary Assets
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 153,
Exchanges of Non-monetary
Assets an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.
SFAS No. 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of
non-monetary assets. It eliminates the exception from fair value
measurement for non-monetary exchanges of similar productive
assets of APB Opinion No. 29
Accounting for Non-monetary
Transactions
and replaces it with general exception for
exchanges of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial
substance. A non-monetary transaction has commercial substance
where the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change
significantly as a result of the exchange. The effective date
for the Company of the new standard is January 1, 2006. The
adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have a
material impact on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
F-80
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Accounting
for Changes and Error Corrections
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
, a replacement
of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB statement No. 3
(SFAS No. 154), which changes the
requirements for the accounting for and reporting of voluntary
changes in accounting principles. SFAS No. 154
requires retrospective application to prior periods
consolidated financial statements of changes in accounting
principles, unless impracticable. SFAS No. 154
supersedes APB Opinion No. 20,
Accounting Changes
,
which previously required that most voluntary changes in
accounting principles be recognized by including in the current
periods net income the cumulative effect of changing to
the new accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 also makes
a distinction between retrospective application of an accounting
principle and the restatement of consolidated financial
statements to reflect the correction of an error.
SFAS No. 154 carries forward without changing the
guidance contained in APB Opinion No. 20 for reporting the
correction of an error in previously issued consolidated
financial statements and a change in accounting estimate.
SFAS No. 154 applies to voluntary changes in
accounting principles that are made in fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect the
adoption of SFAS No. 154 to have a material impact on
its consolidated financial statements.
Accounting
for Hybrid Financial Instruments
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Hybrid Financial Instruments.
SFAS No. 155 addresses unresolved issues related to
accounting for certain beneficial interests in securitized
financial assets and requires that an entity analyze beneficial
interests in securitized financial assets to determine whether
the interests represent freestanding derivatives or hybrid
financial instruments that contain embedded derivative
instruments. SFAS No. 155 permits an entity to
recognize and re-measure at fair value all hybrid financial
instruments that contain embedded derivatives that would
otherwise require bifurcation in accordance with
Statement 133, not just interests in securitized financial
assets that contain embedded derivatives. The adoption of
SFAS No. 155 is not expected to have a material impact
on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Accounting
for Servicing of Financial Assets
In May 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156,
Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets: an amendment of
FASB Statement No. 140.
SFAS No. 156 requires
that all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities
be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. The
Statement also permits an entity to choose to subsequently
measure each class of recognized servicing assets or servicing
liabilities using either the amortization method specified in
SFAS No. 140 or the fair value measurement method. The
adoption of SFAS No. 156 is not expected to have a
material impact on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
F-81
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
1,303,466
|
|
|
|
1,156,583
|
|
Furniture
|
|
|
266,950
|
|
|
|
298,815
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
321,611
|
|
|
|
356,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,892,027
|
|
|
|
1,811,876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
1,032,696
|
|
|
|
963,911
|
|
Furniture
|
|
|
221,035
|
|
|
|
207,323
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
197,724
|
|
|
|
170,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,451,455
|
|
|
|
1,342,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net book value
|
|
|
440,572
|
|
|
|
469,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
101,292
|
|
|
|
110,924
|
|
|
|
97,732
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
168,221
|
|
|
|
187,840
|
|
|
|
177,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269,513
|
|
|
|
298,764
|
|
|
|
275,299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-82
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The company has the following financing agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Finance leases with the Bank of
Scotland to purchase equipment for use in the provision of
services to customers. Repayments are due in monthly instalments
of $10,836 and the lease bears implicit interest at 8.5% and is
collateralized by the equipment leased. There are no covenants
with this agreement
|
|
|
107,680
|
|
|
|
441,185
|
|
$453,525 term loan with the Bank
of Scotland for the purpose of capital expenditure originated in
January 2004. The loan is due in monthly instalments commencing
in August 2004 through August 2006 and bears interest at 2.5%
over the banks base rate (effective rate of 7% and 7.25%
at December 31, 2005 and 2004).(**)
|
|
|
240,911
|
|
|
|
433,395
|
|
$1,438,050 term loan with the Bank
of Scotland for the purpose of capital expenditure originated in
December 2004. The loan is due in monthly instalments commencing
in June 2005 through November 2007 and bears interest at 2.5%
over the banks base rate (effective rate of 7% and 7.25%
at December 31, 2005 and 2004).(**)
|
|
|
1,049,682
|
|
|
|
1,444,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,398,273
|
|
|
|
2,319,230
|
|
Less current maturities of
long-term obligations
|
|
|
899,244
|
|
|
|
691,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term obligations
|
|
|
499,029
|
|
|
|
1,627,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturities of long-term
obligations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
899,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
499,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,398,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(* *)
|
Both term loans are collateralized against all of the
Companys assets (including future assets) through a
debenture originally put in place on February 7, 2002, and
granted by the Company in favour of the Bank of Scotland. The
term loans are both subject to a series of affirmative covenants
as well as the following specific financial covenants:
|
|
|
|
a)
|
|
The ratio of EBITDA to senior interest shall not be less than
1:1 prior to 31 March 2006. On 31 March 2006 and
thereafter, the ratio of EBITDA to senior interest shall not be
less than 2:1 unless other wise agreed.
|
|
b)
|
|
The ratio of trade debtors to net borrowings due to the Bank of
Scotland shall not at any time be less than 2:1.
|
The Company was in compliance with the above covenants at
December 31, 2005.
The Company has a $430,197 credit facility outstanding with the
Bank of Scotland which may be drawn as an overdraft, guarantees
or letters of credit. The credit facility does not have an
expiration date, but rather is reviewed annually by the bank.
The rate of interest applicable to the facility is 2.5% plus the
banks base rate (effective rate of 7% and 7.25% at
December 31, 2005 and 2004). The credit facility is
collateralized against all of the Companys assets through
the debenture disclosed above. As long as the credit facility
remains outstanding, the Company shall maintain a ratio of Good
Trade Debtors to Bank Borrowings of 2:1 or higher, to be tested
on a monthly basis. The Company was in compliance with this
covenant at December 31, 2005.
F-83
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 no new
shares were issued. During the year ended December 31,
2003, 125,692 Ordinary Shares were issued for $28,301 cash at a
price of $0.2250 (£0.1591) per share. The Preferred
Ordinary Shares are non-cumulative and rank pari passu with the
other shares in voting rights. On a return of assets on
liquidation, or other reduction of capital, the holders of the
Preferred Ordinary Shares will be entitled, after payment of the
Companys liabilities, in priority to other shareholders,
to receive an amount equivalent to their original investment,
with the balance being distributed pro rata amongst all
shareholders, including the holders of Preferred Ordinary Shares.
On a sale of the whole or substantial part of the Company where
proceeds are distributed to shareholders, a buyer acquiring 50%
or more of the total voting rights of the shares in the Company
or an initial public offering, a proportion of the Ordinary and
A Ordinary Shares will be converted into deferred shares, which
have no voting rights and no rights to capital or income. The
number of shares to be so converted will be determined in the
event of one of the above occurring in accordance with the terms
set out in the articles of association of the Company. In
accordance with this process, the proposed MPAC offer for sale
(see note 12) will result in a proportion of the
Ordinary and A Ordinary Shares being converted into deferred
shares. The number of A Ordinary and Ordinary Shares to be
converted into deferred shares shall result (on a fully diluted
basis) in the holders of Preferred Ordinary Shares holding such
number of shares then in issue as shall entitle each Preferred
Shareholder to receive their Investor Return, as defined in the
Companys Articles of Association. Deferred shares are
liable to compulsory acquisition by the Company at their fair
value forthwith after the offer is declared unconditional in all
respects. Deferred shares carry no right to vote and no right to
any distribution of profit. They are therefore considered to be
of limited value.
The investors who purchased Preferred Ordinary Shares
(Original Preferred Investors) also received
warrants as part of the share purchase agreements. The warrant
holder can subscribe for further preferred shares in the
circumstances detailed as follows; the number of shares to
purchase with the warrants is variable based on a formula
related to subsequent issuance. The holder would only exercise
if subsequent share subscriptions were at a lesser price per
share than that at which the Original Preferred Investors
purchased their shares (£0.159). If shares are never issued
below the share price the Original Preferred Investors paid,
then the warrant holders would not exercise their rights. The
warrants are exercisable for £.0001.
The entity has three separate share option plans that have
similar terms. The Company has purchased 14,016,667 shares
of treasury shares reserved for share options and can also issue
up to 5% of issued share capital (Preferred Ordinary Shares,
Ordinary Shares and A Ordinary Shares) in share options. In
respect of the plans an option holder may exercise all or any of
his options, subject to meeting any performance conditions that
may apply, in whole or in part only on or after: (1) the
making of an application for a public listing (as defined in the
rules of the plan) (2) the receipt of a notice from the
directors that negotiations for a disposal (as defined in the
rules of the plans) are proceeding and (3) the receipt of a
notice from the Directors that negotiations are proceeding which
may give rise to a person becoming an acquiring group or an
acquiring person (as defined in the rules of the plans).
Accordingly, there are no options that are vested or exercisable
at December 31, 2005 or 2004. No share option is
exercisable later than 10 years from its date of grant and
the weighted average remaining contractual life of the
outstanding options is 8.8 years as of December 31,
2005.
Certain options granted were subject to the achievement of
certain performance targets. These targets related to revenue
and sales growth in respective years. All these performance
targets were achieved in relation to each year.
F-84
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Share options at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price ($s)
|
|
|
Exercise Price (£s)
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1
2003
|
|
|
12,595,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.193
|
|
|
|
£0.120
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
3,880,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.256
|
|
|
|
£0.159
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(2,860,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.238
|
)
|
|
|
£(0.143
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31
2003
|
|
|
13,615,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.226
|
|
|
|
£0.127
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
5,415,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.288
|
|
|
|
£0.159
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(4,360,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.276
|
)
|
|
|
£(0.148
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31
2004
|
|
|
14,670,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.260
|
|
|
|
£0.135
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
19,556,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.053
|
|
|
|
£0.030
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(18,756,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.194
|
)
|
|
|
£(0.109
|
)
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,295,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.134
|
)
|
|
|
£(0.073
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31
2005
|
|
|
14,175,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.052
|
|
|
|
£0.030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In July 2005 the Company wrote to share option holders stating
that it had agreed to re-value all share options granted under
the above plans at an exercise price of $0.283 (£0.159).
This involved the respective option holders waiving their rights
over the old options in return for new options to be granted at
an exercise price of $0.053 (£0.03). On August 4, 2005
the Company granted new unapproved share options at the revised
value of $0.053 (£0.03) and the old share options were
cancelled. The Company determined that the options have the same
exercise price as the fair value on the date that they re-priced
the options and therefore no compensation expense was required
to be recognized on the date of re-pricing.
In December 2005 the Company wrote to certain share option
holders stating that it had agreed to re-grant unapproved share
options granted in July 2005 (see above) under its Enterprise
Management Incentive scheme (EMI) where option holders were
eligible under the EMI scheme. The valuation was agreed with the
Inland Revenue in December 2005. This involved the respective
option holders waiving their rights over the old options in
return for new options to be granted at an exercise price of
$0.053 (£0.03). On December 19, 2005 the Company
granted new EMI share options at the revised value of $0.053
(£0.03) and the old share options were cancelled. The
Company determined that the options have the same exercise price
as the fair value on the date that they re-priced the options
and therefore no compensation expense was required to be
recognized on the date of re-pricing. Due to the cancellation
and re-granting of the share options the share option plans are
accounted for as variable plans. When the contingency
requirements are met the Company will record compensation
expense.
There is no current income taxes payable, domestic or foreign,
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 due to
the losses incurred. The Companys provision for income
taxes differs from the expected tax benefit amount as a result
of the valuation allowance recorded against all net deferred tax
assets.
F-85
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The following reconciles income taxes based on the domestic
statutory tax rate to the Companys income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Statutory rate
|
|
|
(69,301
|
)
|
|
|
(147,060
|
)
|
|
|
(857,509
|
)
|
Non-Deductible differences
|
|
|
105,808
|
|
|
|
99,113
|
|
|
|
10,698
|
|
Foreign tax effects
|
|
|
(38,082
|
)
|
|
|
189,674
|
|
|
|
161,991
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
1,575
|
|
|
|
(141,727
|
)
|
|
|
684,820
|
|
Deferred tax assets consisting primarily of the carry forward of
net operating losses totalled $6,936,190 and $7,762,494 at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company has
established a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax
asset due to the uncertainty of future taxable income, which is
necessary to realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets.
The Company had net operating loss carry-forwards of
approximately $20,913,028 at December 31, 2005 which have
no expiration date.
Information related to the activity of the valuation allowance
for deferred tax assets is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
|
7,762,494
|
|
|
|
7,304,800
|
|
|
|
5,917,941
|
|
Increase (decrease) in valuation
allowance
|
|
|
1,575
|
|
|
|
(141,727
|
)
|
|
|
684,820
|
|
Foreign currency exchange
|
|
|
(827,879
|
)
|
|
|
599,421
|
|
|
|
702,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
|
6,936,190
|
|
|
|
7,762,494
|
|
|
|
7,304,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Defined
contribution plans
|
The Company made contributions to defined contribution plans
during the year of $209,643, $203,590 and $199,953 for the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, which was charged
to the statements of operations at the time of payment.
The Company has determined it operates under one reportable
segment as the chief financial decision maker reviews operating
results and makes decisions on a consolidated basis. A summary
of the Companys operations by geographic area follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
23,271,310
|
|
|
|
26,009,250
|
|
|
|
20,384,681
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
6,431,810
|
|
|
|
5,991,873
|
|
|
|
4,165,084
|
|
Rest of the world
|
|
|
5,008,519
|
|
|
|
3,074,378
|
|
|
|
1,778,546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,711,639
|
|
|
|
35,075,501
|
|
|
|
26,328,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales are attributed to countries or region based on the
location of the customer.
|
|
10.
|
Commitments
and contingencies
|
Leases
The Company has entered into certain non-cancellable operating
lease agreements related to office, equipment and vehicles. The
lease terms vary from 1 to 5 years and the land and
building lease has a 5 year provision for
F-86
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
renewal. Total rent expense under operating leases was $754,363,
$770,033 and $645,482 for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2004 and 2003. Estimated annual commitments under
non-cancellable operating leases are as follows at
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
639,217
|
|
|
|
62,835
|
|
2007
|
|
|
594,831
|
|
|
|
31,207
|
|
2008
|
|
|
504,608
|
|
|
|
25,325
|
|
2009
|
|
|
403,895
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
2010
|
|
|
336,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
504,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,983,195
|
|
|
|
120,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supply
agreements
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into
contracts with suppliers to provide telecommunication services
typically for a period between 12 and 36 months. These
supplier contracts are entered into when the Company has entered
into sales contracts with customers. The key terms and
conditions of the supplier and customer contracts are
substantially the same. The Company has commitments of
$17,124,036 (2004: $27,253,153) in respect of such agreements
and the Company has in excess of this value as contractual
commitments from its customers over matching periods.
Legal
proceedings
The Company is subject to legal proceedings arising in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the
ultimate disposition of those matters will not have a material
adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity. No material
reserves have been established for any pending legal proceeding,
either because a loss is not probable or the amount of a loss,
if any, cannot be reasonably estimated.
Significant concentrations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer A
|
|
|
24.62
|
%
|
|
|
34.05
|
%
|
|
|
28.26
|
%
|
Customer B
|
|
|
20.94
|
%
|
|
|
21.11
|
%
|
|
|
17.53
|
%
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer A
|
|
|
27.07
|
%
|
|
|
53.13
|
%
|
|
|
39.76
|
%
|
Costs of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vendor A
|
|
|
14.62
|
%
|
|
|
12.32
|
%
|
|
|
13.45
|
%
|
Vendor B
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
10.35
|
%
|
|
|
10.73
|
%
|
Approximately 63% of revenue is currently generated by managed
and IP services (in contrast to pure connectivity), under
contracts having terms ranging from 12 to 42 months. These
contracts are mainly with large multi-national companies. The
most significant operating expense is the cost of contracting
for the leasing of bandwidth and other services from suppliers.
The companys contracts with suppliers generally have terms
ranging from 12 to 36 months. The Company is subject to
risks and uncertainties common to rapidly growing technology-
F-87
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
based companies, including rapid technology change, actions of
competitors, dependence on key personnel and availability of
sufficient capital.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company
received an offer for sale of the whole of its issued share
capital to Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp
(MPAC), a company registered in the United States.
This offer, which was sent to the Companys shareholders on
the June 13, 2006, is subject to MPACs
shareholders approval, acceptances for which are expected
to be received by October 15, 2006. The Shareholders of the
Company, holding an aggregate of 166,870,716 Ordinary, A
Ordinary and Preferred Ordinary Shares, representing
approximately 96% of the total issued share capital of ETT, have
provided irrevocable undertakings to accept the offer to MPAC.
As a result of the application of the compulsory acquisition
provisions of the Companys Articles of Association, all
ETT shareholders were deemed to have accepted the offer as of
July 28, 2006, and no further approval of ETTs
shareholders is required. On the date immediately preceding the
offer becoming conditional in all respects, a proportion of the
Ordinary and A Ordinary Shares will be converted into Deferred
shares. The number of A Ordinary and Ordinary shares to be
converted into Deferred shares shall result (on a fully diluted
basis) in the holders of Preferred Ordinary shares holding such
numbers of shares then in issue as shall entitle each Preferred
shareholder to receive their Investor Return, as defined in the
Companys Articles of Association. Deferred shares are
liable to compulsory acquisition by the Company at their fair
value forthwith after the offer is declared unconditional in all
respects. Deferred shares carry no right to vote and no right to
any distribution of profit. They are therefore considered to be
of limited value.
F-88
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
F-89
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
2,302,193
|
|
|
|
4,087,053
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of
allowance for doubtful accounts of $71,930 and $75,578 at
June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively
|
|
|
5,664,980
|
|
|
|
4,393,640
|
|
Deferred contract costs
|
|
|
1,059,863
|
|
|
|
1,080,317
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
364,514
|
|
|
|
297,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
9,391,550
|
|
|
|
9,858,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property & equipment, net
|
|
|
434,640
|
|
|
|
440,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deposits and other assets
|
|
|
818,135
|
|
|
|
977,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
10,644,325
|
|
|
|
11,276,787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS DEFICIT
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term
obligations
|
|
|
920,217
|
|
|
|
899,244
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
9,823,747
|
|
|
|
8,963,031
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
|
|
|
1,479,827
|
|
|
|
2,104,549
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,707,024
|
|
|
|
2,039,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
13,930,815
|
|
|
|
14,006,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term obligations, less
current maturities
|
|
|
208,872
|
|
|
|
499,029
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
167,417
|
|
|
|
158,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
376,289
|
|
|
|
657,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred ordinary shares; par
value $0.000182 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares
authorized; 72,366,941 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
Ordinary shares; par value
$0.000182 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares authorized;
64,445,538 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
A Ordinary shares; par value
$0.000182 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares authorized;
37,700,006 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
|
|
5,967
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
|
|
19,293,471
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(24,738,778
|
)
|
|
|
(24,739,313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,418,573
|
)
|
|
|
(5,419,108
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)
|
|
|
2,377,794
|
|
|
|
2,653,843
|
|
Treasury shares, at cost
|
|
|
(662,000
|
)
|
|
|
(622,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders deficit
|
|
|
(3,662,779
|
)
|
|
|
(3,387,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders deficit
|
|
|
10,644,325
|
|
|
|
11,276,787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-90
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Consolidated Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended June 30
|
|
|
Ended June 30
|
|
|
Ended June 30
|
|
|
Ended June 30
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
8,392,533
|
|
|
|
9,042,067
|
|
|
|
16,437,846
|
|
|
|
18,184,841
|
|
Costs of revenue
|
|
|
5,719,336
|
|
|
|
6,298,857
|
|
|
|
11,430,590
|
|
|
|
13,102,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
2,673,197
|
|
|
|
2,743,210
|
|
|
|
5,007,256
|
|
|
|
5,082,653
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
1,297,707
|
|
|
|
1,499,989
|
|
|
|
2,505,337
|
|
|
|
2,718,825
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,382,318
|
|
|
|
1,222,308
|
|
|
|
2,521,135
|
|
|
|
2,320,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
2,680,025
|
|
|
|
2,722,297
|
|
|
|
5,026,472
|
|
|
|
5,038,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
(loss)
|
|
|
(6,828
|
)
|
|
|
20,913
|
|
|
|
(19,216
|
)
|
|
|
43,701
|
|
Other income
(expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
34,423
|
|
|
|
43,272
|
|
|
|
69,244
|
|
|
|
102,139
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(24,216
|
)
|
|
|
(29,748
|
)
|
|
|
(49,493
|
)
|
|
|
(62,601
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
10,207
|
|
|
|
13,524
|
|
|
|
19,751
|
|
|
|
39,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) before income
taxes
|
|
|
3,379
|
|
|
|
34,437
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
83,239
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
3,379
|
|
|
|
34,437
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
83,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net profit (loss) per
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
174,512,485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
3,379
|
|
|
|
34,437
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
83,239
|
|
Foreign currency gain (loss) on
translation
|
|
|
(237,815
|
)
|
|
|
14,942
|
|
|
|
(276,049
|
)
|
|
|
177,351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
(loss)
|
|
|
(234,436
|
)
|
|
|
49,379
|
|
|
|
(275,514
|
)
|
|
|
260,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-91
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Operating
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
83,239
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net
income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
124,597
|
|
|
|
156,259
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(988,223
|
)
|
|
|
(813,851
|
)
|
Deferred contract costs, prepaid
expenses and other assets
|
|
|
214,609
|
|
|
|
405,784
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
363,257
|
|
|
|
700,079
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
|
|
|
(721,082
|
)
|
|
|
80,104
|
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
(427,804
|
)
|
|
|
(205,841
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating
activities
|
|
|
(1,434,111
|
)
|
|
|
405,773
|
|
Cash Flows From Investing
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment purchases
|
|
|
(94,844
|
)
|
|
|
(164,888
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(94,844
|
)
|
|
|
(164,888
|
)
|
Cash Flows From Financing
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on long-term
obligations
|
|
|
(341,706
|
)
|
|
|
(239,740
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing
activities
|
|
|
(341,706
|
)
|
|
|
(239,740
|
)
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on
cash
|
|
|
85,801
|
|
|
|
(355,328
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash
|
|
|
(1,784,860
|
)
|
|
|
(354,183
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period
|
|
|
4,087,053
|
|
|
|
5,265,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
end of period
|
|
|
2,302,193
|
|
|
|
4,911,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest during the
period
|
|
|
44,493
|
|
|
|
64,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-92
European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements
have been prepared by European Telecommunications &
Technology Limited and its subsidiaries (the
Company) and reflect all adjustments, consisting of
normal recurring adjustments, which in the opinion of management
are necessary to state fairly the financial position and the
results of operations for the interim periods. The statements
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America for interim
financial information and
Article 10-01
of
Regulation S-X.
Certain information and footnote disclosures in financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules
and regulations. Accordingly, they do not include all the
information and footnotes required by accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America for complete
financial statements. Therefore, these Consolidated Financial
Statements should be read in conjunction with the Companys
Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Results for interim periods presented are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected for the year ending
December 31, 2006.
The Company incurred a consolidated net loss and current
liabilities exceeded current assets. In view of these matters,
recoverability of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts
shown in the accompanying balance sheet is dependent upon future
profitable operations of the Company and generation of cash flow
sufficient to meet its obligations. The directors have reviewed
the current trading position, forecasts and prospects of the
Company, the funding position from lenders and shareholders and
the terms of trade in operation with customers and suppliers.
The Company believes that current cash resources and bank
facilities available to the Company will provide the Company
with adequate liquidity to allow support for its business
operations through December 31, 2006.
|
|
2.
|
Translation
of foreign currencies
|
Foreign currency assets and liabilities of the Companys
foreign subsidiaries are translated using the exchange rates in
effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are
translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout the year. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations
on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities are
accumulated as part of the foreign currency translation
adjustment in shareholders deficit. The Company has
determined the functional currency to be the Great Britain pound.
These financial statements have been reported in United States
dollars by translating asset and liability amounts at the
closing exchange rate, the equity amounts at historical rates,
and the results of operations and cash flow at the average
exchange rate in effect during the periods reported. Certain per
share information is disclosed in the Great Britain pound as
well as the U.S. dollar.
A summary of exchange rates used is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
June
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Closing exchange rate
|
|
|
1.81595
|
|
|
|
1.72079
|
|
|
|
1.80480
|
|
Average exchange rate during the
period
|
|
|
1.78972
|
|
|
|
na
|
|
|
|
1.87462
|
|
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at
the rates of exchange ruling at the time of the transaction.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the
balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising are recorded in
the statement of operations.
F-93
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial
statements (Continued)
The company has the following financing agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Finance leases with the Bank of
Scotland to purchase equipment for use in the provision of
services to customers. Repayments are due in monthly instalments
of $11,437 and the lease bears implicit interest at 8.5% and is
collateralized by certain equipment. There are no covenants with
this agreement
|
|
|
57,484
|
|
|
|
107,680
|
|
$453,525 term loan with the Bank
of Scotland for the purpose of capital expenditure originated in
January 2004. The loan is due in monthly instalments commencing
in August 2004 through August 2006 and bears interest at 2.5%
over the banks base rate (effective rate of 7% at
June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005).(* *)
|
|
|
163,464
|
|
|
|
240,911
|
|
$1,438,050 term loan with the Bank
of Scotland for the purpose of capital expenditure originated in
December 2004. The loan is due in monthly instalments commencing
in June 2005 through November 2007 and bears interest at 2.5%
over the banks base rate (effective rate of 7% at
June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005).(* * )
|
|
|
908,141
|
|
|
|
1,049,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,129,089
|
|
|
|
1,398,273
|
|
Less current maturities of
long-term obligations
|
|
|
920,217
|
|
|
|
899,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term obligations
|
|
|
208,872
|
|
|
|
499,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(* *)
|
Both term loans are collateralized against all of the
Companys assets (including future assets) through a
debenture originally put in place on February 7, 2002, and
granted by the Company in favour of the Bank of Scotland. The
term loans are both subject to a series of affirmative covenants
as well as the following specific financial covenants:
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
The ratio of EBITDA to senior interest shall not be less than
1:1 prior to 31 March 2006. On 31 March 2006 and
thereafter, the ratio of EBITDA to senior interest shall not be
less than 2:1 unless other wise agreed.
|
|
|
b)
|
The ratio of trade debtors to net borrowings due to the Bank of
Scotland shall not at any time be less than 2:1.
|
The Company was in compliance with the above covenants at
June 30, 2006.
The Company has a $453,988 credit facility outstanding with the
Bank of Scotland which may be drawn as an overdraft, guarantees
or letters of credit. The credit facility does not have an
expiration date, but rather is reviewed annually by the bank.
The rate of interest applicable to the facility is 2.5% plus the
banks base rate (effective rate of 7% at June 30,
2006 and December 31, 2005). The credit facility is
collateralized against all of the Companys assets through
the debenture disclosed above. As long as the credit facility
remains outstanding, the Company shall maintain a ratio of Good
Trade Debtors to Bank Borrowings of 2:1 or higher, to be tested
on a monthly basis. The Company was in compliance with this
covenant at June 30, 2006.
The entity has three separate share option plans that have
similar terms. The Company has purchased 14,016,667 shares
of treasury shares reserved for share options and can also issue
up to 5% of issued share capital
F-94
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial
statements (Continued)
(Preferred Ordinary, Ordinary and A Ordinary) in share options.
In respect of the plans an option holder may exercise all or any
of his options, subject to meeting any performance conditions
that may apply, in whole or in part only on or after:
(1) the making of an application for a public listing (as
defined in the rules of the plan) (2) the receipt of a
notice from the directors that negotiations for a disposal (as
defined in the rules of the plans) are proceeding and
(3) the receipt of a notice from the Directors that
negotiations are proceeding which may give rise to a person
becoming an acquiring group or an acquiring person (as defined
in the rules of the plans). Accordingly, there are no options
that are vested or exercisable at June 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005. No share option is exercisable later
than 10 years from its date of grant.
Share option activity is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price ($s)
|
|
|
Exercise Price (£s)
|
|
|
Outstanding at
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
14,175,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.052
|
|
|
|
£0.0300
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,220,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.054
|
)
|
|
|
£0.0300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30,
2006
|
|
|
12,955,000
|
|
|
$
|
(0.054
|
)
|
|
|
£0.0300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net loss per share is computed using the weighted daily
average number of shares of common shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted loss per common share incorporates the
incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of share
options and warrants, if dilutive. Share options totalling
12,955,000 and 14,330,000 for the six month periods ended
June 30, 2006 and 2005, were excluded from the diluted
calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive. Warrants for
the purchase of shares were excluded from the dilutive
calculation because they are contingently convertible.
|
|
6.
|
Commitments
and contingencies
|
Supply
agreements
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into
contracts with suppliers to provide telecommunication services
typically for a period between 12 and 36 months. These
supplier contracts are entered into when the Company has entered
into sales contracts with customers. The key terms and
conditions of the supplier and customer contracts are
substantially the same. The Company has commitments of
$17,538,799 at June 30, 2006 and $17,124,036 at
December 31, 2005, in respect of such agreements and the
Company has in excess of this value as contractual commitments
from its customers over matching periods.
F-95
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial
statements (Continued)
Significant concentrations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer A
|
|
|
22.35
|
%
|
|
|
20.36
|
%
|
Customer B
|
|
|
14.88
|
%
|
|
|
25.65
|
%
|
Customer C
|
|
|
12.33
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer A
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Customer B
|
|
|
18.43
|
%
|
|
|
20.81
|
%
|
Customer C
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Costs of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vendor A
|
|
|
15.34
|
%
|
|
|
13.82
|
%
|
Vendor B
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
11.52
|
%
|
* Amount less than 10%.
Approximately 63% of revenue is currently generated by managed
and IP services (in contrast to pure connectivity), under
contracts having terms ranging from 12 to 36 months. These
contracts are mainly with large multi-national companies. The
most significant operating expense is the cost of contracting
for the leasing of bandwidth and other services from suppliers
and employment costs. The companys contracts with
suppliers generally have terms ranging from 12 to
36 months. The Company is subject to risks and
uncertainties common to rapidly growing technology-based
companies, including rapid technology change, actions of
competitors, dependence on key personnel and availability of
sufficient capital.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company
received an offer for sale of the whole of its issued share
capital to Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp
(MPAC), a company registered in the United States.
This offer, which was sent to the Companys shareholders on
the June 13, 2006, is subject to MPACs
shareholders approval, acceptances for which are expected
to be received by October 15, 2006. The Shareholders of the
Company, holding an aggregate of 166,870,716 Ordinary, A
Ordinary and Preferred Ordinary Shares, representing
approximately 96% of the total issued share capital of ETT, have
provided irrevocable undertakings to accept the offer to MPAC.
As a result of the application of the compulsory acquisition
provisions of the Companys Articles of Association, all
ETT shareholders were deemed to have accepted the offer as of
July 28, 2006, and no further approval of ETTs
shareholders is required. On the date immediately preceding the
offer becoming conditional in all respects, a proportion of the
Ordinary and A Ordinary Shares will be converted into Deferred
shares. The number of A Ordinary and Ordinary shares to be
converted into Deferred shares shall result (on a fully diluted
basis) in the holders of Preferred Ordinary shares holding such
numbers of shares then in issue as shall entitle each Preferred
shareholder to receive their Investor Return, as defined in the
Companys Articles of Association. Deferred shares are
liable to compulsory acquisition by the Company at their fair
value forthwith after the offer is declared unconditional in all
respects. Deferred shares carry no right to vote and no right to
any distribution of profit. They are therefore considered to be
of limited value.
F-96
Annex A
STOCK
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BY AND AMONG
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.,
GLOBAL INTERNETWORKING, INC.
AND
D. MICHAEL KEENAN,
TODD J. VECCHIO, AND
RAYMOND E. WISEMAN
DATED AS OF MAY 23, 2006
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Article I PURCHASE AND SALE
OF SHARES
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
1.1
|
|
Purchase and Sale of Shares
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
1.2
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
1.3
|
|
Closing
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
1.4
|
|
Escrow
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
1.5
|
|
Rule 145
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
1.6
|
|
Stockholder Matters
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
1.7
|
|
Committee and Representative for
Purposes of Escrow Agreement
|
|
|
A-3
|
|
1.8
|
|
Outstanding Company Derivative
Securities
|
|
|
A-3
|
|
1.9
|
|
Warrant Escrow
|
|
|
A-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article II REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
|
|
|
A-4
|
|
2.1
|
|
Organization and Qualification
|
|
|
A-4
|
|
2.2
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
A-5
|
|
2.3
|
|
Capitalization
|
|
|
A-5
|
|
2.4
|
|
Authority Relative to this
Agreement
|
|
|
A-6
|
|
2.5
|
|
No Conflict; Required Filings and
Consents
|
|
|
A-6
|
|
2.6
|
|
Compliance
|
|
|
A-7
|
|
2.7
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
|
A-7
|
|
2.8
|
|
No Undisclosed Liabilities
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
2.9
|
|
Absence of Certain Changes or
Events
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
2.10
|
|
Litigation
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
2.11
|
|
Employee Benefit Plans
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
2.12
|
|
Labor and Employment Matters
|
|
|
A-9
|
|
2.13
|
|
Restrictions on Business Activities
|
|
|
A-10
|
|
2.14
|
|
Title to Property
|
|
|
A-10
|
|
2.15
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
A-10
|
|
2.16
|
|
Environmental Matters
|
|
|
A-11
|
|
2.17
|
|
Brokers; Third Party Expenses
|
|
|
A-12
|
|
2.18
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
|
|
A-12
|
|
2.19
|
|
Agreements, Contracts and
Commitments
|
|
|
A-13
|
|
2.20
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
A-14
|
|
2.21
|
|
Governmental Actions/Filings
|
|
|
A-14
|
|
2.22
|
|
Interested Party Transactions
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
2.23
|
|
Corporate Approvals
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
2.24
|
|
Registration Statement; Proxy
Statement/Prospectus
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
2.25
|
|
Representations and Warranties
Complete
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
2.26
|
|
Survival of Representations and
Warranties
|
|
|
A-16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Article III REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT
|
|
|
A-16
|
|
3.1
|
|
Organization and Qualification
|
|
|
A-16
|
|
3.2
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
A-16
|
|
3.3
|
|
Capitalization
|
|
|
A-16
|
|
3.4
|
|
Authority Relative to this
Agreement
|
|
|
A-17
|
|
3.5
|
|
No Conflict; Required Filings and
Consents
|
|
|
A-17
|
|
3.6
|
|
Compliance
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
3.7
|
|
SEC Filings; Financial Statements
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
3.8
|
|
Indebtedness
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
3.9
|
|
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board Quotation
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
3.10
|
|
Board Approval
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
3.11
|
|
Trust Fund
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
3.12
|
|
Representations and Warranties
Complete
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
3.13
|
|
Survival of Representations and
Warranties
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
3.14
|
|
Representations and Warranties as
to Parallel Target
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article IV CONDUCT PRIOR TO
THE EFFECTIVE TIME
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
4.1
|
|
Conduct of Business by Company and
Buyer
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article V ADDITIONAL
AGREEMENTS
|
|
|
A-21
|
|
5.1
|
|
Registration Statement; Proxy
Statement; Special Meeting
|
|
|
A-21
|
|
5.2
|
|
Directors and Officers of Buyer
After Stock Purchase
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
5.3
|
|
Other Actions
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
5.4
|
|
Required Information
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
5.5
|
|
Confidentiality; Access to
Information
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
5.6
|
|
Charter Protections;
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
5.7
|
|
Public Disclosure
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
5.8
|
|
Reasonable Efforts
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
5.9
|
|
No Buyer Securities Transactions
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
5.10
|
|
Certain Claims
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
5.11
|
|
No Securities Transactions
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
5.12
|
|
No Claim Against Trust Fund
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
5.13
|
|
Disclosure of Certain Matters
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
5.14
|
|
Nasdaq Listing
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
5.15
|
|
No Solicitation
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
5.16
|
|
Company and Stockholder Actions
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
5.17
|
|
Post Transaction Name,
Headquarters, and Operations
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VI CONDITIONS TO THE
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
6.1
|
|
Conditions to Obligations of Each
Party to Effect the Stock Purchase
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
6.2
|
|
Additional Conditions to
Obligations of the Stockholders
|
|
|
A-28
|
|
6.3
|
|
Additional Conditions to the
Obligations of Buyer
|
|
|
A-29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Article VII INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
7.1
|
|
Indemnification
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
7.2
|
|
Indemnification Procedure
|
|
|
A-31
|
|
7.3
|
|
Insurance Effect
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
7.4
|
|
Limitations on Indemnification
|
|
|
A-33
|
|
7.5
|
|
Exclusive Remedy
|
|
|
A-33
|
|
7.6
|
|
Damages; No Adjustment to
Consideration
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
7.7
|
|
Representative Capacities;
Application of Escrow Fund
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VIII TERMINATION
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
8.1
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
8.2
|
|
Notice of Termination; Effect of
Termination
|
|
|
A-35
|
|
8.3
|
|
Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
A-35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article IX DEFINED TERMS
|
|
|
A-35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article X GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
|
|
A-39
|
|
10.1
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
A-39
|
|
10.2
|
|
Interpretation
|
|
|
A-39
|
|
10.3
|
|
Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures
|
|
|
A-40
|
|
10.4
|
|
Entire Agreement; Third Party
Beneficiaries
|
|
|
A-40
|
|
10.5
|
|
Severability
|
|
|
A-40
|
|
10.6
|
|
Other Remedies; Specific
Performance
|
|
|
A-41
|
|
10.7
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
|
A-41
|
|
10.8
|
|
Rules of Construction
|
|
|
A-41
|
|
10.9
|
|
Assignment
|
|
|
A-41
|
|
10.10
|
|
Amendment
|
|
|
A-41
|
|
10.11
|
|
Extension; Waiver
|
|
|
A-41
|
|
10.12
|
|
Arbitration
|
|
|
A-41
|
|
A-iii
STOCK
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of
May 23, 2006, by and among Mercator Partners Acquisition
Corp., Ltd., a Delaware corporation (Buyer), Global
Internetworking, Inc., a Virginia corporation
(Company), and each of the following persons: D.
Michael Keenan (Keenan), Todd J. Vecchio
(Vecchio), and Raymond E. Wiseman
(Wiseman), such persons being all of the
stockholders of the Company (each a Stockholder and,
collectively, the Stockholders). The term
Agreement as used herein refers to this Stock
Purchase Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to
time, and all schedules hereto (including the Company Schedule
and the Parent Schedule, as defined in the preambles to
Articles II and III hereof, respectively).
RECITALS
A. The Stockholders own all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of the Company consisting of an aggregate of
2,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share (the Shares).
B. Buyer desires to purchase, and the Stockholders desire
to sell, all of the Shares on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises and
representations set forth herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows (defined terms
used in this Agreement are listed alphabetically in
Article IX, together with the Section and, if applicable,
paragraph number in which the definition of each such term is
located):
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES
1.1
Purchase and Sale of
Shares
.
On the basis of the representations
and warranties and undertakings set forth in this Agreement, and
on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement, at the Closing (as defined in Section 1.3
hereof), each Stockholder shall sell his Shares to Buyer, and
Buyer shall purchase such Shares from each Stockholder (the
Stock Purchase), free and clear of all claims,
charges, liens, contracts, rights, options, security interests,
mortgages, encumbrances and restrictions of every kind and
nature (together, Encumbrances).
1.2
Purchase Price
.
On the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,
the total purchase price for the Shares (the Purchase
Price) will be paid as follows:
(a) An aggregate of Fourteen Million Dollars ($14,000,000)
less the Cash Option Buyout Amount pursuant to Section 1.8
(the Total Cash Consideration);
(b) Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00), which Promissory Notes
shall be in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A
;
(c) An aggregate of One Million Three Hundred Thousand
(1,300,000) shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per
share, of Buyer (Buyer Common Stock);
(d) An aggregate of One Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand
(1,450,000) Class W Warrants of Buyer (the
Class W Warrants) (each of which entitle the
holder thereof to purchase one share of Buyer Common Stock at a
price of $5.00 per share); and
(e) An aggregate of One Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand
(1,450,000) Class Z Warrants of Buyer (the
Class Z Warrants) (each of which entitle the
holder thereof to purchase one share of Buyer Common Stock at a
price of $5.00 per share).
For purposes of this Agreement, the Class W and
Class Z Warrants to be issued are sometimes referred to as
the Warrants, the Warrants and the shares of Buyer
Common Stock to be issued are sometimes referred to as the
A-1
Buyer Securities and the Buyer Securities,
Promissory Notes and cash to be paid to the holders of Company
Common Stock are sometimes referred to as the Purchase
Consideration.
The Purchase Price will be payable ratably to the Stockholders
in accordance with their ownership percentage of the Shares as
set forth on
Schedule 1.2
hereof, each percentage
being such Stockholders Pro Rata Portion.
1.3
Closing
.
Unless this
Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to
Section 8.1, the closing of the Stock Purchase (the
Closing) shall take place at the offices of
Greenberg Traurig (Greenberg Traurig), counsel to
Buyer, at 1750 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 1200, McLean, VA
22102, at a time and date to be specified by the parties, which
shall be no later than the second business day after the
satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in
Article VI, or at such other time, date and location as the
parties hereto agree in writing (the Closing Date).
Closing signatures may be transmitted by facsimile.
1.4
Escrow
.
As the sole
remedy for the indemnity obligations set forth in
Article VII, at the Closing the Stockholders shall deposit
in escrow, to be held for twelve (12) months following the
date of Closing (the Escrow Period), Three Hundred
Thousand (300,000) of the shares of Buyer Common Stock received
by such Stockholders as a result of the Stock Purchase (the
Escrow Shares), which shares shall be allocated
among the Stockholders in their Pro Rata Portion. In addition,
the Buyer will have an off-set right against the Promissory
Notes (the Right of Off-set), allocated among the
Stockholders in their Pro Rata Proportions which Right of
Off-set will be in an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($500,000). In the event that the Promissory Notes are
repaid in whole or in part prior to the termination of the
Escrow Period, Buyer shall have the right to deposit up to Five
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (the Substitute Cash
Escrow), from the repayment of the Promissory Notes, to be
held in escrow with the Escrow Agent (as defined below), or a
mutually agreed upon substitute Escrow Agent, on terms
substantially similar to those set forth in the Escrow Agreement
(as defined below). The Escrow Shares along with the Substitute
Escrow Cash (if applicable) is collectively referred to as the
Escrow Fund. The Escrow Fund shall be administered
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow
Agreement to be entered into at the Closing between Buyer, the
Company Stockholder Representative (the
Representative) (who shall be Keenan until a
successor is appointed pursuant to Section 1.14(b)) and a
mutually agreed upon institution to serve as escrow agent (the
Escrow Agent), in a form to be mutually agreed upon
by the parties (the Escrow Agreement). Subject to
Article VII, on the first business day following the
conclusion of the Escrow Period, the Escrow Agent shall deliver
the Escrow Funds, less any such shares and/or cash applied in
satisfaction of a claim for indemnification and any shares
and/or cash then in dispute pursuant to a timely filed Notice of
Claim related to the indemnification obligations set forth in
Article VII, to each Stockholder in the same proportions as
initially deposited in escrow. Any Escrow Shares and Substitute
Escrowed Cash (if applicable), to the extent not applied in
satisfaction of a claim for indemnification or then in dispute
pursuant to a timely filed Notice of Claim related to the
indemnification obligations set forth in Article VII, will
be distributed to the Stockholders promptly upon resolution of
the dispute or claim.
1.5
Rule 145
.
All Buyer
Securities, inclusive of the shares of Buyer Common Stock
underlying the Warrants, issued pursuant to this Agreement to
affiliates of the Company listed on
Schedule 1.5
will be subject to certain resale
restrictions under Rule 145 promulgated under the
Securities Act and all certificates representing such Buyer
Securities shall bear an appropriate restrictive legend.
1.6
Stockholder
Matters
.
(a) By his, her or its
execution of this Agreement, each Stockholder, in his, her or
its capacity as a stockholder of the Company, hereby approves
and adopts this Agreement and authorizes the Company, its
directors and officers to take all actions reasonably necessary
for the consummation of the Stock Purchase and the other
transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement and its exhibits, subject to the provisions of
Article VI in relation to conditions to obligations to
effect the Stock Purchase.
(b) Each Stockholder, for himself, herself or itself,
represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this
Agreement by such Stockholder does not, and the performance of
his, her or its obligations hereunder will not, require any
consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or
notification to, any court, administrative agency, commission,
governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign (a
Governmental Entity), except (i) for applicable
requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act), the
A-2
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange
Act), state securities laws (Blue Sky Laws),
and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) where the
failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations or
permits, or to make such filings or notifications, would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in Section 10.2(a))
on such Stockholder or the Company or, after the Closing, the
Buyer, or prevent consummation of the Stock Purchase or
otherwise prevent the parties hereto from performing their
obligations under this Agreement, and (iii) for applicable
requirements, if any, of any telecommunications regulatory
authority.
1.7
Committee and Representative for Purposes
of Escrow Agreement.
(a)
Buyer
Committee
. Prior to the Closing, the Board of Directors of
Buyer shall appoint a committee consisting of one of its then
members to act on behalf of Buyer to take all necessary actions
and make all decisions pursuant to the Escrow Agreement
regarding Buyers right to indemnification pursuant to
Article VII hereof. In the event of a vacancy in such
committee, the Board of Directors of Buyer shall appoint as a
successor a Person who was a director of Buyer prior to the
Closing Date or some other Person who would qualify as an
independent director of Buyer and who has not had
any relationship with the Company prior to the Closing. Such
committee is intended to be the Committee referred
to in Article VII hereof and the Escrow Agreement.
(b)
Representative
.
The
Stockholders hereby designate Keenan to represent the interests
of the Persons entitled to receive cash and Buyer Common Stock
as a result of the Stock Purchase for purposes of the Escrow
Agreement. If such Person ceases to serve in such capacity for
any reason, such Person shall designate his or her successor.
Failing such designation within 10 business days after the
Representative has ceased to serve, those members of the Board
of Directors of Buyer who were directors of the Company prior to
the Closing shall appoint as successor a Person who was a former
stockholder of the Company, or such other Person as such members
shall designate. Such Person or successor is intended to be the
Representative referred to in Section 1.4 and
Article VII hereof and the Escrow Agreement.
1.8
Outstanding Company Derivative
Securities
.
The Company shall arrange that
the holders of all outstanding options, warrants and other
derivative securities of the Company agree to the termination
thereof. Such termination may be made contingent upon the
occurrence of the Closing. A listing of all outstanding Company
Stock Options (as defined in Section 2.3 hereof) and the
holders thereof (determined without regard to vesting) is set
forth on Schedule 2.3 hereof. The Stockholders agree to
deliver to Buyer at the Closing, Stock Option Cancellation
Agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Buyer, executed by each holder of Stock Options and providing
for the termination of the Stock Option Agreements related
thereto (the Stock Option Cancellation Agreements).
The parties acknowledge and agree that the Stock Option
Cancellation Agreements will provide for an aggregate payment by
Buyer to the holders of Stock Options in an amount of cash set
forth in Schedule 2.3 to be delivered by the Company ten
(10) days prior to Closing (the Cash Option Buyout
Amount). In the event that any holder of Company Stock
Options (a Option Holder) elects to exercise such
Company Stock Options after the date hereof and Buyer, following
the Closing, repurchases the shares issued upon exercise of the
Company Stock Options, by cash-out merger or otherwise, if such
repurchase occurs within one year from the Closing, the
Stockholders hereby agree to jointly and severally indemnify
Buyer for any amounts expended by Buyer in connection with such
repurchase (less the amount of proceeds received by the Company
as a result of the exercise of the Company Stock Options by the
Option Holder). Such right of indemnification shall not be
subject to the Deductible as defined in Section 7.4(b).
1.9
Warrant Escrow
.
At the
Closing the Stockholders shall deposit in escrow, to be held
pursuant to the terms hereof, an aggregate of nine hundred
sixty-six thousand six hundred sixty-six (966,666) of the
Class W Warrants (the Class W Escrow
Warrants) and nine hundred sixty-six thousand six hundred
sixty-six
(966,666) of the Class Z Warrants (the Class Z
Escrow Warrants which along with the Class W Escrow
Warrants are collectively referred to herein as the
Escrowed Warrants), which Class W Escrow
Warrants and Class Z Escrow Warrants shall be allocated
among the Stockholders in their Pro Rate Portions, all in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Warrant Escrow
Agreement to be entered into at the Closing between Buyer, the
Representative (who shall be Keenan until a
successor is appointed pursuant to Section 1.7(b)) and a
mutually agreed upon institution to serve as escrow agent, in a
form to be mutually agreed upon by the parties (the
Warrant Escrow
A-3
Agreement). The Class W Escrow Warrants shall be
placed in escrow, and released to the Stockholders when a
majority of the Class W Warrants issued and outstanding as
of the date of this Agreement are exercised, redeemed, or
otherwise converted into cash or equity securities of Buyer. The
Class Z Escrow Warrants shall be placed in escrow, and
released to the Stockholders as and when a majority of the
Class Z Warrants issued and outstanding as of the date of
this Agreement are exercised, redeemed, or otherwise converted
into cash or equity securities of Buyer. In the event Keenan or
Vecchio (collectively, the Principals) are dismissed
from employment by Buyer (other than for cause as
may be defined in employment agreements entered into with Buyer)
or if there is a Change of Control (as defined below), the
release of the Escrowed Warrants shall be accelerated. For
purposes hereof, the term Change of Control shall
mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of
the Buyer with or into another entity or any other corporate
reorganization, if more than 50% of the combined voting power of
the continuing or surviving entitys (or its parent)
securities outstanding immediately after such merger,
consolidation or other reorganization is owned by persons who
were not stockholders of the Buyer immediately prior to such
merger, consolidation or other reorganization (other than
through acquisition of Buyer common stock in open market
transactions); or (ii) the sale, transfer or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the Buyers
assets; provided, however, that a transaction shall not
constitute a Change in Control if its sole effect is to change
the state of the Buyers incorporation or to create a
holding company that will be owned in substantially the same
proportions by the persons who held the Buyers securities
immediately before such transaction.
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
Subject to the exceptions set forth in Schedule 2 attached
hereto (the Company Schedule) and as inducement to
the Buyer to enter into the Agreement and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby, the Stockholders, jointly and
severally, represent and warrant to Buyer, as follows (as used
in this Article II and elsewhere in this Agreement, the
term Company includes the Subsidiaries, as
hereinafter defined, unless the context clearly otherwise
indicates):
2.1
Organization and
Qualification
.
(a) The Company is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia and has
the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and
operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business
as it is now being conducted. Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.1(a)
, the Company is in possession of all
franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits,
easements, consents, certificates, approvals and orders
(Approvals) necessary to own, lease and operate the
properties it purports to own, operate or lease and to carry on
its business as it is now being conducted, except where the
failure to have such Approvals would not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company. Complete and correct copies of the
certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other comparable
governing instruments with different names) (collectively
referred to herein as Charter Documents) of the
Company, as amended and currently in effect, have been
heretofore delivered or made available to Buyer or Buyers
counsel. The Company is not in violation of any of the
provisions of the Companys Charter Documents.
(b) Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.1(b)
, the
Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a
foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated
by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification
or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so duly
qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Each jurisdiction in
which the Company is so qualified or licensed is listed in
Schedule 2.1(b)
.
(c) The minute books of the Company contain true, complete
and accurate records of all meetings and consents in lieu of
meetings of its Board of Directors (and any committees thereof),
similar governing bodies and stockholders (Corporate
Records) since January 1, 2000. Copies of such
Corporate Records of the Company have been heretofore made
available to Buyer or Buyers counsel.
A-4
(d) The stock transfer, warrant and option transfer and
ownership records of the Company contain true, complete and
accurate records of the securities ownership as of the date of
such records and the transfers involving the capital stock and
other securities of the Company since January 1, 2000.
Copies of such records of the Company have been heretofore made
available to Buyer or Buyers counsel.
2.2
Subsidiaries
.
(a) The
Company has no subsidiaries other than those listed on
Schedule 2.2(a)
(each, a Subsidiary and,
collectively, the Subsidiaries). Except for the
Subsidiaries, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly,
any ownership, equity, profits or voting interest in any Person
or have any agreement or commitment to purchase any such
interest, and has not agreed and is not obligated to make nor is
bound by any written, oral or other agreement, contract,
subcontract, lease, binding understanding, instrument, note,
option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance
policy, benefit plan, commitment or undertaking of any nature,
as of the date hereof or as may hereafter be in effect under
which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in
or capital contribution to any other entity.
(b) Each Subsidiary that is a corporation is duly
incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of its state of incorporation (as listed on
Schedule 2.2(b)
) and has the requisite corporate
power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and
properties and to carry on its business as it is now being
conducted. Each Subsidiary that is a limited liability company
is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of its state of organization or
formation (as listed on
Schedule 2.2(b)
) and has the
requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its
assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now
being conducted. Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.2(b)
, each Subsidiary is in possession of
all Approvals necessary to own, lease and operate the properties
it purports to own, operate or lease and to carry on its
business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure
to have such Approvals would not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company or such Subsidiary. Complete and correct
copies of the Charter Documents of each Subsidiary, as amended
and currently in effect, have been heretofore delivered or made
available to Buyer or Buyers counsel. No Subsidiary is in
violation of any of the provisions of its Charter Documents.
(c) Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.2(c)
,
each Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business as
a foreign corporation or foreign limited liability company and
is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the character of
the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of
its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary,
except for such failures to be so duly qualified or licensed and
in good standing that would not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company or such Subsidiary. Each jurisdiction in
which each Subsidiary is so qualified or licensed is listed in
Schedule 2.2(c)
.
(d) The minute books of each Subsidiary contain true,
complete and accurate records of all meetings and consents in
lieu of meetings of its Board of Directors (and any committees
thereof), similar governing bodies and stockholders since
January 1, 2000. Copies of the Corporate Records of each
Subsidiary have been heretofore made available to Buyer or
Buyers counsel.
2.3
Capitalization
.
(a) The
authorized capital stock of the Company consists of:
(I) 9,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par
value $0.01 per share (the Company Class A
Common Stock) of which 2,500,000 shares of such
Company Class Common Stock are issued and outstanding as of
the date of this Agreement; and (II) 1,000,000 shares
of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(the Company Class B Common Stock which,
together with the Company Class A Common Stock, is
collectively referred to herein as the Company Common
Stock) of which no shares of such Company Class B
Common Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date of this
Agreement. All issued and outstanding shares of Company Common
Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are
owned by the Persons who are Stockholders. As of the date of
this Agreement and as it may be revised as of the Closing Date
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except as set
forth on
Schedule 2.3(a)(i)
no shares of Company
Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
outstanding options to purchase Company Common Stock granted to
employees of Company or other parties (Company Stock
Options), and (ii) no shares of Company Common Stock
are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding
warrants or other rights (other than Company Stock Options) to
purchase Company Common Stock. All shares of Company Common
Stock subject to issuance as aforesaid, upon issuance on the
terms
A-5
and conditions specified in the instrument pursuant to which
they are issuable, will be duly authorized, validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable. Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.3(a)
, there are no commitments or
agreements of any character to which Company is bound obligating
Company to accelerate the vesting of any Company Stock Option as
a result of the Stock Purchase. All outstanding shares of
Company Common Stock and all outstanding Company Stock Options
have been issued and granted in compliance with (x) all
applicable securities laws and (in all material respects) other
applicable laws and regulations, and (y) all requirements
set forth in any applicable Company Contracts (as defined in
Section 2.19). The Company has heretofore delivered or made
available to Buyer or Buyers counsel true and accurate
copies of the forms of documents used for the issuance of
Company Stock Options and a true and complete list of the
holders thereof, including their names and the numbers of shares
of Company Common Stock underlying such holders Company
Stock Options.
(b) Except as contemplated by this Agreement and except as
set forth in Section 2.3(a) hereof and
Schedule 2.3(b)
, there are no subscriptions,
options, warrants, equity securities, partnership interests or
similar ownership interests, calls, rights (including preemptive
rights), commitments or agreements of any character to which the
Company is a party or by which it is bound obligating the
Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued,
delivered or sold, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire,
or cause the repurchase, redemption or acquisition of, any
shares of capital stock, partnership interests or similar
ownership interests of the Company or obligating the Company to
grant, extend, accelerate the vesting of or enter into any such
subscription, option, warrant, equity security, call, right,
commitment or agreement.
(c) Except as contemplated by this Agreement and except as
set forth on
Schedule 2.3(c)
hereto, there are no
registration rights, and there is no voting trust, proxy, rights
plan, anti-takeover plan or other agreement or understanding to
which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound
with respect to any equity security of any class of the Company.
(d) The authorized and outstanding capital stock or
membership interests of each Subsidiary are set forth in
Schedule 2.3(d)
hereto. The Company owns all of the
outstanding equity securities of each Subsidiary, free and clear
of all Liens, either directly or indirectly through one or more
other Subsidiaries. There are no outstanding options, warrants
or other rights to purchase securities of any Subsidiary.
2.4
Authority Relative to this
Agreement
.
Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.4
, the Company has all necessary
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (including the
Stock Purchase). The execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
contemplated hereby (including the Stock Purchase) have been
duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on
the part of the Company (including the approval by its Board of
Directors and stockholders, subject in all cases to the
satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
including the conditions set forth in Article VI), and no
other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are
necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to the VSCA and the
terms and conditions of this Agreement. This Agreement has been
duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and,
assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof
by the other parties hereto, constitutes the legal and binding
obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally
and by general principles of equity.
2.5
No Conflict; Required Filings and
Consents
.
(a) Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.5(a)
hereof, the execution and delivery
of this Agreement by the Company do not, and the performance of
this Agreement by the Company shall not, (i) conflict with
or violate the Companys Charter Documents,
(ii) conflict with or violate any Legal Requirements (as
defined in Section 10.2(b)), (iii) result in any
breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice
or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or
materially impair the Companys rights or alter the rights
or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any
rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation
of, or result in the creation of a lien or encumbrance on any of
the properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, any Company
Contracts, or (iv) result in the triggering, acceleration
or increase of any payment to any Person pursuant to any Company
Contract, including any change in control or similar
provision of any Company Contract, except, with respect to
clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv), for any such conflicts,
violations,
A-6
breaches, defaults, triggerings, accelerations, increases or
other occurrences that would not, individually and in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
(b) Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.5(b)
, the
execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does
not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder will not,
require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or
filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except
for applicable requirements, if any, of the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or Blue Sky Laws, and the rules and regulations
thereunder, and appropriate documents received from or filed
with the relevant authorities of other jurisdictions in which
the Company is licensed or qualified to do business and
(ii) where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals,
authorizations or permits, or to make such filings or
notifications, would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company or, after the Closing, the Buyer, or prevent
consummation of the Stock Purchase or otherwise prevent the
parties hereto from performing their obligations under this
Agreement.
2.6
Compliance
.
Except as
set forth in
Schedule 2.6
: (i) the Company has
complied with and is not in violation of any Legal Requirements
with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or
operation of its business, except for failures to comply or
violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had
and are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect
on the Company; (ii) the Company is not in default or
violation of any term, condition or provision of any applicable
Charter Documents; (iii) no written notice of
non-compliance with any Legal Requirements has been received by
the Company (and the Company has no Knowledge of any such notice
delivered to any other Person), except for failures to comply or
violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had
and are not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company; and (iv) the Company is not in violation of any
term of any Material Company Contract, except for failures to
comply or violations which, individually or in the aggregate,
have not had and are not reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company.
2.7
Financial
Statements
.
(a) The Company has provided
to Buyer or its counsel or other representatives a correct and
complete copy of the audited consolidated financial statements
(including any related notes thereto) of the Company for the
fiscal years ended September 30, 2005, September 30,
2004 and September 30, 2003 (the Audited Financial
Statements). The Audited Financial Statements were
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles of the United States (U.S. GAAP)
applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved
(except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), and each
fairly presents in all material respects the financial position
of the Company at the respective dates thereof and the results
of its operations and cash flows for the periods indicated.
(b) Company has provided to Buyer a correct and complete
copy of the unaudited consolidated financial statements
(including, in each case, any related notes thereto) of the
Company for the calendar quarter ended December 31, 2005
and the six months ended March 31, 2006, respectively (the
Unaudited Financial Statements). The Unaudited
Financial Statements comply as to form in all material respects,
and were prepared in accordance with, U.S. GAAP applied on
a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as
may be indicated in the notes thereto), and fairly present in
all material respects the financial position of the Company at
the date thereof and the results of its operations and cash
flows for the period indicated, except that such statements do
not contain notes and are subject to normal adjustments that are
not expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
(c) Since January 1, 2000, the books of account,
minute books, stock certificate books and stock transfer ledgers
and other similar books and records of the Company have been
maintained in accordance with good business practice, are
complete and correct in all material respects and there have
been no material transactions that are required to be set forth
therein and which are not so set forth, except for transactions
which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and are
not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company.
A-7
(d) Except as otherwise noted in the Audited Financial
Statements or the Unaudited Financial Statements, or as set
forth in
Schedule 2.7(d)
, the accounts and notes
receivable of the Company reflected on the balance sheets
included in the Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited
Financial Statements (i) arose from bona fide transactions
in the ordinary course of business and are payable on ordinary
trade terms, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Stockholders, are
legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective debtors
enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other
similar laws affecting creditors rights generally, and by
general equitable principles, (iii) to the Knowledge of the
Stockholders, are not subject to any valid set-off or
counterclaim except to the extent set forth in such balance
sheet contained therein, and (iv) are not the subject of
any actions or proceedings brought by or on behalf of the
Company.
2.8
No Undisclosed
Liabilities
.
Except as set forth in the
Companys Audited Financial Statements, to the Knowledge of
the Stockholders, the Company has no liabilities (absolute,
accrued, contingent or otherwise) of a nature required to be
disclosed on a balance sheet or in the related notes to the
Unaudited Financial Statements which, individually or in the
aggregate, have had or are reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company, except: (i) liabilities
provided for in or otherwise disclosed in the balance sheet
included in the Unaudited Financial Statements, (ii) such
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of the Companys
business since September 30, 2005 or liabilities asserted
prior thereto for which the Company is contesting in good faith
the validity thereof, none of which would have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company; and (iii) those matters set
forth in
Schedule 2.8
hereto.
2.9
Absence of Certain Changes or
Events
.
Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.9
hereto or in the Unaudited Financial
Statements, or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, since
September 30, 2005, there has not been: (i) any
Material Adverse Effect on the Company, (ii) any
declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend on, or
other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) in
respect of, any of the Companys stock, or any purchase,
redemption or other acquisition by the Company of any of the
Companys capital stock or any other securities of the
Company or any options, warrants, calls or rights to acquire any
such shares or other securities, (iii) any split,
combination or reclassification of any of the Companys
capital stock, (iv) any granting by the Company of any
increase in compensation or fringe benefits, except for normal
increases of cash compensation in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice, or any payment by the
Company of any bonus, except for bonuses made in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice, or any
granting by the Company of any increase in severance or
termination pay or any entry by Company into any currently
effective employment, severance, termination or indemnification
agreement or any agreement the benefits of which are contingent
or the terms of which are materially altered upon the occurrence
of a transaction involving the Company of the nature
contemplated hereby, (v) entry by the Company into any
licensing or other agreement with regard to the acquisition or
disposition of any Intellectual Property (as defined in
Section 2.18 hereof) other than licenses in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice or any
amendment or consent with respect to any licensing agreement
filed or required to be filed by the Company with respect to any
Governmental Entity, (vi) any material change by the
Company in its accounting methods, principles or practices,
(vii) any change in the auditors of the Company,
(viii) any issuance of capital stock of the Company,
(ix) any revaluation by the Company of any of its assets,
including, without limitation, writing down the value of
capitalized inventory or writing off notes or accounts
receivable or any sale of assets of the Company other than in
the ordinary course of business, or (x) any agreement,
whether written or oral, to do any of the foregoing.
2.10
Litigation
.
Except as
disclosed in
Schedule 2.10
hereto, there are no
claims, suits, actions or proceedings pending or, to the
Knowledge of the Stockholders, threatened against the Company
before any court, governmental department, commission, agency,
instrumentality or authority, or any arbitrator that seeks to
restrain or enjoin the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or which could reasonably be
expected, either singularly or in the aggregate with all such
claims, actions or proceedings, to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company or have a Material Adverse Effect on the
ability of the parties hereto to consummate the Stock Purchase.
2.11
Employee Benefit
Plans
.
(a) Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.11(a)
, all employee compensation,
incentive, fringe or benefit plans, programs, policies,
commitments or other arrangements (whether or not set forth in a
written document) covering any active or former employee,
director or consultant of the
A-8
Company, or any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
which is under common control with the Company, with respect to
which the Company has liability (collectively, the
Plans) have been maintained and administered in all
material respects in compliance with their respective terms and
with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes,
orders, rules and regulations which are applicable to such
Plans, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Company, and all material
liabilities with respect to the Plans have been properly
reflected in the financial statements and records of the
Company. No suit, action or other litigation (excluding claims
for benefits incurred in the ordinary course of Plan activities)
has been brought, or, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders, is
threatened, against or with respect to any Plan. There are no
audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of
the Stockholders, threatened by any governmental agency with
respect to any Plan. All contributions, reserves or premium
payments required to be made or accrued as of the date hereof to
the Plans have been timely made or accrued. The Company does not
have any plan or commitment to establish any new Plan, to modify
any Plan (except to the extent required by law or to conform any
such Plan to the requirements of any applicable law, in each
case as previously disclosed to Buyer in writing, or as required
by this Agreement), or to enter into any new Plan. Except as
required or prohibited by law, each Plan can be amended,
terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing to the
extent permitted by its terms, without liability to Buyer or the
Company (other than ordinary administration expenses and
expenses for benefits accrued but not yet paid).
(b) Except as disclosed in
Schedule 2.11(b)
hereto, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will
(i) result in any payment (including severance,
unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise)
becoming due to any stockholder, director or employee of the
Company under any Plan or otherwise, (ii) materially
increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Plan, or
(iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or
vesting of any such benefits.
2.12
Labor and Employment
Matters
.
(a) (i) There are no
claims, suits, actions, or proceedings pending or, to the
Knowledge of the Stockholders, threatened in writing between the
Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of their
respective employees or former employees, on the other hand; and
(ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a
party to any collective bargaining agreement, work council
agreement, work force agreement or any other labor union
contract applicable to persons employed by the Company or its
Subsidiaries, nor, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders, are
there any activities or proceedings of any labor union to
organize any such employees. Except as would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, the
Company has not received written notice of any pending charge of
(i) an unfair labor practice as defined in the National
Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ii) safety violations
under the Occupational Safety and Health Act violations;
(iii) wage or hour violations; (iv) discriminatory
acts or practices in connection with employment matters; or
(v) claims by governmental agencies that the Company has
failed to comply with any material Law relating to employment or
labor matters. To the Knowledge of the Stockholders, the Company
is not currently and has not been the subject of any threatened
or actual whistleblower or similar claims by past or
current employees or any other persons, except for any such
claims that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company.
(b) Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.12(b)
,
the Company is currently in compliance with all laws relating to
employment, including those related to wages, hours, collective
bargaining and the payment and withholding of taxes and other
sums as required by the appropriate Governmental Entity and has
withheld and paid to the appropriate Governmental Entity all
amounts required to be withheld from Company employees and is
not liable for any arrears of wages, taxes penalties or other
sums for failing to comply with any of the foregoing, except in
each case in this Section 2.12(b) as would not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
(c) (i) Except as otherwise set forth in
Schedule 2.12(c)
, all contracts of employment to
which the Company or, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders, any
of its Subsidiaries is a party are terminable by the Company or
its Subsidiaries on three (3) months or less notice
without penalty; and (ii) there are no legally binding
established practices, plans or policies of the Company or, to
the Knowledge of the Stockholders, any of its Subsidiaries,
A-9
requiring the payment of any material amounts or the provision
of any material benefits as a result of the termination of
employment of any of its employees (whether voluntary or
involuntary) beyond payment of four (4) weeks salary to the
particular employee; (iii) neither the Company nor, to the
Knowledge of the Stockholders, any of its Subsidiaries has any
outstanding liability to pay compensation for loss of office or
employment or a severance payment to any present or former
employee or to make any payment for breach of any agreement
listed in
Schedule 2.12(c)
; (iv) there is no
term of employment of any employee of the Company or, to the
Knowledge of the Stockholders, any of its Subsidiaries which
shall entitle that employee to treat the consummation of the
Stock Purchase as amounting to a breach of his contract of
employment or entitling him to any payment or benefit whatsoever
or entitling him to treat himself as redundant or otherwise
dismissed or released from any obligation.
(d)
Schedule 2.12(d)
sets forth a list of the
Companys employees as of the date hereof including such
employees job title, current compensation rate, accrued
unpaid leave or vacation, and accrued salary to be paid at
Closing.
(e)
Schedule 2.12(e)
sets forth a list of those
employees who have been terminated or have resigned during the
90-day
period ending on the date hereof.
(f)
Schedule 2.12(f)
sets forth a list of each
employment agreement to which the Company is a party that
contains change of control provisions.
(g)
Schedule 2.12(g)
sets forth a list of the
Company employees that have not executed a confidentiality
agreement or an invention assignment agreement with the Company,
the forms of which agreements have been provided or made
available to Buyer or its counsel or other representatives.
2.13
Restrictions on Business
Activities
.
Except as disclosed in
Schedule 2.13
hereto, to the Knowledge of the
Stockholders, there is no agreement, commitment, judgment,
injunction, order or decree binding upon the Company or its
assets or to which the Company is a party which has or could
reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or
materially impairing any business practice of the Company, any
acquisition of property by the Company or the conduct of
business by Company as currently conducted other than such
effects, individually or in the aggregate, which have not had
and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company.
2.14
Title to
Property
.
(a) The Company does not own
any real property.
Schedule 2.14(a)
hereto sets
forth all leases of real property held by the Company (the
Leased Real Property). The Leased Real Property and
all personal property and other property and assets of the
Company owned, used or held for use in connection with the
business of the Company (collectively, the Personal
Property) are shown or reflected on the balance sheet
included in the Audited Financial Statements or the Unaudited
Financial Statements, to the extent required by U.S. GAAP,
as of the dates of such Audited Financial Statements or
Unaudited Financial Statements. The Company has a good, valid
and enforceable leasehold interest in each item of Leased Real
Property and owns and has good and marketable title to each
other item of Personal Property, and all such Personal Property
is in each case held free and clear of all Liens except for
liens and encumbrances disclosed in the Audited Financial
Statements, the Unaudited Financial Statements or in
Schedule 2.14(a)
hereto. All items of Leased Real
Property and Personal Property are in good and operable
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are suitable for
the purposes for which they are intended to be used, except
where the failure to comply with the foregoing is not reasonably
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
(b) All leases for Leased Real Property and Personal
Property are valid and effective in accordance with their
respective terms, and there is not, under any of such leases,
any existing material default or event of default of the Company
or, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders, any other party (or
any event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute a material default), except where the lack of such
validity and effectiveness or the existence of such default or
event of default would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
2.15
Taxes
.
(a)
Definition
of Taxes
. For the purposes of this Agreement,
Tax or Taxes refers to any and all
federal, state, local and foreign taxes, including, without
limitation, gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use,
A-10
occupation, value added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise,
withholding, payroll, recapture, employment, excise and property
taxes, assessments, governmental charges and duties together
with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect
to any such amounts and any obligations under any agreements or
arrangements with any other person with respect to any such
amounts and including any liability of a predecessor entity for
any such amounts.
(b)
Tax Returns and Audits
.
Except
as set forth in
Schedule 2.15
hereto:
(i) The Company has timely filed all federal, state, local
and foreign returns, estimates, information statements and
reports relating to Taxes (Returns) required to be
filed by the Company with any Tax authority prior to the date
hereof, except such Returns which are not material to Company.
All such Returns are true, correct and complete in all material
respects. The Company has paid all Taxes shown to be due on such
Returns.
(ii) All Taxes that the Company is required by law to
withhold or collect have been duly withheld or collected, and
have been timely paid over to the proper governmental
authorities to the extent due and payable, except where failure
to withhold or collect would not be expected, individually or in
the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company
(iii) The Company has not been delinquent in the payment of
any material Tax nor is there any material Tax deficiency
outstanding, proposed or assessed against the Company, nor has
the Company executed any unexpired waiver of any statute of
limitations on or extending the period for the assessment or
collection of any Tax, except where any such delinquency,
deficiency, or waiver would not be expected, individually or in
the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
(iv) To the Knowledge of the Stockholders, no audit or
other examination of any Return of the Company by any Tax
authority is presently in progress. The Company has not been
notified of any request for such an audit or other examination.
(v) No adjustment relating to any Returns filed by the
Company has been proposed in writing, formally or informally, by
any Tax authority to the Company or, to the Knowledge of the
Stockholders, to any representative thereof.
(vi) The Company has no liability for any material unpaid
Taxes which has not been accrued for or reserved on the
Companys balance sheets included in the Audited Financial
Statements or the Unaudited Financial Statements, whether
asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise, which is
material to the Company, other than any liability for unpaid
Taxes that may have accrued since the end of the most recent
fiscal year in connection with the operation of the business of
the Company in the ordinary course of business.
2.16
Environmental
Matters
.
(a) Except for such matters
that, individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Company
has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws;
(ii) the properties currently operated by the Company
(including soils, groundwater, surface water, buildings or other
structures) have not been contaminated with any Hazardous
Substances by any action of the Company; (iii) the
properties formerly owned by the Company were not contaminated
with Hazardous Substances during the period of ownership or
operation by the Company or, to the Companys knowledge,
during any prior period; (iv) the Company is not subject to
liability for any Hazardous Substance disposal or contamination
on any third party property; (v) the Company has not been
associated with any release of any Hazardous Substance;
(vi) the Company has not received any notice, demand,
letter, claim or request for information alleging that the
Company may be in violation of or liable under any Environmental
Law; and (vii) the Company is not subject to any orders,
decrees, injunctions or other arrangements with any Governmental
Entity or subject to any indemnity or other agreement with any
third party relating to liability under any Environmental Law or
relating to Hazardous Substances.
(b) As used in this Agreement, the term Environmental
Law means any federal, state, local or foreign law,
regulation, order, decree, permit, authorization, opinion,
common law or agency requirement relating to: (A) the
protection, investigation or restoration of the environment,
health and safety, or natural resources; (B) the handling,
A-11
use, presence, disposal, release or threatened release of any
Hazardous Substance or (C) noise, odor, wetlands,
pollution, contamination or any injury or threat of injury to
persons or property.
(c) As used in this Agreement, the term Hazardous
Substance means any substance that is: (i) listed,
classified or regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law;
(ii) any petroleum product or by-product,
asbestos-containing material, lead-containing paint or plumbing,
polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive materials or radon; or
(iii) any other substance which is the subject of
regulatory action by any Governmental Entity pursuant to any
Environmental Law. The Company, and, to the Knowledge of the
Stockholders, each other Person that operates the Properties and
the Leased Real Property, has obtained all permits, licenses,
franchises, authorities, consents and approvals, and has made
all material filings and maintained all material data,
documentation and records necessary for owning and operating the
Properties and the Leased Real Property under Applicable
Environmental Law, and all such permits, licenses, franchises,
authorities, consents, approvals and filings remain in full
force and effect.
(d) There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the
Stockholders, threatened claims, demands, actions,
administrative proceedings, lawsuits or inquiries relating to
(i) the Properties and the Leased Real Property under
Environmental Law, or (ii) the restoration, remediation or
reclamation of any Properties or Leased Real Property, except as
set forth on Schedule 2.16.
(e) Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.16
, there
are no environmental investigations, studies or audits with
respect to any of the Properties or Leased Real Property owned
or commissioned by, or in the possession of, the Company.
2.17
Brokers; Third Party
Expenses
.
Except for the fee paid at Closing
by Buyer (on behalf of the Company and Stockholders) to Brooks,
Houghton & Company (the Brokers Fee)
as more fully described in
Schedule 2.17
hereto, the
Company has not incurred, nor will it incur, directly or
indirectly, any liability for brokerage, finders fees,
agents commissions or any similar charges in connection
with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby.
Except pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 1.8, no shares of
common stock, options, warrants or other securities of either
Company or Buyer are payable to any third party by Company as a
result of the Stock Purchase.
2.18
Intellectual
Property
.
For the purposes of this Agreement,
the following terms have the following definitions:
Intellectual Property shall mean any or all of the
following and all worldwide common law and statutory rights in,
arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) patents and
applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals,
extensions, provisionals, continuations and
continuations-in-part
thereof (Patents); (ii) inventions (whether
patentable or not), invention disclosures, improvements, trade
secrets, proprietary information, know how, technology,
technical data and customer lists, and all documentation
relating to any of the foregoing; (iii) copyrights,
copyrights registrations and applications therefor, and all
other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world;
(iv) software and software programs; (v) domain names,
uniform resource locators and other names and locators
associated with the Internet; (vi) industrial designs and
any registrations and applications therefor; (vii) trade
names, logos, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark
and service mark registrations and applications therefor
(collectively, Trademarks); (viii) all
databases and data collections and all rights therein;
(ix) all moral and economic rights of authors and
inventors, however denominated, and (x) any similar or
equivalent rights to any of the foregoing (as applicable).
Company Intellectual Property shall mean any
Intellectual Property that is owned by, or exclusively licensed
to, Company, including software and software programs developed
by or exclusively licensed to the Company (specifically
excluding any off the shelf or shrink-wrap software).
Registered Intellectual Property means all
Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application,
certificate, filing, registration or other document issued,
filed with, or recorded by any private, state, government or
other legal authority.
A-12
Company Registered Intellectual Property means all
of the Registered Intellectual Property owned by, or filed in
the name of, Company.
Company Products means all current versions of
products or service offerings of Company.
(a) Except as disclosed on
Schedule 2.18
hereto, no Company Intellectual Property or Company Product is
subject to any material proceeding or outstanding decree, order,
judgment, contract, license, agreement or stipulation
restricting in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof
by the Company, or which may affect the validity, use or
enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property or Company
Product, which in any such case could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
(b) Except as disclosed on
Schedule 2.18
hereto, the Company owns and has good and exclusive title to
each material item of Company Intellectual Property owned by it
free and clear of any liens and encumbrances (excluding
non-exclusive licenses and related restrictions granted by it in
the ordinary course of business); and the Company is the
exclusive owner of all material registered Trademarks used in
connection with the operation or conduct of the business of the
Company including the sale of any products or the provision of
any services by the Company.
(c) To the Knowledge of the Stockholders, the operation of
the business of the Company as such business currently is
conducted, including (i) the design, development,
manufacture, distribution, reproduction, marketing or sale of
the Company Products and (ii) the Companys use of any
product, device or process has not and does not infringe or
misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any third party or
constitute unfair competition or trade practices under the laws
of any jurisdiction.
2.19
Agreements, Contracts and
Commitments
.
(a)
Schedule 2.19
hereto sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material
Company Contracts (as hereinafter defined), specifying the
parties thereto. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the
term Company Contracts shall mean all contracts,
agreements, leases, mortgages, indentures, notes, bonds,
licenses, permits, franchises, purchase orders, sales orders,
and other understandings, commitments and obligations of any
kind, whether written or oral, to which the Company is a party
or by or to which any of the properties or assets of Company may
be bound, subject or affected (including without limitation
notes or other instruments payable to the Company),
(ii) the term Routine Operating Contracts shall
mean: (A) any agreement for the purchase or sale of
telecommunication service in the regular course of business, and
(B) any agreement routinely used in the day to day
operations of the Company that involves payment by or to the
Company less than $15,000 per month or $180,000 per
year, and (iii) the term Material Company
Contracts shall mean (x) each Company Contract that
is not a Routine Operating Contract and (I) which provides
for payments (present or future) to the Company in excess of
$180,000 in the aggregate or (II) under which or in respect
of which the Company presently has any liability or obligation
of any nature whatsoever (absolute, contingent or otherwise) in
excess of $180,000, (y) each Company Contract that is not a
Routine Operating Contract and that otherwise is or may be
material to the businesses, operations, assets, condition
(financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and
(z) without limitation of subclause (x) or
subclause (y), each of the following Company Contracts (but
excluding in every case Routine Operating Contracts), the
relevant terms of which remain executory:
(i) any mortgage, indenture, note, installment obligation
or other instrument, agreement or arrangement for or relating to
any borrowing of money by or from the Company, or any officer,
director or Stockholder (Insider) of the Company;
(ii) any guaranty, direct or indirect, by the Company or
any Insider of the Company of any obligation for borrowings, or
otherwise, excluding endorsements made for collection in the
ordinary course of business and guarantees by Subsidiaries of
Company obligations;
(iii) any Company Contract of employment;
(iv) any Company Contract made other than in the ordinary
course of business or (x) providing for the grant of any
preferential rights to purchase or lease any asset of the
Company or (y) providing for any right
A-13
(exclusive or non-exclusive) to sell or distribute, or otherwise
relating to the sale or distribution of, any product or service
of the Company;
(v) any obligation to register any shares of the capital
stock or other securities of the Company with any Governmental
Entity;
(vi) any obligation to make payments, contingent or
otherwise, arising out of the prior acquisition of the business,
assets or stock of other Persons;
(vii) any collective bargaining agreement with any labor
union;
(viii) any lease or similar arrangement for the use by the
Company of personal property (other than leases of vehicles,
office equipment or operating equipment where the annual lease
payments are less than $180,000 in the aggregate); and
(ix) any Company Contract to which any Insider of the
Company is a party.
(b) Each Company Contract was entered into at arms
length and in the ordinary course, is in full force and effect,
is valid and binding upon and enforceable against the Company,
except where any such failures are not reasonably likely to have
a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, and, to the Knowledge
of the Stockholders, is valid and binding upon and enforceable
against each of the other parties thereto. True, correct and
complete copies of all Material Company Contracts (or written
summaries in the case of oral Material Company Contracts) have
been heretofore made available to Buyer or Buyers counsel.
(c) Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.19
,
neither the Company :nor, to the best of Knowledge of the
Stockholders, any other party thereto is in breach of or in
default under, and no event has occurred which with notice or
lapse of time or both would become a breach of or default under,
any Material Company Contract. No party to any Material Company
Contract has given any written notice of any claim of any
breach, default or event, which, individually or in the
aggregate, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company.
2.20
Insurance
.
Schedule 2.20
sets forth the Companys insurance policies and fidelity
bonds covering the assets, business, equipment, properties,
operations, employees, officers and directors (collectively, the
Insurance Policies) of the Company which the Company
reasonably believes are adequate in amount and scope for the
Business in which they are engaged.
2.21
Governmental
Actions/Filings
.
Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.21
: (i) the Company has been granted
and holds, and has made, all Governmental Actions/Filings
(including, without limitation, the Governmental Actions/Filings
required for the provision of all services provided by the
Company (as presently conducted) or used or held for use by the
Company, except where any such failure in compliance would not
have a Material Adverse Effect upon the Company, and true,
complete and correct copies of which have heretofore been made
available to Buyer or to Buyers counsel; (ii) each
such Governmental Action/Filing is in full force and effect and
will not expire prior to December 31, 2006 (except to the
extent such expiration is not reasonably expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect), and the Company is in substantial
compliance with all of its obligations with respect thereto
except where any such failure in compliance would not have a
Material Adverse Effect upon the Company; (iii) no event
has occurred and is continuing which requires or permits, or
after notice or lapse of time or both would require or permit,
and consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or any ancillary documents will not require or permit
(with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), any
modification or termination of any such Governmental
Actions/Filings except such events which, either individually or
in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect upon
the Company; and (iv) no Governmental Action/Filing is
necessary to be obtained, secured or made by the Company to
enable it to continue to conduct its businesses and operations
and use its properties after the Closing in a manner which is
consistent with current practice except such actions or filings,
either individually or in the aggregate, that would not have a
Material Adverse Effect upon the Company. For purposes of this
Agreement, the term Governmental Action/Filing shall
mean any franchise, license, certificate of compliance,
authorization, consent, order, permit, approval, consent or
other action of, or any
A-14
filing, registration or qualification with, any federal, state,
municipal, foreign or other governmental, administrative or
judicial body, agency or authority.
2.22
Interested Party
Transactions
.
Except as set forth in the
Schedule 2.22
hereto or in the Audited Financial
Statements or the Unaudited Financial Statements, no employee,
officer, director or stockholder of the Company or a member of
his or her immediate family is indebted to the Company, nor is
the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or
guarantee credit) to any of them, other than (i) for
payment of salary for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement
for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company, and
(iii) for other employee benefits made generally available
to all employees. Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.22,
to the Knowledge of the Stockholders,
none of such individuals has any direct or indirect ownership
interest in any Person with whom the Company is affiliated or
with whom the Company has a contractual relationship, or in any
Person that competes with the Company, except that each
employee, stockholder, officer or director of Company and
members of their respective immediate families may own less than
1% of the outstanding stock in publicly traded companies that
may compete with Company. Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.22
, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders,
no officer, director or Stockholder or any member of their
immediate families is, directly or indirectly, interested in any
Material Company Contract with the Company (other than such
contracts as relate to any such Persons ownership of
capital stock or other securities of the Company or such
Persons employment with the Company).
2.23
Corporate
Approvals
.
The board of directors of the
Company has, as of the date of this Agreement, duly approved
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The
shares of Company Common Stock owned by the Stockholders
constitute, in the aggregate, the requisite amount of shares
necessary for the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of
the Stock Purchase by the stockholders of the Company in
accordance with the VSCA and the execution of this Agreement by
the Stockholders constitutes such adoption and approval.
2.24
Registration Statement; Proxy
Statement/Prospectus
.
(a) The written
information to be supplied by the Company, specifically
regarding the Company, for inclusion (or incorporation by
reference, as the case may be) in the combined
registration/proxy statement on
Form S-4
(or such successor form as shall then be appropriate) pursuant
to which the Buyer Securities will be registered by Buyer under
the Securities Act (including any amendments or supplements
thereto, the Registration Statement) shall not, at
the time the Registration Statement is declared effective by the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) and at the Closing Date, contain, to the
Knowledge of the Stockholders, (i) any untrue statement of
a material fact; or (ii) omit to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading.
(b) The written information to be supplied by the Company,
specifically regarding the Company, for inclusion in the proxy
statement made part of the Registration Statement to be sent to
the stockholders of the Buyer in connection with the special
meeting of stockholders of the Buyer (the Special
Meeting) to consider and vote on a proposal to adopt this
Agreement (such proxy statement/prospectus, as the same may be
amended or supplemented, the Proxy Statement) shall
not on the date the Proxy Statement is first mailed to the
stockholders of the Buyer, at the time of the Special Meeting
and at the Closing Date, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders
(i) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
(ii) omit to state any material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements contained
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, or (iii) omit to state any material
fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier written
communication constituting a solicitation of proxies by the
Buyer for the Special Meeting which has in the interim become
false or misleading in any material respect.
2.25
Representations and Warranties
Complete
.
The representations and warranties
of the Company included in this Agreement and any list,
statement, document or information set forth in, or attached to,
any Schedule provided pursuant to this Agreement or delivered
hereunder, are, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders
(i) true and complete in all material respects,
(ii) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or (iii) omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained
therein not misleading, under the circumstance under which they
were made.
A-15
2.26
Survival of Representations and
Warranties
.
The representations and
warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall
survive the Closing until one (1) year after the Closing
Date, except that the representations and warranties set forth
in Sections 2.3 and 2.15 shall survive the Closing until
the first to occur of (i) the expiration of the applicable
statute of limitations, or (ii) three (3) years after
the Closing Date.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT
Except as set forth in Schedule 3 attached hereto (the
Buyer Schedule), Buyer represents and warrants to
the Stockholders, as follows:
3.1
Organization and
Qualification
.
(a) Buyer is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the
requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and
operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business
as it is now being conducted. Buyer is in possession of all
Approvals necessary to own, lease and operate the properties it
purports to own, operate or lease and to carry on its business
as it is now being or currently planned by Buyer to be
conducted, except where the failure to have such Approvals would
not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer. Complete and correct
copies of the Charter Documents of Buyer, as amended and
currently in effect, have been heretofore delivered or made
available to the Company. Buyer is not in violation of any of
the provisions of the Buyers Charter Documents.
(b) Buyer is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a
foreign corporation and is in good standing, in each
jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased
or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such
qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures
to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing that
would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.
3.2
Subsidiaries
.
Buyer has
no Subsidiaries and does not own, directly or indirectly, any
ownership, equity, profits or voting interest in any Person or
has any agreement or commitment to purchase any such interest,
and Buyer has not agreed and is not obligated to make nor is
bound by any written, oral or other agreement, contract,
subcontract, lease, binding understanding, instrument, note,
option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance
policy, benefit plan, commitment or undertaking of any nature,
as of the date hereof or as may hereafter be in effect under
which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in
or capital contribution to any other entity.
3.3
Capitalization
.
(a) As
of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock of
Buyer consists of 40,000,000 shares of common stock, par
value $0.0001 per share (Buyer Common Stock),
12,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value
$0.0001 per share (Buyer Class B Common
Stock) and 5,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
$0.0001 per share (Buyer Preferred Stock), of
which 1,150,100 shares of Buyer Common Stock,
10,580,000 shares of Buyer Class B Common Stock and no
shares of Buyer Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, all
of which are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
Except as set forth in Schedule 3.3(a), (i) no shares
of Buyer Common Stock, Buyer Class B Common Stock or Buyer
Preferred Stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
outstanding options to purchase Buyer Common Stock, Buyer
Class B Common Stock or Buyer Preferred Stock granted to
employees of Buyer or other parties (Buyer Stock
Options) and there are no outstanding Buyer Stock Options;
(ii) other than with respect to 10,640,000 outstanding
Class W Warrants and 10,640,000 outstanding Class Z
Warrants, no shares of Buyer Common Stock, Buyer Class B
Common Stock or Buyer Preferred Stock are reserved for issuance
upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Buyer
Common Stock, Buyer Class B Common Stock or Buyer Preferred
Stock; and (iii) no shares of Buyer Common Stock, Buyer
Class B Common Stock or Buyer Preferred Stock are reserved
for issuance upon the conversion of the Buyer Preferred Stock or
any outstanding convertible notes, debentures or securities
(Buyer Convertible Securities). All shares of Buyer
Common Stock, Buyer Class B Common Stock and Buyer
Preferred Stock subject to issuance as aforesaid, upon issuance
on the terms and conditions specified in the instrument pursuant
to which they are issuable, will be duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All
A-16
outstanding shares of Buyer Common Stock, all outstanding shares
of Buyer Class B Common Stock, and all outstanding Warrants
have been issued and granted in compliance with (x) all
applicable securities laws and (in all material respects) other
applicable laws and regulations, and (y) all requirements
set forth in any applicable Buyer Contracts (as defined below).
Buyer has heretofore delivered or made available to the Company
true, complete and accurate copies of the Buyer Warrants,
including any and all documents and agreements relating thereto.
For purposes hereof, the term Buyer Contracts shall
mean all contracts, agreements, leases, mortgages, indentures,
notes, bonds, licenses, permits, franchises, purchase orders,
sales orders, and other understandings, commitments and
obligations of any kind, whether written or oral, to which the
Buyer is a party or by or to which any of the properties or
assets of Buyer may be bound, subject or affected (including
without limitation notes or other instruments payable to the
Buyer).
(b) The shares of Buyer Common Stock to be issued by Buyer
in connection with the Stock Purchase, upon issuance in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly
authorized and validly issued and such shares of Buyer Common
Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable.
(c) Except as contemplated by this Agreement or the Buyer
SEC Reports (as defined in Section 3.7), there are no
registrations rights, and there is no voting trust, proxy,
rights plan, anti-takeover plan or other agreements or
understandings to which the Buyer is a party or by which the
Buyer is bound with respect to any equity security of any class
of the Buyer.
3.4
Authority Relative to this
Agreement
.
Buyer has full corporate power and
authority to: (i) execute, deliver and perform this
Agreement, and each ancillary document which Buyer has executed
or delivered or is to execute or deliver pursuant to this
Agreement, and (ii) carry out Buyers obligations
hereunder and thereunder and, to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby (including the Stock Purchase). The
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by
Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the
Stock Purchase) have been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of Buyer (including the
approval by its Board of Directors), and no other corporate
proceedings on the part of Buyer are necessary to authorize this
Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby,
other than the Buyer Stockholder Approval (as defined in
Section 5.1(a)). This Agreement has been duly and validly
executed and delivered by Buyer and, assuming the due
authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other
parties hereto, constitutes the legal and binding obligation of
Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms,
except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement
of creditors rights generally and by general principles of
equity.
3.5
No Conflict; Required Filings and
Consents
.
(a) The execution and delivery
of this Agreement by Buyer does not, and the performance of this
Agreement by Buyer shall not: (i) conflict with or violate
Buyers Charter Documents, (ii) conflict with or
violate any Legal Requirements, or (iii) result in any
breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice
or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or
materially impair Buyers rights or alter the rights or
obligations of any third party under, or give to others any
rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation
of, or result in the creation of a lien or encumbrance on any of
the properties or assets of Buyer pursuant to, any Buyer
Contracts, except, with respect to clauses (ii) or (iii),
for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or other
occurrences that would not, individually and in the aggregate,
have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.
(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer
does not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder will
not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of,
or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity,
except (i) for applicable requirements, if any, of the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, Blue Sky Laws, and the rules
and regulations thereunder, and appropriate documents with the
relevant authorities of other jurisdictions in which Buyer is
qualified to do business, (ii) the qualification of Buyer
as a foreign corporation in those jurisdictions in which the
business of the Company makes such qualification necessary, and
(iii) where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals,
authorizations or permits, or to make such filings or
notifications, would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on
Buyer, or prevent consummation of the Stock Purchase or
otherwise prevent the parties hereto from performing their
obligations under this Agreement.
A-17
3.6
Compliance
.
Buyer has
complied with, is not in violation of, any Legal Requirements
with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or
operation of its business, except for failures to comply or
violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had
and are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect
on Buyer. The business and activities of Buyer have not been and
are not being conducted in violation of any Legal Requirements.
Buyer is not in default or violation of any term, condition or
provision of its Charter Documents. No written notice of
non-compliance with any Legal Requirements has been received by
Buyer.
3.7
SEC Filings; Financial
Statements
.
(a) Buyer has made available
to the Company and the Stockholders a correct and complete copy
of each report, registration statement and definitive proxy
statement filed by Buyer with the SEC (the Buyer SEC
Reports), which are all the forms, reports and documents
required to be filed by Buyer with the SEC prior to the date of
this Agreement. As of their respective dates the Buyer SEC
Reports: (i) were prepared in accordance and complied in
all material respects with the requirements of the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to such Buyer SEC
Reports, and (ii) did not at the time they were filed (and
if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this
Agreement then on the date of such filing and as so amended or
superseded) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
Except to the extent set forth in the preceding sentence, Buyer
makes no representation or warranty whatsoever concerning the
Buyer SEC Reports as of any time other than the time they were
filed.
(b) Each set of financial statements (including, in each
case, any related notes thereto) contained in Buyer SEC Reports,
including each Buyer SEC Report filed after the date hereof
until the Closing, complied or will comply as to form in all
material respects with the published rules and regulations of
the SEC with respect thereto, was or will be prepared in
accordance with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis
throughout the periods involved (except as may be indicated in
the notes thereto or, in the case of unaudited statements, do
not contain footnotes as permitted by
Form 10-Q
of the Exchange Act) and each fairly presents or will fairly
present in all material respects the financial position of Buyer
at the respective dates thereof and the results of its
operations and cash flows for the periods indicated, except that
the unaudited interim financial statements were, are or will be
subject to normal adjustments which were not or are not expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer taken as a whole.
3.8
Indebtedness
.
Buyer has
no indebtedness for borrowed money.
3.9
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board Quotation
.
Buyer Common
Stock is quoted on the
Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board (OTC BB). There is no action or
proceeding pending or, to Buyers knowledge, threatened
against Buyer by NASDAQ or NASD, Inc. (NASD) with
respect to any intention by such entities to prohibit or
terminate the quotation of Buyer Common Stock on the OTC BB.
3.10
Board Approval
.
The
Board of Directors of Buyer (including any required committee or
subgroup of the Board of Directors of Buyer) has, as of the date
of this Agreement, unanimously (i) declared the
advisability of the Stock Purchase and approved this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) determined
that the Stock Purchase is in the best interests of the
stockholders of Buyer, and (iii) determined that the fair
market value of the Company (together with the fair market value
of the Parallel Target as defined in Section 3.14) is equal
to at least 80% of Buyers net assets.
3.11
Trust Fund
.
As of
the date hereof and at the Closing Date, Buyer has and will have
no less than Fifty Five Million Dollars ($55,000,000.00)
invested in United States Government securities or in money
market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7
promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in a trust
account administered by Continental Stock Transfer and Trust
Company (the Trust Fund), less such amounts, if
any, as Buyer is required to pay to stockholders who elect to
have their shares converted to cash in accordance with the
provisions of Buyers Charter Documents.
A-18
3.12
Representations and Warranties
Complete
.
The representations and warranties
of Buyer included in this Agreement and any list, statement,
document or information set forth in, or attached to, any
Schedule provided pursuant to this Agreement or delivered
hereunder, are true and complete in all material respects and do
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements contained therein not misleading, under
the circumstance under which they were made.
3.13
Survival of Representations and
Warranties
.
The representations and
warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall survive
the Closing until one (1) year after the Closing Date,
except that the representations and warranties set forth in
Section 3.3 shall survive the Closing until the first to
occur of (i) the expiration of the applicable statute of
limitations, or (ii) three (3) years after the Closing
Date.
3.14
Representations and Warranties as to
Parallel Target
.
Buyer represents and
warrants that: (i) prior to execution of the Agreement, it
shall have completed all reasonable due diligence as to European
Telecommunications and Technology, Ltd. (the Parallel
Target) and made all due diligence materials with respect
to Parallel Target available to the Company reasonably in
advance of the execution of the Agreement; and (ii) to
Buyers Knowledge, Parallel Target has not breached in any
material respect any representation or warranty made by Parallel
Target to Buyer in connection with the Parallel Transaction (as
defined in the Letter of Intent).
ARTICLE IV
CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME
4.1
Conduct of Business by Company and
Buyer
.
During the period from the date of
this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the
termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the
Closing, each of the Company and Buyer shall, except to the
extent that the other party shall otherwise consent in writing,
carry on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course
consistent with past practices, in substantially the same manner
as heretofore conducted and in compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations (except where noncompliance would not have
a Material Adverse Effect), pay its debts and taxes when due
subject to good faith disputes over such debts or taxes, pay or
perform other material obligations when due, and use its
commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practices
and policies to (i) preserve substantially intact its
present business organization, (ii) keep available the
services of its present officers and employees and
(iii) preserve its material relationships with customers,
suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others with
which it has significant business dealings. In addition, without
the prior written consent of the other party, during the period
from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier
of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or
the Closing, each of the Company and Buyer shall not do any of
the following:
(a) Waive any stock repurchase rights, amend or (except as
specifically provided for herein) change the period of
exercisability of options or restricted stock, or reprice
options granted under any employee, consultant, director or
other stock plans or authorize cash payments in exchange for any
options granted under any of such plans;
(b) Grant any severance or termination pay to any officer
or employee except pursuant to applicable law, written
agreements outstanding, or policies existing on the date hereof
and as previously or concurrently disclosed in writing or made
available to the other party, or adopt any new severance plan,
or amend or modify or alter in any manner any severance plan,
agreement or arrangement existing on the date hereof;
(c) Transfer or license to any person or otherwise extend,
amend or modify any material rights to any Intellectual Property
of the Company or Buyer, as applicable, or enter into grants to
transfer or license to any person future patent rights, other
than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices provided that in no event shall the Company or Buyer
license on an exclusive basis or sell any Intellectual Property
of the Company, or Buyer as applicable;
(d) Declare, set aside or pay any dividends on or make any
other distributions (whether in cash, stock, equity securities
or property) in respect of any capital stock or split, combine
or reclassify any capital stock or
A-19
issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in
respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for any capital stock,
provided, however, Buyer shall have the right to declare a
dividend to its stockholders as of a record date prior to the
Closing Date if Buyer retains sufficient funds to consummate the
Stock Purchase hereunder;
(e) Purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or
indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company and
Buyer, as applicable, including repurchases of unvested shares
at cost in connection with the termination of the relationship
with any employee or consultant pursuant to stock option or
purchase agreements in effect on the date hereof, provided,
however, Buyer shall have the right to make payments on those
shares of its Buyer Common Stock that are converted into cash in
accordance with the Buyers charter;
(f) Issue, deliver, sell, authorize, pledge or otherwise
encumber, or agree to any of the foregoing with respect to, any
shares of capital stock or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock, or subscriptions,
rights, warrants or options to acquire any shares of capital
stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of capital stock, or enter into other agreements or
commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such
shares or convertible or exchangeable securities; provided,
however, the Buyer may raise capital through the issuance of
debt or equity securities (in a single transaction or series of
substantially related transactions);
(g) Amend its Charter Documents, provided, however, Buyer
shall have the right to amend its charter to change its name and
to otherwise consummate the Stock Purchase hereunder;
(h) Except for a Parallel Transaction (as defined in the
Letter of Intent) with the Parallel Target as defined in
Section 3.14, acquire or agree to acquire by merging or
consolidating with, or by purchasing any equity interest in or a
portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business
or any corporation, partnership, association or other business
organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree
to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the
aggregate, to the business of Buyer or the Company as
applicable, or enter into any joint ventures, strategic
partnerships or alliances or other arrangements that provide for
exclusivity of territory or otherwise restrict such partys
ability to compete or to offer or sell any products or services;
(i) Sell, lease, license, encumber or otherwise dispose of
any properties or assets, except (A) sales of services and
licenses of software in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice, (B) sales of inventory in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice,
(C) and the sale, lease or disposition (other than through
licensing) of property or assets that are not material,
individually or in the aggregate, to the business of such party;
(j) Incur any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of
$25,000 in the aggregate (other than guaranties with respect to
services purchased in the ordinary course of business and
purchase money debt in connection with the acquisition by the
Company of vehicles, office equipment and operating equipment
not exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate) or guarantee any such
indebtedness of another person, issue or sell any debt
securities or options, warrants, calls or other rights to
acquire any debt securities of Buyer or the Company, as
applicable, enter into any keep well or other
agreement to maintain any financial statement condition or enter
into any arrangement having the economic effect of any of the
foregoing;
(k) Adopt or amend any employee benefit plan, policy or
arrangement, any employee stock purchase or employee stock
option plan, or enter into any employment contract or collective
bargaining agreement (other than offer letters and letter
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice with employees who are terminable
at will), pay any special bonus or special
remuneration to any director or employee, or increase the
salaries or wage rates or fringe benefits (including rights to
severance or indemnification) of its directors, officers,
employees or consultants, except in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practices, provided, however:
(i) Buyer shall have the right to adopt an equity incentive
plan for employees, directors, advisors and consultants;
(ii) the foregoing shall not prohibit the Company from
terminating any such plans, policies, or arrangements to the
extent permitted by law and the terms of the applicable plan;
(iii) the foregoing shall not prohibit the Company from
paying any accrued salary as set forth
A-20
on Schedule 2.12(d); and (iv) the foregoing shall not
prohibit the Company from complying with the provisions of
Section 1.8 regarding stock options.
(l) Pay, discharge, settle or satisfy any claims,
liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or
unasserted, contingent or otherwise), or litigation (whether or
not commenced prior to the date of this Agreement) other than
the payment, discharge, settlement or satisfaction, in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices or in
accordance with their terms, or liabilities recognized or
disclosed in the Unaudited Financial Statements or in the most
recent financial statements included in the Buyer SEC Reports
filed prior to the date of this Agreement, as applicable, or
incurred since the date of such financial statements, or waive
the benefits of, agree to modify in any manner, terminate,
release any person from or knowingly fail to enforce any
confidentiality or similar agreement to which the Company is a
party or of which the Company is a beneficiary or to which Buyer
is a party or of which Buyer is a beneficiary, as applicable;
(m) Except in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practices, modify, amend or terminate any Material
Company Contract or Buyer Contract, as applicable, or waive,
delay the exercise of, release or assign any material rights or
claims thereunder;
(n) Except as required by U.S. GAAP, revalue any of
its assets or make any change in accounting methods, principles
or practices;
(o) Except in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practices, incur or enter into any agreement, contract
or commitment other than a Routine Operating Contract;
(p) Make or rescind any Tax elections that, individually or
in the aggregate, could be reasonably likely to adversely affect
in any material respect the Tax liability or Tax attributes of
such party, settle or compromise any material income tax
liability or, except as required by applicable law, materially
change any method of accounting for Tax purposes or prepare or
file any Return in a manner inconsistent with past practice;
(q) Form, establish or acquire any subsidiary except as
contemplated by this Agreement;
(r) Permit any Person to exercise any of its discretionary
rights under any Plan to provide for the automatic acceleration
of any outstanding options, the termination of any outstanding
repurchase rights or the termination of any cancellation rights
issued pursuant to such plans, except as required by
Section 1.8;
(s) Make capital expenditures except in accordance with
prudent business and operational practices consistent with prior
practice;
(t) Make or omit to take any action which would be
reasonably anticipated to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(u) Enter into any transaction with or distribute or
advance any assets or property to any of its officers,
directors, partners, stockholders or other affiliates (other
than payment of salary and benefits in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice); or
(v) Agree in writing or otherwise agree, commit or resolve
to take any of the actions described in Section 4.1
(a) through (v) above.
ARTICLE V
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
5.1
Registration Statement; Proxy Statement;
Special Meeting
.
(a) As promptly as
practicable after the execution of this Agreement, the Buyer
will prepare and file with the SEC the Registration Statement in
which the Proxy Statement will be included. Buyer, with the
reasonable assistance of Company, will respond to any comments
of the SEC and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to
have the Registration Statement declared effective under the
Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing and
Buyer
A-21
will cause the Proxy Statement to be mailed to its stockholders
at the earliest practicable time. As promptly as practicable
after the execution of this Agreement, the Buyer will prepare
and file any other filings required under the Exchange Act, the
Securities Act or any other Federal, foreign or Blue Sky laws
relating to the Stock Purchase and the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement, (collectively, the Other
Filings). Each party will notify the other party promptly
upon the receipt of any comments from the SEC or its staff and
of any request by the SEC or its staff or any other governmental
officials for amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement or any Other Filing or for additional information and
will supply the other party with copies of all correspondence
between such party or any of its representatives, on the one
hand, and the SEC, or its staff or other government officials,
on the other hand, with respect to the Registration Statement,
the Stock Purchase or any Other Filing. The Registration
Statement and the Other Filings will comply in all material
respects with all applicable requirements of law and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder. Whenever any event
occurs which is required to be set forth in an amendment or
supplement to the Registration Statement or any Other Filing,
the Company or Buyer, as the case may be, will promptly inform
the other party of such occurrence and cooperate in filing with
the SEC or its staff or any other government officials, and/or
mailing to stockholders of the Buyer, such amendment or
supplement. The proxy materials will be sent to the stockholders
of Buyer for the purpose of soliciting proxies from holders of
Buyer Common Stock to vote in favor of: (i) the adoption of
this Agreement and the approval of the Stock Purchase
(Buyer Stockholder Approval); (ii) the change
of the name of Buyer to Global Telecom & Technology,
Inc. (the Name Change Amendment); (iii) an
increase in the number of authorized shares of Buyer Common
Stock to Eighty Million (80,000,000) (the Capitalization
Amendment); and (iv) the adoption of an equity
incentive plan at a meeting of holders of Buyer Common Stock to
be called and held for such purpose (the Special
Meeting). The Buyer Plan shall provide that an aggregate
of Three Million (3,000,000) shares of Buyer Common Stock shall
be reserved for issuance pursuant to the equity incentive plan.
Such proxy materials shall be in the form of a proxy statement
to be used for the purpose of soliciting such proxies from
holders of Buyer Common Stock (the Proxy Statement).
The Company shall furnish to Buyer all information concerning
the Company as Buyer may reasonably request in connection with
the preparation of the Proxy Statement. The Company and its
counsel shall be given an opportunity to review and comment on
the Proxy Statement and the Registration Statement prior to
filing with the SEC. Buyer, with the assistance of the Company,
shall promptly respond to any SEC comments on the Proxy
Statement and shall otherwise use reasonable best efforts to
cause the Proxy Statement to be approved for issuance by the SEC
as promptly as practicable. Buyer shall also take any and all
such actions to satisfy the requirements of the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act. Prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall use
its reasonable best efforts to cause the Buyer Securities to be
registered or qualified under all applicable Blue Sky Laws of
each of the states and territories of the United States in which
it is believed, based on information furnished by the Company,
holders of the Company Common Stock reside and to take any other
such actions that may be necessary to enable the Buyer Common
Stock to be issued pursuant to the Stock Purchase in each such
jurisdiction.
(b) As soon as practicable following its approval by the
SEC, Buyer shall distribute the Proxy Statement to the holders
of Buyer Common Stock and, pursuant thereto, shall call the
Special Meeting in accordance with the DGCL and, subject to the
other provisions of this Agreement, solicit proxies from such
holders to vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and
the approval of the Stock Purchase and the other matters
presented to the stockholders of Buyer for approval or adoption
at the Special Meeting, including, without limitation, the
matters described Section 5.1(a).
(c) Buyer shall comply with all applicable provisions of
and rules under the Exchange Act and all applicable provisions
of the DGCL in the preparation, filing and distribution of the
Proxy Statement, the solicitation of proxies thereunder, and the
calling and holding of the Special Meeting. Without limiting the
foregoing, Buyer shall ensure that the Proxy Statement does not,
as of the date on which it is distributed to the holders of
Buyer Common Stock, and as of the date of the Special Meeting,
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading (provided that Buyer shall not be responsible for the
accuracy or completeness of any information relating to the
Company or any other information furnished by the Company for
inclusion in the Proxy Statement).
A-22
(d) Buyer, acting through its board of directors, shall
include in the Proxy Statement the recommendation of its board
of directors that the holders of Buyer Common Stock vote in
favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the
Stock Purchase, and shall otherwise use reasonable best efforts
to obtain the Buyer Stockholder Approval.
5.2
Directors and Officers of Buyer After Stock
Purchase
.
At the Closing, (i) Keenan
shall be appointed Chief Executive Officer of Buyer and shall be
named to Buyers Board of Directors, and (ii) Vecchio
shall be appointed as a senior officer of the Company and shall
be named as a non-voting observer of Buyers Board of
Directors with the right to attend Board meetings and enjoy all
other rights and privileges of the other Board Meetings
excepting the right to vote. The board rights of the Principals
as stated above shall continue for so long as either Keenan is
Chief Executive Officer of Buyer or during such time as the
Stockholders hold at least 7% of the outstanding shares of Buyer
Common Stock. The initial independent directors of Buyer shall
be subject to the mutual consent of Buyer and the Company or its
Stockholders.
5.3
Other
Actions
.
(a) At least five (5) days
prior to Closing, Buyer shall prepare a draft
Form 8-K
announcing the Closing, together with, or incorporating by
reference, the financial statements prepared by the Company and
its accountant, and such other information that may be required
to be disclosed with respect to the Stock Purchase in any report
or form to be filed with the SEC (Stock Purchase
Form 8-K),
which shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company
and in a format acceptable for EDGAR filing. Prior to Closing,
Buyer and the Company shall prepare the press release announcing
the consummation of the Stock Purchase hereunder (Press
Release). Promptly following the Closing, Buyer shall file
the Stock Purchase
Form 8-K
with the SEC and distribute the Press Release.
(b) The Company and Buyer shall further cooperate with each
other and use their respective reasonable best efforts to take
or cause to be taken all actions, and do or cause to be done all
things, necessary, proper or advisable on its part under this
Agreement and applicable laws to consummate the Stock Purchase
and the other transactions contemplated hereby as soon as
practicable, including preparing and filing as soon as
practicable all documentation to effect all necessary notices,
reports and other filings and to obtain as soon as practicable
all consents, registrations, approvals, permits and
authorizations necessary or advisable to be obtained from any
third party (including the respective independent accountants of
the Company and Buyer) and/or any Governmental Entity in order
to consummate the Stock Purchase or any of the other
transactions contemplated hereby. Subject to applicable laws
relating to the exchange of information and the preservation of
any applicable attorney-client privilege, work-product doctrine,
self-audit privilege or other similar privilege, each of the
Company and Buyer shall have the right to review and comment on
in advance, and to the extent practicable each will consult the
other on, all the information relating to such party that
appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted
to, any third party and/or any Governmental Entity in connection
with the Stock Purchase and the other transactions contemplated
hereby. In exercising the foregoing right, each of the Company
and Buyer shall act reasonably and as promptly as practicable.
5.4
Required Information
.
In
connection with the preparation of the Stock Purchase
Form 8-K
and Press Release, and for such other reasonable purposes, the
Company shall, following written request by the Buyer, furnish
the Buyer with reasonable written information concerning the
Company, its directors, officers and stockholders and such other
matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in
connection with the Stock Purchase, or any other statement,
filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of the Buyer
to any third party and/or any Governmental Entity in connection
with the Stock Purchase and the other transactions contemplated
hereby.
5.5
Confidentiality; Access to
Information
.
(a)
Confidentiality
.
With the exception of Section 3 of the Non-disclosure and
Standstill Agreement dated January 24, 2006 (which
provision shall be incorporated herein by reference as if stated
herein), any confidentiality agreement previously executed by
the parties shall be superseded in its entirety by the
provisions of this Agreement. Each party agrees to maintain in
confidence any non-public information received from the other
party, and to use such non-public information only for purposes
of consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Such confidentiality obligations will not apply to
(i) information which was known to the one party or their
respective agents prior to receipt from the other party;
(ii) information which is or becomes generally known;
(iii) information acquired by a party or their respective
agents from a third party who was not bound to an obligation of
A-23
confidentiality; and (iv) disclosure required by law. In
the event this Agreement is terminated as provided in
Article VIII hereof, each party (i) will return or
cause to be returned to the other all documents and other
material obtained from the other in connection with the Stock
Purchase contemplated hereby, and (ii) will use its
reasonable best efforts to delete from its computer systems all
documents and other material obtained from the other in
connection with the Stock Purchase contemplated hereby.
(b)
Access to
Information
.
(i) Company will afford
Buyer and its financial advisors, accountants, counsel and other
representatives reasonable access during normal business hours,
upon reasonable notice, to the properties, books, records and
personnel of the Company during the period prior to the Closing
to obtain all information concerning the business, including the
status of product development efforts, properties, results of
operations and personnel of the Company, as Buyer may reasonably
request. No information or knowledge obtained by Buyer in any
investigation pursuant to this Section 5.5 will affect or
be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained
herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to
consummate the Stock Purchase.
(ii) Buyer will afford the Company and its financial
advisors, underwriters, accountants, counsel and other
representatives reasonable access during normal business hours,
upon reasonable notice, to the properties, books, records and
personnel of Buyer and the Parallel Target during the period
prior to the Closing to obtain all information concerning the
business, including the status of product development efforts,
properties, results of operations and personnel of Buyer and the
Parallel Target, as the Company may reasonably request. No
information or knowledge obtained by the Company in any
investigation pursuant to this Section 5.6 will affect or
be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained
herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to
consummate the Stock Purchase.
(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, each party (Subject Party) hereby agrees
that by proceeding with the Closing, it shall be conclusively
deemed to have waived for all purposes hereunder any inaccuracy
of representation or breach of warranty by another party which
is actually known by the Subject Party prior to the Closing.
5.6
Charter Protections; Directors and
Officers Liability
Insurance
.
(a) All rights to
indemnification for acts or omissions occurring through the
Closing Date now existing in favor of the current directors and
officers of Buyer and the Company as provided in the Charter
Documents of Buyer and the Company or in any indemnification
agreements shall survive the Stock Purchase and shall continue
in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
(b) If Buyer or any of its successors or assigns
(i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and
shall not be the continuing or surviving entity of such
consolidation or merger, or (ii) transfers or conveys all
or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person,
then, in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper
provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of
Buyer assume the obligations set forth in this Section 5.6.
(c) The provisions of this Section 5.6 are intended to
be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Person
who will have been a director or officer of Buyer or Company for
all periods ending on or before the Closing Date and may not be
changed without the consent of Committee referred to in
Section 1.7(a).
5.7
Public Disclosure
.
From
the date of this Agreement until Closing or termination, the
parties shall cooperate in good faith to jointly prepare all
press releases and public announcements pertaining to this
Agreement and the transactions governed by it (including, but
not limited to, all filings or notices necessary to provide to
third parties or Governmental Entities to obtain necessary
consents and/or approvals with respect to contemplated
transactions), and no party shall issue or otherwise make any
public announcement or communication pertaining to this
Agreement or the transaction without the prior consent of Buyer
(in the case of the Company and the Stockholders) or the Company
(in the case of Buyer), except as required by any legal
requirement or by the rules and regulations of, or pursuant to
any agreement of a trading system. Each party will not
unreasonably withhold
A-24
approval from the others with respect to any press release,
public announcement, provision of notice, or request for third
party consent, or notification or other filing with any
Governmental Entity relating to this Agreement. If any party
determines with the advice of counsel that it is required to
make this Agreement and the terms of the transaction public or
otherwise issue a press release or make public disclosure with
respect thereto, it shall, at a reasonable time before making
any public disclosure, consult with the other party regarding
such disclosure, seek such confidential treatment for such terms
or portions of this Agreement or the transaction as may be
reasonably requested by the other party and disclose only such
information as is legally compelled to be disclosed. This
provision will not apply to communications by any party to its
counsel, accountants and other professional advisors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that
promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement,
Buyer will file with the SEC a Current Report on
Form 8-K
pursuant to the Exchange Act to report the execution of this
Agreement, with respect to which Buyer shall consult with the
Company. Unless objected to by the Company by written notice
given to Buyer within five (5) business days after such
filing specifying the language to which objection is taken, any
language included in such Current Report shall be deemed to have
been approved by the Company and may be used in other filings
made by Buyer with the SEC.
5.8
Reasonable Efforts
.
Upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement, including, but not limited to the provisions of
Article VI, each of the parties agrees to use its
commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken,
all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and
cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things necessary,
proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in the
most expeditious manner practicable, the Stock Purchase and the
other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including
using commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the
following: (i) the taking of all reasonable acts necessary
to cause the conditions precedent set forth in Article VI
to be satisfied, (ii) the obtaining of all necessary
actions, waivers, consents, approvals, orders and authorizations
from Governmental Entities and the making of all necessary
registrations, declarations and filings (including
registrations, declarations and filings with Governmental
Entities, if any) and the taking of all reasonable steps as may
be necessary to avoid any suit, claim, action, investigation or
proceeding by any Governmental Entity, (iii) the obtaining
of all consents, approvals or waivers from third parties
required as a result of the transactions contemplated in this
Agreement, including without limitation the consents referred to
in Schedule 2.5 of the Company Disclosure Schedule,
(iv) the defending of any suits, claims, actions,
investigations or proceedings, whether judicial or
administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby, including seeking to
have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any
court or other Governmental Entity vacated or reversed and
(v) the execution or delivery of any additional instruments
reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated
by, and to fully carry out the purposes of, this Agreement. In
connection with and without limiting the foregoing, Buyer and
its board of directors and the Company and its board of
directors shall, if any state takeover statute or similar
statute or regulation is or becomes applicable to the Stock
Purchase, this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to
enable the Stock Purchase and the other transactions
contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated as promptly as
practicable on the terms contemplated by this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this
Agreement shall be deemed to require Buyer or the Company to
agree to any divestiture by itself or any of its affiliates of
shares of capital stock or of any business, assets or property,
or the imposition of any material limitation on the ability of
any of them to conduct their business or to own or exercise
control of such assets, properties and stock.
5.9
No Buyer Securities
Transactions
.
Each officer, director and
Stockholder of the Company shall agree that he shall not sell,
transfer or otherwise dispose of an interest in any of the Buyer
Securities he receives as a result of the Stock Purchase other
than as permitted pursuant to the Lock-Up Letter in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto executed by such Person prior to
the Closing Date.
5.10
Certain Claims
.
Except
as provided for in Section 5.6 of this Agreement, as
additional consideration for the issuance of the Stock Purchase
Consideration pursuant to this Agreement, each of the
Stockholders hereby releases and forever discharges, effective
as of the Closing Date, the Company and its directors, officers,
employees and agents, from any and all rights, claims, demands,
judgments, obligations, liabilities and damages, whether accrued
or unaccrued, asserted or unasserted, and whether known or
unknown arising out of or resulting from such Stockholders
(i) status as a holder of an equity interest in the
Company; and (ii) employment, service, consulting or
A-25
other similar agreement entered into with the Company prior to
Closing, to the extent that the bases for claims under any such
agreement that survives the Closing arise prior to the Closing,
provided, however, the foregoing shall not release any
obligations of Buyer set forth in this Agreement.
5.11
No Securities
Transactions
.
Neither the Company nor any
Stockholder or any of their affiliates, directly or indirectly,
shall engage in any transactions involving the securities of
Buyer prior to the time of the making of a public announcement
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company
shall use its best efforts to require each of its officers,
directors, employees, agents and representatives to comply with
the foregoing requirement.
5.12
No Claim Against
Trust Fund
.
The Company and the
Stockholders acknowledge that, if the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement are not consummated by Buyer by
October 15, 2006, Buyer may be obligated to return to its
stockholders the amounts being held in the Trust Fund.
Accordingly, the Company and the Stockholders hereby waive all
rights against Buyer to collect from the Trust Fund any
moneys that may be owed to them by Buyer for any reason
whatsoever, including but not limited to a breach of this
Agreement by Buyer or any negotiations, agreements or
understandings with Buyer (other than as a result of the Stock
Purchase, pursuant to which the Company would have the right to
collect the monies in the Trust Fund), and will not seek
recourse against the Trust Fund for any reason whatsoever.
5.13
Disclosure of Certain
Matters
.
Each of Buyer and the Company will
provide the other with prompt written notice of any event,
development or condition that (a) would cause any of such
partys representations and warranties to become untrue or
misleading or which may affect its ability to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) had it
existed or been known on the date hereof would have been
required to be disclosed under this Agreement, (c) gives
such party any reason to believe that any of the conditions set
forth in Article VI will not be satisfied, (d) is of a
nature that is or may be materially adverse to the operations,
prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Buyer, the
Company, or the Parallel Target, or (e) would require any
amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement. The parties
shall have the obligation to supplement or amend the Company
Schedules and Buyer Schedules (the Disclosure
Schedules) being delivered concurrently with the execution
of this Agreement and annexed hereto, and to provide additional
Disclosure Schedules, with respect to any matter hereafter
arising or discovered which, if existing or known at the date of
this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or
described in a Disclosure Schedule. The obligations of the
parties to amend or supplement the Disclosure Schedules being
delivered herewith and to provide any additional Disclosure
Schedules shall terminate on the Closing Date. Notwithstanding
any such amendment, supplementation, or addition, for purposes
of Sections 6.2(a), 6.3(a), 8.1(d) and 8.1(e), the
representations and warranties of the parties shall be made with
reference to the Disclosure Schedules as they exist at the time
of execution of this Agreement, subject to such anticipated
changes as are set forth in Schedule 4.1 or otherwise
expressly contemplated by this Agreement or which are set forth
in the Disclosure Schedules as they exist on the date of this
Agreement.
5.14
Nasdaq Listing
.
Buyer
shall use its best efforts to obtain the listing for trading on
Nasdaq (or any other nationally recognized securities exchange)
of the Buyer Common Stock, the class of warrants issued in
Buyers initial public offering and the Units issued in
Buyers initial public offering (each Unit consisting of
one share of Buyer Common Stock and two such warrants). If such
listing is not obtained by the Closing, Buyer shall continue to
use its best efforts after the Closing to obtain such listing.
5.15
No Solicitation
.
(a) The Company will not, and will cause its Affiliates,
employees, agents and representatives not to, directly or
indirectly, solicit or enter into discussions or transactions
with, or encourage, or provide any information to, any
corporation, partnership or other entity or group (other than
Buyer and its designees) concerning any merger, sale of
ownership interests and/or assets of the Company,
recapitalization or similar transaction.
(b) Except with respect to the acquisition of the Parallel
Target, Buyer will not, and will cause its employees, agents and
representatives not to, directly or indirectly, solicit or enter
into discussions or transactions with, or encourage, or provide
any information to, any corporation, partnership or other entity
or group (other than the
A-26
Company and its designees) concerning any merger, purchase of
ownership interests and/or assets, recapitalization or similar
transaction.
5.16
Company and Stockholder
Actions
.
Each of the Company and the
Stockholders shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
take such actions as are reasonably necessary to fulfill its
obligations under this Agreement and to enable Buyer to fulfill
its obligations hereunder. The failure of the Stockholders to
waive a condition set forth herein shall not be deemed a
violation of this Section.
5.17
Post Transaction Name, Headquarters, and
Operations
.
The name of the Company shall
continue to be Global Internetworking for all major
portions of its business except that the name of Buyer will be
changed to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc., and the
corporate headquarters of Buyer and the Company Corporation
shall be located in McLean, Virginia at 8484 Westpark
Drive, Suite 720, or such other place as may be mutually
agreed upon. Buyer shall offer employment to substantially the
entire current workforce of the Company and provide similar
compensation and fringe benefits to current employees of the
Company. The costs of employee attrition resulting from the
implementation of any business plan will, unless otherwise
agreed, become a cost paid by Buyer. From and after the Closing
Date, Buyer shall honor, or shall cause the Company to honor, in
accordance with their terms, all contracts, agreements,
arrangements, policies, plans and commitments of the Company as
in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date that are
applicable to any current or former employees or directors of
the Company. Employees of the Company shall receive credit for
purposes of eligibility, participation and vesting (but not for
benefit accruals) under any employee benefit plan, program or
arrangement established or maintained by the Buyer or the
Company for service accrued or deemed accrued prior to the
Closing Date with the Company;
provided
,
however
,
that such crediting of service shall not operate to duplicate
any benefit or the funding of any such benefit. In addition,
Buyer shall waive, or cause to be waived, any limitations on
benefits relating to any pre-existing conditions to the same
extent such limitations are waived under any comparable plan of
Buyer or its subsidiaries and recognize, for purposes of annual
deductible and
out-of-pocket
limits under its medical and dental plans, deductible and
out-of-pocket
expenses paid by employees of the Company in the calendar year
in which the Closing Date occurs.
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS TO THE TRANSACTION
6.1
Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to
Effect the Stock Purchase
.
The respective
obligations of each party to this Agreement to effect the Stock
Purchase shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the
Closing Date of the following conditions:
(a)
No Order
.
No Governmental
Entity shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or
entered any statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree,
injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or
permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making
the Stock Purchase illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation
of the Stock Purchase, substantially on the terms contemplated
by this Agreement.
(b)
Stockholder Approval
.
The
Buyer Stockholder Approval, the Name Change Amendment and the
Capitalization Amendment shall have been duly approved and
adopted by the stockholders of Buyer by the requisite vote under
the laws of the State of Delaware and the Buyer Charter
Documents and an executed copy of an amendment to Buyers
Certificate of Incorporation reflecting the Name Change
Amendment and the Capitalization Amendment shall have been filed
with the Delaware Secretary of State to be effective as of the
Closing.
(c)
Buyer Common Stock
.
Holders of
twenty percent (20%) or more of the shares of Buyer Common Stock
issued in Buyers initial public offering of securities and
outstanding immediately before the Closing shall not have
exercised their rights to convert their shares into a pro rata
share of the Trust Fund in accordance with Buyers
Charter Documents.
A-27
(d)
Governmental Approvals
.
Final
and unappealable approvals from any Governmental Entity (if any)
necessary for the consummation of the Stock Purchase shall have
been obtained and any waiting period applicable to the
consummation of the Stock Purchase shall have expired or been
terminated.
6.2
Additional Conditions to Obligations of
Stockholders
.
The obligations of the
Stockholders to consummate and effect the Stock Purchase shall
be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date
of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived,
in writing, exclusively by the Stockholders:
(a)
Representations and
Warranties
.
Each representation and warranty
of Buyer contained in this Agreement that is qualified as to
materiality shall have been true and correct (i) as of the
date of this Agreement and (ii) on and as of the Closing
Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing
Date. Each representation and warranty of Buyer contained in
this Agreement that is not qualified as to materiality shall
have been true and correct (i) in all material respects as
of the date of this Agreement and (ii) in all material
respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and
effect as if made on the Closing Date. The Company shall have
received a certificate with respect to the foregoing signed on
behalf of Buyer by an authorized officer of Buyer (Buyer
Closing Certificate).
(b)
Agreements and
Covenants
.
Buyer shall have performed or
complied in all material respects with all agreements and
covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied
with by it on or prior to the Closing Date, except to the extent
that any failure to perform or comply (other than a willful
failure to perform or comply or failure to perform or comply
with an agreement or covenant reasonably within the control of
Buyer) does not, or will not, constitute a Material Adverse
Effect with respect to Buyer, and the Buyer Closing Certificate
shall include a provision to such effect.
(c)
No Litigation
.
No action, suit
or proceeding shall be pending or threatened before any
Governmental Entity which is reasonably likely to
(i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) cause any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded
following consummation or (iii) affect materially and
adversely or otherwise encumber the title of the shares of Buyer
Common Stock to be issued by Buyer in connection with the Stock
Purchase and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or
injunction to any such effect shall be in effect.
(d)
Consents
.
Buyer shall have
obtained all consents, waivers and approvals required to be
obtained by Buyer in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to,
those relating to the acquisition of the Parallel Target), other
than consents, waivers and approvals the absence of which,
either alone or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer and the
Buyer Closing Certificate shall include a provision to such
effect.
(e)
Material Adverse Effect
.
No
Material Adverse Effect with respect to Buyer or Parallel Target
shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement.
(f)
SEC Compliance
.
Immediately
prior to Closing, Buyer shall be in compliance with the
reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.
(g)
Opinion of Counsel
.
The
Company and stockholders shall have received from Greenberg
Traurig, counsel to Buyer, an opinion of counsel in
substantially the form of
Exhibit C
annexed hereto.
(h)
Other Deliveries
.
At or prior
to Closing, Buyer shall have delivered to the Company
(i) copies of resolutions and actions taken by Buyers
board of directors and stockholders in connection with the
approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereunder, and (ii) such other documents or certificates as
shall reasonably be required by the Company and its counsel in
order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder.
(i)
Press Release
.
Buyer shall
have delivered the Press Release to the Company, in a form
reasonably acceptable to the Company.
A-28
(j)
Trust Fund
.
Buyer shall
have made appropriate arrangements with American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company to have the Trust Fund,
which shall contain no less than the amount referred to in
Section 3.1, dispersed to Buyer immediately upon the
Closing.
(k)
Principals
.
Employment
Agreements between the Company and each of the Principals, in
the form of
Exhibit D
, shall be in full force and
effect immediately after Closing.
(l)
Parallel Transaction
.
The
Parallel Transaction shall have been consummated at or prior to
Closing of the transactions contemplated hereby on terms and
conditions substantially as set forth in the Offer Document
between Buyer and Parallel Target which Offer Document is
attached hereto as
Exhibit F
. In no event will Buyer
waive the Parallel Targets breach of any representation or
warranty or compliance with any covenant if such breach or
non-compliance is, or is likely to have, a Material Adverse
Effect on the business of the Parallel Target without obtaining
the consent of the Company to such waiver, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld.
(m)
Registration
.
Buyer shall have
filed with the SEC the Registration Statement (in which the
Proxy Statement will be included) so that the Buyer Securities
will be registered upon the completion of such process.
(n)
Lock-Up Agreement
.
The Lock-Up
Agreements in the form of
Exhibit B
shall be in full
force and effect.
(o)
Purchase Price
.
Subject to the
Sections 1.4 and 1.9 hereof, with respect to the required
deposit of the Escrow Fund and the Escrowed Warrants,
respectively, Buyer shall have delivered the Purchase Price to
each of the Stockholders.
6.3
Additional Conditions to the Obligations of
Buyer
.
The obligations of Buyer to consummate
and effect the Stock Purchase shall be subject to the
satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the
following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing,
exclusively by Buyer:
(a)
Representations and
Warranties
.
Each representation and warranty
of the Stockholders and Company contained in this Agreement that
is qualified as to materiality shall have been true and correct
(i) as of the date of this Agreement and (ii) subject
to the provisions of the last sentence of Section 5.13, on
and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if
made on the Closing Date. Each representation and warranty of
the Stockholders and Company contained in this Agreement that is
not qualified as to materiality shall have been true and correct
(i) in all material respects as of the date of this
Agreement and (ii) in all material respects on and as of
the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on
the Closing Date. The Buyer shall have received a certificate
with respect to the foregoing signed on behalf of the Company by
an authorized officer of the Company (Company Closing
Certificate).
(b)
Agreements and Covenants
.
The
Company and the Stockholders shall have performed or complied in
all material respects with all agreements and covenants required
by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them at or
prior to the Closing Date except to the extent that any failure
to perform or comply (other than a willful failure to perform or
comply or failure to perform or comply with an agreement or
covenant reasonably within the control of Company) does not, or
will not, constitute a Material Adverse Effect on the Company,
and the Company Closing Certificate shall include a provision to
such effect.
(c)
No Litigation
.
No action, suit
or proceeding shall be pending or threatened before any
Governmental Entity which is reasonably likely to
(i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) cause any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded
following consummation or (iii) affect materially and
adversely the right of Buyer to own, operate or control any of
the assets and operations of the Company following the Stock
Purchase and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or
injunction to any such effect shall be in effect.
(d)
Consents
.
The Stockholders and
the Company shall have obtained all consents, waivers, permits
and approvals required to be obtained by the Company in
connection with the consummation of the
A-29
transactions contemplated hereby, other than consents, waivers
and approvals the absence of which, either alone or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company and the Company Closing
Certificate shall include a provision to such effect.
(e)
Material Adverse Effect
.
No
Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company shall have
occurred since the date of this Agreement.
(f)
Opinion of Counsel
.
Buyer
shall have received from Rees, Broome &
Diaz, P.C., counsel to the Company, an opinion of counsel
in substantially the form of
Exhibit E
annexed
hereto.
(g)
Employment
Agreements
.
Employment Agreements between the
Company and each of the Principals, in the form of
Exhibit D
, shall be in full force and effect.
(h)
Lock-Up Agreements
.
The
Lock-Up Agreements in the form of
Exhibit B
shall be
in full force and effect.
(i)
Other Deliveries
.
At or prior
to Closing, the Company shall have delivered to Buyer:
(i) copies of resolutions and actions taken by the
Companys board of directors and stockholders in connection
with the approval of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereunder, and (ii) such other documents or
certificates as shall reasonably be required by Buyer and its
counsel in order to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereunder.
(j)
Derivative Securities
.
There
shall be outstanding no options, warrants or other derivative
securities entitling the holders thereof to acquire shares of
Company Common Stock or other securities of the Company.
(k)
Delivery of Shares
.
Each of
the Stockholders shall have delivered to the Buyer certificates
for the Shares, free of any Encumbrances, in the names of the
Stockholders duly endorsed to Buyer or accompanied by separate
stock powers.
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION
7.1
Indemnification
.
(a) Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Article VII (including
without limitation the limitations set forth in
Section 7.4), from and after the Closing Date, Buyer and
its successors and permitted assigns (the Buyer
Indemnitees) shall be indemnified, defended and held
harmless by the Stockholders from and against all Losses
asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon, or incurred by any
Buyer Indemnitee by reason of, arising out of or resulting from:
(i) the inaccuracy or breach of any representation or
warranty of Company contained in this Agreement or any
Schedule; and
(ii) the non-fulfillment or breach of any covenant or
agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement.
(b) From and after the Closing Date, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth herein, the Stockholders and their
respective heirs, successors, and permitted assigns
(collectively, the Stockholder Indemnitees) shall be
indemnified, defended and held harmless by the Buyer from and
against all Losses asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon,
or incurred by any Stockholder Indemnitee by reason of, arising
out of or resulting from: (i) any inaccuracy or breach of
any of the representations or warranties given or made by Buyer
in this Agreement or any Schedule; or (ii) the
non-fulfillment or breach of any covenant or agreement of the
Buyer contained in this Agreement.
(c) As used in this Article VII, subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 7.4 hereof, the term
Losses shall include all losses, liabilities,
damages, judgments, awards, orders, penalties, settlements,
costs and expenses (including, without limitation, interest,
penalties, court costs and reasonable legal fees and expenses)
arising from
A-30
any demands, claims, suits, actions, costs of investigation,
notices of violation or noncompliance, causes of action,
proceedings and assessments made by third parties whether or not
ultimately determined to be valid. Each Indemnified Person (as
defined below) shall take commercially reasonable actions to
mitigate Losses, and shall reasonably consult and cooperate with
each Indemnifying Person (as defined below) with a view toward
mitigating Losses, in connection with Third Party Claims (as
defined below) for which an Indemnified Person seeks
indemnification under this Article VII. Furthermore, the
amount of any Losses payable hereunder shall be reduced by the
amount of any reserves or accruals reflected as a current
liability on the Audited Financial Statements and/or the
Unaudited Financial Statements which relate to the facts giving
rise to such Losses. The Indemnified Person shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to pursue insurance claims or
third-party damns that may reduce or eliminate Losses. NO PARTY
WILL IN ANY EVENT BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AND NO CLAIM
MAY IN ANY EVENT BE ASSERTED HEREUNDER, FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES (OTHER THAN IN SUCH CASES WHERE A THIRD PARTY
IS ENTITLED TO RECOVER PUNITIVE DAMAGES FROM AN INDEMNIFIED
PERSON BASED ON THE ACTIONS OF THE INDEMNIFYING PERSONS) BY
REASON OF A BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, OR
AGREEMENT CONTAINED HEREIN.
7.2
Indemnification
Procedure
.
The indemnification obligations
and liabilities under this Article VII with respect to
actions, proceedings, lawsuits, investigations, demands or other
claims brought against Buyer or the Company by a Person (a
Third Party Claim) shall be subject to the following
terms and conditions:
(a)
Notice of Claim
.
The party
seeking indemnification (the Indemnified Party) pursuant
to Section 7.1 will give the other party (such other party
being the Representative in the case of the Stockholders) prompt
written notice (and in any event no later than ten
(10) business days) after becoming aware of any Third Party
Claim or discovering the liability, obligation or facts giving
rise to such Third Party Claim (a Notice of Claim)
which Notice of Claim shall set forth (i) a brief
description of the nature of the Third Party Claim and the
material facts relating thereto, (ii) the total amount of
the actual
out-of-pocket
Loss or the anticipated potential Loss (including any costs or
expenses which have been or may be reasonably incurred in
connection therewith), and (iii) whether such Loss may be
covered (in whole or in part) under any insurance and the
estimated amount of such Loss which may be covered under such
insurance, and the Representative shall be entitled to
participate in the defense of Third Party Claim at its expense.
A Notice of Claim shall be effective only if provided prior to
the date of expiration of the relevant Survival Period.
(b)
Defense
.
The party to provide
indemnification (the Indemnifying Party) shall
(subject to the limitations set forth in subsection 7.2(c)
below and subject to the following sentence), at its own
expense, by written notice to the Indemnified Party, assume the
entire control of, subject to the right of the Indemnified Party
to participate (at its expense and with counsel of its choice)
in, the defense of the Third Party Claim as to which such Notice
of Claim has been given. All expenses, fees, and costs
associated with the defense of such Third Party Claim by the
Representative on behalf of the Stockholders as Indemnifying
Party shall be first paid from the Escrowed Cash and then
(should such amount be fully extinguished) from the proceeds
from the sale of the Escrowed Shares. If the Indemnifying Party
is permitted to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim:
(i) the Indemnifying Party shall diligently and in good
faith defend such Third Party Claim and shall keep Indemnifying
Party reasonably informed of the status of such defense;
provided, however, that in the case of any settlement providing
for remedies other than monetary damages for which
indemnification is provided, the Indemnifying Party shall have
the right to approve the settlement, which approval will not be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed;
(ii) Indemnified Party shall cooperate fully in all
respects with the Indemnifying Party in any such defense,
compromise or settlement thereof, including, without limitation,
the selection of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Indemnified Party), and Indemnified Party
shall make available to the Indemnifying Party all pertinent
information and documents under its control; and
(iii) for purposes of clarification, to the extent that
Stockholders are required to act as an Indemnifying Party
pursuant to this Article VII, at such time after the
Escrowed Cash is fully exhausted, the Representative shall be
entitled on their behalf, without reference to and regardless of
any lock ups or
A-31
restrictions that would otherwise be applicable to the Escrowed
Shares (and subject to applicable securities laws), to sell or
pledge such Escrowed Shares at any time during the Escrow Period
to assist in the defense of and/or to pay any Losses. The
parties agree to take all steps necessary, including execution
of subsequent documentation, in order to enable Representative
to act in accordance with this Article VII.
(c)
Limitations of Right to Assume
Defense
.
The Indemnifying Party shall not be
entitled to assume control of such defense if (i) the Third
Party Claim relates to or arises in connection with any criminal
proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation
arising in connection with the potential criminal conduct of
that party; or (ii) there is a reasonable likelihood that a
Third Party Claim will materially and adversely affect the
Indemnifying Party other than as a result of money damages or
other money payments.
(d)
Other Limitations
.
Failure to
give prompt Notice of Claim or to provide copies of relevant
available documents or to furnish relevant available data shall
not affect the Indemnifying Partys duty or obligations
under this Article VII, except to the extent (and only to
the extent that) such failure shall have adversely affected the
ability of the Indemnifying Party to defend against or reduce
the Stockholders or Buyers (as applicable) liability
or caused or increased such liability or otherwise caused the
damages for which the Stockholders or Buyer (as applicable) are
obligated to be greater than such damages would have been had
Buyer given the Indemnifying Party prompt notice hereunder. So
long as the Indemnifying Party is defending any such action
actively and in good faith, the Indemnified Party shall not
settle such action. The Indemnified Party shall make available
to Indemnifying Party all relevant records and other relevant
materials required by them and in the possession or under the
control of the Indemnified Party, for the use of the
Indemnifying Party and its representatives in defending any such
action, and shall in other respects give reasonable cooperation
in such defense.
(e)
Failure to Defend
.
If the
Indemnifying Party, promptly after receiving a Notice of Claim,
fails to defend such Third Party Claim actively and in good
faith, the Indemnified Party will (upon further written notice
and subject to all other limitations set forth in this
Article VII) have the right to undertake the defense,
compromise or settlement of such Third Party Claim as it may
determine in its reasonable discretion, provided that the
Indemnifying Party shall have the right to approve any
settlement, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned, or delayed.
(f)
Indemnified Partys
Rights
.
Anything in this Section 7.3 to
the contrary notwithstanding, the Indemnifying Party shall not,
without the written consent of Indemnified Party, settle or
compromise any action or consent to the entry of any judgment
which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the
giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the Indemnified Party
of a full and unconditional release from all liability and
obligation in respect of such action without any payment by the
Indemnified Party.
(g)
Representative Consent
.
Where
the Stockholders are the Indemnifying Party, unless the
Representative has consented to a settlement of a Third Party
Claim, the amount of the settlement shall not be a binding
determination of the amount of the Loss and such amount shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of the Escrow
Agreement.
7.3
Insurance Effect
.
To the
extent that any Losses that are subject to indemnification
pursuant to this Article VII are covered by insurance, the
Indemnified Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain a defense pursuant to the insurance and the maximum
recovery under such insurance; provided that, in the event such
insurance is unavailable to pay a Loss, Buyer shall be entitled
to bring a claim for indemnification under this Article VII
in respect of such Losses and the time limitations set forth in
Section 7.4 hereof for bringing a claim of indemnification
under this Agreement shall be tolled during the pendency of such
insurance claim. The existence of a claim by the Indemnified
Party for monies from an insurer or against a third party in
respect of any Loss shall not, however, delay any payment
pursuant to the indemnification provisions contained herein and
otherwise determined to be due and owing. If Indemnified Party
has received the payment required by this Agreement from the
Indemnifying Party in respect of any Loss and later receives
proceeds from insurance or other amounts in respect of such
Loss, then it shall hold such proceeds or other amounts in trust
for the benefit of the Indemnifying Party and shall pay to the
Indemnifying Party, as promptly as practicable after receipt, a
sum equal to the amount of such proceeds or
A-32
other amount received, up to (in the case only of the
Stockholders as Indemnifying Party) the aggregate amount of any
payments received from the Escrow Account pursuant to this
Agreement in respect of such Loss. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties
that no insurer or any other third party shall be
(i) entitled to a benefit it would not be entitled to
receive in the absence of the foregoing indemnification
provisions, or (ii) relieved of the responsibility to pay
any claims for which it is obligated.
7.4
Limitations on Indemnification
.
(a)
Survival; Time Limitation
.
The
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in this
Agreement or in any writing delivered by each party to the other
in connection with this Agreement (including the certificate
required to be delivered to each party pursuant to
Sections 6.2(a) and 6.3(a)) shall survive the Closing until
one (1) year after the Closing Date, except that the
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.3,
2.15, and 3.3 shall survive the Closing until the first to occur
of(i) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations,
or (ii) three (3) years after the Closing Date (the
Survival Period). The indemnification and other
obligations under this Article VII shall survive for the
same Survival Period and shall terminate with the expiration of
such Survival Period, except that: (i) any claims for
breach of representation or warranty made by a party hereunder
by filing a demand for arbitration under Section 10.12
shall be preserved until final resolution thereof despite the
subsequent expiration of the Survival Period and (ii) any
claims set forth in a Notice of Claim sent prior to the
expiration of such Survival Period shall survive until final
resolution thereof Except as set forth in clause (ii)
above, no claim for indemnification under this Article VII
shall be brought after the end of the applicable Survival Period.
(b)
Deductible
.
No amount shall be
payable under Article VII by the Stockholders as
Indemnifying Party or Buyer as Indemnifying Party unless and
until the aggregate amount of all indemnifiable Losses otherwise
payable exceeds $200,000 (the Deductible), in which
event the amount payable shall only be the amount in excess of
the amount of the Deductible.
(c)
Aggregate Amount
Limitation
.
The aggregate liability for the
Stockholders for Losses pursuant to Section 7.1 shall not
in any event exceed the Escrow Fund, and Buyer shall have no
claim against the Companys stockholders other than for the
Escrow Fund (and any proceeds of the Escrow Fund or
distributions with respect to the Escrow Fund). Under no
circumstances shall the liability of the Representative or any
other single Stockholder (including, but not limited to, such
expenses, fees, and costs associated with indemnification under
this Agreement) exceed that Stockholders proportionate
share of the Escrow Fund. The aggregate liability of the Buyer
(as Indemnifying Party) for Losses pursuant to Section 7.1
shall not in any event exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).
Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary herein, the
parties acknowledge and agree that Buyers Right of Off-set
shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) against the
Promissory Notes in the event of any Losses in which Buyer is
the Indemnified Party, but in no event will such Right of
Off-set be deemed to expand a Stockholders liability in an
amount beyond such Stockholders Pro Rata Portion of the
Escrow Fund.
7.5
Exclusive Remedy
.
Each
party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, from and after the
Closing, its sole remedy with respect to any and all claims for
Losses arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be
pursuant and subject to the requirements of the indemnification
provisions set forth in this Article VII (and more
specifically, solely to the Escrow Fund and the Right of Offset,
in the case of the Buyer); provided, however, that for claims
arising under Sections 2.3 and 2.15, after the Escrow
Period, the Stockholders shall be jointly liable to Buyer
(proportionate to their Pro Rata Portion) subject to the
Deductible set forth in Section 7.4(b) and a limitation on
the Stockholders aggregate liability equal to Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000). Notwithstanding any of the foregoing,
nothing contained in this Article VII shall in any way
impair, modify or otherwise limit Buyers or Companys
right to bring any claim, demand or suit against the other party
based upon such other partys actual fraud or intentional
or willful misrepresentation or omission, it being understood
that a mere breach of a representation and warranty, without
intentional or willful misrepresentation or omission, does not
constitute fraud; provided, however, that in the case of any
allegation of a Stockholders actual fraud or intentional
or willful misrepresentation or omission, such claim, demand, or
suit, Buyers sole remedy shall be to bring a claim,
demand, or suit only against the
A-33
particular Stockholder alleged to have committed such actual
fraud or intentional or willful misrepresentation or omission.
7.6
Damages; No Adjustment to
Consideration
.
Amounts paid for
indemnification under Article VII shall constitute damages
paid by the Stockholders for breach of contract and not as an
adjustment to the value of the shares of Buyer Common Stock
issued by Buyer as a result of the Stock Purchase.
7.7
Representative Capacities; Application of
Escrow Fund
.
The parties acknowledge that the
Representatives obligations on behalf of the Stockholders
under this Article VII are solely as a representative of
the Stockholders in the manner set forth in the Escrow Agreement
with respect to the obligations to indemnify Buyer under this
Article VII and that the Representative shall have no
personal responsibility for any expenses incurred by him in such
capacity and that all payments to Buyer as a result of such
indemnification obligations shall be made solely from, and to
the extent of, the Escrow Funds first from cash and then from
the shares of Buyer Common Stock. The parties further
acknowledge that all actions to be taken by Buyer pursuant to
this Article VII shall be taken on its behalf by the
Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Escrow
Agreement. The Escrow Agent, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement
after the Closing, may apply all or a portion of the Escrow
Funds to satisfy any claim for indemnification pursuant to this
Article VII. The Escrow Agent will hold the remaining
portion of the Escrow Funds until final resolution of all claims
for indemnification or disputes relating thereto.
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION
8.1
Termination
.
This
Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:
(a) by mutual written agreement of Buyer and the Company at
any time;
(b) by either Buyer or the Company if the Stock Purchase
shall not have been effective by October 15, 2006;
(c) by either Buyer or the Company if a Governmental Entity
shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other
action, in any case having the effect of permanently
restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Stock
Purchase, which order, decree, ruling or other action is final
and nonappealable;
(d) by the Company, upon a material breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of
Buyer set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or
warranty of Buyer shall have become untrue, in either case such
that the conditions set forth in Article VI would not be
satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such
representation or warranty shall have become untrue, provided,
that if such breach by Buyer is curable by Buyer prior to the
Closing Date, then the Company may not terminate this Agreement
under this Section 8.1(d) for thirty (30) days after
delivery of written notice from the Company to Buyer of such
breach, provided Buyer continues to exercise commercially
reasonable efforts to cure such breach (it being understood that
the Company may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this
Section 8.1(d) if it shall have materially breached this
Agreement or if such breach by Buyer is cured during such thirty
(30)-day period);
(e) by Buyer, upon a material breach of any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Company set
forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of
the Company shall have become untrue, in either case such that
the conditions set forth in Article VI would not be
satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such
representation or warranty shall have become untrue, provided,
that if such breach is curable by the Company prior to the
Closing Date, then Buyer may not terminate this Agreement under
this Section 8.1(e) for thirty (30) days after
delivery of written notice from Buyer to the Company of such
breach, provided the Company continues to exercise commercially
reasonable efforts to cure such breach (it being understood that
Buyer may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this
Section 8.1(e) if
A-34
it shall have materially breached this Agreement or if such
breach by the Company is cured during such thirty (30)-day
period); or
(f) by either Buyer or the Company, if, at the Special
Meeting including any adjournments thereof), this Agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereby shall fail to be approved
and adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of Buyer
Common Stock required under Buyers certificate of
incorporation, or the holders of 20% or more of the number of
shares of Buyer Common Stock issued in Buyers initial
public offering and outstanding as of the date of the record
date of the Special Meeting exercise their rights to convert the
shares of Buyer Common Stock held by them into cash in
accordance with Buyers certificate of incorporation.
8.2
Notice of Termination; Effect of
Termination
.
Any termination of this
Agreement under Section 8.1 above will be effective
immediately upon (or, if the termination is pursuant to
Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(e) and the proviso
therein is applicable, thirty (30) days after) the delivery
of written notice of the terminating party to the other parties
hereto. In the event of the termination of this Agreement as
provided in Section 8.1, this Agreement shall be of no
further force or effect and the Stock Purchase shall be
abandoned, except for and subject to the following:
(i) Sections 5.5, 5.14, the limitation of liability
set forth in Section 7.1(c), 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 and
Article X (General Provisions) shall survive the
termination of this Agreement, and (ii) nothing herein
shall relieve any party from liability for any breach of this
Agreement, including a breach by a party electing to terminate
this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(b) caused by the
action or failure to act of such party constituting a principal
cause of or resulting in the failure of the Stock Purchase to
occur on or before the date stated therein; provided, however,
if Buyer terminates this Agreement pursuant to
Section 8.1(e) in relation to any amendment,
supplementation or addition to a Company Schedule, no claim for
damages may be made.
8.3
Fees and
Expenses
.
Except as otherwise provided in
this Section 8.3, all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses
whether or not the Stock Purchase is consummated. Each party
(i.e., Buyer, Stockholders and Company) shall be responsible for
all professional and other fees and expenses that each incurs in
connection with the Stock Purchase; provided, that, the
Brokers Fee contingent upon successful closing of the
Stock Purchase shall be paid by Buyer on behalf of the Company
and the Stockholders in an amount not to exceed Five Hundred
Eighty Thousand Dollars ($580,000.00); and the Company shall be
responsible for all legal fees incurred in connection with the
negotiation and Closing of this Agreement. The Stockholders
shall be responsible only for the personal professional expenses
each may individually incur in connection with the Stock
Purchase. Buyer agrees that it shall pay each month the
reasonable expenses Company incurs: (i) to its accountants
in connection with the inclusion of the Company financial
statements into the Proxy Statement and into the
Form 8-K
that Buyer shall file following the closing of the Stock
Purchase; (ii) to its attorneys, Rees, Broome &
Diaz, P.C.(or such other counsel as required in the
reasonable judgment of the management of the Company)
specifically relating to preparation and review of the Proxy
Statement; (iii) in all respects relating to any corporate
restructuring in connection with the Stock Purchase; and
(iv) in all respects in connection with the transfer of all
Company licenses that must occur to complete the Stock Purchase.
ARTICLE IX
DEFINED TERMS
Terms defined in this Agreement are organized alphabetically as
follows, together with the Section and, where applicable,
paragraph, number in which definition of each such term is
located:
AAA Section 10.12
Affiliate Section 10.2(f)
Agreement preamble
Applicable Environmental Law Section 2.16(c)
Approvals Section 2.1(a)
A-35
Audited Financial Statements Section 2.7(a)
Blue Sky Laws Section 1.6(b)
Buyer Heading
Buyer Class B Common Stock Section 3.3(a)
Buyer Closing Certificate Section 6.2(a)
Buyer Common Stock Section l.2(c)
Buyer Contracts Section 3.3(a)
Buyer Convertible Securities Section 3.3(a)
Buyer Indemnitees Section 7.1(a)
Buyer Plan Section 5.1(a)
Buyer Preferred Stock Section 3.3(a)
Buyer SEC Reports Section 3.7(a)
Buyer Schedule Article III Preamble
Buyer Securities Section 1.2
Buyer Stockholder Approval Section 5.1(a)
Buyer Stock Options Section 3.3(a)
Buyer Warrants Section 3.3(a)
Brokers Fee Section 2.17
Capitalization Amendment Section 5.1(a)
Change of Control Section 1.9
Charter Documents Section 2.1
Class W Escrow Warrants Section 1.9
Class W Warrants Section 1.2(d)
Class Z Escrow Warrants Section 1.9
Class Z Warrants Section 1.2(e)
Closing Section 1.3
Closing Date Section 1.3
Committee Section 1.7(a)
Company Heading
Company Closing Certificate Section 6.3(a)
Company Common Stock Section 2.3(a)
Company Contracts Section 2.19(a)
A-36
Company Intellectual Property Section 2.18
Company Products Section 2.18
Company Registered Intellectual Property
Section 2.18
Company Schedule Article II Preamble
Company Stock Options Section 2.3(a)
Corporate Records Section 2.1(c)
Deductible Section 7.4(b)
Disclosure Schedules Section 5.13
Encumbrances Section 1.1
Escrow Agreement Section 1.4
Escrow Fund Section 1.4
Escrow Period Section 1.4
Escrow Shares Section 1.4
Escrowed Warrants Section 1.9
Exchange Act Section 1.6(b)
Governmental Action/Filing Section 2.21
Governmental Entity Section 1.6(b)
Greenberg Traurig Section 1.2
Insider Section 2.19(a)(i)
Insurance Policies Section 2.20
Intellectual Property Section 2.18
Knowledge Section 10.2(d)
Leased Real Property Section 2.14(a)
Legal Requirements Section 10.2(b)
Letter of Intent Section 10.4
Lien Section 10.2(e)
Losses Section 7.1(b)
Material Adverse Effect Section 10.2(a)
Material Company Contracts Section 2.19(a)
Stock Purchase
Form 8-K
Section 5.3(a)
Name Change Amendment Section 5.1(a)
NASD Section 3.9
A-37
Notice of Claim Section 7.2(a)
OTC BB Section 3.9
Other Filings Section 5.1(a)
Patents Section 2.18
Person Section 10.2(c)
Personal Property Section 2.14(a)
Plans Section 2.11(a)
Press Release Section 5.3(a)
Pro Rata Portion Section 1.2
Proxy Statement Section 2.24(b)
Purchase Consideration Section 1.2
Registered Intellectual Property Section 2.18
Registration Statement Section 2.24(a)
Representative Section 1.4
Returns Section 2.15(b)(i)
Right of Off-set Section 1.4
Routine Operating Contracts Section 2.19(a)
SEC Section 2.24
Securities Act Section 1.6(b)
Special Meeting Section 2.24(b)
Stockholder/Stockholders Heading
Subject Party Section 5.5(b)(iii)
Subsidiary/Subsidiaries Section 2.2(a)
Substitute Cash Escrow Section 1.4
Survival Period Section 7.4(a)
Tax/Taxes Section 2.15(a)
Third Party Claim Section 7.2
Total Cash Consideration 1.2(a)
Trademarks Section 2.18
Trust Fund Section 3.11
U.S. GAAP Section 2.7(a)
Unaudited Financial Statements Section 2.7(b)
A-38
Warrants Section 1.2
Warrant Escrow Agreement Section 1.9
ARTICLE X
GENERAL PROVISIONS
10.1
Notices
.
All notices
and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall
be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial
delivery service, or sent via telecopy (receipt confirmed) to
the parties at the following addresses or telecopy numbers (or
at such other address or telecopy numbers for a party as shall
be specified by like notice if then followed by postal mail of
such notice or communication):
if to Buyer, to:
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp
One Fountain Square
11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080
Reston, VA 20190
Attention: Rhodric C. Hackman
Telephone: 703-995-5534
Facsimile: 703-995-5535
with a copy to:
Mark J. Wishner, Esq.
Greenberg Traurig
1750 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 1200
McLean, VA 22102
Telephone: 703-749-1352
Facsimile: 703-714-8359
if to the Company or Stockholders, to:
Global Internetworking, Inc.
8484 Westpark Drive, Suite 720
McLean, VA 22102
Attention: D. Michael Keenan
Telephone: (703) 442-5500
Facsimile: (703) 442-5595
with a copy to:
Reese, Broome & Diaz
8133 Leesburg Pike
Ninth Floor
Vienna, VA 22182
Attention: Joel M. Birken
Phone: (703) 790-1911
Fax: (703) 848-2530
10.2
Interpretation
.
When a
reference is made in this Agreement to an Exhibit or Schedule,
such reference shall be to an Exhibit or Schedule to this
Agreement unless otherwise indicated. When a reference is made
in this Agreement to Sections or subsections, such reference
shall be to a Section or subsection of this Agreement. Unless
otherwise indicated the words include,
includes and including when used herein
shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words
without limitation. The table of contents and
headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes
only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement. When reference is made herein
to the business of an entity, such reference
shall be deemed to include the
A-39
business of all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such entity.
Reference to the Subsidiaries of an entity shall be deemed to
include all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such entity. For
purposes of this Agreement:
(a) the term Material Adverse Effect when used
in connection with an entity means any change, event, violation,
inaccuracy, circumstance or effect, individually or when
aggregated with other changes, events, violations, inaccuracies,
circumstances or effects, that is materially adverse to the
business, assets (including intangible assets), revenues,
financial condition or results of operations of such entity, it
being understood that none of the following alone or in
combination shall be deemed, in and of itself, to constitute a
Material Adverse Effect: (i) changes attributable to the
public announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated
hereby, (ii) changes in general national or regional
economic conditions, (iii) any SEC rulemaking requiring
enhanced disclosure of reverse merger transactions with a public
shell, or (iv) changes in economic conditions in the
telecommunications industry generally;
(b) the term Legal Requirements means any
federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute,
constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance,
code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement
issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise
put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental
Entity and all requirements set forth in applicable Company
Contracts or Buyer Contracts;
(c) the term Person shall mean any individual,
corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general
partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership,
joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any limited
liability company or joint stock company), firm or other
enterprise, association, organization, entity or Governmental
Entity;
(d) the term Knowledge means actual knowledge
or awareness as to a specified fact or event of a Person that is
an individual or of an executive officer or director of a Person
that is a corporation or of a Person in a similar capacity of an
entity other than a corporation.
(e) the term Lien means any mortgage, pledge,
security interest, encumbrance, lien, restriction or charge of
any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof,
any sale with recourse against the seller or any Affiliate of
the seller, or any agreement to give any security interest);
(f) the term Affiliate means, as applied to any
Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with,
such Person. For purposes of this definition,
control (including with correlative meanings, the
terms controlling, controlled by and
under common control with), as applied to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and
(g) all monetary amounts set forth herein are referenced in
United States dollars, unless otherwise noted.
10.3
Counterparts; Facsimile
Signatures
.
This Agreement may be executed in
one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one
and the same agreement amid shall become effective when one or
more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and
delivered to the other party, it being understood that all
parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery by
facsimile to counsel for the other party of a counterpart
executed by a party shall be deemed to meet the requirements of
the previous sentence.
10.4
Entire Agreement; Third Party
Beneficiaries
.
This Agreement and the
documents and instruments and other agreements among the parties
hereto as contemplated by or referred to herein, including the
Schedules hereto (a) constitute the entire agreement among
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written
and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter
hereof, it being understood that the letter of intent between
Buyer and the Company dated March 31, 2006 (the
Letter of Intent) is hereby terminated in its
entirety and shall be of no further force and effect; and
(b) are not intended to confer upon any other person any
rights or remedies hereunder (except as specifically provided in
this Agreement).
10.5
Severability
.
In the
event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application
thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder
of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the
application of such provision to other persons or circumstances
will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the
parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void
or
A-40
unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and
enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible,
the economic, business and other purposes of such void or
unenforceable provision.
10.6
Other Remedies; Specific
Performance
.
Except as otherwise provided
herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a
party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any
other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such
party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not
preclude the exercise of any other remedy. The parties hereto
agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any
of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.
It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to
seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this
Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions
hereof in any court of the United States or any state having
jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to
which they are entitled at law or in equity.
10.7
Governing Law
.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia regardless of the law
that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of
conflicts of law thereof.
10.8
Rules of
Construction
.
The parties hereto agree that
they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and
execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the
application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of
construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other
document will be construed against the party drafting such
agreement or document.
10.9
Assignment
.
No party
may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights,
interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written
approval of the other parties. Subject to the first sentence of
this Section 10.9, this Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
10.10
Amendment
.
This
Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto at any time by
execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each
of the parties.
10.11
Extension; Waiver
.
At
any time prior to the Closing, any party hereto may, to the
extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the
performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other
parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the
representations and warranties made to such party contained
herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and
(iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or
conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any
agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or
waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in
writing signed on behalf of such party. Delay in exercising any
right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such
right.
10.12
Arbitration
.
Except
with respect to pre-Closing disputes between the parties with
respect to title and environmental issues, the procedures for
resolution of which are set out in Section 5.4 as the
exclusive means for resolving such disputes, any disputes or
claims arising under or in connection with this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereunder shall be resolved by binding
arbitration. Notice of a demand to arbitrate a dispute by either
party shall be given in writing to the other at their last known
address. Arbitration shall be commenced by the filing by a party
of an arbitration demand with the American Arbitration
Association (AAA). The arbitration and resolution of
the dispute shall be resolved by a single arbitrator appointed
by the AAA pursuant to AAA rules. The arbitration shall in all
respects be governed and conducted by applicable AAA rules, and
any award and/or decision shall be conclusive and binding on the
parties. The arbitration shall be conducted in
Washington, D.C. The arbitrator shall supply a written
opinion supporting any award, and judgment may be entered on the
award in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall
pay its own fees and expenses for the arbitration, except that
any costs and charges imposed by the AAA and any fees of the
arbitrator for his services shall be assessed against the losing
party by the arbitrator. In the event that preliminary or
permanent injunctive relief is necessary or desirable in order
to prevent a party from acting contrary to this Agreement or to
prevent irreparable harm prior to a confirmation of an
arbitration award, then either party is authorized and entitled
to commence a lawsuit solely to obtain equitable relief against
the other pending the completion of the arbitration in a court
having jurisdiction over the parties. Each party hereby consents
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts
located in the Commonwealth of Virginia, for such purpose. All
rights and remedies of the parties shall be cumulative and in
addition to any other rights and remedies obtainable from
arbitration.
[THE
REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT
BLANK.]
A-41
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Rhodric
C. Hackman
|
Rhodric C. Hackman, President
GLOBAL INTERNETWORKING, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ D.
Michael Keenan
|
D. Michael Keenan, CEO
STOCKHOLDERS:
D. Michael Keenan
Todd J. Vecchio
Raymond E. Wiseman
A-42
LIST OF
OMITTED SCHEDULES TO THE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 1.15
|
|
|
|
|
AFFILIATES OF THE COMPANY
|
|
SCHEDULE 2
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
|
|
Schedule 2.1
|
|
|
|
|
Organization and Qualification
|
|
Schedule 2.2
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
Schedule 2.3
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalization
|
|
Schedule 2.5
|
|
|
|
|
No Conflict
|
|
Schedule 2.6
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Compliance with Legal
Requirements
|
|
Schedule 2.7
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
Schedule 2.8
|
|
|
|
|
No Undisclosed Liabilities
|
|
Schedule 2.9
|
|
|
|
|
Absence of Certain Changes or
Events
|
|
Schedule 2.10
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation
|
|
Schedule 2.11
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Benefit Plans
|
|
Schedule 2.13
|
|
|
|
|
Restrictions on Business Activities
|
|
Schedule 2.14
|
|
|
|
|
Title to Property
|
|
Schedule 2.15
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes
|
|
Schedule 2.16
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental Matters
|
|
Schedule 2.17
|
|
|
|
|
Brokers; Third Party Expenses
|
|
Schedule 2.18
|
|
|
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
|
Schedule 2.19
|
|
|
|
|
Agreements, Contacts and
Commitments
|
|
Schedule 2.20
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
Schedule 2.22
|
|
|
|
|
Interested Party Transactions
|
|
SCHEDULE 3
|
|
|
|
|
PARENT DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
|
|
Schedule 3.3
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalization
|
|
Schedule 3.14
|
|
|
|
|
Title to Property
|
|
Schedule 3.19
|
|
|
|
|
Agreements, Contracts and
Commitments
|
|
Schedule 3.26
|
|
|
|
|
Governmental Filings
|
|
SCHEDULE 4.1
|
|
|
|
|
PERMITTED PARENT AND COMPANY
ACTIONS
|
|
SCHEDULE 5.2
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PARENT
AND COMPANY
|
|
SCHEDULE 6.2(J)
|
|
|
|
|
PARENT RESIGNATIONS
|
|
A-43
AMENDMENT
TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this
Amendment) is made this 25th day of September,
2006, by and among Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., Global
Internetworking, Inc., D. Michael Keenan, Todd J. Vecchio, and
Raymond E. Wiseman.
RECITALS
A. The parties to this Amendment are parties to a Stock
Purchase Agreement dated May 23, 2006 (the
Agreement). For purposes of this Amendment,
capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned thereto in
the Agreement.
B. Upon their issuance under the Agreement, Buyer is
obligated to have registered in accordance with the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, the Buyer Securities Buyer is to issue
to the Stockholders.
C. The Stockholders have agreed to rescind the obligation
of Buyer to have registered upon their issuance the Buyer
Securities subject to obtaining the right to require the
registration of the Buyer Securities in accordance with the
provisions of this Amendment.
D. By this Amendment, the parties have agreed to amend the
Agreement to reflect their understandings regarding the
registration of the Buyer Securities.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending legally
to be bound agree as follows:
1.
Amendments to Agreement
.
(a)
Section 1.5 of this Agreement is deleted.
(b)
Section 2.24 of the Agreement is deleted
and the following is substituted in place thereof:
2.24
Proxy Statement
. The written information
to be supplied by the Company, specifically regarding the
Company, for inclusion in the Proxy Statement to be sent to the
stockholders of the Buyer in connection with the special meeting
of stockholders of the Buyer (the Special Meeting)
to consider and vote on a proposal to adopt this Agreement (such
proxy statement, as the same may be amended or supplemented, the
Proxy Statement) shall not on the date the Proxy
Statement is first mailed to the stockholders of the Buyer, at
the time of the Special Meeting and at the Closing Date, to the
Knowledge of the Stockholders (i) contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or (ii) omit to state any
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or
(iii) omit to state any material fact necessary to correct
any statement in any earlier written communication constituting
a solicitation of proxies by the Buyer for the Special Meeting
which has in the interim become false or misleading in any
material respect.
(c)
Section 5.1(a) of the Agreement is deleted
and the following is substituted in place thereof:
5.1
Proxy Statement; Special Meeting
.
(a) As promptly as practicable after the execution of this
Agreement, the Buyer will prepare and file with the SEC the
Proxy Statement. Buyer, with the reasonable assistance of
Company, will respond to any comments of the SEC and will use
its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Proxy Statement
mailed to its stockholders at the earliest practicable time. As
promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement,
the Buyer will prepare and file any other filings required under
the Exchange Act relating to the Stock Purchase and the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (collectively, the
Other Filings). Each party will notify the other
party promptly upon the receipt of any comments from the SEC or
its staff and of any request by the SEC or its staff or any
other governmental officials for amendments or supplements to
the Proxy Statement or any Other Filing or for additional
information and will supply the other party with copies of all
correspondence between such party or any of its representatives,
on the one hand, and the SEC, or its staff or other government
officials, on the other
A-44
hand, with respect to the Proxy Statement, the Stock Purchase
or any Other Filing. The Proxy Statement and the Other Filings
will comply in all material respects with all applicable
requirements of law and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. Whenever any event occurs which is required to be
set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement
or any Other Filing, the Company or Buyer, as the case may be,
will promptly inform the other party of such occurrence and
cooperate in filing with the SEC or its staff or any other
government officials,
and/or
mailing to stockholders of the Buyer, such amendment or
supplement. The proxy materials will be sent to the stockholders
of Buyer for the purpose of soliciting proxies from holders of
Buyer Common Stock to vote in favor of: (i) the adoption of
this Agreement and the approval of the Stock Purchase
(Buyer Stockholder Approval); (ii) the change
of the name of Buyer to Global Telecom & Technology,
Inc. (the Name Change Amendment); (iii) an
increase in the number of authorized shares of Buyer Common
Stock to Eighty Million (80,000,000) (the Capitalization
Amendment); and (iv) the adoption of an equity
incentive plan at a meeting of holders of Buyer Common Stock to
be called and held for such purpose (the Special
Meeting). The Buyer Plan shall provide that an aggregate
of Three Million (3,000,000) shares of Buyer Common Stock shall
be reserved for issuance pursuant to the equity incentive plan.
Such proxy materials shall be in the form of a proxy statement
to be used for the purpose of soliciting such proxies from
holders of Buyer Common Stock. The Company shall furnish to
Buyer all information concerning the Company as Buyer may
reasonably request in connection with the preparation of the
Proxy Statement. The Company and its counsel shall be given an
opportunity to review and comment on the Proxy Statement prior
to filing with the SEC. Buyer, with the assistance of the
Company, shall promptly respond to any SEC comments on the Proxy
Statement and shall otherwise use reasonable best efforts to
cause the Proxy Statement to be approved for issuance by the SEC
as promptly as practicable. Buyer shall also take any and all
such actions to satisfy the requirements of the and the Exchange
Act.
(d)
A new Section 5.18 is hereby added to the
Agreement as follows:
5.18
Registration of Buyer Securities
. The
Stockholders shall have the right to obtain registration of
their Buyer Securities in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 5.18.
(a)
Piggyback Registration
.
(i) If (but without any obligation to do so) Buyer proposes
to register (including for this purpose any registration
effected by Buyer for any stockholder or warrantholders or by
the Buyer to register any shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding warrants) any of its stock or other securities under
the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the public
offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a
registration relating solely to the sale of securities to
participants in a Buyer stock plan, or a registration statement
covering the shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection
with an acquisition (a
Buyer Registration
Statement
), Buyer shall, at each such time,
promptly give the Stockholders notice of such registration. Upon
the written request of a Stockholder, Buyer shall, subject to
the provisions of hereof, cause to be registered under the Act
all of the Buyer Securities that such Stockholder has requested
to be registered under the Buyer Registration Statement and use
its best efforts to cause the managing underwriters or
underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit
Stockholders Buyer Securities to be included in Buyer
Registration Statement on the same terms and conditions as the
Buyer or others requesting such registration. In the event that
Buyer decides for any reason not to complete the registration of
shares under the Buyer Registration Statement, Buyer shall have
no obligation under this Section 5.18(a) to continue with
the registration. Any request pursuant to this
Section 5.18(a) to register a Stockholders Buyer
Securities as part of an underwritten public offering of
Buyers Common Stock or other securities shall specify that
such Stockholders Buyer Securities are to be included in
the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the
securities otherwise being sold through underwriters under such
registration.
(ii) If a registration under this
paragraph (a) is an underwritten offering, Buyer shall
not be required under this Section 5.18(a) to include any
securities of any Stockholder in a Buyer Registration Statement
unless such selling Stockholder accepts the terms of the
underwriting as
A-45
agreed upon between Buyer and the underwriters selected by it.
If the underwriters advise Buyer that marketing factors require
a limitation on the number of shares, including a
Stockholders securities, to be included in such offering,
then Buyer shall so advise the Stockholders and all other
holders of securities of Buyer that may be included therewith in
such registration and that would otherwise have been
underwritten pursuant to this Section 5.18(a), and the
number of shares, including a Stockholders Buyer
Securities, that may be included in the registration shall be
apportioned first to Buyer, then pro rata among the
Stockholders, and then to other Buyer stockholders who desire to
sell their shares of Buyer Common Stock under such registration.
(iii) The number of shares of a Stockholder that may be
excluded from an offering under this Section 5.18(a) may
include all of such Stockholders shares.
(b)
Demand Registration
.
(i) Upon demand of the Stockholders holding at least 20% of
the shares of Common Stock issued to the Stockholders under this
Agreement which may be made at any time after three months after
the Closing, Buyer shall promptly prepare and file with the SEC
a registration statement covering the resale of all or any part
of the Buyer Securities then held by the Stockholders. The
registration statement required hereunder shall be on
Form S-3
(except if Buyer is not then eligible to register for resale the
Buyer Securities on
Form S-3,
in which case the registration shall be on another appropriate
form in accordance herewith) (the
Stockholders
Registration Statement
). Buyer shall use its
reasonable best efforts to cause the Stockholders
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the
Securities Act as promptly as possible and Buyer shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Stockholders
Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and
amended under the Securities Act until such date when all Buyer
Securities covered by the Stockholders Registration
Statement have been sold or may be sold without volume
restrictions pursuant to Rule 144(k), as determined by the
counsel to Stockholders pursuant to a written opinion letter to
such effect.
(ii) If the initial Stockholders Registration
Statement is on a
Form S-1
and Buyer is thereafter eligible to use
Form S-3,
the Stockholders then holding at least 20% of the shares of
Common Stock issued under this Agreement shall have the right to
demand the registration of their Buyer Securities on a
Form S-3.
(
S-3
Registration Statement
). Buyer shall use its
reasonable best efforts to cause the
S-3
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the
Securities Act as promptly as possible and Buyer shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to keep the
S-3
Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and
amended under the Act until such date when all Buyer Securities
covered by the
S-3
Registration Statement have been sold or may be sold without
volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144(k), as determined
by the counsel to Stockholders pursuant to a written opinion
letter to such effect. If while the
Form S-1
is effective Buyer becomes eligible to use a
Form S-3,
Buyer shall amend its
Form S-1
to a
Form S-3.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing and except for offers
and sales of Buyer Securities pursuant to a sales plan adopted
pursuant to
Rule 10b5-1,
Buyer may prohibit offers and sales of Buyer Securities pursuant
to the Stockholders Registration Statement or
S-3
Registration Statement at any time if (i) (A) it is in
possession of material non-public information, (B) the
Board of Directors of Buyer determines based on advice of
counsel that such prohibition is necessary in order to avoid a
requirement to disclose such material non-public information,
and (C) the Board of Directors of Buyer determines in good
faith that disclosure of such material non-public information
would not be in the best interests of Buyer and its
stockholders; or (ii) Buyer has made a public announcement
relating to an acquisition or business combination transaction
including Buyer
and/or
one
or more of its subsidiaries (A) that is material to Buyer
and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and (B) the Board of
Directors of Buyer reasonably determines in good faith that
offers and sales of Buyer Securities pursuant to the
Stockholders Registration Statement or
S-3
Registration Statement prior to the consummation of such
transaction (or such earlier date as the Board of Directors
shall determine) is not in the best interests of Buyer and its
A-46
stockholders (the period during which any such prohibition of
offers and sales of Buyer Securities pursuant to the
Stockholders Registration Statement or
S-3
Registration Statement is in effect pursuant to clause (i)
or (ii) of this subparagraph (iv) is referred to
herein as a
Suspension Period
). A Suspension
Period shall commence on and include the date on which Buyer
provides written notice to the Stockholders that offers and
sales of Buyer Securities cannot be made thereunder in
accordance with this subparagraph (iv) and shall end
three (3) business days after the earlier to occur of
(x) in the case of a Suspension Period resulting from
clause (i) of this subparagraph (iv), the date on
which such material information is disclosed to the public or
ceases to be material or Buyer is able to so comply with its
disclosure obligations and SEC requirements, (y) the date
Buyer delivers notice to the Stockholders terminating the
Suspension Period, or (z) ninety (90) days after
written notice is provided by Buyer to the Stockholders of such
Suspension Period. Each notice shall state to the extent, if
any, as is practicable, an estimate of the expected duration of
the Suspension Period. Buyer may prohibit offers and sales
pursuant to this Section 5.18(b)(iii) not more than one
time in any consecutive 12 month period.
(iv) Each Stockholder agrees that, upon receipt of any
notice from Buyer of a Suspension Period, such holder shall
forthwith discontinue disposition of such shares until such
holders receipt of (A) copies of the supplemented or
amended prospectus contemplated hereunder, or until counsel for
Buyer shall have determined that such disclosure is not required
due to subsequent events, (B) notice in writing from Buyer
that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, (C) copies
of any additional or supplemental filings with respect to the
prospectus, or (D) until the expiration of the Suspension
Period.
(c)
Buyers Obligations
. Whenever required
hereunder to effect the registration of any Buyer Securities
under a registration statement, Buyer shall, as expeditiously as
reasonably possible:
(i) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement
with respect to such Buyer Securities and use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to
become effective;
(ii) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus
used in connection with such registration statement as may be
necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect
to the disposition of all securities covered by such
registration statement;
(iii) Furnish to the Stockholders such copies of a
prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity
with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as
they may reasonably request to facilitate the disposition of all
securities covered by such registration statement;
(iv) List the Buyer Securities being registered on any
national securities exchange on which a class of Buyers
equity securities is listed or qualify the Buyer Securities
being registered for inclusion on NASDAQ if Buyers
securities of a similar class are listed on NASDAQ; and
(v) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter
into and perform its obligations under an underwriting
agreement, in form and substance as is customary for such
offerings, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering.
Any Stockholder shall also enter into and perform its
obligations under such an agreement, if electing to participate
in such an offering pursuant to Section 5.18 (a).
(d)
Furnish Information
. It shall be a condition
precedent to the obligations of Buyer to take any action
pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section 5.18 that each Stockholder furnish to Buyer such
information regarding itself, the Buyer Securities held by it
and the intended method of disposition of such securities as
Buyer shall reasonably request to effect the registration of
their Buyer Securities and shall execute such documents in
connection with such registration as Buyer may request. Each
holder of Buyer Securities as to which any registration
statement is being effected agrees prior to effecting any sale
of the Buyer Securities thereunder to furnish promptly to Buyer
all information required to be disclosed in order to make any
requisite information previously furnished to Buyer by such
holder of Buyer Securities
A-47
not materially misleading or necessary to cause such
registration statement not to omit a material fact with respect
to such holder of Buyer Securities necessary in order to make
the statements therein not misleading.
(e)
Expenses of Registration
. In connection with any
registration pursuant to this Section 5.18, Buyer shall be
responsible for the payment of all reasonable expenses of the
registration, with the exception of underwriting discounts and
commissions, which shall be paid by Buyer, the Stockholder and
any other selling holder of Buyers securities in
proportion to the aggregate value of the securities offered for
sale by each of them. The expenses to be paid by Buyer shall
include, without limitation, all registration, filing and
qualification fees, printing and accounting fees and the fees
and disbursements of counsel for Buyer.
(f)
Assignment of Registration Rights
. The rights to
cause Buyer to register Buyer Securities pursuant to this
Agreement may be assigned by any Stockholder.
(g)
Other Registration Rights
. Buyer is not a party
to any other registration rights agreement except for the
Registration Rights Agreement described in Section 5.18(h)
below and will not grant any registration rights with rights
senior to or equal to the rights provided in this
Section 5.18. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, Stockholders acknowledge and agree that Buyer may file
a Registration Statement on
Form S-3
for the benefit of the holders of the publicly registered
warrants issued in its initial public offering (but excluding
those Warrants included in the Registration Rights Agreement in
Section 5.18(h) below) in order to register the shares of
common stock issuable on exercise thereof.
(h)
Registration Procedures
. Buyer will comply with
the obligations of Buyer set forth in Section 3 of the
Registration Rights Agreement between Buyer and the Investors
therein identified as filed with Buyers
Form S-1
in connection with its initial public offering as if set forth
herein for the benefit of Stockholders.
1. Section 5.19 of the Agreement is added to the
Agreement as follows:
Nasdaq Listing
. Buyer shall use its best efforts to have
the Common Stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z
Warrants included for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market
and shall file an application with Nasdaq for such purpose as
promptly as practicable after Closing but in no event later than
30 days after Closing.
2.
Continuing Effect
. Except as expressly provided
in Section 1 of this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
3.
Miscellaneous
. Section and other subdivisions and
the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only
and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or
interpreting this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed in
one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an
original copy of this Amendment and all of which, when taken
together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same
agreement. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Virginia applicable to
contracts made and performed in such State.
(f)
Section 6.2(m) of the Agreement is deleted.
[THE
REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT
BLANK.]
A-48
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Rhodric
C. Hackman
|
Rhodric C. Hackman, President
GLOBAL INTERNETWORKING, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ D.
Michael Keenan
|
D. Michael Keenan, CEO
STOCKHOLDERS:
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ D.
Michael Keenan
|
D. Michael Keenan
Todd J. Vecchio
Raymond E. Wiseman
A-49
ANNEX
B
[stockholder
letterhead]
Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.
One Fountain Square
11911 Freedom Drive
Suite 1080
Reston
Virginia 20190
USA
(
the Offeror
)
May 2006
Dear Sirs
Offer by the Offeror for European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited (the
Company)
1.1 In consideration of the Offeror agreeing to make the
offer (the
Offer
) in all material respects on
the terms and subject to the conditions referred to in the draft
offer document dated 23 May 2006 (the
Offer
Document
), we, the undersigned, hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally (save as specified below) undertake, represent
and warrant to and confirm and agree with you that:-
1.1.1 We are the beneficial owner (and unless otherwise
specified in the schedule hereto are also the registered holder
and to the extent that we are not the registered holder we will
procure compliance by such registered holder(s) with the terms
of this undertaking) or are otherwise able to procure the
transfer on the terms set out in the Offer Document, and have
all relevant authority (and will at all relevant times continue
to have all relevant authority) to accept, or procure the
acceptance of, the Offer in respect of the number of A ordinary
shares of 0.01 pence each (
A Ordinary Shares
)
in the capital of the Company specified in the schedule hereto
(
Committed Shares
), which expression shall
include any other A ordinary shares in the Company issued after
the date hereof and attributable to or derived from such
Committed Shares) and we will not later than 12.00 noon on the
seventh day after the posting of the formal document containing
the Offer (
Offer Document
) complete or
procure the completion and delivery to you or your agent of
form(s) of acceptance of the Offer (in accordance with its
terms) in respect of the Committed Shares by the registered
holder(s) and shall forward, or procure the forwarding of, with
such acceptance(s) the share certificate(s)
and/or
other
document(s) of title or evidence of authority in respect thereof
or a form of indemnity acceptable to the directors of the
Company in respect of any lost certificates;
1.1.2 other than the share(s) specified in paragraph 1
of the schedule hereto, there are no other shares in the Company
registered in our name or beneficially owned, or managed and
controlled by us, or in which we have an interest and we have no
rights, warrants or options to acquire or subscribe for shares
in the Company;
1.1.3 save pursuant to an undertaking given in respect of a
previous offer to purchase the entire issued share capital of
the Company made by 20/20 Technologies Inc. which has now lapsed
and this undertaking, we have not agreed conditionally or
otherwise, to dispose of all or any of the Committed Shares or
an interest therein;
1.1.4 unless and until the Offer closes, lapses or is
withdrawn or until the date falling 21 days after the date
of this irrevocable, whichever is the earlier, and wholly
conditional upon no material amendment to the terms of the Offer
Document, we will not:-
B-1
1.1.4.1 except pursuant to the Offer, sell, transfer,
charge, encumber, grant any options over or otherwise dispose
of, or permit the sale, transfer, charging, encumbering,
granting of any option over or other disposal of, all or any of
the Committed Shares or of any interest therein; nor
1.1.4.2 withdraw the acceptance(s) referred to at
paragraph 1.1 above in respect of all or any of the
Committed Shares and shall procure that our acceptance of the
Offer in respect of the Committed Shares is not withdrawn; nor
1.1.4.3 purchase or otherwise acquire any shares or other
securities in the Company or any interest therein or rights
thereover, whether or not such acquisition or purchase might
require the Offeror to increase the consideration due under the
Offer; nor
1.1.4.4 convene any meeting of the members of the Company,
in our capacity as a shareholder, nor exercise or permit the
exercise of the voting rights attaching to the Committed Shares
in any manner which would or is likely to frustrate the Offer or
prevent the Offer becoming or being declared unconditional in
all respects; nor
1.1.4.5 (other than pursuant to the Offer) enter into any
agreement, arrangement or obligation or permit any agreement,
arrangement or obligation to be entered into with any person
whether conditional or unconditional to do all or any of the
acts referred to in this paragraph 1.1.4.
1.2 In the event that we do acquire or purchase any
additional shares, securities or interest in the Company or
rights therein, such shares, securities, interests or rights
shall be deemed to be included in the definition of
Committed Shares.
We, the undersigned, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
warrant to you that:-
2.1 our interests in shares in the Company are correctly
described and the registered holder(s) of the shares to which
they relate as set out in the schedule are true and accurate in
all respects; and
2.2 we have full power and authority to enter into this
undertaking and to perform all our obligations hereunder in
accordance with their terms.
The provisions of this letter are conditional upon the posting
of the Offer Document and appropriate form(s) of acceptance
within 21 days of the date hereof or such later time as may
be agreed in writing by us and in the event of such condition
failing to be satisfied by the appropriate time and date
mentioned herein or if the Offer is withdrawn or lapses or if
any material amendment is made to the terms set out in the Offer
Document, this irrevocable undertaking shall automatically lapse
and be of no further force or effect and no party hereto shall
have any claim against any other save in respect of any prior
breach of this undertaking.
4.1 In this undertaking, reference to the
Offer
means the offer, details of the terms
and conditions of which are set out in the Offer Document and
shall include any revised offer which is at least as favourable
as that contained in the Offer Document.
4.2 We recognise and acknowledge that if we should fail to
comply with our obligations and undertakings hereunder, damages
may not be an adequate remedy and that an order for specific
performance or other equitable remedy may be the only adequate
remedy for such breach.
4.3 Any time, date or period mentioned in this undertaking
may be extended by mutual agreement between the Offeror and
ourselves or otherwise as provided herein but as regards any
time, date or period originally fixed or extended as aforesaid
time shall be of the essence.
B-2
4.4 We acknowledge and agree that the particulars of this
undertaking will be contained in the Offer Document.
|
|
5.
|
GOVERNING
LAW AND SUBMISSIONS TO JURISDICTION
|
5.1 This undertaking (and any dispute, controversy,
proceedings or claim whatsoever nature arising out of or in any
way relating to this undertaking or its formation) shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England
and Wales.
5.2 Each of the parties to this undertaking irrevocably
agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive
jurisdiction to hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings,
and/or
to
settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with
this undertaking and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably
submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.
IN WITNESS
whereof this undertaking has been executed and
delivered as a deed on the date first above written.
B-3
SCHEDULE
Committed
Shares
The details of our Committed Shares are as follows:-
|
|
|
Name of Registered
Holder
|
|
No and Class of Committed
Shares
|
B-4
|
|
|
EXECUTED
as a deed by
_
_
by
the signatures of:-
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director/Secretary
|
SIGNED
by
_
_
|
|
|
for and on behalf of MERCATOR
PARTNERS
ACQUISITION CORP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WITNESS:
|
|
(Signature)
|
|
|
|
Signature:
_
_
|
|
(Date)
|
Name:
_
_
|
|
|
Address:
_
_
_
_
|
|
|
|
|
|
Occupation:
_
_
|
|
|
(PLEASE COMPLETE IN CAPITALS)
B-5
ANNEX C
EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement (the
Agreement
) is made between Mercator
Partners Acquisition Corp., Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the
Company
), and D. Michael Keenan (the
Executive
) and is entered into as of
[ ,
2006] and shall become effective immediately after the closing
pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (the Purchase
Agreement) entered into as of May 23, 2006 (the
Purchase Agreement Date), by and among the Company,
Global Internetworking, Inc., a Virginia corporation, the
Executive, Todd J. Vecchio and Raymond E. Wiseman (the
Effective Date
).
1.
Employment; Scheduled
Term
.
Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, Company agrees to employ Executive, and
Executive accepts employment and agrees to be employed by
Company during the time period commencing on the Effective Date
and ending on the termination of this Agreement as provided in
Section 7 below. The obligations of Executive set forth in
the Executive Assignment of Inventions and Confidentiality
Agreement referred to in Section 6 below shall survive the
Scheduled Term and shall survive the termination of
Executives employment, regardless of the cause of such
termination. Executive hereby represents and warrants to Company
that Executive is free to enter into and fully perform this
Agreement and the agreements referred to herein without breach
or violation of any agreement or contract to which Executive is
a party or by which Executive is bound.
2.
Duties
.
Executive shall serve
as Chief Executive Officer of Company with such duties and
responsibilities as may from time to time be assigned to
Executive by the Board of Directors of Company (the
Board
), commensurate with and
customarily assigned to Executives title and position
described in this sentence. The duties and services to be
performed by Executive under this Agreement are collectively
referred to herein as the
Services
.
Executive shall report directly to the Board. Executive agrees
that to the best of his ability and experience he shall at all
times conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations
assigned to him under the terms of this Agreement. At
Companys option, it will be entitled to reasonable use of
Executives name in promotional, advertising and other
materials used in the ordinary course of its business without
additional compensation unless prohibited by law. Executive
initially shall report to the offices located in McLean,
Virginia;
provided
that Executives duties
will include reasonable travel
,
including but not limited
to travel to offices of Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates
and current and prospective customers as is reasonably necessary
and appropriate to the performance of Executives duties
hereunder. Executive will comply with and be bound by
Companys operating policies, procedures, and practices
from time to time in effect during Executives employment.
3.
Exclusive Service
.
During the
term of employment, Executive will not perform services for any
other entity if such service would be in direct conflict with
the Companys business interests. Executive will apply his
skill and experience to the performance of his duties and
advancing Companys interests in accordance with
Executives experience and skills. Accordingly, Executive
shall not engage in any outside work, business, consulting
activity or render any commercial or professional services,
directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of himself or any other
person or organization, whether for compensation or otherwise,
if such services would be in direct conflict with the
Companys business interests, except with the prior written
approval of Company and Executive shall otherwise do nothing
inconsistent with the performance of Executives duties
hereunder.
4.
Non-Competition and Other Covenants
.
4.1
Non-Competition
Agreement
.
Beginning the Effective Date and
continuing for so long thereafter as Executive is employed by
Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of Company, and for the
later of (i) three years from the Effective Date or
(ii) one (1) year period following the termination of
Executives employment with Company (collectively, the
Restricted Period), Executive will not, directly or
indirectly, individually or as an employee, partner, officer,
director or shareholder (except to the extent permitted in
Section 3 above) or in any other capacity whatsoever of or
for any person, firm, partnership, company or corporation other
than Company or its subsidiaries:
(a) Own, manage, operate, sell, control or participate in
the ownership, management, operation, sales or control of or be
connected in any manner with any business engaged, in the
geographical areas referred to in
C-1
Section 4.2 below, in the design, research, development,
marketing, sale, or licensing of managed data network services
that are substantially similar to or competitive with the
business of Company and any of its affiliates; or
(b) Recruit, attempt to hire, solicit, or assist others in
recruiting or hiring, in or with respect to the geographical
areas referred to in Section 4.2 below, any person who is
an employee of Company or any of its subsidiaries or induce or
attempt to induce any such employee to terminate his employment
with Company or any of its subsidiaries.
4.2
Geographical Areas
.
The
geographical areas in which the restrictions provided for in
this Section 4 apply include all cities, counties and
states of the United States, and all other countries in which
Company (or any of its subsidiaries) are conducting business or
are contemplating conducting business at the time. Executive
acknowledges that the scope and period of restrictions and the
geographical area to which the restrictions imposed in this
Section 4 applies are fair and reasonable and are
reasonably required for the protection of Company and that this
Agreement accurately describes the business to which the
restrictions are intended to apply.
4.3
Non-Solicitation of
Customers
.
In addition to, and not in
limitation of, the non-competition covenants of Executive set
forth above in this Section 4, Executive agrees with
Company that, for the Restricted Period, Executive will not,
either for Executive or for any other person or entity, directly
or indirectly (other than for Company and any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates), solicit business from, or attempt
to sell, license or provide the same or similar products or
services as are then provided, or are then contemplated of being
provided, by Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of Company
to any customer of Company.
4.4
Non-Solicitation of Executives or
Consultants
.
In addition to, and not in
limitation of, the non-competition covenants of Executive set
forth above in this Section 4, Executive agrees with
Company that, for the Restricted Period, Executive will not,
either for Executive or for any other person or entity, directly
or indirectly, solicit, induce or attempt to induce any
employee, consultant or contractor of Company or any affiliate
of Company, to terminate his or her employment or his, her or
its services with, Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of
Company or to take employment with another party.
4.5
Amendment to Retain
Enforceability
.
It is the intent of the
parties that the provisions of this Section 4 will be
enforced to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law.
If any particular provision or portion of this Section is
adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, this Agreement will
be deemed amended to revise that provision or portion to the
minimum extent necessary to render it enforceable. Such
amendment will apply only with respect to the operation of this
paragraph in the particular jurisdiction in which such
adjudication was made.
4.6
Injunctive Relief
.
Executive
acknowledges that any breach of the covenants of this
Section 4 will result in immediate and irreparable injury
to Company and, accordingly, consents that the Company shall
have the right to seek injunctive relief and such other
equitable remedies for the benefit of Company as may be
appropriate in the event such a breach occurs or is threatened.
The foregoing remedies will be in addition to all other legal
remedies to which Company may be entitled hereunder, including,
without limitation, monetary damages
4.7
Executive
Acknowledgment
.
Executive acknowledges that
for purposes of enforcement thereof, the covenants set forth in
this Section 4 shall also be applied and construed as if
they were set forth in the Purchase Agreement as additional
consideration extended by the Company thereunder.
5.
Compensation and Benefits
.
5.1
Salary
.
During the term of
this Agreement, Company shall pay Executive an initial salary of
$250,000 per annum. Executives salary shall be
payable as earned at Companys customary payroll periods in
accordance with Companys customary payroll practices.
Executives salary shall be subject to review and
adjustment in accordance with Companys customary practices
concerning salary review for similarly situated employees of
Company or its subsidiaries.
5.2
Benefits
.
Executive will be
eligible to participate in Companys employee benefit plans
of general application as they may exist from time to time,
including without limitation those plans covering pension and
profit sharing, executive bonuses, stock purchases, stock
options, and those plans covering life, health, and dental
insurance in accordance with the rules established for
individual participation in any such plan and applicable law.
C-2
Executive will receive such other benefits, including vacation,
holidays and sick leave, as Company generally provides to its
employees holding similar positions as that of Executive.
Executive has received a summary of Companys standard
employee benefits policies in effect as of the date hereof,
which shall not be less than Executive receives as of the
Purchase Agreement Date unless such benefits are reduced for all
employees holding similar positions as that of Executive. The
Company reserves the right to change or otherwise modify, in its
sole discretion, the benefits offered herein to conform to the
Companys general policies as may be changed from time to
time during the term of this Agreement
5.3
Cash Bonus
.
Executive will be
eligible to earn up to a $250,000 bonus (the
Maximum
Bonus
) during his first year of employment with
Company. One-half of the Maximum Bonus shall be based on the
Executives performance against reasonable performance
criteria set by the Board and communicated to the Executive and
one half of such potential bonus shall be awarded solely at the
discretion of the Board.
5.4
Stock Bonus
.
Executive will be
granted 150,000 shares of restricted stock of Company as
promptly as practicable after the Effective Date under
Companys equity incentive plan. Such shares of restricted
stock shall vest in four (4) equal amounts over a four
(4) year period with the first 37,500 shares of
restricted stock vesting on the first anniversary of the
Effective Date. Executive will be eligible to receive additional
restricted stock grants in such amounts, at such times and with
such vesting schedules and other terms as are determined from
time to time by the Board.
5.5
Expenses
.
Company will
reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses
incurred by Executive in connection with Companys business
are in accordance with Companys applicable policy and are
properly documented and accounted for in accordance with the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Service. Reimbursement for
expenses shall include a car allowance pursuant to
Companys policy in effect from time to time, that shall
not be less than the car allowance in effect on the Purchase
Agreement Date unless such benefits are reduced for all
employees holding similar positions as that of Executive.
6.
Proprietary Rights
.
Executive
hereby agrees to execute an Executive Invention Assignment and
Confidentiality Agreement with Company in substantially the form
attached hereto as
Exhibit A
.
7.
Termination
.
7.1
Upon Death
.
The
Executives employment hereunder shall terminate
automatically upon the death of the Executive. The Company shall
pay to the Executives beneficiaries or estate, as
appropriate, the compensation to which he is entitled pursuant
to Section 5.1 through the end of the month in which death
occurs, plus the average of the annual bonuses payable to
Executive pursuant to Section 5.3 for each of the last
three (3) completed fiscal years of the Company completed
prior to the date of Executives death, plus vesting of a
pro rata portion (based upon his service through the date of
death) of any restricted stock granted to Executive pursuant to
Section 5.4 determined as if vesting was on a monthly basis
over a 48 month period.
7.2
Upon Disability
.
If, in the
opinion of a medical doctor specializing in the appropriate
medical specialty, the Executive is prevented from properly
performing his duties hereunder by reason of any physical or
mental incapacity for a period of more than 180 days in the
aggregate in any twelve month period, then, to the extent
permitted by law, the Executives employment hereunder
shall terminate and Executive shall receive all compensation due
him pursuant to Section 5.1 through the date of
termination, plus the average of the annual bonuses payable to
Executive pursuant to Section 5.3 for each of the last
three (3) completed fiscal years of the Company completed
prior to the date of Executives disability, plus vesting
of a pro rata portion (based upon his service through the date
of disability) of any restricted stock granted to Executive
pursuant to Section 5.4 determined as if vesting was on a
monthly basis over a 48 month period, as well as the
continuation of health benefits for a period of twelve
(12) months after the termination of his employment.
Nothing in this Section 7.2 shall affect the
Executives rights under any Company sponsored disability
plan in which he is a participant.
7.3
By Company for Cause
.
Company
may terminate the Executives employment hereunder for
Cause (as defined below) at any time by giving written notice to
the Executive. The Company shall pay Executive the compensation
to which he is entitled pursuant to Section 5.1 through the
end of the day of such termination. For purposes of this
Agreement, the Company shall have Cause to terminate
the Executives employment during the term of this
Agreement only if: (i) the Executive materially breaches
any provision of this Agreement after written
C-3
notice identifying the substance of the material breach;
(ii) Executive fails or refuses to comply with any lawful
direction or instruction of Companys Board of Directors,
which failure or refusal is not timely cured, (iii) the
Executive commits an act of fraud, embezzlement,
misappropriation of funds, or dishonesty, (iv) the
Executive commits a breach of his fiduciary duty based on a good
faith determination by the Companys Board of Directors and
after reasonably opportunity to cure if such breach is curable,
(v) the Executive is grossly negligent or engages in
willful misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder,
and fails to remedy such breach within ten (10) days of
receiving written notice thereof from the Board, provided,
however, that no act, or failure to act, by the Executive shall
be considered grossly negligent or an act of
willful misconduct unless committed in good faith
and with a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in or
not opposed to the Companys best interest; (vi) the
Executive is convicted of a felony or a crime of moral
turpitude; or (vi) Executive has a drug or alcohol
dependency.
7.4
By Company without Cause; By Executive for Good
Reason
.
The Company may terminate the
Executives employment hereunder at any time, without any
Cause, and Executive may resign for Good Reason (as hereinafter
defined), without any liability other than to pay to the
Executive (i) his base salary through the effective date of
termination and (ii) all compensation due pursuant to
Section 5.1 as well as the continuation of salary and
health benefits for a period of twelve (12) months after
the termination of his employment, plus the average of the
annual bonuses payable to Executive pursuant to Section 5.3
for each of the last three (3) completed fiscal years of
the Company completed prior to the date of Executives
termination (but not less than two-thirds of the maximum
grantable bonus), plus vesting of all restricted stock granted
to Executive pursuant to Section 5.4.
7.5
Definition of Good Reason
.
For
purposes hereof, Good Reason shall mean a
termination by the Executive within ninety (90) days
following (i) the relocation of the primary office of the
Executive more than ten (10) miles from McLean, Virginia,
without the consent of Executive, (ii) a material change in
the Executives duties such that he is no longer the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company or (iii) removal of
Executive as Chief Executive or failure to nominate him for a
position on the board of directors; (iv) the assignment to
the Executive of duties that are inconsistent with his position
or that materially alter his ability to function as Chief
Executive Officer; or (v) a reduction in the
Executives total base compensation as set forth in
Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4.
7.6
By Executive without
Cause
.
The Executive may terminate his
employment hereunder with thirty (30) days notice at any
time.
7.7
Surrender of Records and
Property
.
Upon termination of his employment
with Company for any reason, the Executive shall deliver
promptly to Company all records, manuals, books, blank forms,
documents, letters, memoranda, notes, notebooks, reports, data,
tables, calculations or copies thereof, whether in tangible or
electronic format or media, which are the property of Company or
which relate in any way to the business, products, practices or
techniques of Company, and all other property, trade secrets and
confidential information of Company, including, but not limited
to, all documents or electronic records which in whole or in
part contain any trade secrets or confidential information of
Company, which in any of these cases are in his possession or
under his control.
7.8
Survival
.
Notwithstanding any
termination of the Executives employment hereunder, and
unless specifically provided therein, the Executive shall remain
bound by the provisions of this Agreement which specifically
relate to periods, activities or obligations upon or subsequent
to the termination of the Executives employment. Further,
Companys obligation to pay severance upon termination of
the Executives employment without cause shall survive
termination of this Agreement.
8.
Miscellaneous
.
8.1
Severability
.
If any provision
of this Agreement shall be found by any arbitrator or court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then the
parties hereby waive such provision to the extent that it is
found to be invalid or unenforceable and to the extent that to
do so would not deprive one of the parties of the substantial
benefit of its bargain. Such provision shall, to the extent
allowable by law and the preceding sentence, be modified by such
arbitrator or court so that it becomes enforceable and, as
modified, shall be enforced as any other provision hereof, all
the other provisions continuing in full force and effect.
8.2
Remedies
.
Company and
Executive acknowledge that the service to be provided by
Executive is of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and
intellectual character, which gives it peculiar value the loss
of which
C-4
cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an
action at law. Accordingly, Executive and Company hereby consent
and agree that for any breach or violation by Executive of any
of the provisions of this Agreement including, without
limitation, Section 3 and 4), a restraining order
and/or
injunction may be sought against either of the parties, in
addition to any other rights and remedies the parties may have,
at law or equity, including without limitation the recovery of
money damages.
8.3
No Waiver
.
The failure by
either party at any time to require performance or compliance by
the other of any of its obligations or agreements shall in no
way affect the right to require such performance or compliance
at any time thereafter. The waiver by either party of a breach
of any provision hereof shall not be taken or held to be a
waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of such provision
or as a waiver of the provision itself. No waiver of any kind
shall be effective or binding, unless it is in writing and is
signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be
enforced.
8.4
Assignment
.
This Agreement and
all rights hereunder are personal to Executive and may not be
transferred or assigned by Executive at any time. Company may
assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to
any subsidiary, affiliate or successor of Company, or in
connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all
or substantially all the business and assets of Company or any
of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, whether by sale
of stock, sale of assets, merger, consolidation or otherwise;
provided
,
that
any such assignee assumes
Companys obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall be
binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the persons or
entities who are permitted, by the terms of this Agreement, to
be successors, assigns and personal representatives of the
respective parties hereto.
8.5
Withholding
.
All sums payable
to Executive hereunder shall be reduced by all federal, state,
local and other withholding and similar taxes and payments
required by applicable law to be withheld by Company.
8.6
Entire Agreement
.
This
Agreement (and the exhibit(s) hereto) constitutes the entire and
only agreement and understanding between the parties relating to
employment of Executive with Company and this Agreement
supersedes and cancels any and all previous contracts,
arrangements or understandings with respect to Executives
employment;
except
that
the
Executive Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement
shall remain as an independent contract and shall remain in full
force and effect according to its terms.
8.7
Amendment
.
This Agreement may
be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended
only by an agreement in writing executed by both parties hereto.
8.8
Notices
.
All notices and other
communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall
be in writing and hand delivered, sent by telecopier, sent by
certified first class mail, postage pre-paid, or sent by
nationally recognized express courier service. Such notices and
other communications shall be effective upon receipt if hand
delivered or sent by telecopier, five (5) days after
mailing if sent by mail, and one (l) day after dispatch if
sent by express courier, to the following addresses, or such
other addresses as any party shall notify the other parties:
|
|
|
If to Company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopier:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
|
|
If to Executive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopier:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
C-5
8.9
Binding Nature
.
This Agreement
shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the
successors and personal representatives of the respective
parties hereto.
8.10
Headings
.
The headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and
shall in no way affect the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement. In this Agreement, the singular includes the plural,
the plural included the singular, the masculine gender includes
both male and female referents, and the word or is
used in the inclusive sense.
8.11
Counterparts
.
This Agreement
may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed to be an original but all of which, taken together,
constitute one and the same agreement.
8.12
Governing Law
.
This Agreement
and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware,
without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature
page]
C-6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, Company and Executive have executed
this Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
COMPANY
|
|
EMPLOYEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Rhodric C. Hackman
|
|
By: D. Michael Keenan
|
SIGNATURE
PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
C-7
Annex D
SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
Pursuant
to Sections 242 and 245 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law
FIRST:
The name of the corporation is Global
Telecom & Technology, Inc. (hereinafter sometimes
referred to as the Corporation).
SECOND:
The registered office of the
Corporation is to be located at 874 Walker Road, Suite C,
Dover, Delaware. The name of its registered agent at that
address is United Corporate Services Inc.
THIRD:
The purpose of the Corporation shall be
to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations
may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware (the GCL).
FOURTH:
(a) The total number of shares of
all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have
authority to issue is 80,005,000 of which:
(i) 80,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, with a
par value of $.0001 per share; and
(ii) 5,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, with a par
value of $.0001 per share.
(b)
Preferred Stock
.
The Board of
Directors is expressly granted authority to issue shares of the
Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such
series such voting powers, full or limited, and such
designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional
or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors
providing for the issue of such series (a Preferred Stock
Designation) and as may be permitted by the GCL. The
number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased
or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then
outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a
single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the
Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of any
such holders is required pursuant to any Preferred Stock
Designation.
(c)
Common Stock
.
(i)
Dividends
.
Subject to the
preferential dividend rights applicable to shares of Preferred
Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled
to receive only such dividends as may be declared by the Board
of Directors.
(ii)
Liquidation
.
In the event of
any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the
preferential amounts to be distributed to the holders of shares
of Preferred Stock, if any, the holders of shares of Common
Stock shall be entitled, ratably, in proportion to the number of
shares held by them, to receive all of the remaining assets of
the Corporation available for distribution to holders of Common
Stock.
(iii)
Voting Rights
.
Except as
otherwise required by statute or as otherwise provided in this
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each
outstanding share of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on
each matter on which the stockholders of the Corporation shall
be entitled to vote and each holder of Common Stock shall be
entitled to one vote for each share of such stock held by such
holder.
(iv)
Conversion
.
The holders of
shares of Common Stock shall have no conversion rights under any
circumstances.
D-1
FIFTH:
(a) The business and affairs of
the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all
such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such
lawful acts and things as are not by statute or this Second
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or
required to be exercised or done by the stockholders of the
Corporation. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be
fixed from time to time in the manner provided in the Bylaws of
the Corporation. The directors of the Corporation shall not be
classified into separate classes and all directors shall be
elected to a new term of office at each annual meeting of the
stockholders of the Corporation.
(b) Except as the GCL may otherwise require, in the interim
between annual meetings of stockholders or special meetings of
stockholders called for the election of directors
and/or
the
removal of one or more directors and the filling of any vacancy
in that connection, newly created directorships and any
vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled
vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause, may
be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors
then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the
Corporations Bylaws), or by the sole remaining director.
All directors shall hold office until the expiration of their
respective terms of office and until their successors shall have
been elected and qualified. A director elected to fill a vacancy
resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a director
shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the director
whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such
vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and
qualified.
SIXTH:
The Corporation is to have perpetual
existence.
SEVENTH:
The following provisions are inserted
for the management of the business and for the conduct of the
affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition,
limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and
of its directors and stockholders:
(a) Election of directors need not be by ballot unless the
Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.
(b) The Board of Directors shall have the power, without
the assent or vote of the stockholders, to make, alter, amend,
change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation as
provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
(c) The directors in their discretion may submit any
contract or act for approval or ratification at any annual
meeting of the stockholders or at any meeting of the
stockholders called for the purpose of considering any such act
or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or
be ratified by the vote of the holders of a majority of the
stock of the Corporation which is represented in person or by
proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat (provided
that a lawful quorum of stockholders be there represented in
person or by proxy) shall be as valid and binding upon the
Corporation and upon all the stockholders as though it had been
approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation,
whether or not the contract or act would otherwise be open to
legal attack because of directors interests, or for any
other reason.
(d) In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore
or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are
hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such
acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation;
subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Second
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any
Bylaws from time to time duly adopted made by the stockholders;
provided, however, that no bylaw so adopted shall invalidate any
prior act of the directors.
EIGHTH:
(a) To the fullest extend
permitted by the GCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be
amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally
liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
(b) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent
permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a
party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he,
his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the
Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or
served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the
request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.
(c) The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent
permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a
party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the
D-2
fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was an employee of
the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves
or served at any other enterprise as an employee at the request
of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.
(d) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this
Article EIGHTH, nor the adoption of any provision of this
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
inconsistent with this Article EIGHTH, shall eliminate or
reduce the effect of this Article EIGHTH, in respect of any
matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or
arising or that, but for this Article EIGHTH, would accrue
or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an
inconsistent provision.
NINTH:
Whenever a compromise or arrangement is
proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class
of them
and/or
between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of
them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of
Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this
Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this
Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution
or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation
under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code
order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors,
and/or
of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation,
as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said
court directs. If a majority in number representing three
fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors,
and/or
of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation,
as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and
to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of
such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or
arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be
binding on all the creditors or class of creditors,
and/or
on
all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this
Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.
D-3
Annex E
MERCATOR
PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
2006 EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR AND CONSULTANT STOCK PLAN
Unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise
requires, the following terms, as used in this Mercator Partners
Acquisition Corp. 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock
Plan, have the following meanings:
Administrator
means the Board of Directors, unless it has
delegated power to act on its behalf to the Committee, in which
case the Administrator means the Committee.
Affiliate
means a corporation which, for purposes of
Section 424 of the Code, is a parent or subsidiary of the
Company, direct or indirect.
Agreement
means an agreement between the Company and a
Participant delivered pursuant to the Plan, in such form as the
Administrator shall approve.
Board of Directors
means the Board of Directors of the
Company.
Code
means the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended.
Committee
means the committee of the Board of Directors
to which the Board of Directors has delegated power to act under
or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
Common Stock
means shares of the Companys common
stock, $.0001 par value per share.
Company
means Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware corporation.
Disability
or
Disabled
means permanent and total
disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
Employee
means any employee of the Company or of an
Affiliate (including, without limitation, an employee who is
also serving as an officer or director of the Company or of an
Affiliate), designated by the Administrator to be eligible to be
granted one or more Stock Rights under the Plan.
Fair Market Value
of a Share of Common Stock means:
(1) If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities
exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market or traded in the
over-the-counter market and sales prices are regularly reported
for the Common Stock, the closing or last price of the Common
Stock as reported for the trading day immediately preceding the
applicable date;
(2) If clause (1) does not apply and if bid and asked
prices for the Common Stock are regularly reported, the mean
between the bid and the asked price for the Common Stock on the
trading day immediately preceding the applicable date; and
(3) If the Common Stock is neither listed on a national
securities exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market,
such value as the Administrator, in good faith, shall determine.
ISO
means an option meant to qualify as an incentive
stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
Non-Qualified Option
means an option which is not
intended to qualify as an ISO.
Option
means an ISO or Non-Qualified Option granted under
the Plan.
E-1
Participant
means an Employee, director or consultant of
the Company or an Affiliate to whom one or more Stock Rights are
granted under the Plan. As used herein, Participant
shall include Participants Survivors where the
context requires.
Plan
means this Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. 2006
Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan.
Shares
means shares of the Common Stock as to which Stock
Rights have been or may be granted under the Plan or any shares
of capital stock into which the Shares are changed or for which
they are exchanged within the provisions of Paragraph 3 of
the Plan. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized and
unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury,
or both.
Stock-Based Award
means a grant by the Company under the
Plan of an equity award or an equity based award which is not an
Option or a Stock Grant.
Stock Grant
means a grant by the Company of Shares under
the Plan.
Stock Right
means a right to Shares or the value of
Shares of the Company granted pursuant to the Plan, including an
ISO, a Non-Qualified Option, a Stock Grant or a Stock-Based
Award.
Survivor
means a deceased Participants legal
representatives and/or any person or persons who acquired the
Participants rights to a Stock Right by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution.
|
|
2.
|
PURPOSES
OF THE
PLAN
.
|
The Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Shares by
Employees and directors of and certain consultants to the
Company in order to attract and retain such people, to induce
them to work for the benefit of the Company or of an Affiliate
and to provide additional incentive for them to promote the
success of the Company or of an Affiliate. The Plan provides for
the granting of ISOs, Non-Qualified Options, Stock Grants and
Stock-Based Awards.
|
|
3.
|
SHARES
SUBJECT TO THE
PLAN
.
|
(a) The number of Shares which may be issued from time to
time pursuant to this Plan shall be 3,000,000, or the equivalent
of such number of Shares after the Administrator, in its sole
discretion, has interpreted the effect of any stock split, stock
dividend, combination, recapitalization or similar transaction
in accordance with Paragraph 24 of the Plan.
(b) If an Option ceases to be outstanding, in
whole or in part (other than by exercise), or if the Company
shall reacquire (at not more than its original issuance price)
any Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Grant or Stock-Based
Award, or if any Stock Right expires or is forfeited, cancelled,
or otherwise terminated or results in any Shares not being
issued, the unissued Shares which were subject to such Stock
Right shall again be available for issuance from time to time
pursuant to this Plan.
|
|
4.
|
ADMINISTRATION
OF THE
PLAN
.
|
The Administrator of the Plan will be the Board of Directors,
except to the extent the Board of Directors delegates its
authority to the Committee, in which case the Committee shall be
the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Administrator is authorized to:
a. Interpret the provisions of the Plan and all Stock
Rights and to make all rules and determinations which it deems
necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;
b. Determine which Employees, directors and consultants
shall be granted Stock Rights;
E-2
c. Determine the number of Shares for which a Stock Right
or Stock Rights shall be granted, provided, however, that in no
event shall Stock Rights with respect to more than 200,000
Shares be granted to any Participant in any fiscal year;
d. Specify the terms and conditions upon which a Stock
Right or Stock Rights may be granted; and
e. Adopt any sub-plans applicable to residents of any
specified jurisdiction as it deems necessary or appropriate in
order to comply with or take advantage of any tax or other laws
applicable to the Company or to Plan Participants or to
otherwise facilitate the administration of the Plan, which
sub-plans may include additional restrictions or conditions
applicable to Stock Rights or Shares issuable pursuant to a
Stock Right.
provided, however, that all such interpretations, rules,
determinations, terms and conditions shall be made and
prescribed in the context of preserving the tax status under
Section 422 of the Code of those Options which are
designated as ISOs. Subject to the foregoing, the interpretation
and construction by the Administrator of any provisions of the
Plan or of any Stock Right granted under it shall be final,
unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, if the
Administrator is the Committee. In addition, if the
Administrator is the Committee, the Board of Directors may take
any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the
responsibility of the Committee.
To the extent permitted under applicable law, the Board of
Directors or the Committee may allocate all or any portion of
its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its
members and may delegate all or any portion of its
responsibilities and powers to any other person selected by it.
The Board of Directors or the Committee may revoke any such
allocation or delegation at any time.
|
|
5.
|
ELIGIBILITY
FOR
PARTICIPATION
.
|
The Administrator will, in its sole discretion, name the
Participants in the Plan, provided, however, that each
Participant must be an Employee, director or consultant of the
Company or of an Affiliate at the time a Stock Right is granted.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may authorize
the grant of a Stock Right to a person not then an Employee,
director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate;
provided, however, that the actual grant of such Stock Right
shall be conditioned upon such person becoming eligible to
become a Participant at or prior to the time of the execution of
the Agreement evidencing such Stock Right. ISOs may be granted
only to Employees. Non-Qualified Options, Stock Grants and
Stock-Based Awards may be granted to any Employee, director or
consultant of the Company or an Affiliate. The granting of any
Stock Right to any individual shall neither entitle that
individual to, nor disqualify him or her from, participation in
any other grant of Stock Rights.
|
|
6.
|
TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF
OPTIONS
.
|
Each Option shall be set forth in writing in an Option
Agreement, duly executed by the Company and, to the extent
required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant.
The Administrator may provide that Options be granted subject to
such terms and conditions, consistent with the terms and
conditions specifically required under this Plan, as the
Administrator may deem appropriate including, without
limitation, subsequent approval by the shareholders of the
Company of this Plan or any amendments thereto. The Option
Agreements shall be subject to at least the following terms and
conditions:
a.
Non-Qualified Options
:
Each
Option intended to be a Non-Qualified Option shall be subject to
the terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to
be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company, subject
to the following minimum standards for any such Non-Qualified
Option:
i.
Option Price
:
Each Option
Agreement shall state the option price (per share) of the Shares
covered by each Option, which option price shall be determined
by the Administrator but shall not be less than the Fair Market
Value per share of Common Stock.
ii.
Number of Shares
:
Each Option
Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains.
E-3
iii.
Option Periods
:
Each Option
Agreement shall state the date or dates on which it first is
exercisable and the date after which it may no longer be
exercised, and may provide that the Option rights accrue or
become exercisable in installments over a period of months or
years, or upon the occurrence of certain conditions or the
attainment of stated goals or events.
b.
ISOs
:
Each Option intended to
be an ISO shall be issued only to an Employee and be subject to
the following terms and conditions, with such additional
restrictions or changes as the Administrator determines are
appropriate but not in conflict with Section 422 of the
Code and relevant regulations and rulings of the Internal
Revenue Service:
i.
Minimum standards
:
The ISO
shall meet the minimum standards required of Non-Qualified
Options, as described in Paragraph 6(a) above.
ii.
Option Price
:
Immediately
before the ISO is granted, if the Participant owns, directly or
by reason of the applicable attribution rules in
Section 424(d) of the Code:
A. 10%
or less
of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the Option
price per share of the Shares covered by each ISO shall not be
less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Shares
on the date of the grant of the Option; or
B. More than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the Option
price per share of the Shares covered by each ISO shall not be
less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.
iii.
Term of Option
:
For
Participants who own:
A. 10%
or less
of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each ISO
shall terminate not more than ten years from the date of the
grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may
provide; or
B. More than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each ISO shall
terminate not more than five years from the date of the grant or
at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.
iv.
Limitation on Yearly
Exercise
:
The Option Agreements shall
restrict the amount of ISOs which may become exercisable in any
calendar year (under this or any other ISO plan of the Company
or an Affiliate) so that the aggregate Fair Market Value
(determined at the time each ISO is granted) of the stock with
respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the
Participant in any calendar year does not exceed $100,000.
7.
TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK GRANTS
.
Each offer of a Stock Grant to a Participant shall state the
date prior to which the Stock Grant must be accepted by the
Participant, and the principal terms of each Stock Grant shall
be set forth in an Agreement, duly executed by the Company and,
to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by
the Participant. The Agreement shall be in a form approved by
the Administrator and shall contain terms and conditions which
the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best
interest of the Company, subject to the following minimum
standards:
(a) Each Agreement shall state the purchase price (per
share), if any, of the Shares covered by each Stock Grant, which
purchase price shall be determined by the Administrator but
shall not be less than the minimum consideration required by the
Delaware General Corporation Law on the date of the grant of the
Stock Grant;
(b) Each Agreement shall state the number of Shares to
which the Stock Grant pertains; and
(c) Each Agreement shall include the terms of any right of
the Company to restrict or reacquire the Shares subject to the
Stock Grant, including the time and events upon which such
rights shall accrue and the purchase price therefor, if any.
E-4
|
|
8.
|
TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF OTHER STOCK-BASED
AWARDS
.
|
The Board shall have the right to grant other Stock-Based Awards
based upon the Common Stock having such terms and conditions as
the Board may determine, including, without limitation, the
grant of Shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of
securities convertible into Shares and the grant of stock
appreciation rights, phantom stock awards or stock units. The
principal terms of each Stock-Based Award shall be set forth in
an Agreement, duly executed by the Company and, to the extent
required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant.
The Agreement shall be in a form approved by the Administrator
and shall contain terms and conditions which the Administrator
determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the
Company.
|
|
9.
|
EXERCISE
OF OPTIONS AND ISSUE OF
SHARES
.
|
An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be
exercised by giving written notice to the Company or its
designee, together with provision for payment of the full
purchase price in accordance with this Paragraph for the Shares
as to which the Option is being exercised, and upon compliance
with any other condition(s) set forth in the Option Agreement.
Such notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option,
shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the
Option is being exercised and shall contain any representation
required by the Plan or the Option Agreement. Payment of the
purchase price for the Shares as to which such Option is being
exercised shall be made (a) in United States dollars in
cash or by check, or (b) at the discretion of the
Administrator, through delivery of shares of Common Stock having
a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of the exercise to the
cash exercise price of the Option, or (c) at the discretion
of the Administrator, by having the Company retain from the
shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option, a number
of shares having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of
exercise to the exercise price of the Option, or (d) at the
discretion of the Administrator, by delivery of the
grantees personal recourse note bearing interest payable
not less than annually at no less than 100% of the applicable
Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, or
(e) at the discretion of the Administrator, in accordance
with a cashless exercise program established with a securities
brokerage firm, and approved by the Administrator, or
(f) at the discretion of the Administrator, by any
combination of (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above or
(g) at the discretion of the Administrator, payment of such
other lawful consideration as the Administrator may determine.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall accept
only such payment on exercise of an ISO as is permitted by
Section 422 of the Code.
The Company shall then reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as
to which such Option was exercised to the Participant (or to the
Participants Survivors, as the case may be). In
determining what constitutes reasonably promptly, it
is expressly understood that the issuance and delivery of the
Shares may be delayed by the Company in order to comply with any
law or regulation (including, without limitation, state
securities or blue sky laws) which requires the
Company to take any action with respect to the Shares prior to
their issuance. The Shares shall, upon delivery, be fully paid,
non-assessable Shares.
The Administrator shall have the right to accelerate the date of
exercise of any installment of any Option; provided that the
Administrator shall not accelerate the exercise date of any
installment of any Option granted to an Employee as an ISO (and
not previously converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to
Paragraph 27) if such acceleration would violate the annual
vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code,
as described in Paragraph 6(b)(ii).
The Administrator may, in its discretion, amend any term or
condition of an outstanding Option provided (i) such term
or condition as amended is permitted by the Plan, (ii) any
such amendment shall be made only with the consent of the
Participant to whom the Option was granted, or in the event of
the death of the Participant, the Participants Survivors,
if the amendment is adverse to the Participant, and
(iii) any such amendment of any Option shall be made only
after the Administrator determines whether such amendment would
constitute a modification of any Option which is an
ISO (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code)
or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holder of
such Option.
E-5
|
|
10.
|
ACCEPTANCE
OF STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS AND ISSUE OF
SHARES
.
|
A Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award (or any part or installment
thereof) shall be accepted by executing the applicable Agreement
and delivering it to the Company or its designee, together with
provision for payment of the full purchase price, if any, in
accordance with this Paragraph for the Shares as to which such
Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award is being accepted, and upon
compliance with any other conditions set forth in the applicable
Agreement. Payment of the purchase price for the Shares as to
which such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award is being accepted
shall be made (a) in United States dollars in cash or by
check, or (b) at the discretion of the Administrator,
through delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market
Value equal as of the date of acceptance of the Stock Grant or
Stock Based-Award to the purchase price of the Stock Grant or
Stock-Based Award, or (c) at the discretion of the
Administrator, by delivery of the grantees personal
recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at
no less than 100% of the applicable Federal rate, as defined in
Section 1274(d) of the Code, or (d) at the discretion
of the Administrator, by any combination of (a), (b) and
(c) above; or (e) at the discretion of the
Administrator, payment of such other lawful consideration as the
Administrator may determine.
The Company shall then, if required by the applicable Agreement,
reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as to which such Stock
Grant or Stock-Based Award was accepted to the Participant (or
to the Participants Survivors, as the case may be),
subject to any escrow provision set forth in the applicable
Agreement. In determining what constitutes reasonably
promptly, it is expressly understood that the issuance and
delivery of the Shares may be delayed by the Company in order to
comply with any law or regulation (including, without
limitation, state securities or blue sky laws) which
requires the Company to take any action with respect to the
Shares prior to their issuance.
The Administrator may, in its discretion, amend any term or
condition of an outstanding Stock Grant, Stock-Based Award or
applicable Agreement provided (i) such term or condition as
amended is permitted by the Plan, and (ii) any such
amendment shall be made only with the consent of the Participant
to whom the Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award was made, if the
amendment is adverse to the Participant.
11.
RIGHTS
AS A SHAREHOLDER
.
No Participant to whom a Stock Right has been granted shall have
rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by
such Stock Right, except after due exercise of the Option or
acceptance of the Stock Grant or as set forth in any Agreement,
and tender of the full purchase price, if any, for the Shares
being purchased pursuant to such exercise or acceptance and
registration of the Shares in the Companys share register
in the name of the Participant.
|
|
12.
|
ASSIGNABILITY
AND TRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK
RIGHTS
.
|
By its terms, a Stock Right granted to a Participant shall not
be transferable by the Participant other than (i) by will
or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) as
approved by the Administrator in its discretion and set forth in
the applicable Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an ISO
transferred except in compliance with clause (i) above
shall no longer qualify as an ISO. The designation of a
beneficiary of a Stock Right by a Participant, with the prior
approval of the Administrator and in such form as the
Administrator shall prescribe, shall not be deemed a transfer
prohibited by this Paragraph. Except as provided above, a Stock
Right shall only be exercisable or may only be accepted, during
the Participants lifetime, by such Participant (or by his
or her legal representative) and shall not be assigned, pledged
or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or
similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition of any Stock Right or of any
rights granted thereunder contrary to the provisions of this
Plan, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon a
Stock Right, shall be null and void.
E-6
|
|
13.
|
EFFECT
ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN FOR
CAUSE OR DEATH OR
DISABILITY
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Option
Agreement, in the event of a termination of service (whether as
an employee, director or consultant) with the Company or an
Affiliate before the Participant has exercised an Option, the
following rules apply:
a. A Participant who ceases to be an employee, director or
consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate (for any reason
other than termination for cause, Disability, or
death for which events there are special rules in
Paragraphs 14, 15, and 16, respectively), may
exercise any Option granted to him or her to the extent that the
Option is exercisable on the date of such termination of
service, but only within such term as the Administrator has
designated in a Participants Option Agreement.
b. Except as provided in Subparagraph (c) below, or
Paragraph 15 or 16, in no event may an Option intended
to be an ISO, be exercised later than three months after the
Participants termination of employment.
c. The provisions of this Paragraph, and not the provisions
of Paragraph 15 or 16, shall apply to a Participant
who subsequently becomes Disabled or dies after the termination
of employment, director status or consultancy; provided,
however, in the case of a Participants Disability or death
within three months after the termination of employment,
director status or consultancy, the Participant or the
Participants Survivors may exercise the Option within one
year after the date of the Participants termination of
service, but in no event after the date of expiration of the
term of the Option.
d. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if
subsequent to a Participants termination of employment,
termination of director status or termination of consultancy,
but prior to the exercise of an Option, the Board of Directors
determines that, either prior or subsequent to the
Participants termination, the Participant engaged in
conduct which would constitute cause, then such
Participant shall forthwith cease to have any right to exercise
any Option.
e. A Participant to whom an Option has been granted under
the Plan who is absent from the Company or an Affiliate because
of temporary disability (any disability other than a Disability
as defined in Paragraph 1 hereof), or who is on leave of
absence for any purpose, shall not, during the period of any
such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to
have terminated such Participants employment, director
status or consultancy with the Company or with an Affiliate,
except as the Administrator may otherwise expressly provide.
f. Except as required by law or as set forth in a
Participants Option Agreement, Options granted under the
Plan shall not be affected by any change of a Participants
status within or among the Company and any Affiliates, so long
as the Participant continues to be an employee, director or
consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.
|
|
14.
|
EFFECT
ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR
CAUSE
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Option
Agreement, the following rules apply if the Participants
service (whether as an employee, director or consultant) with
the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for cause
prior to the time that all his or her outstanding Options have
been exercised:
a. All outstanding and unexercised Options as of the time
the Participant is notified his or her service is terminated
for cause will immediately be forfeited.
b. For purposes of this Plan, cause shall
include (and is not limited to) dishonesty with respect to the
Company or any Affiliate, insubordination, substantial
malfeasance or non-feasance of duty, unauthorized disclosure of
confidential information, breach by the Participant of any
provision of any employment, consulting, advisory,
nondisclosure, non-competition or similar agreement between the
Participant and the Company, and conduct substantially
prejudicial to the business of the Company or any Affiliate. The
determination of the Administrator as to the existence of
cause will be conclusive on the Participant and the
Company.
E-7
c. Cause is not limited to events which have
occurred prior to a Participants termination of service,
nor is it necessary that the Administrators finding of
cause occur prior to termination. If the
Administrator determines, subsequent to a Participants
termination of service but prior to the exercise of an Option,
that either prior or subsequent to the Participants
termination the Participant engaged in conduct which would
constitute cause, then the right to exercise any
Option is forfeited.
d. Any provision in an agreement between the Participant
and the Company or an Affiliate, which contains a conflicting
definition of cause for termination and which is in
effect at the time of such termination, shall supersede the
definition in this Plan with respect to that Participant.
|
|
15.
|
EFFECT
ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR
DISABILITY
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Option
Agreement:
a. A Participant who ceases to be an employee, director or
consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate by reason of
Disability may exercise any Option granted to such Participant:
(i) To the extent that the Option has become exercisable
but has not been exercised on the date of Disability; and
(ii) In the event rights to exercise the Option accrue
periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the
date of Disability of any additional vesting rights that would
have accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not
become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the number of
days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the date of
Disability.
b. A Disabled Participant may exercise such rights only
within the period ending one year after the date of the
Participants Disability, notwithstanding that the
Participant might have been able to exercise the Option as to
some or all of the Shares on a later date if the Participant had
not become Disabled and had continued to be an employee,
director or consultant or, if earlier, within the originally
prescribed term of the Option.
c. The Administrator shall make the determination both of
whether Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence
(unless a procedure for such determination is set forth in
another agreement between the Company and such Participant, in
which case such procedure shall be used for such determination).
If requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician
selected or approved by the Administrator, the cost of which
examination shall be paid for by the Company.
|
|
16.
|
EFFECT
ON OPTIONS OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR
CONSULTANT
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Option
Agreement:
a. In the event of the death of a Participant while the
Participant is an employee, director or consultant of the
Company or of an Affiliate, such Option may be exercised by the
Participants Survivors:
(i) To the extent that the Option has become exercisable
but has not been exercised on the date of death; and
(ii) In the event rights to exercise the Option accrue
periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the
date of death of any additional vesting rights that would have
accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not died.
The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in
the current vesting period prior to the Participants date
of death.
b. If the Participants Survivors wish to exercise the
Option, they must take all necessary steps to exercise the
Option within one year after the date of death of such
Participant, notwithstanding that the decedent might have been
able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a
later date if he or she had not died and had continued to be an
employee, director or consultant or, if earlier, within the
originally prescribed term of the Option.
E-8
|
|
17.
|
EFFECT
OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE ON UNACCEPTED STOCK
GRANTS
.
|
In the event of a termination of service (whether as an
employee, director or consultant) with the Company or an
Affiliate for any reason before the Participant has accepted a
Stock Grant, such offer shall terminate.
For purposes of this Paragraph 17 and Paragraph 18
below, a Participant to whom a Stock Grant has been offered and
accepted under the Plan who is absent from work with the Company
or with an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any
disability other than a Disability as defined in
Paragraph 1 hereof), or who is on leave of absence for any
purpose, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be
deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated such
Participants employment, director status or consultancy
with the Company or with an Affiliate, except as the
Administrator may otherwise expressly provide.
In addition, for purposes of this Paragraph 17 and
Paragraph 18 below, any change of employment or other
service within or among the Company and any Affiliates shall not
be treated as a termination of employment, director status or
consultancy so long as the Participant continues to be an
employee, director or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.
|
|
18.
|
EFFECT
ON STOCK GRANTS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN FOR
CAUSE OR DEATH OR
DISABILITY
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Stock Grant
Agreement, in the event of a termination of service (whether as
an employee, director or consultant), other than termination
for cause, Disability, or death for which events
there are special rules in Paragraphs 19, 20,
and 21, respectively, before all Company rights of
repurchase, if any, shall have lapsed, then the Company shall
have the right to repurchase that number of Shares subject to a
Stock Grant as to which the Companys repurchase rights
have not lapsed.
|
|
19.
|
EFFECT
ON STOCK GRANTS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR
CAUSE
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Stock Grant
Agreement, if the Participants service (whether as an
employee, director or consultant) with the Company or an
Affiliate is terminated for cause all Shares subject
to any Stock Grant shall be immediately subject to repurchase by
the Company at $.0001.
|
|
20.
|
EFFECT
ON STOCK GRANTS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR
DISABILITY
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Stock Grant
Agreement, the following rules apply if a Participant ceases to
be an employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an
Affiliate by reason of Disability: to the extent the
Companys rights of repurchase, if any, have not lapsed on
the date of Disability, they shall be exercisable; provided,
however, that in the event such rights of repurchase lapse
periodically, such rights shall lapse to the extent of a pro
rata portion of the Shares subject to such Stock Grant through
the date of Disability as would have lapsed had the Participant
not become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the
number of days accrued prior to the date of Disability.
The Administrator shall make the determination both of whether
Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence (unless a
procedure for such determination is set forth in another
agreement between the Company and such Participant, in which
case such procedure shall be used for such determination). If
requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician
selected or approved by the Administrator, the cost of which
examination shall be paid for by the Company.
|
|
21.
|
EFFECT
ON STOCK GRANTS OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR
CONSULTANT
.
|
Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Stock Grant
Agreement, the following rules apply in the event of the death
of a Participant while the Participant is an employee, director
or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate: to the extent
the Companys rights of repurchase have not lapsed on the
date of death, they shall be
E-9
exercisable; provided, however, that in the event such rights of
repurchase lapse periodically, such rights shall lapse to the
extent of a pro rata portion of the Shares subject to such Stock
Grant through the date of death as would have lapsed had the
Participant not died. The proration shall be based upon the
number of days accrued prior to the Participants death.
|
|
22.
|
PURCHASE
FOR
INVESTMENT
.
|
Unless the offering and sale of the Shares to be issued upon the
particular exercise or acceptance of a Stock Right shall have
been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
now in force or hereafter amended (the 1933 Act),
the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Shares
covered by such exercise unless and until the following
conditions have been fulfilled:
a. The person(s) who exercise(s) or accept(s) such Stock
Right shall warrant to the Company, prior to the receipt of such
Shares, that such person(s) are acquiring such Shares for their
own respective accounts, for investment, and not with a view to,
or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such
Shares, in which event the person(s) acquiring such Shares shall
be bound by the provisions of the following legend which shall
be endorsed upon the certificate(s) evidencing their Shares
issued pursuant to such exercise or such grant:
The shares represented by this certificate have been taken
for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred
by any person, including a pledgee, unless (1) either (a) a
Registration Statement with respect to such shares shall be
effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
(b) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to it that an exemption from registration under
such Act is then available, and (2) there shall have been
compliance with all applicable state securities laws.
b. At the discretion of the Administrator, the Company
shall have received an opinion of its counsel that the Shares
may be issued upon such particular exercise or acceptance in
compliance with the 1933 Act without registration thereunder.
|
|
23.
|
DISSOLUTION
OR LIQUIDATION OF THE
COMPANY
.
|
Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all Options
granted under this Plan which as of such date shall not have
been exercised and all Stock Grants and Stock-Based Awards which
have not been accepted will terminate and become null and void;
provided, however, that if the rights of a Participant or a
Participants Survivors have not otherwise terminated and
expired, the Participant or the Participants Survivors
will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or
liquidation to exercise or accept any Stock Right to the extent
that the Stock Right is exercisable or subject to acceptance as
of the date immediately prior to such dissolution or
liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company,
any outstanding Stock-Based Awards shall immediately terminate
unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or specifically
provided in the applicable Agreement.
Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, a
Participants rights with respect to any Stock Right
granted to him or her hereunder shall be adjusted as hereinafter
provided, unless otherwise specifically provided in a
Participants Agreement:
a.
Stock Dividends and Stock
Splits
.
If (i) the shares of Common
Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller
number of shares or if the Company shall issue any shares of
Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common
Stock, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares
or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are
distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock, the
number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise
of an Option or acceptance of a Stock Grant may be appropriately
increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate
adjustments may be
E-10
made including, in the purchase price per share, to reflect such
events.
T
he number of Shares subject to the limitation in
Paragraph 4(c) shall also be proportionately adjusted upon
the occurrence of such events.
b.
Corporate Transactions
.
If the
Company is to be consolidated with or acquired by another entity
in a merger, sale of all or substantially all of the
Companys assets other than a transaction to merely change
the state of incorporation (a Corporate
Transaction), the Administrator or the board of directors
of any entity assuming the obligations of the Company hereunder
(the Successor Board), shall, as to outstanding
Options, either (i) make appropriate provision for the
continuation of such Options by substituting on an equitable
basis for the Shares then subject to such Options either the
consideration payable with respect to the outstanding shares of
Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction or
securities of any successor or acquiring entity; or
(ii) upon written notice to the Participants, provide that
all Options must be exercised (either (A) to the extent
then exercisable or, (B) at the discretion of the
Administrator, all Options being made fully exercisable for
purposes of this Subparagraph), within a specified number of
days of the date of such notice, at the end of which period the
Options shall terminate; or (iii) terminate all Options in
exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the Fair
Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options (either
(A) to the extent then exercisable or, (B) at the
discretion of the Administrator, all Options being made fully
exercisable for purposes of this Subparagraph) over the exercise
price thereof.
With respect to outstanding Stock Grants, the Administrator or
the Successor Board, shall either (i) make appropriate
provisions for the continuation of such Stock Grants on the same
terms and conditions by substituting on an equitable basis for
the Shares then subject to such Stock Grants either the
consideration payable with respect to the outstanding Shares of
Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction or
securities of any successor or acquiring entity; or
(ii) terminate all Stock Grants in exchange for a cash
payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the
Shares subject to such Stock Grants over the purchase price
thereof, if any. In addition, in the event of a Corporate
Transaction, the Administrator may waive any or all Company
repurchase rights with respect to outstanding Stock Grants.
c.
Recapitalization or
Reorganization
.
In the event of a
recapitalization or reorganization of the Company other than a
Corporate Transaction pursuant to which securities of the
Company or of another corporation are issued with respect to the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Participant upon
exercising an Option or accepting a Stock Grant after the
recapitalization or reorganization shall be entitled to receive
for the purchase price paid upon such exercise or acceptance of
the number of replacement securities which would have been
received if such Option had been exercised or Stock Grant
accepted prior to such recapitalization or reorganization.
d.
Adjustments to Stock-Based
Awards
.
Upon the happening of any of the
events described in Subparagraphs A, B or C above, any
outstanding Stock-Based Award shall be appropriately adjusted to
reflect the events described in such Subparagraphs. The
Administrator or the Successor Board shall determine the
specific adjustments to be made under this Paragraph 24,
including, but not limited to the effect if any, of a Change in
Control and, subject to Paragraph 4, its determination
shall be conclusive.
e.
Modification of
ISOs
.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
adjustments made pursuant to Subparagraph a, b or c above with
respect to ISOs shall be made only after the Administrator
determines whether such adjustments would constitute a
modification of such ISOs (as that term is defined
in Section 424(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse
tax consequences for the holders of such ISOs. If the
Administrator determines that such adjustments made with respect
to ISOs would constitute a modification of such ISOs, it may
refrain from making such adjustments, unless the holder of an
ISO specifically requests in writing that such adjustment be
made and such writing indicates that the holder has full
knowledge of the consequences of such modification
on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the ISO.
|
|
25.
|
ISSUANCES
OF
SECURITIES
.
|
Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company
of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into
shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by
reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or
price of shares subject to Stock Rights. Except as expressly
provided herein, no
E-11
adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in
property (including without limitation, securities) of the
Company prior to any issuance of Shares pursuant to a Stock
Right.
No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and the
person exercising a Stock Right shall receive from the Company
cash in lieu of such fractional shares equal to the Fair Market
Value thereof.
|
|
27.
|
CONVERSION
OF ISOs INTO NON-QUALIFIED OPTIONS; TERMINATION OF
ISOs
.
|
The Administrator, at the written request of any Participant,
may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to
convert such Participants ISOs (or any portions thereof)
that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into
Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of
such ISOs, regardless of whether the Participant is an employee
of the Company or an Affiliate at the time of such conversion.
At the time of such conversion, the Administrator (with the
consent of the Participant) may impose such conditions on the
exercise of the resulting Non-Qualified Options as the
Administrator in its discretion may determine, provided that
such conditions shall not be inconsistent with this Plan.
Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the
right to have such Participants ISOs converted into
Non-Qualified Options, and no such conversion shall occur until
and unless the Administrator takes appropriate action. The
Administrator, with the consent of the Participant, may also
terminate any portion of any ISO that has not been exercised at
the time of such conversion.
In the event that any federal, state, or local income taxes,
employment taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act
(F.I.C.A.) withholdings or other amounts are
required by applicable law or governmental regulation to be
withheld from the Participants salary, wages or other
remuneration in connection with the exercise or acceptance of a
Stock Right or in connection with a Disqualifying Disposition
(as defined in Paragraph 29) or upon the lapsing of any
right of repurchase, the Company may withhold from the
Participants compensation, if any, or may require that the
Participant advance in cash to the Company, or to any Affiliate
of the Company which employs or employed the Participant, the
statutory minimum amount of such withholdings unless a different
withholding arrangement, including the use of shares of the
Companys Common Stock or a promissory note, is authorized
by the Administrator (and permitted by law). For purposes
hereof, the fair market value of the shares withheld for
purposes of payroll withholding shall be determined in the
manner provided in Paragraph 1 above, as of the most recent
practicable date prior to the date of exercise. If the fair
market value of the shares withheld is less than the amount of
payroll withholdings required, the Participant may be required
to advance the difference in cash to the Company or the
Affiliate employer. The Administrator in its discretion may
condition the exercise of an Option for less than the then Fair
Market Value on the Participants payment of such
additional withholding.
|
|
29.
|
NOTICE
TO COMPANY OF DISQUALIFYING
DISPOSITION
.
|
Each Employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the
Company in writing immediately after the Employee makes a
Disqualifying Disposition of any shares acquired pursuant to the
exercise of an ISO. A Disqualifying Disposition is defined in
Section 424(c) of the Code and includes any disposition
(including any sale or gift) of such shares before the later of
(a) two years after the date the Employee was granted the
ISO, or (b) one year after the date the Employee acquired
Shares by exercising the ISO, except as otherwise provided in
Section 424(c) of the Code. If the Employee has died before
such stock is sold, these holding period requirements do not
apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.
|
|
30.
|
TERMINATION
OF THE
PLAN
.
|
The Plan will terminate on May 21, 2006, the date which is
ten years from the
earlier
of the date of its adoption by
the Board of Directors and the date of its approval by the
shareholders of the Company. The Plan may be terminated at an
earlier date by vote of the shareholders or the Board of
Directors of the Company; provided,
E-12
however, that any such earlier termination shall not affect any
Agreements executed prior to the effective date of such
termination.
|
|
31.
|
AMENDMENT
OF THE PLAN AND
AGREEMENTS
.
|
The Plan may be amended by the shareholders of the Company. The
Plan may also be amended by the Administrator, including,
without limitation, to the extent necessary to qualify any or
all outstanding Stock Rights granted under the Plan or Stock
Rights to be granted under the Plan for favorable federal income
tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise) as
may be afforded incentive stock options under Section 422
of the Code, and to the extent necessary to qualify the shares
issuable upon exercise or acceptance of any outstanding Stock
Rights granted, or Stock Rights to be granted, under the Plan
for listing on any national securities exchange or quotation in
any national automated quotation system of securities dealers.
Any amendment approved by the Administrator which the
Administrator determines is of a scope that requires shareholder
approval shall be subject to obtaining such shareholder
approval. Any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not,
without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect his or
her rights under a Stock Right previously granted to him or her.
With the consent of the Participant affected, the Administrator
may amend outstanding Agreements in a manner which may be
adverse to the Participant but which is not inconsistent with
the Plan. In the discretion of the Administrator, outstanding
Agreements may be amended by the Administrator in a manner which
is not adverse to the Participant.
32.
EMPLOYMENT
OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP
.
Nothing in this Plan or any Agreement shall be deemed to prevent
the Company or an Affiliate from terminating the employment,
consultancy or director status of a Participant, nor to prevent
a Participant from terminating his or her own employment,
consultancy or director status or to give any Participant a
right to be retained in employment or other service by the
Company or any Affiliate for any period of time.
This Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the
law of the State of Delaware.
E-13
FOLD AND DETACH HERE AND READ THE REVERSE SIDE
PROXY
MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
One Fountain Square
11911 Freedom Drive Suite 590
Reston, Virginia 20190
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.
The undersigned appoints
Rhodric C. Hackman and David Ballarini, and each of them, with full
power to act without the other, as proxies, each with the power to appoint a substitute, and hereby
authorizes either of them to represent and to vote, as designated on the reverse side, all shares
of common stock and/or Class B common stock of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (Mercator)
held of record by the undersigned on
September 20, 2006, at the Special Meeting of Stockholders to
be held on October 13, 2006,
or any postponement or adjournment thereof.
ONLY SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK MAY VOTE FOR PROPOSAL NUMBER 1. NO SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
MAY VOTE FOR PROPOSAL NUMBER 1.
THIS PROXY REVOKES ALL PRIOR PROXIES GIVEN BY THE UNDERSIGNED
.
THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS
DIRECTED. IF NO DIRECTIONS ARE GIVEN, THIS PROXY WILL NOT BE VOTED EITHER FOR OR AGAINST PROPOSAL
NUMBER 1, BUT WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSAL NUMBERS 2, 3, 4 AND 5. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
MERCATOR UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR EACH PROPOSAL SHOWN ON THE REVERSE SIDE.
(Continued and to be signed on reverse side)
FOLD AND DETACH HERE AND READ THE REVERSE SIDE
PROXY
ONLY SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK MAY VOTE FOR PROPOSAL NUMBER 1. NO SHARES OF COMMON STOCK MAY VOTE FOR PROPOSAL NUMBER 1.
THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED
AS DIRECTED. IF NO DIRECTIONS ARE GIVEN, THIS PROXY WILL NOT BE VOTED EITHER FOR OR
AGAINST PROPOSAL NUMBER 1, BUT WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSAL NUMBERS 2, 3, 4 AND 5.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MERCATOR UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE FOLLOWING PROPOSALS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
To approve the acquisitions of (a) Global Internetworking, Inc. (GII) pursuant to the terms of the
Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 23, 2006, as amended, by and among Mercator, GII and the shareholders of GII, and (b) European
Telecommunications & Technology Limited (ETT) pursuant to the terms of the offer made by Mercator to the shareholders of ETT.
|
|
|
|
FOR
o
|
|
AGAINST
o
|
|
ABSTAIN
o
|
|
|
|
If you voted AGAINST Proposal Number 1 and you hold shares of Mercator
Class B common stock issued in Mercators initial public offering, you
may exercise your conversion rights and demand that Mercator convert your
shares of Class B common stock into a pro rata portion of the trust
account by marking the Exercise Conversion Rights box to the right. If
you exercise your conversion rights, then you will be exchanging your
shares of Mercator Class B common stock for cash and will no longer own
these shares. You will only be entitled to receive cash for these shares
if the acquisitions of GII and ETT are completed and you continue to hold
these shares through the effective time of the acquisitions and tender
your stock certificate to Mercator. Failure to (a) vote against proposal
Number 1, (b) check the Exercise Conversion Rights box to the right and
(c) submit this proxy in a timely manner, will result in the loss of your
conversion rights.
|
|
|
|
EXERCISE CONVERSION
RIGHTS
|
|
o
|
|
2.
|
|
To amend and restate Mercators Certificate of Incorporation to
(i) change Mercators name from Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. (ii) increase the number of shares
of common stock Mercator is authorized to issue from 40,000,000 to 80,000,000
and (iii) remove certain provisions only applicable to Mercator prior to the completion of a business combination.
|
|
|
|
FOR
o
|
|
AGAINST
o
|
|
ABSTAIN
o
|
|
3. To approve the 2006 Mercator Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan
|
|
FOR
o
|
|
AGAINST
o
|
|
ABSTAIN
o
|
|
4. To elect directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR
|
|
WITHHOLD
|
|
FOR ALL
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Brian Thompson
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
all the
|
|
authority to vote
|
|
EXCEPT
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rhodric C. Hackman
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
nominees
|
|
for all the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Michael Keenan
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
listed at left
|
|
nominees listed at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan OBrien
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
left
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alex Mandl
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
o
|
|
o
|
|
|
|
|
|
Didier Delepine
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Howard Janzen
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSTRUCTION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sudhakar Shenoy
|
|
___
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To withhold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
authority to
vote
|
|
|
for any individual
|
|
|
nominee(s), mark
|
|
|
FOR ALL
|
|
|
EXCEPT
and fill
|
|
|
in the
blank next to
|
|
|
each nominee you
|
|
|
wish to
withhold,
|
|
|
with
an X.
|
|
5.
|
|
To approve any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting for
the purpose of soliciting additional proxies.
|
|
|
|
FOR
o
|
|
AGAINST
o
|
|
ABSTAIN
o
|
Sign exactly as name appears on this proxy card. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign.
Executors, administrators, trustees, guardians, attorneys agents should give their full titles.
If stockholder is a corporation, sign in full name by an authorized officer.